Job Market Trends

The 'Work and Employment Updates' living topic explores various dimensions and trends in the job market. It includes insights on part-time and flexible job opportunities for seniors, analysis of unemployment rates and job creation statistics, the impact of economic events on employment, and innovative technologies in job searching and hiring processes. Additionally, it covers significant legal cases affecting employment practices and regulatory changes impacting workers' rights.

Article Timeline

Newest
  • Newest
  • Oldest
Article Image

The economy added 916,000 jobs in March

If you’ve been looking for a job, your chances of finding one last month were the best since the coronavirus (COVID-19) shut down the economy 12 months ago.

The Labor Department reports that the economy produced 916,000 jobs last month. In March 2020, as the economy went into lockdown mode, the economy lost 701,000 jobs.

“These improvements in the labor market reflect the continued resumption of economic activity that had been curtailed due to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic,” said William Beach, commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics. “Job growth was widespread, led by gains in leisure and hospitality, public and private education, and construction.”

The nation’s unemployment rate dropped to 6 percent in March, considerably lower than its recent high in April 2020. However, it is 2.5 percentage points higher than its pre-pandemic level in February 2020. 

Where the jobs are

Your odds of getting hired last month were best if you applied at a hotel or restaurant. Jobs in the leisure and hospitality sector increased by 280,000 as pandemic-related restrictions eased in many parts of the country. 

The report shows most of the increase was at bars and restaurants, which accounted for 176,000 new jobs. Despite the big gain, employment in leisure and hospitality is down by 3.1 million, or 18.5 percent, since February 2020.

Teachers and school administrators also accounted for thousands of jobs in March as schools began to reopen for in-classroom instruction. Employment rose by 76,000 in local government education, by 50,000 in state government education, and by 64,000 in private education. 

Jobs in construction increased by 110,000 last month, helping to make up for the 56,000 construction jobs that were lost in February. Employment growth in construction was widespread in March, with gains of 65,000 in specialty trade contractors, 27,000 in heavy and civil engineering construction, and 18,000 in construction of buildings. Employment in construction is 182,000 below its February 2020 level.

Business and professional services, a sector that has remained relatively stable throughout the pandemic, added 66,000 jobs in March. However, total employment in that sector is down by 685,000 from before the pandemic.

Retailers added only 23,000 jobs in March, with clothing stores seeing the biggest gains. Employment in health care was largely unchanged.

Average hourly earnings for all employees fell by four cents to $29.96. 

If you’ve been looking for a job, your chances of finding one last month were the best since the coronavirus (COVID-19) shut down the economy 12 months ago...

Article Image

The economy lost jobs last month for the first time since April

The nation’s economy lost jobs last month for the first time since April, when the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic threw the economy into lockdown.

The Labor Department reports that nonfarm payrolls shrank by 140,000 in December. To find the main source of the damage, one needs to look no farther than the hospitality industry. These COVID-19-sensitive businesses -- particularly restaurants -- lost nearly a half-million jobs.

December marked the end to what had appeared to be a recovering job market. The economy began adding jobs in May and had restored more than 12 million jobs until last month.

Despite the setback, two numbers remained unchanged last month. The number of people who were out of work remained at 10.7 million, and the unemployment rate was unchanged at 6.7 percent.

In addition to the huge loss of jobs in the hospitality industry, private education shed 63,000 jobs and 45,000 government jobs disappeared.

Some industries added jobs

On the plus side, retailers added 121,000 jobs in December, even as more holiday sales moved to online channels. More than half the gain came at general merchandise stores and warehouses.

Employment in business and professional services grew by 161,000 last month, but a large number of those jobs were temporary in nature. Construction added 51,000 jobs in December, but employment in the industry is 226,000 below its February 2020 level, just before the pandemic.

Economists say the employment report shows there was a need for the coronavirus stimulus/aid bill Congress passed last month. It includes an extra $300 a week in unemployment benefits and a one-time $600 direct payment to every American.

President-elect Biden has served notice that more aid/stimulus will be coming in the weeks ahead now that Democrats control the White House and both chambers of Congress.

The nation’s economy lost jobs last month for the first time since April, when the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic threw the economy into lockdown.The...

Article Image

Bipartisan group of senators introduce $908 billion COVID-19 stimulus proposal

A bipartisan group of senators on Tuesday unveiled a $908 billion stimulus proposal with the aim of putting an end to a partisan impasse that has now spanned several months. 

The proposal doesn’t include another direct payment to most Americans. However, it would address issues such as the need to extend major economic aid programs. Programs set to expire at the end of this month include an unemployment insurance extension, a federal student loan payment moratorium, and eviction protections.

The draft bill outlined on Tuesday includes $288 billion in small business aid, $160 billion in state and local government relief, and $180 billion to funnel into a $300 per week supplemental unemployment benefits through March.

Additionally, $16 billion would go towards vaccine distribution, testing, and contact tracing; $82 billion would be put towards education; and $45 billion would be carved out for transportation. It would also designate funds for rental assistance, child care, and broadband.

Second wave straining economy 

The proposal was unveiled at a news conference on Tuesday. It was drafted by Democratic and Republican lawmakers in the Senate, including Sens. Joe Manchin III (D-W.Va.), Mark R. Warner (D-Va.), Bill Cassidy (R-La.), Mitt Romney (R-Utah), and Susan Collins (R-Maine). 

House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin, the two main negotiators on a stimulus package, are reportedly set to speak on the phone later on Tuesday. The two will primarily discuss a spending bill that Congress needs to pass before December 11 to keep the government running. Mnuchin told reporters that they may talk “a little bit” about new coronavirus relief. 

The proposal of a new stimulus bill comes amid a second wave of COVID-19 infections in the U.S. The surge in cases threatens to further strain the nation’s economy and hospitals.

“It is absolutely essential that we pass emergency relief,” said Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine) at the news conference.

A bipartisan group of senators on Tuesday unveiled a $908 billion stimulus proposal with the aim of putting an end to a partisan impasse that has now spann...

Article Image

Preventing heart disease could greatly benefit economy and job market, study finds

Experts continue to highlight the risks associated with heart disease. While staying informed is one key to better heart health, a new study conducted by researchers from the European Society of Cardiology is looking at how the prevention of heart disease could lead to several societal benefits. 

The researchers say that preventing even just 10 percent of coronary heart disease cases could help keep consumers employed and subsequently save billions of dollars in related costs. 

“Economic evaluations of disease typically focus on the cost for healthcare systems,” said researcher Feby Savira, PhD. “Our study examined how much money could be saved by preventing heart disease, thereby enabling people to remain in work.” 

Adopting healthier habits

To better understand how preventing heart disease could be beneficial for both consumers and the economy, the researchers analyzed health records for Australian workers between the ages of 15 and 69. Using a productivity-adjusted life year (PALY) model, they were able to see how heart disease affected the participants’ productivity as they aged. 

Based on their findings, they estimated that roughly 300,000 people would develop heart disease. The researchers explained that these diagnoses greatly affect consumers’ productivity, including how well they’re able to do their jobs, how often they’re able to show up to work, or if they’re able to work at all. According to their findings, more than 65 percent of people with heart disease are forced to retire early. 

However, based on their findings, taking steps to prevent heart disease can be greatly beneficial. They found that preventing just 10 percent of cases would lead to a huge boost in productivity, resulting in more consumers holding onto their jobs and generating billions of dollars worth of savings. 

“Even preventing just 10 percent of future coronary heart disease cases (equivalent to 2,860 new cases per year over 10 years) could result in A$2 billion (USD $1.5 billion) in monetary gains from improved productivity alone,” Dr. Savira said. “Our study demonstrates the strong financial incentive for the prevention of coronary heart disease to improve health and productivity among the working-age population.” 

Benefiting consumers and society

Moving forward, the researchers hope that those in positions of power do their part to help consumers adopt healthy habits that could prevent heart disease. 

“These findings demonstrate the profound impact of coronary heart disease on individuals, employers, and society,” Dr. Savira said. 

“Employers can establish healthy workplaces, for example by providing group exercise classes, and healthy food and beverage options. There is plenty each of us can do to protect our health and livelihood: it is estimated that 80 percent of cardiovascular disease could be stopped by eliminating bad habits such as poor-quality diet, physical inactivity, and smoking.” 

Experts continue to highlight the risks associated with heart disease. While staying informed is one key to better heart health, a new study conducted by r...

Article Image

House approves $2.2 trillion COVID-19 stimulus measure

On Thursday night, the House of Representatives approved a $2.2 trillion Democratic COVID-19 stimulus plan. 

The bill, which is opposed by Republicans, would accomplish the following: 

  • Reinstate the $600 per week enhanced unemployment benefit through January;

  • Send a second $1,200 direct payment to most Americans;

  • Give $436 billion in relief over one year to state and local governments;

  • Authorize more money for a second round of Paycheck Protection Program loans for the hardest-hit businesses and industries;

  • Send $25 billion to airlines to cover payroll costs;

  • Inject $75 billion into COVID-19 testing and contact tracing efforts;

  • Put $225 billion into education and $57 billion into child care; and

  • Set aside billions for rental and mortgage assistance.

Democrat-only plan

Thursday’s plan was approved by a vote of 214-207. Eighteen Democrats voted against the measure and all Republicans opposed it. At the present time, talks between House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Treasury Secretary Steven Mnuchin still haven’t resulted in an official deal. 

On Wednesday, Mnuchin put forward a $1.6 trillion proposal that would include $250 billion for state and local government relief, $400 per week in extra unemployment benefits, $150 billion for education, $75 billion for COVID-19 testing and contact tracing, and $60 billion for rental and mortgage assistance, according to NBC. 

Earlier on Thursday, Pelosi said she was optimistic that a bipartisan deal could be agreed upon. However, she said the two sides still have different stances on several big issues.

“We have come to, kind of, in the ballpark of some things,” Pelosi said. “Still way off in terms of state and local government, state and local government, our heroes: health care workers, police and fire, teachers, teachers, sanitation, transportation, food workers – the people who make it possible for us to be here. They make government function, state and local.” 

She added that Democrats "have concerns about a sufficient amount of money to address the unemployment insurance needs of the American people."

Pelosi told reporters that she planned to go home and review documents that Mnuchin had sent her to determine how to proceed.

On Thursday night, the House of Representatives approved a $2.2 trillion Democratic COVID-19 stimulus plan. The bill, which is opposed by Republicans,...

Article Image

President Trump signs executive orders to extend some COVID-19 relief

President Trump signed executive orders over the weekend to provide some COVID-19 financial relief after Congress was unable to agree on a package and left town on a month-long vacation.

To make up for the $600 a week federal unemployment bonus that expired at the end of July, one of Trump’s executive orders extends the payment but reduces it to $300 a week. It also requires states to pay an extra $100 a week -- something many governors say they are unable to do.

Trump’s actions also continue some student loan relief and provide some help for renters, though they stop short of extending the moratorium on evictions, which also expired at the end of last month.

Also included in the executive orders was a payroll tax “holiday,” meaning the FICA portion of paycheck withholding would be reduced through the end of the year, giving people a little more money. Of course, FICA is the tax that funds Social Security and Medicare, and pausing the tax makes those programs’ deficits even deeper.

‘Absurdly unconstitutional’

Democrats denounced the move, with House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.) calling it “absurdly unconstitutional.” She and other Democrats point out that under the U.S. Constitution, only Congress has the power to spend taxpayer dollars.

The president’s executive orders are likely to be challenged in court, something the White House may not mind. After all, it’s an election year.

The question is how quickly a court might act. Judging by the court system’s normal speed, it could be several weeks before a ruling is made. In the meantime, unemployed Americans would receive at least $300 from the U.S. Treasury, along with their state unemployment benefit.

Stimulus payment not included

What is not contained in the executive orders is another direct stimulus payment to every American adult. Ironically, sending every American $1,200 is something that both Republicans and Democrats agree on.

The negotiations over a COVID-19 relief bill broke down largely because the two sides could not agree on the amount of the bonus unemployment payment. Democrats wanted to extend the $600 a week payments through January. Republicans held fast at $200 a week.

In addition, Democrats pushed for more aid to state governments -- something Republicans opposed -- and Republicans wanted reduced legal liability for businesses -- something Democrats opposed. 

President Trump signed executive orders over the weekend to provide some COVID-19 financial relief after Congress was unable to agree on a package and left...

Article Image

The economy added 1.8 million jobs in July

The economy continued to add jobs in July, but it was at a much slower rate than in May and June. The Labor Department reports that there were 1.8 million new jobs last month, slightly better than most economists expected.

The unemployment rate fell to 10.2 percent as job growth was reported among all racial demographics and among both men and women.

The number of unemployed workers on temporary layoff fell by 1.3 million in July to 9.2 million, about half its April level. The number of permanent job losers and the number of unemployed reentrants to the labor force were virtually unchanged over the month, at 2.9 million and 2.4 million, respectively. 

“The rate of recovery in the labor market slowed in July, as job growth over the month was less than half that for June,” said William Beach, commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics. “As of July, total nonfarm employment is 12.9 million, or 8.4 percent, lower than in February, before the pandemic crisis unfolded in many parts of the United States.”

Leisure and hospitality lead the way

In July, the leisure and hospitality sector — perhaps the hardest hit by the pandemic and the resulting economic shutdown — continued to bounce back. New jobs in that sector rose by 592,000, accounting for about a third of the month’s overall job gains.

Despite those gains over the last three months, the number of jobs in food services and drinking places is down by 2.6 million since February. There was significant growth, however, in employment in amusements, gambling, and recreation, with more than 100,000 new jobs.

Jobs also continued to return to the business and professional services industry, to government, and to health care. There were smaller gains in manufacturing and construction.

Retail, another sector hard-hit by the pandemic, continued to add jobs last month as more stores reopened. Retail added 258,000 jobs, but employment in the industry is 913,000 lower than in February.

In fact, it’s sometimes hard to remember that the unemployment rate in February was near a record low of 3.5 percent. 

“On balance, we’re still in a hole,” Julia Coronado, an economist at MacroPolicy Perspectives, told The Wall Street Journal. “The pace of recovery has really been set back by the resurgence of the virus. Given how far we have to go to re-employ the people who have become unemployed, that’s very discouraging.”

The economy continued to add jobs in July, but it was at a much slower rate than in May and June. The Labor Department reports that there were 1.8 million...

Article Image

The economy added 4.8 million jobs in June

On the heels of a shocking increase in jobs in May, the Labor Department reports that the U.S. economy added 4.8 million jobs in June as businesses began to reopen. The unemployment rate fell to 11.1 percent.

The number of unemployed people who were on temporary layoffs fell by 4.8 million to 10.6 million. That good news, however, was offset by a rising number of people whose jobs are now considered permanently eliminated. That number rose by 588,000 to 2.9 million in June. 

“This rebound in business activity accelerated in June,” said William Beach, commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics. “Nevertheless, total nonfarm employment is 14.7 million, or 9.6 

percent lower than in February.” Furthermore, although unemployment continued to fall in June, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed people are up by 7.6 percentage points and 12.0 million, respectively, since February.”

Leisure and hospitality lead the way

As it did in May, the leisure and hospitality sector led June’s job creation as more of these types of businesses reopened. The sector added 2.1 million jobs, accounting for about two-fifths of the gain in total nonfarm employment. 

Employment in food services and drinking places rose by 1.5 million, following a similar gain in May. Even with these gains, however, employment in food services and bars is down by 3.1 million since February -- just before the pandemic.

Analysts say the June numbers need to be taken with a rather large grain of salt because some of those jobs that were created in early June may have disappeared again, or may do so in the near future. With the recent spike in coronavirus (COVID-19) cases some bars have closed again in Texas and California. Other states may be considering a similar move.

In New York, Gov. Andrew Cuomo has rescinded an order that would have allowed indoor dining at restaurants, starting this week. Other states where the virus remains in check are reportedly rethinking their reopening plans as officials watch what’s happening in the South and Southwest.

Retail job gains

The same could be true, to a lesser extent, in the retail sector. Retailers added 740,000 positions last month following a 372,000 job gain in May. However, the sector lost 2.4 million jobs in March and April combined, so the industry is operating with 1.3 million fewer jobs than it did in February.

Meanwhile, some retailers are rethinking their reopening plans as well. Apple has added dozens of stores to its list of Apple Stores that are temporarily closed, and McDonald’s has pushed back its dining room reopening plans by three weeks.

In nearly every category, job creation rose but still has a long way to go before reaching pre-pandemic levels. For example, professional and business services added 306,000 jobs in June, but the government notes that employment is 1.8 million below its February level.

On the heels of a shocking increase in jobs in May, the Labor Department reports that the U.S. economy added 4.8 million jobs in June as businesses began t...

Article Image

In a stunning surprise, the economy added 2.5 million jobs last month

In a report that turned conventional wisdom on its ear, the Labor Department says the economy actually added jobs in May after millions of people were laid off in April.

Total nonfarm payrolls increased by 2.5 million last month as the unemployment rate fell to 13.3 percent. Some Wall Street estimates put the May unemployment rate at 20 percent.

“These improvements in the labor market reflected a limited resumption of economic activity that had been curtailed in March and April due to the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic and efforts to contain it,” the Bureau of Labor Statistics said in a press release.

It was rehiring in leisure and hospitality businesses, devastated by quarantines across the country, that helped lead the unexpected resurgence. But there was also very heavy hiring in construction, education, health services, and retail trade. By contrast, employment in government continued to decline sharply.

Major surprise

Economist Joel Naroff of Naroff Economic Advisers says the May report was a major surprise, showing that the reopening of the economy is going a lot faster than expected.  

“The rise in payrolls and the decline in the unemployment rate indicate that the collapse in the economy brought on by the virus-related shutdowns is coming to an end,” Naroff told ConsumerAffairs. “Hopefully, that means we will be able to start moving forward and recoup the losses we saw during the shutdowns.”

Businesses in the leisure and hospitality sector led the way, increasing their payrolls by 1.2 million after slashing 7.5 million jobs in April and 743,000 in March. Bars and restaurants, which began to reopen in some states as early as late April, accounted for about half of the job gains.

Contractors go back to work

Construction hiring surged by 464,000 in May, gaining back almost half of April’s losses, with growth about equally split between the residential and nonresidential sectors. 

Education and health services added 424,000 jobs in May, after giving up 2.6 million in April. Health care employment increased by 312,000 over the month, with many of the gains in dentist offices and other health care practitioners.

Retail businesses, shut down during the height of the pandemic, also contributed to last month’s wave of hiring. Retail hiring rose by 368,000 after that sector shed 2.3 million jobs in April. Hiring was the greatest among clothing retailers, car dealers, and general merchandise stores.

At the same time, the pain continued for some types of retailers. Electronics and appliance stores and businesses selling auto parts and tires continued to lose employees.

In a report that turned conventional wisdom on its ear, the Labor Department says the economy actually added jobs in May after millions of people were laid...

Article Image

Unemployment filers surpass the 30 million mark

As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to hold the economy hostage, the number of first-time unemployment insurance filers in the U.S. rose another 3.84 million in the last week, moving the total number of claims across the 30 million mark. 

However, there’s a small silver lining in that report -- the latest total is a decrease of 603,000 from the previous week's revised level. 

All 50 states are delivering unemployment checks

There’s another sliver of good in the state-by-state unemployment filings, too. For the week ending April 25, only seven U.S. states showed increases in the number of filings. 

This is a welcome relief for the states. When the pandemic hit, unemployment insurance funding and staffing at the state level was at an all-time low, forcing the states to play catch-up. A new study from the Economic Policy Institute suggests that for every 10 people who were able to file an unemployment claim, there were another three or four who weren’t successful, as well as two more who didn’t apply because they thought it was too difficult.

For those who were able to get through the filing process, U.S. Secretary of Labor Eugene Scalia says they are now getting what they were promised. 

“All 50 states are now delivering the $600 additional weekly unemployment benefit provided by the CARES Act,” Scalia in a statement regarding Unemployment Insurance claims. “The Department has disbursed more than three-quarters of a billion dollars to States to help them deliver this relief as quickly as possible as Americans follow the guidance of public health officials to ‘slow the spread.’”

The impact continues to hit home

Gallup went a little further down the rabbit hole to try and find just how close to home pandemic-related unemployment has hit. In a recent study, its researchers found that:

  • Nearly one in every three Americans have experienced either a temporary layoff, permanent job loss, reduction in hours, or reduction in pay as an extent of the coronavirus situation; 

  • Eighteen percent have experienced more than one of these disruptions; and

  • The hardest-hit population sector are those in the lower income brackets. Among pre-epidemic annual household incomes of less than $36,000 annually, 14 percent report being temporarily laid off, 4 percent have been permanently let go, and 32 percent have seen a loss of income.

The long look ahead

Projections for when America will be back at full speed with workers at desks, travelers on planes, and people hugging and high-five’ing again is anyone’s guess. 

However, as to the workers-at-desks question, the prospect doesn’t bode well. In a separate survey, Gallup found that a record-high 25 percent of employed U.S. adults think it’s possible that they’ll be laid off in the next year -- just a year after a 45-year low of 8 percent was registered for the same question. 

Scalia’s viewpoint isn’t quite as blunt, but he says there’s one key element that is likely to make a significant impact.

“Looking ahead, as workplaces reopen, we must ensure that individuals transition from unemployment back into the workforce,” Scalia said. “Key to this process will be workplace safety. The Occupational Safety and Health Administration has been at the forefront of workplace safety since January, delivering important resources and guidance to businesses to help them keep workers safe, and investigating and responding to worker complaints.”

As the COVID-19 pandemic continues to hold the economy hostage, the number of first-time unemployment insurance filers in the U.S. rose another 3.84 millio...

Article Image

The economy lost 701,000 jobs last month

The U.S. economy, which had added jobs each month for nine and a half years, lost 701,000 jobs in March. The Labor Department reports the unemployment rate shot up to 4.4 percent from 3.5 percent in February.

The massive job loss was led by the leisure and hospitality sector, which shed 459,000 jobs as hotels, theme parks, bars, and restaurants closed their doors. There were losses in almost every other sector but on a lesser scale.

Here are the job loss numbers:

  • Leisure and hospitality: -459,000

  • Health care and social assistance: -61,000

  • Professional and business services: -52,000

  • Retail: -46,000

  • Accommodations: -29,000

  • Construction: -29,000

  • Manufacturing: -18,000

  • Mining: -6,000

The government increased hiring

Federal government hiring increased -- the only sector to do so -- by 18,000, with most of those positions going to 2020 Census workers. Employment in other major industries, including wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, and financial activities, changed little over the month.

The loss of more than 700,000 jobs was more than most analysts expected. It follows by a day the government’s report that a record 6.6 million Americans filed for unemployment benefits in the previous week, suggesting that job losses might be even worse.

In an odd quirk to the monthly report, average hourly earnings went up last month. However, that may be due to the fact that many of the lost jobs in leisure and hospitality were low-paying jobs, which raised the average for those still working.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls increased by 11 cents to $28.62. Over the past 12 months, average hourly earnings have increased by 3.1 percent. Average hourly earnings of private-sector production and nonsupervisory employees increased by 10 cents to $24.07 in March.

The U.S. economy, which had added jobs each month for nine and a half years, lost 701,000 jobs in March. The Labor Department reports the unemployment rate...

Article Image

New unemployment claims hit record 6.6 million

The economic toll from the coronavirus (COVID-19) continues to accelerate. The Labor Department reports that initial claims for unemployment benefits surged to 6.6 million for the week ending March 28.

That’s double the number who sought unemployment benefits during the previous week, as the virus began to force businesses to close and lay off employees. The previous week’s number had also been a record.

In fact, the government revised last week’s number upward by 24,000 workers. The Labor Department’s four-week moving average was 2,612,000, an increase of 1,607,750 from the previous week's revised average. The previous week's average was revised up by 6,000 from 998,250 to 1,004,250. 

Financial analysts on Wall Street were not surprised at the number, and it seemed to have no effect on stock futures when it was announced. Some analysts expect as many as 20 million Americans could lose their jobs as a direct result of the pandemic.

This week, an analysis from the St. Louis Federal Reserve Bank estimated that the nation’s unemployment rate -- which stood at 3.5 percent in February -- could reach 32 percent before the economy begins to recover.

Better benefits under new law

It may be small consolation to those who have lost jobs, but unemployment benefits have just gotten more generous. President Trump signed the CARES Act on March 27, increasing and extending jobless benefits.

In most states, employees laid off before December 31 can receive unemployment benefits for 39 weeks instead of the previous 26-week limit. The new law also waives the one-week waiting period that most states require.  

Those unemployment checks will also be bigger. The CARES Act adds $600 a week to workers’ benefits during the first four months of unemployment.

Finally, the law allows workers in the gig economy to file for unemployment benefits. Previously, these workers were not covered.

The economic toll from the coronavirus (COVID-19) continues to accelerate. The Labor Department reports that initial claims for unemployment benefits surge...

Article Image

Job market stays strong to begin 2020

It was easier than expected to get hired last month. The Labor Department reports that the economy added 225,000 jobs in January, significantly more than expected.

Some of the biggest gains came in construction, health care, and transportation and warehousing. The unemployment rate ticked up to 3.6 percent because more people were looking for work.

Construction jobs increased by 17,000 after averaging 12,000 a month throughout 2019. Jobs in health care rose by 36,000, and transportation and warehousing jobs increased by 28,000.

The ADP National Employment Report, issued two days ahead of the government’s non-farm payrolls, showed where the new jobs are being created. Medium-size businesses with 50 to 499 employees created the most jobs in January -- 128,000. Small businesses, which traditionally have been the employment driver in the economy, produced only 94,000 jobs last month.

Gad Levanon, vice president of Labor Markets at The Conference Board, says the robust January jobs report is, in general, good news for people looking for a job.

“Amid stagnant growth in the working-age population, strong employment growth will likely further tighten the labor market in 2020,” Levanon said. “As a result, we can expect increasing challenges around recruitment and retention, higher labor cost growth, and a further squeeze on corporate profits.”

The advantage goes to employees and job seekers

A tight labor market might not be so good for employers, but it gives employees and job seekers additional leverage. The increase in jobs is drawing more people to the workforce, especially women. Levanon says the labor force participation rate for women aged 25-54 reached 77 percent in January. 

“That marks a near-record, just shy of the record rate in April 2000,” he said. “The improvement in labor force participation will partly offset the impact of strong job growth, slow further tightening in the labor market, and help fuel continued employment and economic growth.”

People with jobs earned more last month as well. Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by seven cents to $28.44. On an annual basis, that’s a 3.1 percent increase in pay, slightly higher than the increase in December.

The record-long economic recovery has been marked by a strong demand for labor. The U.S. economy has added jobs for 112 straight months, the longest streak of job gains on record.

It was easier than expected to get hired last month. The Labor Department reports that the economy added 225,000 jobs in January, significantly more than e...

Article Image

If you’re looking for a job, your prospects still look good

The initial reaction to December’s employment report from the Labor Department was disappointment. Analysts were expecting a bigger number.

Total non-farm payrolls increased by 165,000 last month, but that was about 20,000 fewer than the consensus estimate. The economy added 266,000 jobs in November, well ahead of the consensus estimate of 187,000. That may have raised expectations for December.

Frank Steemers, associate economist at The Conference Board, says there’s little reason for disappointment because the jobs market ended 2019 and enters 2020 on a solid footing.

“In 2019, the unemployment rate reached its lowest point since the late 1960s and job growth was strong with an average of 176,000 jobs added per month – just over 20 percent slower than the average of 223,000 in 2018,” Steemers said. “The labor market performance in 2019 should therefore be considered a significant achievement after an economic expansion of over ten years.”

Good news for job seekers

That’s good news for people looking for jobs. Even if job growth tapers off in the new year, the labor market is likely to remain tight, with employers eager to hire and retain qualified employees. Demographics have something to do with it.

“The working-age population is barely growing and labor force participation rates are only slowly increasing,” Steemers said. “Employers hiring blue-collar and manual services workers will have a harder time recruiting and retaining current employees.”

Steemers says these workers can also expect to see stronger wage growth in the months ahead. In fact, he says overall wage growth is slowing only because wages are growing much more slowly for highly educated workers.

Factories are having such a difficult time filling jobs that they are offering unheard-of incentives. The Wall Street Journal reports that manufacturers are paying relocation costs and signing bonuses to persuade workers to move to take their jobs. Even then, The Journal reports that a half-million factory jobs remain unfilled.

Unemployment rate at 3.5 percent

In December, the unemployment rate held at 3.5 percent, and the number of unemployed consumers was unchanged at 5.8 million. A year earlier, the jobless rate was 3.9 percent, and the number of unemployed consumers was 6.3 million.

In December, 41,000 people got jobs in retail, the strongest month of the year. But healthcare remained one of the strongest employment sectors, adding 28,000 in December and 399,000 for the year.

Professional and business services, which had been the biggest employer in 2018, continued to slow its pace of hiring. It added only 10,000 jobs in December and 397,000 for the year, down from 561,000 in 2018.

The initial reaction to December’s employment report from the Labor Department was disappointment. Analysts were expecting a bigger number.Total non-fa...

Article Image

The job market is showing surprising strength heading into the end of the year

Hiring has exceeded expectations for another month, further diminishing concerns that a recession could be right around the corner.

The Labor Department reports the economy added 266,000 jobs in November, well ahead of the consensus estimate of 187,000. The unemployment rate fell back to 3.5 percent, the lowest level in a half-century.

Employment numbers for September and October were both revised higher. That added 41,000 jobs to the two-month total.

As in most recent months, the biggest job gains occurred in health care and in professional and technical services. Even manufacturing employment showed a nice gain, thanks to the end of the United Auto Workers (UAW) strike.

Wages still rising

Workers’ wages continued to tick higher last month. Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by seven cents to $28.29. Wages have increased at a rate of 3.1 percent over the last 12 months.

With one more month to go in 2019, U.S. job growth has averaged 180,000 per month. Hiring has accelerated in the second half of the year at a time when some economists were warning of an economic slowdown caused by the trade war with China.

In November, people seeking jobs in health care had the most success. Health care added 45,000 jobs last month. Over the last 12 months, health care hiring has added 414,000 jobs. Hiring in professional and technical services increased by 31,000 in November. That’s up from the monthly average of 23,000 jobs created over the last 12 months.

Manufacturing plays catch-up

Manufacturing jobs surged by 54,000 jobs last month, but most of that was catch-up. Manufacturing employment plunged by 43,000 in October as many people were idled by strikes. With those strikes over, those workers returned to their jobs last month.

Leisure and hospitality, transportation and warehousing, and financial services all continued their upward trend in employment last month.

Hiring among retailers was essentially flat in November, suggesting some retailers bucked the historical pattern of bringing on temporary help for the holidays.

Hiring has exceeded expectations for another month, further diminishing concerns that a recession could be right around the corner.The Labor Department...

Article Image

The economy produced 128,000 new jobs in October

The job market is a lot stronger than most economists thought. The Labor Department reports the economy added 128,000 jobs in October, far more than most experts expected.

In addition, the government revised the jobs numbers for August and September, showing the economy actually produced 90,000 more jobs than initially reported. Recent reports that the economy was slowing were based in part on slower hiring, which now turns out not to be so slow.

Better than expected

The unemployment rate ticked up to 3.6 percent in October, largely because the labor participation rate increased, meaning more people were actively looking for work. Economist Joel Naroff, of Naroff Economic Advisors, says it was a better than expected jobs report in many ways.

“Not only did the overall number come in stronger than expected, given the GM strike, but the large revisions to August and September change the discussion from a job market that is softening to one that is stable and solid,” Naroff told ConsumerAffairs. 

Most of the new jobs were found in bars and restaurants, along with social assistance agencies and financial services. Automotive manufacturing lost jobs because of the strike against General Motors. Federal government employment was down because of a drop in the hiring of temporary census workers.

Workers’ incomes continued to rise last month. The survey shows average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by six cents to $28.18. Over the past 12 months, average hourly earnings have increased by 3 percent. 

Where the jobs are

Bars and restaurants added 48,000 jobs last month, a sharp pickup from earlier in the year. Industry job growth has averaged 38,000 over the past three months, compared with an average monthly gain of 16,000 in the first seven months of the year.

Jobs in companies and agencies providing social assistance services increased by 20,000 last month, a higher than normal increase. This sector has averaged 11,500 new jobs each month over the last 12 months.

The professional and business services sector has been a job creation leader in 2019, and October was no exception. The sector added 22,000 jobs last month, a little below its average of 33,000 per month for the rest of 2019.

Health care continued to add jobs, but at a much slower rate. The sector’s payrolls increased by 15,000 in October, well below its 12-month average of 33,500.

The job market is a lot stronger than most economists thought. The Labor Department reports the economy added 128,000 jobs in October, far more than most e...

Article Image

The economy showed surprising job creation strength in September

The economy added 136,000 jobs in September, flying in the face of recent data which suggests that the U.S. is sliding into a recession.

The Labor Department reports that the unemployment rate fell to 3.5 percent in September, the lowest level in 50 years. August employment, which was below expectations when it was reported last month, was revised moderately higher.

All in all, the U.S. job market appears to be holding its own in the face of declining manufacturing and heightened concerns around trade issues that have raised the possibility of a recession in the months ahead. In September, at least, the jobs numbers weren’t showing it.

As usual, health care and professional and business services led the way in creating new jobs in September despite total private sector employment trending lower for the month. The numbers were offset by an increase in government hiring.

Here’s who’s hiring

The health care industry added 39,000 jobs last month, pretty much in line with its average monthly gain over the last 12 months. Most of the openings occurred at doctors’ offices and clinics.

Jobs in professional and business services increased by 34,000 in September, close to its monthly average of 35,000 so far this year. However, that’s down from the 47,000 monthly average throughout 2018.

The retail sector continues to lose jobs. Retail jobs decreased by 11,000 during the month, with apparel retailers leading the way. Since peaking in January 2017, retail trade has lost 197,000 jobs.

The government hired more people last month. Federal hiring for the 2020 Census contributed only 1,000 jobs, but total hiring was up by 22,000. The government has added 147,000 jobs over the past 12 months, mostly in local government.

There wasn’t much of an increase in workers’ pay last month. The government reports average hourly earnings came in at $28.09, a penny less than in August, which recorded a sharp gain over July.

For those who are unemployed, the number of people who lost jobs and people who completed temporary jobs fell by 304,000 to 2.6 million in September. The number of people joining the workforce for the first time rose by 103,000.

The economy added 136,000 jobs in September, flying in the face of recent data which suggests that the U.S. is sliding into a recession.The Labor Depar...

Article Image

Private payrolls increased by 195,000 last month

Despite the recent media focus on recession concerns, U.S. businesses don’t appear to have slowed their hiring. At least, not yet.

The ADP Research Institute’s monthly private-sector employment report shows businesses added 195,000 jobs in August. The report is different from the Labor Department’s monthly employment report -- which comes out Friday -- because it is derived from ADP's actual payroll data.

According to the report, medium-sized businesses created the most jobs last month -- 77,000 -- followed by small businesses, which contributed 66,000. Large companies created only 2,000 jobs.

Once again, it was the service sector that drove job creation. Companies providing services added 184,000 jobs last month, with the bulk coming in health care, trade/transportation, and professional services. Manufacturing continued to retreat, however, producing only 8,000 new jobs. 

Rebound in jobs

"In August we saw a rebound in private-sector employment," said Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and co-head of the ADP Research Institute. "This is the first time in the last 12 months that we have seen balanced  job growth across small, medium and large-sized companies." 

Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics, says the takeaway is good news for the overall economy. Despite worries that things may be slowing down, companies are holding firm to their payrolls.

“Hiring has moderated, but layoffs remain low,” Zandi said. “As long as this continues a recession will remain at bay."

But despite the hiring bump, Wall Street is concerned that a recession is in the cards. Analysts note that the “yield curve” has inverted twice in the last four weeks, meaning yields paid on long-term bonds are less than those paid on short term notes. 

Historically, an inverted yield curve signals a recession within the next two years.

Despite the recent media focus on recession concerns, U.S. businesses don’t appear to have slowed their hiring. At least, not yet.The ADP Research Inst...

Article Image

Job market remains strong despite recession worries

A growing number of economists worry that a recession could be ahead, but the job market has yet to suggest it.

Last week’s July employment report shows that the economy produced 164,000 jobs last month, and the unemployment rate remains near a record low of 3.7 percent. As in previous months, there were sizable job gains in professional and technical services, health care, social assistance, and financial activities.

At the same time, wages also continue to slowly rise. In July, average hourly earnings rose by another eight cents to $27.98, an increase of 3.2 percent over the last 12 months. In its analysis The Conference Board suggests that the latest report means the hiring pace should continue for a while. 

“We should expect more of the same in the U.S. labor market: moderate employment growth, labor market tightening, intensifying recruiting and retention difficulties, and higher labor cost growth which will continue to draw more people into the labor force, the Board said in a statement. 

One significant consequence of the report, the organization says, is that further Federal Reserve rate cuts may be less likely.

Tech weakness

While the technology sector continued to produce jobs, an analysis by CompTIA, a technology industry association, shows the telecom industry lost 5,100 jobs last month. That reduced the net jobs gain for technology to 11,400.

"Despite the telecom losses and some softness in job posting data, it was a reasonably solid month for tech," said Tim Herbert, executive vice president for research and market intelligence at CompTIA. "Digital transformation is an ongoing process, where the mix of investment, skills requirements and business alignment are never static."

Boost to housing

The impact of the report may also be felt outside the job market. Holden Lewis, NerdWallet’s home expert, says the strong jobs report, coupled with lower mortgage rates, could mean the lagging housing market is about to see more would-be buyers pour in.

“But many will be disappointed with what they find,” Lewis said in an email to ConsumerAffairs. “More buyers often lead to more bidding wars for homes, and with mortgage rates remaining relatively steady since June, getting into a home won't be any easier now than a few months ago.”

A growing number of economists worry that a recession could be ahead, but the job market has yet to suggest it.Last week’s July employment report shows...

Article Image

The economy added a lot more jobs than expected last month

The economy added 224,000 jobs in June, as fears of a slowdown in the economy didn’t show up in hiring. The Labor Department reports that the unemployment rate edged up to 3.7 percent due to more people looking for work.

“Over the month, notable job gains occurred in professional and business services, in health care, and in transportation and warehousing,” said William Beach, commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

But the retail sector -- often a place where young people get their first jobs -- continued to shrink in June. The retail sector lost 6,000 jobs, the fifth straight month that employment in that sector has declined. 

Economists have pointed to two main reasons that retail jobs are disappearing. They point out that more retail shopping continues to shift to online channels. At the same time, brick and mortar retailers are making greater use of automation.

“Broadly speaking, retail is a sector where automation has been particularly present,” Nathan Sheets, chief economist at PGIM Fixed Income, recently told CNBC. “Self-checkouts are now common. If you’re not sure about a price, you scan the bar code rather than asking a worker.”

Where the jobs are

Jobs were the most plentiful last month in professional and business services companies. That sector grew by 51,000 after also outpacing other industries in May. Employment growth in the first half of the year has averaged 35,000 a month.

Health care was also doing a lot of hiring last month, adding 35,000 jobs. That sector has grown by 403,000 jobs over the last 12 months. Hiring was also strong in transportation and warehousing, growing by 24,000 jobs. With the arrival of summer weather, construction hiring rose by 21,000.

Paychecks also rose in June but at a slower pace than in previous economic recoveries. Average hourly earnings are up 3.1 percent in the last 12 months.

Impact on the Fed

The jobs numbers are closely watched by the Federal Reserve as it gauges the health of the economy. In the sometimes bizarro world of Wall Street, stocks fell on the news because the June number was stronger than expected.

Gad Levanon, chief economist, North America, at The Conference Board, says the prevailing wisdom before Friday was that the economy was slowing down. He says that’s much less certain now. 

“We expect the U.S. economy to continue to grow slightly above its long-term two percent trend through at least the end of the year, generating enough job growth to continue tightening the labor market,” Levanon said. “In such a scenario, the need to cut the Federal Funds rate would lessen.

Before the release of the employment report, the market appeared to have assumed the Fed would cut interest rates when it meets later this month. Analysts say that’s less certain now.

The economy added 224,000 jobs in June, as fears of a slowdown in the economy didn’t show up in hiring. The Labor Department reports that the unemployment...

Article Image

What keeps you awake at night? For millions, it’s money

The economy is growing, unemployment is near record lows, and the stock market is at all-time highs. But for millions of Americans, money is a constant concern.

A new Bankrate survey drills down into consumer’s darkest worries and reveals that 56 percent of U.S. adults admit to losing sleep over at least one money worry. A third of consumers say it’s everyday expenses -- how to make ends meet -- that keeps them up at night.

While most people sometimes lie awake at night worrying about something, the Bankrate survey shows money worries trump personal relationships and all other causes of sleepless nights.

In addition to keeping up with everyday expenses, other financial causes of sleeplessness include:

  • Lack of retirement savings

  • Health care or insurance expenses

  • Credit card bills

  • Paying the mortgage or rent

  • Education expenses

  • Stock market volatility

Easy to feel overwhelmed

Ted Rossman, industry analyst at Bankrate.com, says it’s easy to feel overwhelmed by money issues. He says it helps if you can break up more worrisome issues into small, manageable chunks.

“Devising a plan and starting to execute against it – piece by piece – is the best way to get things done,” Rossman said. “Simply getting started should help you begin to feel better and settle your racing mind. That holds true whether you’re worried about health, money, relationships, work or anything else.”

Nocturnal money worries affect people of all ages but the survey shows Generation X tends to feel it the most. After all, this generation is often trying to juggle the needs of rebellious teenagers and aging parents.

Gen X financial pressures

This generation, now between the ages of 39 and 54, make up 64 percent of those losing sleep at night over money issues. That compares to 58 percent of millennials and 54 percent of baby boomers.

Previous research has shown that Gen X has always felt financial pressure, rated as the least likely age group to achieve financial security and most likely to report feeling stressed out about money.

Credit card debt emerged in the survey as a major trouble spot for consumers of all ages. Fifty-one percent expressed doubt that they will ever pay off their debt. 

Rossman says attacking that debt with an interest-free balance transfer card can take a big bite out of what you owe and perhaps help you get a good night’s sleep.

The economy is growing, unemployment is near record lows, and the stock market is at all-time highs. But for millions of Americans, money is a constant con...

Article Image

The red-hot job market is cooling down

The nation’s economy added 75,000 jobs in May, by far the smallest number this year. At the same time, job totals for both March and April were revised downward. The unemployment rate remains at 3.6 percent.

The government’s report basically confirms this week’s report from ADP/Moody’s which showed that private payrolls increased by only 27,000 last month.

When compared to last year, the job market appears to be cooling considerably. The monthly report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) shows monthly job gains have averaged 164,000 so far this year. That compares to a monthly average of 223,000 new jobs in 2018.

Sectors seeing the strongest job gains were professional and business services and health care.

Job creation leaders

Professional and business services firms created 33,000 new jobs in May and have added nearly a half-million jobs since May 2018. Health care added 16,000 jobs last month and a total of 391,000 in the last 12 months.

The two sectors accounted for two-thirds of May’s job creation. There was little change in construction hiring, which grew by only 4,000. That industry has added 215,000 jobs over

a 12-month period.

There was little to no employment growth in mining, manufacturing, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, leisure and hospitality, and government.   

Workers continued to earn a little more in May, as average hourly earnings gained six cents to $27.83. On an annual basis, wages have grown at a rate of 3.1 percent.

Effect on housing

The numbers could have an impact beyond the job market. Holden Lewis, NerdWallet’s housing expert, says it could improve home affordability.

“Mortgage rates have fallen a lot in the last few months, but today's weaker-than-expected jobs numbers could soon push rates down even more,” Lewis told ConsumerAffairs. “Home sales saw an unexpected slump in the spring, and feeble job creation could carry that slump through the summer homebuying season. We are still in the midst of a seller's housing market, but data like this indicates we are moving closer to a more balanced market.”

The weak jobs number could also increase pressure on the Federal Reserve to cut interest rates later this year. While not directly influencing mortgage rates, a Fed rate cut would lower the interest rate consumers pay on auto loans and credit card debt.

The nation’s economy added 75,000 jobs in May, by far the smallest number this year. At the same time, job totals for both March and April were revised dow...

Article Image

Private sector jobs posted a strong increase in April

The job market may be much stronger than most economists believed. A new report from ADP and Moody’s Analytics shows the U.S. economy added 275,000 private sector jobs in April.

That’s the most since July and far exceeded the consensus estimate of 177,000 new jobs. On Friday, the Bureau of Labor Statistics will issue the government’s official employment report for April.

The ADP report showed jobs related to services increased the most last month. The business and professional services sector led the way, adding 59,000 positions. Companies that provide education and health services created 54,000 jobs. Leisure and hospitality companies grew by 53,000 positions.

The manufacturing sector, dampened by tariffs and trade disputes in recent months, showed new strength in April. Goods-producing industries gained 52,000 jobs, thanks in large part to a healthy increase in construction jobs.

Much of last month’s job growth occurred at businesses with between 50 and 499 employees. These mid-sized firms produced just over half of April’s payroll expansion. Small businesses added 77,000 jobs. Growth was slowest at the nation’s largest companies.

Holding firm

"The job market is holding firm, as businesses work hard to fill open positions,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics. “The economic soft patch at the start of the year has not materially impacted hiring.  April's job gains overstate the economy's strength, but they make the case that expansion continues on."

Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and co-head of the ADP Research Institute, said April’s strong showing followed a first quarter that appeared to signal a slowdown in economic expansion.

The latest Manufacturing ISM Report On Business appears to confirm a strong start to the second quarter. It found that economic activity in the manufacturing sector grew last month and the overall economy grew for the 120th consecutive month.

But even though that report documents continued economic growth, it said the expansion was at lower levels. The report said supplier deliveries, inventories, and imports were higher last month, primarily due to inventory growth exceeding consumption.

The job market may be much stronger than most economists believed. A new report from ADP and Moody’s Analytics shows the U.S. economy added 275,000 private...

Article Image

Economy adds 196,000 jobs in March

The Labor Department reports there were 196,000 new jobs filled in March, easing fears that the economy may be slowing. But employers handed out fewer pay raises, as wages grew at a slower face than in February.

The nation’s unemployment rate held steady in March at 3.8 percent.

“Incorporating revisions for January and February, which increased nonfarm payroll employment by 14,000, monthly job gains averaged 180,000 in the first quarter of this year. In 2018, employment gains averaged 223,000 per month,” said William Beach, commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Where the jobs are

The government reports notable gains in jobs related to health care and in professional and technical services. The economy added 49,000 health care jobs last month for a total of 398,000 over the last 12 months.

The professional and technical services sector grew by 34,000 jobs last month, adding more than 311,000 in the last 12 months. Employment continued to trend up in architectural and engineering services, as well as in management and technical consulting services which added a combined 12,000 jobs.

Restaurants and bars also did a lot of hiring last month, adding 27,000 positions. Government economists say that sector has been among the most stable over the last few months.

Employment increased by 16,000 in construction, adding nearly a quarter million jobs over the last 12 months.

Sigh of relief

The March report drew a big sigh of relief from Wall Street after a dismal showing in February, which raised concerns that the U.S. was joining the rest of the world in an economic slowdown.

In other areas, the employment picture was little changed from the month before. The number of people out of work for 27 weeks or more -- classifying them as long-term unemployed -- was essentially unchanged at 21.1 percent of those who are out of work.

The labor force participation rate was also little changed, at 63 percent, and has shown almost no movement over the last 12 months.

People working part time, but who are looking for full time work, also remained stable last month at 4.5 million.

Wages are growing but not as fast. Wage gains rose 0.14 percent last month with paychecks 3.2 percent bigger, year-over-year.

The Labor Department reports there were 196,000 new jobs filled in March, easing fears that the economy may be slowing. But employers handed out fewer pay...

Article Image

College graduates are making less than they expect per year

Upon entering the workforce, college graduates are bringing home less than they expected on an annual basis, according to a recent study by personal finance website LendEDU.

The website analyzed a College Pulse survey of 7,000 college students from nearly 1,000 colleges and universities and found that students expect to earn $60,000 in their first job out of college. However, most graduates with zero to five years experience will earn about $48,400, according to PayScale estimates.

“College students should expect to receive a comfortable salary after graduation; ambition is a good thing,” the report authors wrote. “However, it is important to keep the expectations in check to allow for realistic budgeting and financial planning.”

The National Association of Colleges and Employers (NACE) calculates that the preliminary average starting salary for graduates from the class of 2018 is about $50,004 -- 2 percent less than last year’s average starting salary.

Strong job market

NACE notes, however, that employers plan to hire 16.6 percent more members of the Class of 2019 than the previous year's graduating class, which is the largest jump among recent graduates since 2007.

"If you're graduating from college now, you've timed it perfectly," Brian Kropp, vice president at research firm Gartner told CNBC Make It. "It's hard to think of a better labor market that you could go into."

Despite the trade war and stock market slump, the job market has remained stable. According to a January report from the Labor Department, employers increased their payrolls by 304,000 positions.

Still, LendEDU says it’s important for recent graduates to have realistic expectations about how much they will make right out of the gate. Realistic expectations can ensure that students won’t be disappointed by their starting salary, as well as help them potentially avoid turning down a job that could be a perfect fit.

“With a few years of resume-building and developing an adept ability to negotiate in the business world, that recent graduate can earn the salary they were expecting and then some,” LendEDU said.

Upon entering the workforce, college graduates are bringing home less than they expected on an annual basis, according to a recent study by personal financ...

Article Image

Despite government shutdown, economy produced 304,000 jobs in January

January was another good month if you were looking for a job, as employers increased their payrolls by 304,000 positions, according to the monthly report from the Labor Department.

At the same time, the government revised December’s very strong hiring report sharply downward, from 312,000 jobs to 222,000. The unemployment rate edged up to 4 percent, mainly for technical reasons.

Unemployed people who reported they were temporarily laid off rose by 175,000, largely due to furloughed federal workers who were idled by the government shutdown for most of January.

“Our evaluation of the establishment survey data indicates that there were no discernible impacts of the partial federal government shutdown on the January estimates of employment, hours, or earnings,” said William Wiatrowski, acting commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics.”

Wiatrowski said the economy has produced an average of 240,000 new jobs over the last three months, even with December’s downward revision in new jobs.

Big increase in part-time workers

While the numbers suggest a still-strong job market, there was one troublesome statistic. There was a significant increase -- 500,000 -- in the number of people who are working part-time but are seeking full-time employment.

The leisure and hospitality industry did the most hiring in January, increasing the number of jobs by 74,000. Most of the hiring came at restaurants and bars. The health care industry added 42,000 jobs during the month. The biggest job gains occurred in ambulatory health services and hospitals.

The construction industry also ramped up to start the new year, adding 52,000 jobs. Specialty trade contractors were especially busy during the month, hiring for both commercial and residential projects.

Wages continued to slowly grow last month. Average hourly earnings for all non-farm employees rose three cents to $27.56 after rising 10 cents in December. Over the last 12 months, the Labor Department says workers have seen their pay rise an average of 85 cents an hour, a rate of 3.2 percent.

January was another good month if you were looking for a job, as employers increased their payrolls by 304,000 positions, according to the monthly report f...

Article Image

U.S. economy added 312,000 jobs in December

It was a lot easier to find a job last month because there were more of them. The Labor Department reports the economy produced 312,000 new jobs in December, drawing thousands of Americans back into the labor force.

The report, which exceeded almost every analyst’s prediction, follows Thursday’s report from ADP/Moody’s which showed private sector employment grew by 271,000 last month.

The unemployment rate rose from 3.7 percent to 3.9 percent because more people were looking for jobs in December.

“Incorporating revisions for October and November, which increased payrolls by 58,000, monthly job gains averaged 254,000 over the past 3 months,” said William Wiatrowski, acting commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Where the jobs are

Among the sectors and industries doing the most hiring last month were health care, food service, construction, manufacturing, and retail.

Jobs in health care increased by 50,000 last month, with most of the employment centered around ambulatory care and hospitals. For 2018, the health care sector created 346,000 new jobs, a huge increase over 2017.

Food service establishments, such as restaurants and bars, added 41,000 jobs. For the year, those jobs have increased by 241,000.

Jobs in construction rose by 38,000 with job gains in heavy and civil engineering construction and nonresidential specialty trade construction. For all of 2018, construction jobs were up 280,000.

Even factories were hiring

Despite other data showing a slowdown in manufacturing, the nation’s factories added 32,000 jobs in December. Even better, most of the new jobs occurred in the big-ticket durable goods sector.

Retail added 24,000 jobs in December, most of them in general merchandise stores.

The report flies in the face of the growing pessimism recently plaguing financial markets that the U.S. economy is slowing and may even be slipping toward recession. Employers obviously don’t think so, or they wouldn’t be expanding their payrolls.

In more positive news for consumers, average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose 11 cents to $27.48, a 3.2 percent increase on the year.

While there is still little evidence of inflation in the economy, the strong December jobs report may influence the Federal Reserve to stay on its stated course of raising interest rates at least twice in 2019.

It was a lot easier to find a job last month because there were more of them. The Labor Department reports the economy produced 312,000 new jobs in Decembe...

Article Image

Job gains defy economic gloom and doom

Wall Street is reeling, manufacturing is slowing, and economists are beginning to whisper the “R” word (recession). But from all indications, consumers are doing just fine, at least for now.

Retail sales were markedly higher during the holiday shopping season as rising wages and low unemployment gave consumers a little more confidence to spend. And job growth may be expanding even further in 2019.

In its monthly payroll survey, ADP/Moody’s Analytics reports the economy produced a staggering 271,000 private sector jobs in December, significantly more than consensus forecasts. That suggests employers are feeling confident enough to expand payrolls and that people who have been out of work for a while are getting jobs.

The Labor Department is scheduled to release the government’s official employment report on Friday.

Smaller firms did the heavy lifting

According to ADP/Moody’s report, it was small and midsize businesses that produced the most jobs last month. Small business payrolls grew by 89,000 while midsize companies -- those with more than 50 but fewer than 500 employees -- added 129,000 positions. Large companies grew their workforces by 54,000.

“Businesses continue to add aggressively to their payrolls despite the stock market slump and the trade war. Favorable December weather also helped lift the job market,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody’s Analytics. “At the current pace of job growth, low unemployment will get even lower.”

That comes as desperately needed good news for the financial markets, which have been roiled by the impact of U.S. tariffs and the retaliatory tariffs imposed on the U.S. The battered stock market went into a steep nose dive today after Apple warned investors that it sees lower revenue and shrinking profit margins in the first quarter.

According to the December report, companies that provide services accounted for almost all of the job growth, adding 224,000 jobs. The business/professional sector expanded by 66,000 jobs while education/health services grew by 61,000.

Despite an earlier report showing a slowdown in manufacturing, factories created 12,000 jobs. The only sector to shrink was mining, which fell by 2,000 jobs.

Wall Street is reeling, manufacturing is slowing, and economists are beginning to whisper the “R” word (recession). But from all indications, consumers are...

Article Image

Economy added 155,000 jobs in November

Employers showed growing caution last month in managing their workforce. The Labor Department reports the economy added 155,000 jobs in November, below consensus estimates. The unemployment rate held steady at 3.7 percent.

Job gains were strongest in healthcare, manufacturing, and transportation and warehousing. The number of people out of work was virtually unchanged at 6 million. The number of long-term unemployed declined by 120,000, suggesting that many of the new jobs went to people who had been out of work for more than 27 weeks.

Average hourly earnings were up by six cents in November to $27.35. On a year-over-year basis, wages were up 3.1 percent.

The healthcare industry added 32,000 jobs last month, with most of those gains coming in ambulatory services. Hospitals hired 13,000 new people.

Despite the tariffs and concerns over trade, manufacturers added 27,000 jobs last month, spread fairly evenly across the sector. Employment in transportation and warehousing rose by 25,000.

Lackluster retail

Retail had a net gain of 18,000 jobs despite a very strong month for general merchandise stores, whose payrolls grew by 39,000. But despite the holiday season, there were declines in hiring at sporting goods, electronics, and clothing retailers.

Among major worker groups, there was little change in November. Adult men have the lowest unemployment rate at 3.3 percent, compared to adult women at 3.4 percent.

The question is how the Federal Reserve will digest the employment report in advance of its December meeting. The Fed is still expected to hike its federal funds rate but data showing an absence of inflationary pressures in the job market could mean less aggressive policy action in 2019.

Employers showed growing caution last month in managing their workforce. The Labor Department reports the economy added 155,000 jobs in November, below con...

Article Image

Economy adds a quarter of a million jobs in October

The government reports that the economy added 250,000 jobs in October, and workers took home more money in their paychecks.

The October employment report shows all sectors of the economy reported healthy job gains and none of them reduced employment. The unemployment rate remained steady at 3.7 percent.

But for consumers, the wage number might be the most important aspect. Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 5 cents to $27.30. On a yearly basis, earnings have risen 83 cents, or 3.1 percent -- the largest hike in incomes since the Great Recession.

Construction workers saw the largest one-month gain in wages, followed by trade, transportation, and utility workers.

While the stock market doesn't like the idea that wages are growing -- an inflationary signal that could lead to still higher interest rates -- most economists agree that growing wages for consumers are needed to boost economic growth.

Where the jobs are

The health care sector led the field in adding jobs last month, expanding payrolls by 36,000. Hospitals added 13,000 jobs while positions in nursing and residential care facilities rose by 8,000. Over the past 12 months, healthcare employment grew by 323,000.

Manufacturing added 32,000 jobs in October," said William Wiatrowski, acting commissioner of the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). "Most of this increase occurred in the durable goods component with a gain of 10,000 jobs in transportation equipment. Over the past 12 months, manufacturing added 296,000 jobs, the bulk of which were in durable goods."

Construction added 30,000 jobs, while transportation and warehousing added 25,000 and professional and business services added 35,000.

More people joined the labor force last month. The labor participation rate rose 0.2 percent to 62.9 percent after remaining flat during much of 2018.

But the number of people employed part-time for economic reasons, sometimes referred to as involuntary part-time workers, hardly changed from September.

The October report points to a stable employment environment with hiring taking place in all sectors of the economy.

The government reports that the economy added 250,000 jobs in October, and workers took home more money in their paychecks.The October employment repor...

Article Image

Workers are earning more in a tight labor market

Independent data released this week points to slightly higher wages for workers and a still-tight labor market for employers. And it all points to more confident consumers.

In its monthly National Employment Report, ADP said the economy produced 227,000 private sector jobs between September and October. The services sector did the most hiring, with the biggest expansion coming in trade, transportation, and utility companies.

"The job market bounced back strongly last month despite being hit by back-to-back hurricanes," said Mark Zandi, chief economist at Moody's Analytics. "Testimonial to the robust employment picture is the broad-based gains in jobs across industries. The only blemish is the struggles small businesses are having filling open job positions."

Pay is increasing

That may be one reason employers who can find qualified candidates have to pay them more. The Paychex IHS Markit Small Business Employment Watch report for October again reflects a tight labor market, a slight dip in hiring, and an uptick in wages.

Hiring was down a modest 0.06 percent from last month. At the same time, the rate of hourly earnings growth in October was at 2.41 percent, rising for the second straight month. Analysts link the dip in hiring to a lack of available candidates to fill them.

"According to the latest Paychex Business Sentiment Report, business owners rank their ability to fill open positions with qualified candidates as a top challenge," said Martin Mucci, Paychex president and CEO. "With employment growth continuing to show moderate declines, we're seeing first-hand the impact of the tightening labor market on small businesses."

That's not so good for businesses that need more help, but it’s very good for consumers. The report shows consumers who live in the South enjoyed the strongest job growth, while those in the West saw their paychecks grow the most.

More confident consumers

Nationwide, consumer confidence rose in October, even as the stock market turned in its worst month of 2018. The Conference Board said its Consumer Confidence Index reached 137.9 this month, up from 135.3 in September.

The Present Situation Index – based on consumers' assessment of current business and labor market conditions – turned in an even bigger gain, rising from 169.4 to 172.8.

The Expectations Index – based on consumers' short-term outlook for income, business, and labor market conditions – increased from 112.5 last month to 114.6 this month.

Independent data released this week points to slightly higher wages for workers and a still-tight labor market for employers. And it all points to more con...

Article Image

Study sees a surge in job creation ahead

The news keeps getting better for job seekers. Days after the government reported unemployment is at a half-century low, a private forecast predicts the economy will keep up the job-producing pace.

A report from CareerBuilder.com predicts the U.S. will add 8,310,003 jobs from 2018 to 2023, a more than 5 percent increase. But most of those jobs, researchers say, will go to high income and low-income workers. Those in the middle could find jobs to be more scarce.

Not surprisingly, the study found that STEM-related jobs -- those involving science, technology, engineering, and math -- will dominate the fastest-growing occupations.

"Technology innovation is moving at an unprecedented rate and is rapidly redefining the occupations and skills required in the job market," said Irina Novoselsky, CEO of CareerBuilder. "Most of the fastest-growing occupations have a technical component to them. Employers will need to play a greater role in providing competency-based training to the workforce."

To land one of these future jobs, Novoselsky says workers will need to continually improve their skills to adapt to changing labor demands.

Middle-wage workers most at risk

"This is a particularly pressing issue for middle-wage workers who are at greater risk for becoming displaced and workers in general who want to move up into better-paying jobs," Novoselsky said.

The study defined low-wage jobs as those paying $14.17 or less an hour. Middle-wage jobs are those paying $14.18 to $23.59 an hour and high-wage jobs are those paying more than $23.24 an hour.

In the technology field, "software developer" is projected to be among the fastest-growing occupations. The study projects a nearly 16 percent growth rate over the next five years. It also falls squarely among the high-wage jobs, paying an average of $48 an hour.

In the healthcare sector, "registered nurse" is projected to grow at 8.39 percent in the next five years, adding 143,466 jobs. It pays an average of $33.55 an hour.

Slow-growing occupations

Customer service reps, construction workers, maintenance personnel, and billing clerks are among the middle-wage jobs that will see sluggish growth, according to the study.

At the same time, the study sees a significant increase in demand for home health aides, security guards, cooks, and nursing assistants, all of which are included in low-wage occupations.

In September, the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reported the professional and business services sector produced the most jobs -- 54,000. It was followed by health care and transportation/warehousing.

The news keeps getting better for job seekers. Days after the government reported unemployment is at a half-century low, a private forecast predicts the ec...

Article Image

Unemployment rate falls to 49-year low in September

The economy added 134,000 new jobs in September as the unemployment rate fell to 3.7 percent, the lowest level since 1969.

The number of new jobs was below consensus estimates, which had been reined in because Hurricane Florence affected areas of the East Coast during the month. Even so, the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) said the survey response rate within the affected areas was within the normal range.

“It is possible that payroll employment in some industries was affected by the hurricane; however, it is not possible to quantify the net effect on employment,” said William Waitrowski, Acting Commissioner of BLS.

Incomes were slightly higher

Average hourly income rose last month, but not quite as much as the month before. Wages increased at an annual rate of 2.8 percent.

The number of people out of work but looking for a job fell by 240,000. The number of long-term unemployed – people out of work for 27 weeks or more -- was little changed at 1.4 million over the month. According to BLS, this group makes up 22.9 percent of the unemployed.

The most jobs added last month were in the professional and businesses services sector, which has been a leader all year. It added 54,000 jobs in September and has created 560,000 new jobs so far this year.

The health care sector also remained strong last month, increasing its payrolls by 26,000. Hospitals accounted for 12,000 of those new hires. So far the health care sector has hired 302,000 new employees.

Transportation and warehousing added 24,000 jobs while the construction industry added 23,000 workers. The hospitality, retail, financial, and government sectors showed little change from August to September.

Upward revisions

July and August employment numbers were revised significantly higher. BLS revised July's job total from 147,000 to 165,000. In August, the 201,000 jobs number was increased to 270,000 for a total of 87,000 additional jobs over the two month period.

While economists generally agree the September jobs report points to a healthy economy, it may take some pressure off bond rates, which have risen this week on concerns the economy is heating up.

The yield on the Treasury Department's 10-year bond, a key benchmark for mortgage rates, has risen to 3.225 percent. That's still low on a historical basis but is near a high point for the last decade.

The economy added 134,000 new jobs in September as the unemployment rate fell to 3.7 percent, the lowest level since 1969.The number of new jobs was be...

Article Image

There's never been a better time to look for a job

If it seems you're seeing more Help Wanted ads these days, it's not your imagination. There has never been a better time to be looking for a job.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports that job openings reached a new high of 6.9 million at the end of July. Economists say the monthly Job Openings and Labor Turnover Survey (JOLTS) suggests businesses are having difficulty finding the workers they need.

Until very recently, the tightening labor market hadn't resulted in bigger paycheck. But in August, the BLS reported average hourly incomes rose at a 12-month rate of 2.9, among the strongest since the financial crisis. At some point, wages will have to rise as employers compete for fewer workers.

Strongest outlook on record

Amid this tighter labor market, a new report from The Manpower Group shows U.S. Employers plan to add to their staffs in the next three months. It's the strongest average annual outlook in the last decade with more than 19 percent anticipating growth of their payrolls.

"August marked the 95th month in a row for job growth in the U.S. and we anticipate we'll hit 99 months by the end of the year as the fourth quarter outlook has more good news for American jobseekers and businesses," said Becky Frankiewicz, President of ManpowerGroup North America.

As the world observes the 10th anniversary of the financial crisis this week, Frankiewicz says the labor market is finally getting back to where it was before Lehman Brothers declared bankruptcy and the economy nearly collapsed. While the economy is growing again, Frankiewicz says a lot of change has occurred in the last 10 years.

Big changes in the last decade

"Manufacturing is more advanced, retail has gone online, and employers in professional roles need a new combination of digital and soft skills,” she said. “These are not the low-skilled jobs of the past, they are highly skilled technical roles of the future. In this competitive labor market, there is no better time for employers to help people upskill and develop in their careers.”

According to The Manpower Group's fourth quarter outlook, jobs in the leisure and hospitality sector will grow at the fastest rate – 28 percent. Professional and business services will remain robust with a 25 percent growth rate with transportation and utilities close behind at 24 percent.

If it seems you're seeing more Help Wanted ads these days, it's not your imagination. There has never been a better time to be looking for a job.The Bu...

Article Image

Economy added 201,000 jobs in August

The U.S. economy added 201,000 jobs in August as the labor market remains tight. The latest report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics suggests it's getting easier to find employment.

"The unemployment rate remained at 3.9 percent in August, and the number of unemployed people, at 6.2 million, was little changed," said William Wiatrowski, Acting Commissioner Bureau of Labor Statistics. “Among the unemployed in August, 1.3 million had been searching for work for 27 weeks or longer. These long-term unemployed accounted for 21.5 percent of the total unemployed."

August's job gains were clustered in sectors that have been on a hiring spree all year. Professional and business services, health care, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, and mining saw the largest payroll expansions.

Who's doing the hiring

Professional and business services added 53,000 jobs in August, bringing the 12-month total to 519,000. The health care sector added 33,000 jobs -- a 301,000 increase since August 2017.

Wholesale trade added 22,000 jobs while transportation and warehousing added 20,000. Factories actually slightly reduced jobs last month but manufacturing jobs are up 254,000 over the last 12 months.

Economist Joel Naroff, of Naroff Economic Advisors, notes there were downward revisions for June and July job creation, meaning the three month average is around 185,000. He expects that number to trend slightly lower in the months ahead.

"The big news is the wage number," Naroff told ConsumerAffairs. "We are finally seeing wage gains pick up and it will likely only get hotter. That makes the Fed’s actions more defensible and further rate hikes inevitable."

Entering the sweet spot for workers

Average hourly earnings for all private non-farm employees gained a dime from July to $27.16. But on an annual basis, earnings have grown by 77 cents an hour, a 12-month increase of 2.9 percent. That's the largest since 2009. But Robert Frick, corporate economist at Navy Federal Credit Union, would have liked to have seen an even stronger wage increase.

"At this point in previous expansions we've seen wages rising at a 3.5 percent or even above a 4 percent rate," Frick said. "However, given that jobs added are still above 200,000, showing many more Americans want to work, and wages have started to increase about the 2.7 percent level, we could be entering that sweet spot for workers that's typical at an expansion's peak."

The government's jobs numbers came in sharply higher than Thursday's release from ADP and Moody's Analytics. That report showed August's job growth at only 163,000, the weakest number since October.

The biggest drop off in new hiring was among small businesses with fewer than 50 employees. The strongest hiring was among mid-size firms.

The U.S. economy added 201,000 jobs in August as the labor market remains tight. The latest report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics suggests it's gettin...

Article Image

Economy adds 157,000 jobs in July

The economy added 157,000 jobs last month as the nation's unemployment rate dropped to a near-record low of 3.9 percent.

That was fewer jobs than the consensus estimate, but the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) revised its June numbers, adding 30,000 new jobs to that month's total. Americans found the most jobs in the sectors of professional and business services, manufacturing, and in health care and social assistance.

William Wiatrowski, Acting BLS Commissioner, says those with jobs earned modestly more last month.

“Average hourly earnings of all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by seven cents in July to $27.05,” Wiatrowski said in a statement. "Over the past 12 months, average hourly earnings have increased by 2.7 percent."

During the same period, inflation as measured by the Consumer Price Index rose slightly more -- 2.8 percent.

Fewer people classified as unemployed

The unemployment rate dropped largely because of a decrease in the number of people classified as "unemployed." The number of unemployed persons declined by 284,000 to 6.3 million. After being at a record low a few months ago, black unemployment rose to 6.6 percent.

The number of people working part time for economic reasons was basically the same in July as it was in June -- around 4.6 million. However, the number was down by 669,000 from July 2017.

The biggest job gains came in the business and professional services sector, which added 51,000 new jobs during the month. In the last 12 months, that sector has added more than a half million jobs.

Factories were hiring

People looking for jobs at factories had a better chance of being hired last month. Manufacturing added 37,000 jobs in July, with most of the gain in factories producing durable goods. In the last 12 months, factories have added 327,000 jobs.

There was also healthy job creation in the health care and social services sector, which increased its payrolls by 34,000. Retail added only 7,000 -- a number dragged down by huge losses at hobby, toy, and game stores.

There was little change in July in mining, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, and government.

The economy added 157,000 jobs last month as the nation's unemployment rate dropped to a near-record low of 3.9 percent.That was fewer jobs than the co...

Article Image

Americans are quitting their jobs at fastest rate since 2001

In May, Americans quit their jobs at the fastest rate in almost two decades. According to MarketWatch, the shift shows a growing confidence in the economy, as many people are choosing to leave one company for another.

Based on government statistics, 2.7 percent of employees in the private sector willingly left their jobs -- up from 2.5 percent -- while the quit rate is up to 2.4 percent -- up from 2.3 percent. Both of these numbers are the highest they’ve been since 2001.

Despite job openings dropping from 6.84 million to 6.64 million, the boom in the economy is most likely to be the driving force behind many Americans feeling comfortable enough to leave their jobs. Additionally, many people who leave their jobs by choice end up with better pay and better benefits in their new positions.

It’s also important to note that hirings were up in May, peaking at 5.75 million hires. That figure is up by 170,000 people from April and is also the highest it’s been in 17 months.

A look to the future

According to the Department of Labor’s report, nearly 5.5 million people lost their jobs in May. However, the majority of the decline was seen in the Northeast, where the population tends to be higher than in other areas. Additionally, job openings dropped in areas like arts and entertainment, media, and public relations.

However, because of the incredibly low unemployment rate, companies are hiring new employees to try and keep up with the demands of the surging economy.

The rising quit rate shows employees’ general confidence in acquiring new jobs with higher wages. According to MarketWatch, this could lead companies to raise wages faster in hopes of holding onto their best employees -- and attracting new ones.

While this trend appears to be heading in the right direction for the general public, it could raise some eyebrows at the Federal Reserve, which is keeping a close eye on inflation.

“The rise in the job quits rate points to wage growth accelerating to three percent by the end of the year,” said Michael Pearce, senior U.S. economist at Capital Economics.

In May, Americans quit their jobs at the fastest rate in almost two decades. According to MarketWatch, the shift shows a growing confidence in the economy,...

Article Image

Unemployment rate rises to 4 percent in June

More people found jobs last month, but even more were looking for one, so the nation's unemployment rate rose to 4 percent, from 3.8 percent in May. The economy added 213,000 jobs.

There was an increase in the number of jobs created in professional and business services, manufacturing, and health care, while retail trade lost jobs.

Black unemployment, which fell to a record low in May, rose in June to 6.5 percent.

"Incorporating revisions for April and May, which increased nonfarm payroll employment by 37,000, monthly job gains have averaged 211,000 over the past 3 months," said William Wiatrowski, Acting Commissioner Bureau of Labor Statistics.

The overall unemployment rate rose because more people were looking for jobs last month. Economists see it as an encouraging sign because it suggests people who had stopped looking for a job are trying to reenter the labor force.

More than 2 million reentered the workforce

The number of people who re-entered the workforce increased to 2,184,000 last month, an increase from 1,933,000 in May.

The number of unemployed Americans increased in June by nearly 500,000, to 6.6 million. That's down from 7 million in June 2017.

Job creation might have been greater if employers had been able to find qualified applicants. In a June survey by the ManpowerGroup, employers complained of a talent shortage, especially in the area of skilled tradesmen. In particular, employers said skilled workers -- such as electricians, welders, and mechanics -- are hard to find. They also said many positions as salesmen and drivers are going unfilled.

Despite what appears to be a tightening labor market, average hourly earnings increased by only 6 cents, from $22.52 in April to $22.58. Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 5 cents to $26.98.

On a year-over-year basis, average hourly earnings have increased by 72 cents, or 2.7 percent.

Job growth continues at the fastest rate in the professional and business services sector, which added 50,000 positions in June and has grown by 521,000 so far in 2018. Manufacturing added 36,000 jobs, mostly at factories making durable goods.

Retailers, meanwhile, eliminated 22,000 jobs in June, largely offsetting the 25,000 they added in May.

More people found jobs last month, but even more were looking for one, so the nation's unemployment rate rose to 4 percent, from 3.8 percent in May. The ec...

Article Image

The economy produced 223,000 new jobs during May

The nation's economy produced 223,000 new jobs in May, as the unemployment rate among African Americans fell to the lowest level since the Bureau of Labor Statistics began tracking that number in 1972.

The overall unemployment rate dipped to 3.8 percent. Broken down demographically, the jobless rates for adult men was 3.5 percent; among African Americans it was 5.9 percent, and among Asians it was 2.1 percent. All were improvements from the previous month.

The jobless rates for adult women (3.3 percent), teenagers (12.8 percent), whites (3.5 percent), and Hispanics (4.9 percent), were little changed from April.

Retail remains strong

Some of the biggest job gains came in retail, which added 31,000 jobs. Retail stores have added 125,000 new jobs so far in 2018.

People also found work in the health care sector during the month. Employment grew by 29,000, in line with expectations. Health care has been adding about the same number of jobs over the last several months.

Employment in construction continued its upward trend, adding 25,000 jobs last month. The construction industry has added 286,000 jobs over the last 12 months.

There were also strong gains in professional and technical services, as well as transportation and warehousing, and manufacturing. Factories added 18,000 jobs in May, with plants producing big-ticket durable goods accounting for the lion's share of the increase.

Earnings rise

Workers earned a little more for their efforts, in line with forecasts. In May, average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 8 cents, to $26.92. On a year-over-year basis, average hourly earnings have increased by 71 cents, or 2.7 percent.

Government economists revised March's job creation to 155,000, an increase from 135,000. April, however, was revised downward from 164,000 to 159,000. The economy has produced an average of 179,000 new jobs per month over the last three months.

The nation's economy produced 223,000 new jobs in May, as the unemployment rate among African Americans fell to the lowest level since the Bureau of Labor...

Article Image

Unemployment drops to 3.9 percent in April

The U.S. economy added 164,000 non-farm jobs in April, enough to lower the unemployment rate to 3.9 percent, the lowest since 2000.

The unemployment rate among African Americans dropped to 6.6 percent, the lowest since the Bureau of Labor Statistics began tracking it in 1972.

The number of people who lost jobs, or completed temporary jobs, declined by 188,000.

At first glance, it would appear that the labor market is tightening and giving workers a little more leverage with their employers. However, that has failed to translate into higher wages, at least in a meaningful way.

Average hourly earnings for all employees rose a modest four cents to $26.84. Year-over-year, wages were up 67 cents, or 2.6 percent.

Where the jobs are

The creation of 164,000 new jobs was a smaller-than-expected number, but it was larger than March's revised estimate of 135,000 new jobs. Most of last month's job gains came in professional and business services, manufacturing, healthcare, and mining.

Professional and business services added 54,000 jobs in April. Over the last 12 months, that sector has expanded by 518,000 jobs.

Manufacturing added 24,000 jobs last month, with most of the additions coming at factories producing durable goods. Manufacturing jobs have expanded by 245,000 in the last 12 months.

Healthcare continues to hire more people, adding 24,000 jobs last month and 305,000 over the last year.

Other major industries -- including construction, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, leisure and hospitality, and government -- saw little change from March.

Some still left out

The improvement in the job market didn't help everyone, however. The number of people classified as long-term unemployed – out of work for 27 weeks or longer – remained essentially unchanged at 1.3 million. They account for 20 percent of people out of work.

The number of people with part-time jobs, but who preferred full-time jobs, totaled 5 million, about the same as the previous month.

The labor force participation rate – a measure of the adult population that was working – was 62.8 percent. That's just slightly below the 68-year average of 63 percent.

The U.S. economy added 164,000 non-farm jobs in April, enough to lower the unemployment rate to 3.9 percent, the lowest since 2000.The unemployment rat...

Article Image

The economy produced fewer jobs in March

The nation's economy added fewer jobs than expected last month, but workers enjoyed a modest boost in wages.

In its monthly report, the Bureau of Labor Statistics counted 103,000 new non-farm jobs in March, well short of estimates. However, February's robust growth of more than 300,000 jobs was revised higher.

The nation's unemployment rate remained at 4.1 percent, and the labor force participation rate remained little changed at 62.9 percent.

Among demographic groups, the unemployment rates for adult men and adult women were the same -- 3.7 percent. Among ethnic groups, Asians have the lowest jobless rate, at 3.1 percent, followed by whites, at 3.6 percent. The unemployment rate among Hispanics was 5.1 percent and 6.9 percent among African Americans.

Sectors that added jobs

It was a little easier to find jobs last month in the manufacturing, healthcare, and mining industries. However, it was not a good month for workers in construction and retail. Both sectors lost employees.

After adding 65,000 workers in February, construction jobs fell by 15,000 in March. It was much the same story for retail, which added 47,000 jobs in February but gave back 4,000 of them last month.

It was easier to find a job in healthcare and manufacturing last month. Both sectors added 22,000 jobs. Over the last 12 months, U.S. manufacturers have added 232,000 jobs.

The mining industry added 9,000 jobs in March, with most of them in mining support jobs and oil and gas exploration.

Employees earned a little more money last month, but it wasn’t enough to set off inflation fears at the Federal Reserve. Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 8 cents to $26.82. Over the last 12 months, wages are up 71 cents, or 2.7 percent.

The nation's economy added fewer jobs than expected last month, but workers enjoyed a modest boost in wages.In its monthly report, the Bureau of Labor...

Article Image

Job growth surges in February but incomes stay flat

If you were looking for a job last month, chances are you found one.

The Labor Department reports the U.S. economy added 313,000 non-farm jobs in February, leaving the unemployment rate unchanged at 4.1 percent.

The economy added jobs in construction, retail trade, professional and business services, manufacturing, financial activities, and mining.

However, fewer workers got raises last month. The report shows wages rose just .01 percent. Economist Joel Naroff, of Naroff Economic Advisors, calls it a "bizarre" set of numbers, noting that job growth was through the roof while wages went nowhere.

"The increases (in jobs) were not just in unskilled sectors, so it is hard to understand why businesses have been saying they cannot find qualified workers," Naroff told ConsumerAffairs. "The rise in average hours worked was surprising given the large number of new workers. That implies a huge increase in total hours worked, which would indicate growth was also robust."

Report full of surprises

Naroff says the report is full of surprises. For example, he wonders why retailers suddenly added 50,000 new workers. And those 61,000 new construction workers, he says, could disappear in March if weather remains nasty.

"Let’s just say this was a really amazing report but before we get too carried away, let’s see what happens in March," Naroff said. "I am glad to see all the jobs added, but I am cautious about whether anything close to this level gain is at all supportable."

Among demographic groups, the jobless rate for African Americans fell to 6.9 percent but remained fairly steady for all other groups. The number of long-term unemployed -- those out of work for 27 weeks or more -- was essentially unchanged at 1.4 million. The labor force participation rate, while still very low, rose 0.3 percent last month.

After the gains in construction and retail, sectors posting the biggest job additions were professional and business services -- up 50,000 -- and manufacturing, which added 31,000 jobs.

If you were looking for a job last month, chances are you found one.The Labor Department reports the U.S. economy added 313,000 non-farm jobs in Februa...

Article Image

Millennials having trouble keeping up financially

A report by British researchers has found millennials in the UK have fallen behind other generations economically, a trend that appears to be replicated across all developed nations.

The Resolution Foundation found people born between 1981 and 2000 generally have a lower standard of living than the generations that came before. The report focused on household income and employment trends to reach its conclusions.

"Overall, the pace of generation-on-generation growth in household income – a common benchmark of day-to-day living standards – has slowed across high-income countries," the authors write. "It is common for millennials who’ve already reached their early 30s to have experienced little or no income improvement on generation X."

Bad timing

Part of this economic disparity may stem from timing. The leading edge of the millennial generation entered adulthood and the workforce at about the time the economy nearly collapsed. The financial crisis of 2008 reduced job opportunities and began a period of wage stagnation. Those lucky enough to find jobs weren't paid as much as they might have been before the crash.

The housing market has also had an effect. Home prices have risen in the last decade as millennials have entered their household formation years. Those who are able to purchase a home have to use a larger portion of their income to pay for it.

The report focuses on millennials in the UK but notes the trend is evident throughout the developed world.

"Public concern about the living standards of young adults compared to those of their parents’ generation is evident across high-income countries, and our findings indeed point to many areas in which the generational challenge appears shared," the authors write.

The report shows that millennials in the UK and Greece have lost the most ground economically, but in other developed countries millennials, and even members of generation X, have real incomes that are little or no higher than their predecessors’ income at the same age.

Role of housing

In the U.S., millennials' economic struggles are most evident in the housing market. A 2017 report by Unison Home Ownership Investors documented the barriers faced by first-time homebuyers, largely made up of millennials.

While 77 percent of consumers agree that buying a home is a good financial decision, 41 percent identified scraping together the money for a down payment as the biggest hurdle.

Broken down by age groups, the survey found Millennials are most likely to worry about the cost of housing. Fifty-six percent worried about what a home would cost to purchase and maintain, as opposed to 47 percent of Baby Boomers expressing similar concerns.

Nearly 60 percent of Millennials reported rent and mortgage payments as a strain on their budget each month, slightly higher than their Gen X and Boomer predecessors.

A report by British researchers has found millennials in the UK have fallen behind other generations economically, a trend that appears to be replicated ac...

Article Image

Retailers gearing up for the holiday shopping season

The retail industry may be closing stores and consolidating, but those looking for a seasonal job opportunity will have lots of options thanks to fierce competition among bigger store chains.

Global outplacement and executive coaching firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas predicts a high demand for seasonal employees as retailers prepare for the holidays.

“The competition among major big-box retailers will incentivize consumers to spend more this holiday season. These stores will need to add staff in order to meet demand,” said Challenger, Gray & Christmas CEO John Challenger.

Target has already announced it's hiring 100,000 seasonal workers for the holidays -- up by more than 22,000 from last year. The retailer also indicated it will be lowering prices in all stores in response to Amazon and Walmart’s price-slashing practices.

Since 2012, holiday hiring announcements have averaged 604,000 per year, according to Challenger tracking, with some of it by non-retailers, such as FedEx and UPS.

Seasonal retail employment increased by 641,000 during the final three months of last year, the lowest number since 2009, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), with job gains down 9.6% from 2008.

Changing times

In fact, BLS data show retail-related transportation and warehousing employment increased by a non-seasonally adjusted 246,700 workers in the final quarter of the year, up 8% from the final three months of 2015. In 2007, the seasonal job gains for this sector measured just 24,300.

“As holiday shopping habits turn virtual, retailers are responding by hiring more warehouse and transport workers,” said Challenger. “While retail hiring has fallen over the last couple years, major announcements indicate workers will still be needed for customer-facing positions, as retailers attempt to give consumers an experience they cannot receive online.”

In addition to Target’s announcement, Michaels has announced it will add 15,000 holiday workers, and 1-800-Flowers will increase its staff by 8,000 workers for the holidays.

Challenger's tracking shows retailers have announced over 6,000 store closures and 67,000 job cuts in the first eight months of the year. Despite these numbers, many retailers projected the highest number of hiring announcements for any industry, with over 248,000.

Most of those hiring announcements came early in the year, as retailers like Walmart and Dollar General expanded. The Home Depot announced plans to hire 80,000 workers for the summer season in March. Meanwhile, Amazon has been steadily boosting employment rolls after a January announcement of over 100,000 hires in the next 18 months.

The bulk of holiday hiring announcements occur in September. In fact, between 2011 and 2016, September hiring announcements have averaged over 415,000.

The retail industry may be closing stores and consolidating, but those looking for a seasonal job opportunity will have lots of options thanks to fierce co...

Article Image

Impact of Hurricane Harvey sends jobless claims surging

Hurricane Harvey smashed into Texas last week, helping produce an upward spiral in first-time jobless claims.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports initial applications for state unemployment benefits shot up 62,000 in the week ending September 2 to a seasonally asjusted total of 298,000.

That's the highest level since April 18, 2015.

The four-week moving average, considered a more accurate hauge of the labor market, jumped by 13,500 to 250,250 from the previous week.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Non-manufacturing economy on the rise

August was another month of growth of economic activity in the non-manufacturing - or services – sector for a total of 92 months in a row.

The nation’s purchasing and supply executives, in the latest Non-Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business, say the non-manufacturing index (NMI) was up 1.4% last month registering 55.3%.

A reading above 50 indicates growth, while anything below that suggests contraction.

Looking inside the NMI, the Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index came in at 57.5%, up 1.6% from July, reflecting growth for the 97th consecutive month, at a faster rate in August.

The New Orders Index rose 2% to 57.1%, the Employment Index increased 2.6% to 56.2%, and the Prices Index increased added 2.2% for a reading of 57.9%, indicating prices increased in August for the third consecutive month.

Industry performance

The 15 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in August were:

  1. Retail Trade;
  2. Information;
  3. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  4. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  5. Other Services;
  6. Wholesale Trade;
  7. Utilities;
  8. Mining;
  9. Educational Services;
  10. Accommodation & Food Services;
  11. Finance & Insurance;
  12. Public Administration;
  13. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  14. Construction; and
  15. Health Care & Social Assistance. 

Two industries reported contraction:

  1. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting; and
  2. Transportation & Warehousing.

Hurricane Harvey smashed into Texas last week, helping produce an upward spiral in first-time jobless claims.The D...

Article Image

Spokeo loses latest round in long-running privacy court battle

Online aggregator Spokeo has lost the latest round in a long-running legal dispute. The case involves Thomas Robins, a Virginia resident who sued Spokeo in 2010, arguing that the company had published incorrect information about him.

The case went to the U.S. Supreme Court, which returned it to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals, where a three-judge panel this week ruled that Robins has standing to sue.

Robins argued that Spokeo had hurt his employment prospects by publishing incorrect information about him. The online site had listed Robins as being in his 50s, married with children, and employed in a professional or technical field.

Robins said he was none of those things and claimed the listing potentially caused employers to think he was over-qualified for the jobs he applied for.

Spokeo is a site that collects and publishes publicly-available information about individuals. It is often used by landlords, potential employers, and others who want to verify the credentials of individuals they are dealing with.

Is it or isn't it?

The case all hinges on whether the Federal Credit Reporting Act applies to Spokeo. The company says it doesn't, because it says it is not a credit reporting agency. But Robins argued that the law does apply and the 9th Circuit agreed, allowing the case to proceed.

The case is one of many involving the issue of actual versus potential injury, in addition to the FCRA question. Spokeo has argued that Robins has not shown that he suffered any actual harm, but has only said that the allegedly incorrect information could have damaged his job prospects.

"It’s important to note that individuals who have actually been harmed by violations of the law do retain the right to pursue claims for damages and seek redress from companies that irresponsibly take advantage of consumers by violating the law, and Spokeo fully supports that fundamental right," the company said last year. "What Spokeo has fought for ... is to simply stop the frivolous no-injury class action suits that only benefit class action attorneys and curb innovation."

Online aggregator Spokeo has lost the latest round in a long-running legal dispute. The case involves Thomas Robins, a Virginia resident who sued Spokeo in...

Article Image

A big jump in July employment

The nation's job-creation machinery got cranking in July.

The Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports there were 209,000 new nonfarm payroll positions created last month, with the unemployment rate ticking down from 4.4% to 4.3%.

As it released the July figures, the government revised its May estimate of new jobs down from +152,000 to +145,000, and its June calculation up from +222,000 to +231,000. That works out to a net gain of 2,000 jobs in May and June from what was reported previously.

For the year thus far, employment growth has averaged 184,000 per month.

Who's on the job

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (4.0%), adult women (4.0%), teenagers (13.2%), Whites (3.8%), Blacks (7.4%), Asians (3.8%), and Hispanics (5.1%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed -- those out of work for 27 weeks or more -- was little changed at 1.8 million in July and accounted for 25.9% of the unemployed.

The labor force participation rate (62.9%) showed little change in July and has been fairly steady over the past year. The employment-population ratio (60.2%) was also little changed in July but is up by 0.4% year-over-year.

Where the jobs are

Employment in food services and drinking places rose by 53,000 in July, while professional and business services added 49,000 jobs. Health care employment increased by 39,000, while mining, construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation & warehousing, information, financial activities, and government showed little change.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 9 cents in July to $26.36 and are up 65 cents, or 2.5%, over the year.

The complete report may be found on the BLS website.

The nation's job-creation machinery got cranking in July.The Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports there were 209,000 new nonfarm...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index suggests growth to continue through 2017

The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was higher in March for a fifth consecutive month.

The rise of 0.4% follows advances of 0.5% and 0.6% in February and January, respectively. Additionally, the index wrapped up 2016 with a gain of 0.6% in December and a 0.2% increase for November

“The March increase and upward trend in the U.S. LEI point to continued economic growth in 2017, with perhaps an acceleration later in the year if consumer spending and investment pick up,” said Conference Board Director of Business Cycles and Growth Research Ataman Ozyildirim. “The gains among the leading indicators were very widespread, with new orders in manufacturing and the interest rate spread more than offsetting declines in the labor market components in March.”

The LEI, a closely watched forecaster of economic activity, is a composite average of several individual leading indicators. It's constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because it smooths out some of the volatility of individual components.

The ten components of the LEI include:

  • Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  • Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  • Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  • ISM Index of New Orders
  • Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  • Building permits, new private housing units
  • Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  • Leading Credit Index
  • Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  • Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Jobless claims

A give-back in the jobless claims last week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose by 10,000 in the week ending April 15 to a seasonally adjusted total of 244,000.

Initial claims fell by exactly the same amount a week earlier.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly average and considered a better reading of the labor market, came in at 243,000 -- down 4,250 from the previous week.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was higher in March for a fifth consecutive month.T...

Article Image

Why the job outlook for college grads is encouraging in 2017

It won't be long before college students will be lining up by the thousands to receive their diplomas -- and then start the search for gainful employment.

As these three million young adults with freshly-minted associate or bachelor’s degrees enter what's called “the real world,” they should be in pretty good shape as far as job prospects go.

According to outplacement consultancy firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas, the employment outlook for the class of 2017 is on par with last year, thanks to the current economic growth. National Association of Colleges and Employers College Graduates’ 2017 Job Outlook finds that just over 98% of employers plan to hire bachelor’s-degree earners this year, virtually the same as in 2016.

Hot degrees

Business degrees are most in demand, with the survey showing almost 78% of employers planning to hire business-degree holders, while 70% want those with engineering degrees. Another 54.2% will hire grads in the computer and information sciences field.

The most in-demand degrees are in male-dominated programs, even though women continue to earn more college degrees than men year-over-year.

An analysis of 2012 education data from the National Center for Education Statistics by Randall Olson, shows fewer than 20% of bachelor’s degree-holders in computer and engineering fields were women, while just over 40% of bachelor’s in business went to women.

“Companies benefit from having a diverse workforce, and many employers want a gender-equal workforce,” said Challenger CEO John A. Challenger. Encouraging women to enter and thrive in these fields will have an enormous, positive impact on the workplace.”

It's not just recent college graduates who benefit from bachelor’s degrees. Older grads face much lower levels of unemployment when compared to those who did not finish high school, only finished high school, or only finished part of college.

It won't be long before college students will be lining up by the thousands to receive their diplomas -- and then start the search for gainful employment....

Article Image

Retail sales disappoint in March

Not much joy in the retail sector in March.

Not only did it revise the February retail sales figure from a 0.1% gain to show a 0.3% decline, but the Commerce Department also reported sales in March were down 0.2% -- totaling $470.8 billion.

Even with that decline, though, sales were 5.2% above the same period the year before.

Ups and downs

Much of the March weakness can be traced to a decline of 1.2% in auto sales. If that category is eliminated, sales were flat. Also contributing to the decline were lower sales at building material and garden equipment & supplies dealers (-1.5%), gas stations (-1.0%), sporting goods, hobby, book & music stores (-0.8%), and restaurants & bars (-0.6%).

What little strength there was came from gains at electronics & appliance stores (+2.6%), miscellaneous store retailers (+1.8%), clothing and clothing accessories (+1.0%), nonstore retailers (+0.6%), food and beverage stores (+0.5%), and general merchandise stores (+0.3%).

The full report may be found on the Commerce Department website.

Not much joy in the retail sector in March.Not only did it revise the February retail sales figure from a 0.1% gain to show a 0.3% decline, but the Com...

Article Image

March job creation comes up short

A loss of positions in the retail sector helped keep March job creation well below expectations.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports employment edged up by 98,000 last month -- well short of the 180,000 jobs projected by economists at Briefing.com.

The economy had created 219,000 jobs in February and 216,000 in January.

At the same time, the unemployment rate dipped to 4.5% from 4.7% in February, the lowest level since may 2007.

Gainers and losers 

Employment in professional and business services was up by 56,000 last month -- about in line with the average monthly gain over the prior 12 months. Other fields adding employees include mining (+11,000), health care (+14,000), financial activities (+9,000), and construction (+6,000).

Retail trade lost 30,000 jobs in March, while employment in other major industries, including manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, leisure and hospitality and government, showed little or no change.

Who's working

The number of people out of a job in March fell by 326,000 to 7.2 million. 

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult women (4.0%), Whites (3.9%), and Hispanics (5.1%) declined in March. The jobless rates for adult men (4.3%), teenagers (13.7%), Blacks (8.0%), and Asians (3.3%) showed little or no change.

The labor force participation held steady at 63.0% in March, and the employment-population ratio, at 60.1%, changed little. The employment-population ratio has edged up over the year, while the labor force participation rate has shown no clear trend.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by a nickel in March to $26.14, following a 7-cent increase in February. Over the year, average hourly earnings have are up 68 cents, or 2.7%.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

A loss of positions in the retail sector helped keep March job creation well below expectations.The Department of Labor (DOL) reports employment edged...

Article Image

Job cuts rise, jobless claims fall

The flurry of pink slips intensified a bit in March.

According to the tally by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas announced job cuts by US-based employers rose 17% from the February total to 43,310.

While the month-over-month change is higher, March cuts are down 2% from the same month last year -- the third consecutive month of lower job cuts than the corresponding month a year earlier.

For the first quarter of the year, employers have cut 126,201 jobs -- 38% more than in the final three months of 2016, but down 30% from the same period last year.

A healing energy sector

“Cuts in the energy sector, which started en masse in mid-2014, were still occurring in the first quarter of 2016;” said Challenger, Gray & Christmas CEO John A. Challenger, but adds that “the energy industry is no longer bleeding jobs, which is partly why job cut announcements have trended down.”

Through the first quarter of the year, the energy sector has announced 7,880 job cuts, down 84% from the first three months of 2016. Since January 2014, the energy sector has announced 224,265 cuts -- 107,714 of them in 2016.

Retail is the job cut leader so far this year, with 38,464 announced terminations, 4,084 occurring last month. While retailers have cut over 53,000 jobs in the last seven months, the industry has announced over 121,000 new jobs so far this year.

“Retail is typically an industry in flux, but we’ve seen long established companies close stores and cut workers,” said Challenger. “The industry, though, is creating openings just as quickly as they are cutting.”

First quarter retail cuts are up 19% from the same period last year.

Even as companies continue to cut jobs, hiring announcements continue to break records. Challenger tracking shows that in the first quarter, companies announced 289,272 new positions -- the bulk of them in the retail sector.

Home Depot hired 80,000 new seasonal workers in March. Last quarter’s total is the highest first quarter total on record, and the highest quarterly total except for third quarter totals when holiday hiring plans are typically announced.

Jobless claims

The week ending April 1 saw a sold drop in the fining of first-time applications for state unemployment benefits.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports there were a seasonally adjusted 234,000 initial jobless claims, down 25,000 from the previous week's level was revised up by 1,000.

The less volatile 4-week moving fell 4,500 from the previous week to 250,000.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Photo (c) kikkerdirk - FotoliaThe flurry of pink slips intensified a bit in March.According to the tally by outplacement consultancy Challeng...

Article Image

Personal income and spending on the rise in February

Both personal incomes and spending rose in February -- the former more than the latter.

The Commerce Department reports incomes climbed $57.7 billion, or 0.4%, last month following a $63 billion gain in January. Disposable personal income (DPI) -- what's left after taxes are extracted -- was up 0.3%, or $44.6 billion.

The incomes increase was due largely to advances in wages and salaries and rental income of persons.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) -- consumer spending -- inched up 0.1%, or $7.4 billion. When adjusted for inflation, it was actually down 0.1%.

The PCE price index rose just 0.1% and was up 0.2% when the volatile food and energy categories were stripped out; the PCE price index increased 0.2%.

The decrease in inflation-adjusted spending reflected cutbacks in spending that were partially offset by an increase in spending for nondurable goods.

Personal saving in February totaled $808.0 billion – up $4.3 billion from January, for a rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- of 5.6%.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Both personal incomes and spending rose in February -- the former more than the latter.The Commerce Department reports incomes climbed $57.7 billion, o...

Article Image

U.S. economy continues growing at a so-so rate

The final tally of economic performance for the past year is in and the results are not encouraging.

The Commerce Department reports that for all of 2016, real gross domestic product (GDP) increased 2.0%, compared with an increase of 1.9% the previous year.

Many economists consider between 2-3% to be the “ideal” annual GDP growth rate.

For the final quarter of last year, GDP expanded at an annual rate of 2.1%, up a tad from the 1.9% reported in the second look at the numbers. In the third quarter of 2016, real GDP increased 3.5%.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) price index, an inflation gauge tied to GDP, rose 2.0%. Excluding food and energy prices, the “core” PCE price index was up 1.3%.

Corporate profits with inventory valuation adjustment and capital consumption adjustment rose $11.2 billion in the fourth quarter, following a surge of $117.8 billion in the third quarter.

For all of 2016, profits were down $2.3 billion, compared with a plunge of $64.0 billion in 2015.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

The number of people applying for state unemployment benefits for the first time was lower last week.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial jobless claims for the week ending March 25 totaled a seasonally adjusted 258,000, down 3,000 from the previous week's unrevised level.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered by economists to be a better reflection of the labor market, rose 7,750 during the same week to 254,250.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

Photo (c) z amir - FotoliaThe final tally of economic performance for the past year is in and the results are not encouraging.The Commerce Depart...

Article Image

Leading economic indicators on a roll

There's a good chance that the nation's economy will continue to chug along in the months ahead.

The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) rose 0.6% to 126.2.

“After six consecutive monthly gains, the U.S. LEI is at its highest level in over a decade,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, director of Business Cycles and Growth Research at The Conference Board. “Widespread gains across a majority of the leading indicators points to an improving economic outlook for 2017, although GDP growth is likely to remain moderate,” he added, pointing out that “only housing permits contributed negatively to the LEI in February, reversing gains over the previous two months.”

The LEI, a closely watched forecast of economic activity, is a composite average of several individual leading indicators. It's constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because it smooths out some of the volatility of individual components.

The ten components of the LEI include:

  • Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  • Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  • Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  • ISM Index of New Orders
  • Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  • Building permits, new private housing units
  • Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  • Leading Credit Index
  • Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  • Average consumer expectations for business conditions

There's a good chance that the nation's economy will continue to chug along in the months ahead.The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index...

Article Image

Job openings edge higher January

Job openings edged up slightly during January, according to figures from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).

On the final business day of the month, there were 5.626 million job openings, compared with 5.539 million in December, for a job openings rate of 3.7%.

The number of job openings was up a bit for the private sector -- from 5.065 million to 5.173 million, with most of them in professional and business services, and down for government -- to 452,000 from 474,000.

Hires

Hires during the month went from 5.303 million in December to 5.440 million, with a hires rate of 3.7%. There were 5.104 million private sector hires and 336,000 for government. Other services (+54,000) and finance & insurance (+41,000) led hiring in the private sector. The number of hires was little changed in all four geographic regions.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, and is referred to as turnover. There were 5.258 million total separations in January, versus 5.084 in December. The total separations rate was 3.6%. The number of total separations was little changed in all four regions.

Net employment change

Over the 12 months ending in January, hires totaled 63.1 million and separations totaled 60.7 million, yielding a net employment gain of 2.4 million.

This includes workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The full report may be found on the BLS website.

Job openings edged up slightly during January, according to figures from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).On the final business day of the month, t...

Article Image

Retail sales inch upward in February

Retail sales turned in an anemic performance in February, totaling $474.0 billion -- an increase of 0.1% from a month earlier but up 5.7% from a year earlier.

The Commerce Department report shows there were few, if any, stellar showings last month. Building material & garden equipment & supplies dealers led the way with a sales advance of 1.8%, followed by nonstore retailers (+1.2%), health & personal care stores (+0.7'%), and furniture and home furnishing stores (+0.7'%).

On the losing end were electronics & appliance stores, where sales plunged 2.8%. Department store sales fell 1.1%, miscellaneous store retailers were off 0.8%, and gas stations sales dipped 0.6%. Sales at auto dealerships were down 0.1%.

The full report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retail sales turned in an anemic performance in February, totaling $474.0 billion -- an increase of 0.1% from a month earlier but up 5.7% from a year earli...

Article Image

Gains in retail fuel January job creation

Job creation in January ramped up to its highest level since last September.

Figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL) show employers added 227,000 nonfarm payroll positions even as the unemployment rate inched up to 4.8%.

Where the jobs are

The increase in employment came in retail trade (+46,000), construction (+36,000), financial activities (+32,000), and restaurants and bars (+30,000).

Other major industries, including mining and logging, manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, and government, showed little or no change over the month.

In and out of work

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for Asians (3.7%) increased in January, while the jobless rates for adult men (4.4%), adult women (4.4%), teenagers (15.0%), Whites (4.3%), Blacks (7.7%), and Hispanics (5.9%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed -- those out of work for 27 weeks or more -- was essentially unchanged at 1.9 million and accounted for 24.4% of the unemployed. Over the year, the number of long-term unemployed is down by 244,000.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 3 cents last month to $26.00 -- half the increase seen in December. Over the year, average hourly earnings are up 2.5%.

The complete report may be found on the DOL website.

Job creation in January ramped up to its highest level since last September.Figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL) show employers added 227,...

Article Image

Survey finds more bosses will be giving bonuses this year

Here's something to put a little ho-ho-ho in your holiday: A new survey from outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas finds an improved economy and corporate profits will work their way down to the employee level.

In other words -- BONUSES.

The survey of roughly 100 human resources execs in November found 66% indicating that their companies will be awarding some type of year-end bonus/gift. That's 16% more than those who said the same last year.

And while 30% said there will be no year-end award of any type, that's down 14% from 2015.

“The economy has been steadily improving since the Great Recession ended in 2010. This last year was no exception,” said Challenger, Gray & Christmas CEO John A. Challenger. “As it continues to improve, employers will have to rely increasingly on bonuses and other perks to hold onto valuable employees.”

There are bonuses and bonuses

Challenger points out that most workers don't enjoy the type of five- and six-figure bonuses lavished upon Wall Street bankers. “For the vast majority of workers, three and sometimes four figures are likely to be the standard,” he said, adding, “Some may not even get a cash award, but instead receive a gift card, gift basket or some other type of material object. Our survey shows that the structure of the bonus or gift varies widely.”

According to the survey, 15% of employers provide a non-monetary gift to all employees, such as a gift basket or extra vacation day. Another 11% plan to give employees a small monetary award of $100 or less.

At the same time, about 40% give larger monetary awards that vary year-to-year and worker-to-worker. These can be based on the overall performance of the company, the performance of the individual, or some combination of the two.

Why the increase?

A major factor fueling year-end bonuses is the fact that after-tax corporate profits steadily increased throughout the year, after falling to a 17-quarter low to close out 2015.

The latest data from the U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis show third-quarter profits of nearly $1.7 trillion -- were up 5.2% from the same period a year ago.

With profits on the rise, about 18% of survey respondents said their companies were upping the amount of year-end bonuses. Still, most employers (73%) plan to keep bonus levels unchanged from last year.

“Despite the lack of six-figure Wall Street-like bonuses,” Challenger said, “most employees still appreciate the year-end bonus. Mostly, they want to know that their hard work is recognized and appreciated.” 

Here's something to put a little ho-ho-ho in your holiday: A new survey from outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas finds an improved econom...

Article Image

A retail hiring bust in November

November was not -- to put it gently -- a good month for hiring by the retail sector.

An analysis of employment data by outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas says employment in the sector was down 9.3% from a year ago, growing by just 371,500 jobs last month. That's the lowest November employment increase since 2010.

October was equally anemic with the addition of 150,300 retail positions, 23% lower than in October, 2015.

All told, retail job gains for October and November were down 14% from the same period the previous year, totaling 521,800.

The toll of online shopping

“As more and more shoppers move online, there is less need for extra workers in the brick and mortar stores,” said Challenger, Gray & Christmas CEO John A. Challenger. “Even on Black Friday, once notorious for early morning mob scenes at department stores, a growing number of Americans are staying home and finding great deals on the internet.”

In fact, Adobe Digital Insights reports online orders on Black Friday shot up nearly 22% -- to roughly $3.3 billion in sales.

Seasonal hiring may be in retail, but it is picking up elsewhere. That's particularly true for transportation and warehousing, where 96,200 workers were added in October and November, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Ain't over 'til it's over

“Holiday job seekers should not stop looking for opportunities, even though it is December,” Challenger noted. “They must cast a wider net to include employers outside of the retail sector. However, even retailers continue to add throughout the holidays as high turnover in the industry requires nearly-constant recruiting activities.”

Last December, retailers added 134,500 workers.

November was not -- to put it gently -- a good month for hiring by the retail sector.An analysis of employment data by outplacement firm Challenger, Gr...

Article Image

Job market holds steady in October

The number of job openings was little changed at 5.5 million on the last business day of October, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).

Openings were up in health care and social assistance, but down in professional and business services, federal government, and mining and logging. The number of job openings was little changed in all four regions of the country.

Hires

There wasn't much change in the number of hires in October -- 5.1 million -- about the same as the month before for a hires rate of 3.5%.

The number of hires was little changed for total private and for government, with hires down by 26,000 in state and local government education and little change in all other industries. The number of hires also was little changed in all four regions.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations and is referred to as turnover.

There were 4.9 million total separations in October, comprised of 3.0 million quits, 1.5 million layoffs and discharges other separations that was little changed from September.

Net employment change

Over the 12 months ending in October, hires totaled 62.6 million and separations totaled 60.1 million, for a net employment gain of 2.5 million. These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Jobless claims

A big drop last week in the number of initial jobless claims.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports there were 258,000 first-time applications for state unemployment benefits filed in the week ending December 3, down 10,000 from the previous week's unrevised level.

Initial claims have now been below 300,000 for 92 consecutive weeks, the longest streak since 1970.

The four-week moving average inched up 1,000 from the previous week's unrevised average to 252,500.

The latter measurement is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market due to its lack of volatility.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

The number of job openings was little changed at 5.5 million on the last business day of October, according to the Bureau...

Article Image

A pick-up in the economy's non-manufacturing sector

The non-manufacturing sector of the economy rebounded in November after a slight cooling-off the month before.

The latest Non-Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management Report On Business put the non-manufacturing index (NMI) at 57.2% last month -- 2.4% higher than in October.

This represents continued growth in the non-manufacturing sector for the 82nd consecutive month and at a faster rate than in October. It's also a 12-month high and the highest reading since the 58.3 registered in October of 2015.

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index increased to 61.7% -- 4% higher than October, reflecting growth for the 88th consecutive month and a faster rate in November.

The New Orders Index dipped 0.7% to 57%, and the Prices Index decreased 0.3% from October to 56.3%. Still, prices rose in November for the eighth consecutive month, but at a slightly slower rate.

The Employment Index increased 5.1% to 58.2%.

Individual industry performance

The 14 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in November were:

  1. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  2. Retail Trade;
  3. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  4. Transportation & Warehousing;
  5. Other Services;
  6. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  7. Construction;
  8. Finance & Insurance;
  9. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  10. Accommodation & Food Services;
  11. Information;
  12. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  13. Wholesale Trade; and
  14. Mining.

The two industries reporting contraction were:

  1. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing; and
  2. Public Administration.

The non-manufacturing sector of the economy rebounded in November after a slight cooling-off the month before.The latest Non-Manufacturing Institute fo...

Article Image

Unemployment rate drops to 9-year low

The nation's unemployment rate fell to 4.6% in November, it's lowest level in nine years, according to figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL). At the same time, 178,000 jobs were created with major gains in professional and business services and in health care.

The 0.3% decline in the unemployment rate came as the number of unemployed persons declined by 387,000 -- to 7.4 million.

On and off the job

Among the major worker groups, the jobless rate for adult men fell to 4.3% last month, while the rates for adult women (4.2%), teenagers (15.2%), Whites (4.2%), Blacks (8.1%), Asians (3.0%), and Hispanics (5.7%) showed little or no change.

The civilian labor force participation rate was little-changed in November at 62.7% as the employment-population ratio held at 59.7%. Both have been fairly steady in recent months.

Employment gains and losses

Employment in professional and business services rose by 63,000 in November, with accounting and bookkeeping services adding 18,000 jobs. Health care employment rose by 28,000 in November and construction had 19,000 hires.

Other major industries -- mining, manufacturing, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, leisure and hospitality, and government -- saw little change in their workforce size over the month.

Dollars and cents

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls fell 3 cents to $25.89 following an increase of 11 cents in October. Over the year, earnings are up 2.5%.

Average hourly earnings of private-sector production and nonsupervisory employees edged up 2 cents to $21.73.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The nation's unemployment rate fell to 4.6% in November, it's lowest level in nine years, according to figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL). A...

Article Image

Job cuts fall to lowest level of the year in November

U.S.-based employers announced plans to cut their payrolls by 26,936 workers in November, putting the pace of downsizing at the lowest level of the year.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas says that puts job cuts 12% lower than they were in October and down 13% from the same month a year ago.

Last month’s total was the lowest of the year, falling below the previous low of 30,157, recorded in May. It was slightly higher than last December’s 23,622 job cuts, which was the lowest monthly total since June, 2000, when employers announced just 17,241 planned layoffs.

So far this year, employers have cut 493,288 jobs, a year-over-year decline of 5.5%.

Retail sector loses big

The heaviest job cutting came in the retail sector -- of which there are 4,850 announced terminations, most due to the bankruptcy of American Apparel, which could affect nearly 3,500 workers.

Those losses are more than offset, though, by the surge in holiday hiring. Challenger tracked 317,000 retail hiring announcements in September.

“These represent just a small fraction of the jobs being created, since most retailers, including the thousands of small, independent stores across the country, do not formally announce hiring intentions,” said Challenger, Gray & Christmas CEO John A. Challenger.

Overall, retail job cuts are down 12% from a year ago with employers planning to cut 57,969 workers from their payrolls. Even with the decline, year-to-date retail job cuts rank third among all industries, behind computer and energy.

“Barring an unlikely December surge in downsizing, the year-end job cut total should remain well below the 598,510 layoffs announced last year,” Challenger said. “Even if the new administration creates some uncertainty among corporate forecasters, most employers are in a strong enough position to take a wait-and-see approach when planning for next year.” 

U.S.-based employers announced plans to cut their payrolls by 26,936 workers in November, putting the pace of downsizing at the lowest level of the year....

Article Image

Personal income and spending post gains in October

Consumers found themselves with more money in their pockets in October, spent part of it, and saved the rest.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports personal income increased $98.6 billion, or 0.6%, while disposable personal income -- what's left after taxes are paid -- also increased 0.6%, or $86.5 billion.

October's increase in personal income was due in large part to gains in employee compensation and personal interest income.

Spending and saving

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE), the value of goods and services, increased $38.1 billion, or 0.3%. That advance reflects increases in spending for durable and nondurable goods, which were mostly offset by a decrease in spending for services.

Personal outlays, which is the sum of PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments, rose $40.4 billion.

The PCE price index, a measure of inflation, increased 0.2%. When the volatile food and energy categories are excluded, what's known as the core PCE price index was up 0.1%.

Personal savings totaled $860.2 billion in October, while the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 6.0%, a gain of 0.3% from September.

The complete report is available on the BEA website

Jobless claims

Ninety-one weeks and counting.

That's how long the number of initial jobless claim filings have been below the 300,000 mark -- the longest streak since 1970.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports that in the week ending November 26, there were a seasonally adjusted 268,000 first-time applications for state unemployment -- 17,000 more than during the previous week.

The four-week moving average, considered by economists to be a better gauge of the labor market because of its lack of volatility, was up just 500 from the previous week to 251,500.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

Photo (c) laufer – FotoliaConsumers found themselves with more money in their pockets in October, spent part of it, and saved the rest.The Bureau...

Article Image

Job creation rebounds in November

More jobs in the goods-producing sector disappeared in November, but thanks to a big jump in the number of new positions in the services sector, it was a strong month for job creation.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 216,000 jobs from October to November.

Gainers and losers

Goods-producing firms took a huge hit during the month, losing 11,000 jobs. Manufacturing was the biggest contributor ( -10,000 jobs), along with Natural resources and mining (-4,000). Construction, however, added 2,000 payroll positions.

Those losses, though, were offset by creation of 228,000 jobs by service-providing companies. The gains were led by trade/transportation/utilities (+69,000), professional/business services (+68,000), and administrative/support services (+47,000). The information industry lost 10,000 workers.

"Businesses hired aggressively in November and there is little evidence that the uncertainty surrounding the presidential election dampened hiring,” said Moody's Analytics chief economist Mark Zandi. “In addition, because of the tightening labor market, retailers may be accelerating seasonal hiring to secure an adequate workforce to meet holiday demand, although total expected seasonal hiring may be no higher than last year's."

Large businesses were the biggest job creators, adding 90,000 new payroll positions -- most of them (76,000) by companies with more than 1,000 employees. That was closely followed by medium-sized businesses, which added 89,000 workers and small businesses with 37,000 hires.

"This growth was seen in primarily consumer-driven industries like retail and leisure and hospitality -- across all company sizes,” said Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and head of the ADP Research Institute. “Overall, consumers are feeling confident and are driving the strong performance we currently see in the job market."

The report, produced in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, is derived from ADP's actual payroll data and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

More jobs in the goods-producing sector disappeared in November, but thanks to a big jump in the number of new positions in the services sector, it was a s...

Article Image

Improved economic performance for the third quarter

The government's second look at how the economy was doing in the third quarter is encouraging.

According to the Commerce Department, real gross domestic product (GDP) increased at an annual rate of 3.2% in the July-to-September period.

That's somewhat better than the rate of 2.9% reported in the “advance” estimate -- and a lot better than the 1.4% we saw in the second quarter of the year.

And it marks the first time the GDP growth rate has been above 3% since the third quarter of 2014.

Even with the increase, analysts say the general picture of economic growth remains the same. The advance was due to stronger consumption expenditures -- consumer spending -- than previously estimated.

The second estimate acceleration reflected an upturn in private inventory investment, an acceleration in exports, a pickup in federal government spending, and smaller decreases in state and local government spending and residential fixed investment.

An inflation measure tied to GDP -- the PCE price index -- was up 1.4%, compared with the previous 2.0% increase. When the volatile food and energy categories are removed, the gain is 1.7% versus an increase of 1.8%.

The increase in GDP gave a nice boost to corporate profits, which rose $133.8 billion in the third quarter, after falling $12.5 billion in the second.

The complete report may be found on the Commerce Department website.

The government's second look at how the economy was doing in the third quarter is encouraging.According to the Commerce Department, real gross domestic...

Article Image

Seasonal jobs are still available

With Black Friday just a week away, you might think it's too late to look for a seasonal job. However, Challenger, Gray & Christmas (CG&C;) says you'd be wrong.

While it's true that most retailers have completed their hiring of temporary workers, you shouldn't throw in the towel, just yet.

“It is never too late to find holiday jobs,” said CG&G; chief executive officer John A. Challenger. “There is a lot of churn in the sectors that typically hire seasonal workers and because employers are often hiring a lot workers in a short amount of time, there is a strong chance that many of those new workers will not pan out.”

The hiring continues

In its September forecast, the global outplacement firm predicted holiday hiring will remain flat from a year ago. Should that be on the money, about 740,000 seasonal workers will be added to retail payrolls in the final three months of the year.

The bulk of this hiring typically occurs in late October and early November, and is usually reflected in the government's December employment report.

“That being said, we continue to see hiring in late November and into early December,” said Challenger. “On average, retail employment has grown by an average of 145,000 over the last five years. It is important to remember that these figures don’t include seasonal job gains outside of the retail sector. Job seekers can also be looking for holiday jobs in hotels, restaurants, catering companies, and warehouse and shipping facilities.”

The primary reason to not give up on the holiday job search is that the sectors that have the strongest need for seasonal workers are also those that typically see the highest turnover.

A 2014 report from the Hay Group, a management consulting firm, indicated that the turnover rate in the retail industry averaged 66% for part-time hourly sales associates.

Last year in the hospitality industry -- another major employer of seasonal workers -- the turnover rate averaged 72%, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

“These high turnover rates, which are likely to be even higher among seasonal workers, mean that job seekers pursuing holiday employment should not hesitate to return to employers where they previously failed to get a job offer. The situation can change overnight,” said Challenger.

What to do

Challenger offers the following tips for holiday job-seekers:

  • Visit employers in person. It is tempting to conduct a job search from behind the computer screen. However, many retailers will not post their seasonal jobs online -- particularly smaller mom and pop stores.
  • Return to previous attempts. Don’t hesitate to go back to employers where you might have failed to get a job. Staffing needs may have changed or they may have lost one or more seasonal workers.
  • Think outside the (big) box. Retailers undoubtedly have the strongest need for seasonal workers, but don’t overlook entertainment venues, restaurants, caterers, and other businesses that are busy during the holidays. And, since more shoppers buy online, shipping companies like UPS and FedEx have enormous demand for seasonal workers.
  • Be flexible. The most challenging jobs to fill are those with overnight or early morning positions dedicated to receiving new shipments and restocking floors. If you're willing to work any hours thrown your way you'll have a leg up on the competition.
  • Start with places you shop/visit. If you're a frequent customer at a particular store or restaurant, start your job search there. Even if you don't have a “relationship” with the manager or staff, they are likely to recognize you as a regular, which may give you an advantage.

With Black Friday just a week away, you might think it's too late to look for a seasonal job. However, Challenger, Gray & Christmas (CG&C;) says you'd be w...

Article Image

Gas station traffic paces October advance in retail sales

Retailers enjoyed a good October following an even better September.

The Commerce Department reports retail sales last month were up 0.8%, or $465.9 billion, and were 4.3% above the same month a year earlier.

In addition, the government revised it's September estimate to show a gain of 1.0% instead of the 0.6% advance initially reported.

Winners and losers

Most businesses saw sales increases last month, including gas stations (+2.2%), sporting goods, hobby, book & music stores (+1.3%), motor vehicle & parts dealers (+1.1%), and grocery stores (+0.7%).

Sales declines were suffered by furniture & home furnishing stores (-0.9%), department stores (-0.7%), and restaurants & bars (-0.7%).

Analysts at Briefing.com say the strong report indicates consumers are willing to spend more freely on discretionary items and that both the October and September numbers should help bolster fourth quarter GDP forecasts.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retailers enjoyed a good October following an even better September. The Commerce Department reports retail sales last month were up 0.8%, or $465.9 bil...

Article Image

October retail hiring down from a year ago

Ahhh...the best laid plans and all that.

Even though many major retailers said they planned on expanding their workforces this Christmas shopping season, October employment gains have plunged 21% from a year ago to 154,600.

An analysis of Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) data by outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas shows that's the fewest job gains to kick off the holiday hiring season since 2012.

This year’s decline follows two consecutive years of record job gains in October. BLS data shows that retail employment grew by 194,800 in 2015, a record number of October job gains for the sector.

Not a harbinger

Challenger, Gray & Christmas CEO John A. Challenger points out, however, that record October job gains in 2015 did not lead to record retail hiring throughout the holiday season. In fact, overall holiday hiring declined.

“The shrinking number of jobs added during the holiday season does not necessarily mean that the retail industry is shrinking," said Challenger. “As of October, there were 15,994,000 Americans employed in this sector. That is up from 15,759,000 a year ago and represents the highest October employment level ever recorded by the BLS.”

What's going on

A few trends could be contributing to the fall off in holiday hiring. Challenger said stronger hiring throughout the year and advances in retail technology may mean that stores do not have to hire as many extra workers during the busy holiday shopping season. In addition, he said, “increased online shopping could be shifting the holiday job gains away from retailers toward warehousing, fulfillment, and transportation operations.”

In fact, holiday hiring plans announced by the likes of Amazon.com, UPS, and FedEx have grown significantly over the last five years, according to Challenger. Meanwhile, hiring announcements from retailers have remained relatively flat or declined.

Ahhh...the best laid plans and all that.Even though many major retailers said they planned on expanding their workforces this Christmas shopping season...

Article Image

Hiring slows in September amid static job opening situation

Even though there was little change in the number of job openings during September, there were fewer people added to payrolls than in August.

The Labor Department's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports the number of people who found work dipped to 5.1 million, while the number of job openings was fairly steady at 5.5 million.

With a hires rate of 3.5%, the number of hires was little changed for total private and for government, fell in arts, entertainment, and recreation, and showed little change in all other industries. Hiring was down in the Northeast region and steady in all other regions.

Separations

Total separations, or turnover, includes quits, layoffs & discharges, and other separations.

September saw 4.9 million total separations, about the same as August, for a rate of 3.4%. The total was essentially unchanged for private and for government, but increased in transportation, warehousing, and utilities. Separations decreased in arts, entertainment, and recreation (-55,000), and the total number was little changed in all four regions.

The number of quits was little changed in September (3.1 million), and the quits rate was 2.1%. The number of quits was little changed for total private, and increased for government. The number of quits was little changed in all four regions.

Layoffs and discharges totaled 1.5 million in September, down 218,000 from August, with a rare dip to 1.0%. The number of layoffs and discharges decreased for total private and for government, and was down in the South.

The other separations category was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, government, and in all four regions.

Net change

For the year ending in September, hires totaled 62.7 million and separations totaled 60.1 million, for a net employment gain of 2.6 million. This includes workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The complete report is available on the BLS website.

Even though there was little change in the number of job openings during September, there were fewer people added to payrolls than in August.The Labor...

Article Image

Conference Board forecasts continued moderate economic growth

The latest economic forecast from The Conference Board suggests continued moderate growth into 2017.

The Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) inched up 0.2% in September following a decline of the same magnitude the month before.

The increase “suggests that the economy should continue expanding at a moderate pace through early 2017.” said Ataman Ozyildirim, Director of Business Cycles and Growth Research at The Conference Board.

Housing permits, unemployment insurance claims, and the interest rate spread were the main components lifting the index in September.

Overall, Ozyildirim pointed out, “the strengths among the leading indicators are outweighing modest weaknesses in stock prices and the average workweek.”

How it works

The LEI is a composite average of several individual leading indicators. It's constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because it smooths out some of the volatility of individual components.

The ten components of the LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours for manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods, and materials
  4. Institute for Supply Management Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders and nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits for new private housing units
  7. Stock prices of 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread and 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Jobless claims

From the Department of Labor (DOL), word that initial jobless claims surged by 13,000 in the week ending October 15 to a seasonally adjusted 260,000.

Even with that increase, the claims level has been below 300,000 for the 85th consecutive week, the longest streak since 1970.

The four-week moving average, which lacks the weekly headcount's volatility and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, came in at 251,750 -- up 2,250 from the previous week.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

The latest economic forecast from The Conference Board suggests continued moderate growth into 2017.The Board's Lead...

Article Image

Personal incomes rise in August, spending barely budges

Consumers saw their incomes rise in August and held on to most of it.

The Commerce Department reports personal incomes edged up $39.3 billion, or 0.2%, last month, with disposable income (DPI) -- what's left after taxes -- also up 0.2%, or $31.9 billion.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE), on the other hand, rose just $6.2 billion -- less than 0.1%.

The increase in personal income in August primarily reflected pay raises, personal income receipts on assets, and government social benefits.

Personal outlays -- the total of PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- rose $6.1 billion.

Personal saving rose $12.9 billion -- from July -- to $807.6 billion, with the the personal saving rate and personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income holding steady at 5.7%.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Consumers saw their incomes rise in August and held on to most of it.The Commerce Department reports personal incomes edged up $39.3 billion, or 0.2%,...

Article Image

A little more oomph for the U.S. economy

The third and final look at how the nation's economy was doing in the second quarter is a bit brighter than the earlier estimates.

According to the Commerce Department, real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy -- grew at an annual rate of 1.4%.

An earlier look at how the economy was performing put expansion at an annual rate of 1.1%. This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than was available at that time.

Still, the general picture of economic growth remains the same, with the most notable change being an increase in nonresidential fixed investment; the previous estimate had it declining.

Corporate profits, meanwhile, fell $12.5 billion in the April-June period after surging $66.0 billion in the first quarter.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits edged upward last week, but remained well below the 300,000 level for the 82nd consecutive week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports initial benefit applications were up by 3,000 in the week ending September 24 to a seasonally adjusted total of 254,000. As it released the latest numbers, the government revised last week's tally down by 1,000.

The four-week moving average, considered by many economists to give a more accurate assessment of the labor market, came in at 256,000, a decline of 2,250 from the previous week.

The full report is found on the DOL website.

The third and final look at how the nation's economy was doing in the second quarter is a bit brighter than the earlier estim...

Article Image

Retail sales dip in August

Retail sales dipped in August -- the first decline in five months.

According to the Commerce Department, sales were off 0.3% last month at $456.3 billion. As it released the report for last month, the government revised its July figures to show a sales gain of 0.1%. The previous months sales had been reported as showing virtually no change.

On a year-over-year basis, sales in August were up 1.9%.

The biggest positive influences came from food services & drinking places (+0.9%) and clothing & clothing accessories stores (+0.7%). Sales declines were posted by miscellaneous store retailers (-2.4%), sporting goods, hobby, book & music stores (-1.4%), building material, garden equipment & supplies dealers (-1.4%), and gas stations (-0.8%)

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial jobless claims

A small uptick last week in initial jobless claims.

From the Department of Labor (DOL), word that first-time applications for state unemployment benefits totaled 260,000 in the week ending September 10 -- an increase of 1,000 from the previous week's unrevised level.

It's now 80 weeks in a row that the claims level has stayed below 300,000 -- the longest streak since 1970.

The four-week moving average, considered a better gauge of the labor market due to its relative lack of volatility, dipped by 500 to 260,750.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

Retail sales dipped in August -- the first decline in five months.According to the Commerce Department, sales were off 0.3...

Article Image

Holiday retail hiring projected to show little change this year

Employment experts aren't expecting much in the way of hiring in the retail sector for this year's Christmas shopping season.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas predicts hiring by retailers will show little change from last year when seasonal employment in the sector increased by 738,800 during the final three months of the year. That was down 1.4% from 2014, according to employment data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).

That doesn't mean nobody's hiring though.

“While seasonal retail jobs remain flat or shrink, there has been a marked increase in seasonal job gains in other sectors,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The sector with the biggest increase in holiday hiring in recent years has been transportation and warehousing, as more and more holiday shopping is done online.”

Transportation and warehousing hiring

Target has already announced plans to add 70,000 retail workers -- about the same as a year ago. But, it also said it'll be adding 7,500 people in its distribution facilities, which ship online orders and send products to stores.

Last year, transportation and warehousing employment increased by a non-seasonally adjusted 200,500 workers in November and December. A decade ago, the seasonal job gains measured just 42,400.

FedEx and UPS hired 150,000 extra holiday workers last year, and both are expected to add the same number this season.

Distribution and call center operator Radial reportedly plans to increase its global payrolls by 20,000 for the upcoming holiday season

Even more hiring

“Seasonal hiring is not limited to retail or retail-related industries,” said Challenger. "More and more Americans are giving friends and families experiences instead of material items. The increase in this type of gift-giving means that there are more seasonal employment opportunities at theaters, restaurants, amusement parks, and other entertainment venues.”

Last week, Opryland in Nashville, Tennessee, announced that it will be hiring 300 seasonal workers for its annual holiday attraction, which features two million pounds of ice sculptures.

Employment experts aren't expecting much in the way of hiring in the retail sector for this year's Christmas shopping season.Outplacement consultancy C...

Article Image

Personal income and spending continue their rise in July

Following increases the previous month, both personal income and spending were higher in July.

Incomes jumped 0.4%, or $71.6 billion, according to the Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), with disposable personal income (DPI) -- what's left after Uncle Sam takes his cut -- up $60.1 billion, or 0.4%.

The increase in personal income last month came largely from advances in wages and salaries and personal current transfer receipts.

Spending and saving head higher

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE), or consumer spending, rose 0.3% or $42.0 billion, reflecting increases in spending for new cars and services that were partially offset by a dip in spending for nondurable goods.

Excluding food and energy, the PCE price index increased 0.1% in July.

Personal saving totaled $794.7 billion in July, pushing the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- up 0.3% from June to 5.7%.

The complete report is available on the BEA website.

Following increases the previous month, both personal income and spending were higher in July.Incomes jumped 0.4%, or $71.6 billion, according to the B...

Article Image

Second quarter economic growth remains sluggish

The U.S. economy continued to plod along in the second quarter.

The Commerce Department's second look at real gross domestic product -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy -- put expansion at an annual rate of 1.1%. While that's down 0.1% from the “advance” estimate released last month, it is a bit of an improvement from the first-quarter growth rate of 0.8%.

This latest economic snapshot is based on more complete source data than were available earlier, the general picture of growth remains the same.

The changes

What growth there was came from contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), or consumer spending, and exports. These were partly offset by drops in private inventory investment, residential fixed investment, state and local government spending and nonresidential fixed investment. Imports -- a subtraction in the calculation of GDP -- increased

The PCE price index increased 2.0%, compared with an increase of 0.3% in the first three months of the year. Excluding volatile food and energy prices, the “core” PCE price index was up 1.8%, versus an of 2.1% in the previous quarter.

Corporate profits

Profits from current production plunged $24.1 billion in the second quarter, after rising $66.0 billion in the first quarter.

Profits of domestic financial corporations rose $7.2 billion in the second quarter, while profits of domestic nonfinancial corporations fell $58.2 billion.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The U.S. economy continued to plod along in the second quarter.The Commerce Department's second look at real gross domestic product -- the value of the...

Article Image

Employment on the rise in July

Although July was a better month for employment than June, the pace of new job creation continues at a less than robust pace.

According to the July ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 179,000 jobs from June to July -- 3,000 more jobs than were created in June.

The report, produced by the ADP Research Institute in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"This month's employment number falls short of the 12-month average primarily because of slowing in small business hiring," said Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and head of the ADP Research Institute. "As the labor market continues to tighten, small businesses may increasingly face challenges when it comes to offering wages that can compete with larger businesses."

Strength in services

Service-providing employment added 185,000 jobs last month, with professional/business services contributing 59,000. Trade/transportation/utilities increased by 27,000 jobs and financial activities added 11,000.

Goods-producing employment lost 6,000 jobs in July, following June losses of 28,000, with the construction industry down 6,000. Manufacturing rebounded, gaining 4,000 jobs after losing 15,000 a month earlier.

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 61,000 jobs in July, while employment at companies with 50-499 employees rose by 68,000. Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- hired 50,000 new workers; firms with 500-999 employees added 16,000, and companies with more than 1,000 employees put another 33,000 people on the payroll.

"This month's employment number falls short of the 12-month average primarily because of slowing in small business hiring," said Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and head of the ADP Research Institute. "As the labor market continues to tighten, small businesses may increasingly face challenges when it comes to offering wages that can compete with larger businesses."

Although July was a better month for employment than June, the pace of new job creation continues at a less than robust pace.According to the July ADP ...

Article Image

Looking for work? Hit the road

There 's been a slight uptick in the percentage of job seekers moving for new employment in the first half of the year.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports that in the first two quarters of 2016, an average of 11.3% of job seekers have relocated for new positions. The relocation rate reached 12% in the second quarter -- the highest percentage since the final three months of 2014, when 15% of job seekers found work in new towns.

“The number of metropolitan areas experiencing labor shortages is growing,” said John A. Challenger, CEO of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “As it does, employers in these areas will have to seek candidates from beyond the borders of the local talent pool. Job seekers who are willing to pull up stakes and relocate for new opportunities are finding welcoming arms.”

The latest data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics show 108 metropolitan areas with unemployment rates below 4.0%, including such major cities as San Francisco, Dallas, Denver, Boston, and Cleveland.

“When the unemployment rate gets in the 3% to 4% range, it becomes extremely difficult to find any available workers, let alone ones with the particular experience and skill set required for unfilled job openings. So, employers have to cast a wider net,” said Challenger.

Making it worthwhile

Simply seeking candidates from other cities and towns is not enough. Most people don't want to go through the hassle of relocating. Companies, according to Challenger, will have to offer a bigger carrot to entice candidates.

A keyword search on Indeed.com reveals that there are currently more than 25,600 job postings on the site indicating “paid relocation” incentives.

The 2016 Atlas Van Lines Corporate Relocation Survey found that 89% of employers offer some type of relocation reimbursement to new hires. More than one-third (36%) of respondents indicated that they provide full reimbursement for moving expenses, while another 38% offer partial reimbursement that varies based on factors such as salary and position.

“Even with incentives, relocation is rarely the most desirable option for job seekers,” said Challenger. “There is a lot of risk involved and costs can often exceed what the new employer is willing to pay. This is why we typically never see relocation rates top 20%, even when business and economic conditions are at their best.”

Getting help

If there are professional associations related to your occupation or industry, Challenger advises joining the local chapter in your new area. Charitable and service organizations are another way to expand your social and professional network.

Do not overlook your new neighbors, either. “Making new friends and getting to know people in your new area will not only make the transition easier,” Challenger noted, adding that “these are the people who will help you if your new employment situation does not work out.”

There 's been a slight uptick in the percentage of job seekers moving for new employment in the first half of the year.Outplacement consultancy Challen...

Article Image

Retail sales post third consecutive monthly advance

Increases in nearly every category pushed retail sales up 0.6% in June to $457.0 billion -- the third straight monthly increase -- and 2.7% above the same month a year ago.

At the same time, though, the Census Bureau revised its May figures to show an advance of 0.2% instead of the 0.5% initially reported.

Sales at building material & garden equipment & supplies dealers led last months advance, rising 3.9%. Also on the increase were sales at gas stations (+1.2%), nonstore retailers (+1.1%), and miscellaneous store retailers (+0.9%). Sales at auto and parts dealers inched up 0.1%.

Sales fell at clothing & clothing accessories stores (-1.0%) and restaurants (-0.3%)

The complete June retail sales report is available on the Census Bureau website.

Increases in nearly every category pushed retail sales up 0.6% in June to $457.0 billion -- the third straight monthly increase -- and 2.7% above the same ...

Article Image

Unemployment ticks higher in June

The nation's jobless rate rose 0.2% in June to 4.9%, as another 347,000 people found themselves out of work, according to figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL).

At the same time, the economy created another 287,000 jobs last month, mostly in leisure and hospitality, health care and social assistance, and financial activities.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult women (4.5%) and Whites (4.4%) rose in June. The rates for adult men (4.5%), teenagers (16.0%), Blacks (8.6%), Asians (3.5%), and Hispanics (5.8%) showed little or no change.

Both the labor force participation rate, at 62.7%, and the employment-population ratio, at 59.6%, showed little change during the month.

The number of people out of work less than five weeks increased by 211,000 in June, following a decrease during the previous month. The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) changed little in June at 2 million and accounted for 25.8% of the unemployed.

Job gains and losses

The biggest contributor to the increase in employment was leisure and hospitality (+59,000 jobs), followed by health care and social assistance (+58,000) and financial activities (+16,000).

Employment in mining continued to trend down in June (-6,000), with other major industries, including construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, and government showing little or no change in June.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls edged up two cents in June to $25.61, following a six-cent increase in May. Over the year, average hourly earnings have risen by 2.6%.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

The nation's jobless rate rose 0.2% in June to 4.9%, as another 347,000 people found themselves out of work, according to figures released by the Departmen...

Article Image

ADP: U.S. job creation continues to slow

Another 172,000 people found work in the private sector during June, according to the ADP National Employment Report. However, that's down by about 1,000 from the May tally.

Small businesses continued to supply the bulk of the new positions as payrolls at firms with 49 or fewer employees increased by 95,000 -- a jump 0f 11,000 from May. Employment at companies with 50-499 employees increased by 52,000 jobs, compared with May's 60,000. The number of jobs at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 2,000 from the month before to 25,000. Companies with 500-999 employees added 21,000 and those with more than 1,000 employees hired 4,000 workers in June.

"Since the start of 2016, average monthly job creation has slightly dropped," said Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and head of the ADP Research Institute. "Lackluster global growth, low commodity prices, and an unfavorable exchange rate continue to weigh on U.S. companies, especially larger companies."

Goods and services empoyment

The goods-producing sector lost jobs -- 36,000 of them -- in June following a decline of 5,000 in May. Within that category, 5,000 construction industry jobs disappeared and there were 21,000 fewer people employed in manufacturing.

Employment in the service-providing category rose by 208,000 jobs last month on top of the May increase of 173,000. Professional/business services contributed 51,000 jobs, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 55,000, and financial activities added 2,000.

Despite the decline from May, Mark Zandi, Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi believes job growth revived last month from its spring slump. “Job growth remains healthy,” he said, “except in the energy and trade-sensitive manufacturing sectors. Large multinationals are struggling a bit, and Brexit won't help, but small- and mid-sized companies continue to add strongly to payrolls."

The ADP National Employment Report is produced by the payroll firm in collaboration with Moody's Analytics.

Another 172,000 people found work in the private sector during June, according to the ADP National Employment Report. However, that's down by about 1,000 f...

Article Image

Job cuts on the rise in June

Pink slips were in the wind during June as employers announced plans to cut payrolls by 38,536 jobs.

While that's up 28% from May, when firings fell to a five-month low in June, it's still well below the 12-month average of 53,049 monthly job cuts. And according to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, which tracks job cuts, it indicates a positive employment environment.

“Job cut announcements were up last month, but they increased from the lowest total of the year to the second lowest of the year,” said John A. Challenger, CEO of Challenger, Gray & Christmas.

The June total is 26% lower than the monthly job cuts averaged over the past year and 14% below the same month a year earlier.

A slowing pace

While the total of 313,754 planned job cuts so far this year is up 9% from the first six months of 2015, the pace of job cutting has slowed significantly since the beginning of the year. Job cuts in the second quarter were down 27% from the first quarter and 10% lower than the second quarter of 2015.

“It is not unusual to see a slowdown in job cuts during the summer months,” said Challenger. “Other factors are definitely contributing to the decline, the biggest one being the precipitous drop off in job cuts attributed to low oil prices.”

Firms in the energy and industrial goods sectors blamed oil prices for 50,053 announced job cuts in the first quarter. In the second quarter, oil-related job cuts were down 48%. In the energy sector alone, job cuts declined 42% in the second quarter.

More of the same

Challenger said we may continue to see low job cut totals throughout the remainder of 2016, as employers take a wait-and-see stance on workforce levels.

“Several uncertainties, including national elections, the recent Brexit, and global security and economic issues are giving employers pause when it comes to workforce decisions," he noted, adding “We are seeing it in layoff numbers, as well as the job creation numbers, which have been lackluster in recent months.”

Not every sector is holding off on job cuts. Terminations in the computer industry increased in the second quarter and total 39,589 through the first half of the year -- more than triple the number announced by these firms in the first six months of 2015.

Initial claims

Another big drop in the number of initial jobless claims last week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports the seasonally adjusted total of first-time applications for state unemployment benefits initial claims was 254,000 in the week ending July 2, down 16,000 from the previous week, when the level was revised upward by 2,000.

Initial claims have now been below 300,000 for 70 weeks in a row, the longest stretch since 1973.

The four-week moving average, which many economists believe better reflects the labor market because it lacks volatility, was down 2,500 from a week earlier to 264,750.

The complete report may be found on the DOL website.

Pink slips were in the wind during June as employers announced plans to cut payrolls by 38,536 jobs.While that's up...

Article Image

Another solid month for the economy's services sector

Growth in the non-manufacturing, or services, sector of economy picked up steam in June.

According to the Institute for Supply Management (ISM), the sector was up 3.6% from May to a reading of 56.5%, representing continued growth in the non-manufacturing sector at a faster rate. It also marked the 77th consecutive month of expansion.

A reading above 50 indicates expansion, while below that suggests contraction.

The New Orders Index registered 59.9%, 5.7% points higher than the reading of 54.2% in May. The Employment Index grew 3% in June after contracting in May to 52.7%. The Prices Index dipped 0.1% from May to 55.5%, the third consecutive price increase.

Industry by industry

The 15 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in June were:

  1. Mining;
  2. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  3. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  4. Retail Trade;
  5. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  6. Utilities;
  7. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  8. Accommodation & Food Services;
  9. Transportation & Warehousing;
  10. Wholesale Trade;
  11. Information;
  12. Public Administration;
  13. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  14. Construction; and
  15. Finance & Insurance.

The three industries reporting contraction were:

  1. Educational Services;
  2. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services; and
  3. Other Services.

Growth in the non-manufacturing, or services, sector of economy picked up steam in June.According to the Institute for Supply Management (ISM), the sec...

Article Image

The economy's manufacturing sector continues to grow

The manufacturing sector of the U.S. economy grew in June for the fourth time in as many months.

According to the Institute for Supply Management, the Purchasing Manager's Index was up 1.9% from the May reading to 53.2%. A reading above 50% indicates the manufacturing economy is generally expanding; below 50% suggests contraction.

At the same time, the overall economy grew for the 85th consecutive month

The nuts and bolts

The New Orders Index came in at 57%, up 1.3% from May; the Production Index grew by 2.1% to 54.7%; and the Employment Index went from 49.2% in May to 50.4%.

The Prices Index, on the other hand, fell 3% to 60.5%, indicating higher raw materials prices for the fourth consecutive month.

Industry breakout

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 13 reported growth in the following order:

  1. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  2. Textile Mills;
  3. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  4. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  5. Fabricated Metal Products;
  6. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  7. Paper Products;
  8. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  9. Computer & Electronic Products;
  10. Chemical Products;
  11. Primary Metals;
  12. Machinery; and
  13. Nonmetallic Mineral Products.

Three industries reported contraction in June:

  1. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  2. Transportation Equipment; and
  3. Plastics & Rubber Products.

The manufacturing sector of the U.S. economy grew in June for the fourth time in as many months.According to the Institute for Supply Management, the P...

Article Image

Consumer spending rises in May, outpacing income gains

Consumers loosened up their purse strings a bit last month.

The Commerce Department reports personal consumption expenditures (PCE) increased by $53.5 billion, or 0.4%. Personal income, by the way, also rose -- $37.1 billion, or 0.2% -- and disposable personal income (DPI), what you have left after the government gets its cut, was up by $33.9 billion, or 0.2%.

Compensation, spending, and saving

Most of the income increase came from a rise of $14.7 billion in wages and salaries, well below $40.4 billion advance in April. Private wages and salaries were up $11.8 billion, while government wages and salaries inched up $2.9 billion.

Personal outlays, which is made up of PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments, rose just $57.0 billion in May, after a surge of $144.6 billion in April.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $730.6 billion last month, pushing the personal saving rate down 0.1% to 5.3%.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.


After falling sharply in the preceding week, first time applications for state unemployment benefits jumped a bit in the week ending June 25.

Jobless claims

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports initial jobless applications rose by 10,000 to a seasonally adjusted 268,000. The previous week's level was revised down by 1,000.

It's now 69 consecutive weeks that the initial claims level has been below 300,000 -- the longest streak since 1973.

The four-week moving average, considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market as it lacks the weekly tally's volatility, was unchanged from the previous week at 266,750.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

Consumers loosened up their purse strings a bit last month.The Commerce Department reports personal consumption expendi...

Article Image

First quarter economic growth revised higher

The third time was the charm when it comes to growth in the economy.

The Commerce Department has taken its third and final look at how things were going in the first quarter and determined that real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy less the value of the goods and services used up in production -- expanded at an annual rate of 1.1%.

That's somewhat better than the 0.8% rate in the second estimate, but slower than the 1.4% rate chalked up in the final three months of 2015.

The increase in the first quarter comes from contributions from consumer spending, residential fixed investment, state and local government spending, and exports. Those were offset by declines in nonresidential fixed investment, private inventory investment, and federal government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, were lower.

The slowdown in real GDP from the fourth quarter reflected a deceleration in consumer spending, a larger drop in nonresidential fixed investment, and a downturn in federal government spending that were partly offset by advances in state and local government spending and exports and an acceleration in residential fixed investment.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, rose 0.2% in the first quarter, half the increase seen in the fourth.

The core rate, which excludes the volatile food and energy categories, was up 1.4%, versus a 1.0% increase in the final quarter of last year.

Corporate profits

Profits from current production rose by $34.7 billion in the first quarter, after declining $159.6 billion in the fourth.

Taxes on corporate income increased $4.4 billion in the first quarter, in contrast to a decrease of $32.2 billion in the fourth.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The third time was the charm when it comes to growth in the economy.The Commerce Department has taken its third and final look at how things were going...

Article Image

Teen summer employment gains on the decline

Teenagers are finding jobs this summer, but not as many as they used to.

According to an analysis of the latest government data by outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas, employment among 16- to 19-year-olds increased by 156,000 in May -- a drop of 14% from last year.

Over the previous five years an average of 1,259,200 teens were added to the workforce between May 1 and July 31. While May typically experiences the smallest hiring gains of the three-month period, this was the slowest start to the summer hiring season since 2011, when just 71,000 teenagers found jobs in May.

“Low hiring in May does not necessarily portend an overall drop in summer hiring,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “In 2007, just 62,000 teenagers found employment in May, but total job gains for the summer exceeded 1.6 million. However, the general trend in summer employment among teens has been downward and that trend has been going on since the late 1970s,” .

Challenger said numerous factors have contributed to the decline of teen employment. “Economic downturns certainly played a role in accelerating the trend,” he noted, adding, “it is hardly the only factor. Even the relatively high-flying 1990s saw the number of working teens fall.”

A worrisome trend

Since the 1970s, the number of manufacturing and other skilled blue-collar jobs have disappeared, along with other semi-skilled jobs that could be shipped overseas, such as call center jobs. Americans who might have gravitated toward these opportunities were pushed down the ladder into lower-skilled, lower-paying service jobs that were once dominated by teenagers.

“Teens were basically pushed out of the market,” said Challenger. “They continue to have opportunities in the classic summer job settings, such as summer camps, neighborhood pools, amusement parks, etc. However, the number of these jobs is not really growing. We don’t see a dozen new amusement parks or summer camps start up every year. Meanwhile, restaurants and retail outlets are still hiring teens, but not as many as in the past, because they simply don’t need as many workers to meet seasonal demand.”

Challenger said there is mounting evidence that teens are not pursuing traditional summer jobs like they used to. “Many are enrolled in summer educational programs. More are volunteering. And, others are pursuing money-making opportunities that fall below the radar of standard employment measures, such as unpaid internships or entrepreneurial ventures.”  

Teenagers are finding jobs this summer, but not as many as they used to. According to an analysis of the latest government data by outplacement firm Cha...

Article Image

Retail sales up again in May

Consumers continued to spend in May, sending retail sales up for a second consecutive month.

The Census Bureau reports sales were up 0.5% last month totaling $455.6 billion. That's a gain of 2.4% from the same month a year ago.

May's month-over-month advance was led by sales at gas stations (+2.1%), nonstore retailers and sporting goods (+1.3%), hobby, book, & music stores (+1.3%), and food services and drinking places (+0.8%). On a year-over-year basis, sales soared at nonstore retailers (+12.2) and health & personal care stores (+8.3).

Last month's losers include building material & garden equipment & supplies dealers, with a sales decline of 1.8% from April, and miscellaneous store retailers, where sales were down 1.2%.

The complete May retail sales report is available on the Census Bureau website.

Consumers continued to spend in May, sending retail sales up for a second consecutive month.The Census Bureau reports sales were up 0.5% last month tot...

Article Image

Job openings hold steady in April, as new hires edged lower

There wasn't a lot of change in the labor market during April.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports the number of job openings was fairly steady during the month at 5.8 million. At the same time, the number of hires edged down to 5.1 million while separations were little changed at 5.0 million.

Job openings

The job openings rate was 3.9% as the number of openings showed little change for total private and for government. Large increases occurred in wholesale trade (+65,000), transportation, warehousing, and utilities (+58,000), durable goods manufacturing (+46,000), and real estate and rental and leasing (+41,000). Openings in the professional and business services sector were down by 274,000. The number of job openings was little changed in all four regions.

Hires

With a hires rate of 3.5%, the number of hires for total private and for government edged down 31,000. Hires were little changed in all industries in April and decreased in the Midwest region.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations. The category is referred to as turnover. The total separations rate in April was 3.5%. The number of total separations was little changed for total private and for government, and all industries experienced little change in total separations over the month.

Net change in employment

Over the 12 months ending in April, hires totaled 62.4 million and separations totaled 59.7 million, yielding a net employment gain of 2.7 million. These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The full report is available on the BLS website

Initial claims

Separately, the  Department of Labor (DOL) reports first-time jobless claims came in below 300,000 last week for the 66th consecutive week -- the longest streak since 1973.

In the week ending June 4, initial applications for state unemployment benefits totaled a seasonally adjusted 264,000, down from the previous week's revised level of 268,000.

The four-week moving average, seen as a more active gauge of the labor market because it's not as volatile as the weekly compilation, fell 7,500 from the previous week's revised total -- to 269,500.

The complete report may be found on the DOL website.

There wasn't a lot of change in the labor market during April.The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports the number of jo...

Article Image

Job cuts fall to five-month low in May

U.S.-based employers pulled back sharply in trimming their workforces in May.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports announced job cuts totaled 30,157 last month -- down 53% from April and the lowest number of terminations since last December.

So far this year, employers have announced 275,218 job cuts -- up 13% compared to the first five months of 2015.

“May could be the start of a summer slowdown in the pace of job cutting as companies take a pause following the period of heavy downsizing that started the year,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “In general, oil prices have improved somewhat since the beginning of the year, though they are still less than half of what they were at oil’s recent peak. However, the recent gains may be enough to at least temporarily slow job cuts in the sector.”

Energy absorbs the reductions

Monthly job cuts were led by the energy sector, though the May total was down significantly from previous months. Firms in the sector announced another 7,572 terminations in May -- 60% fewer than in April.

They have now announced 75,232 job cuts this year -- up 25% from January through April a year ago.

Most industries saw job cuts decline in May. Among the most significant was the computer industry, where they plunged 83% from April. Reductions also occurred in the financial sector (-68%), and retailing (-75%).

“Of course, not every summer brings a slowdown in job cuts,” said Challenger. “Last July saw announced layoffs soar to a four-year high of 105,696. However, last year’s spike was due primarily to massive troop and civilian cuts in the military. Being an election year, it is unlikely that we will see any major workforce changes at the federal level of the government.”  

U.S.-based employers pulled back sharply in trimming their workforces in May.Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports announced jo...

Article Image

U.S. economy picks up (a little) steam, but remains sluggish

A second look at how the nation's economy was doing in the first quarter shows the growth rate was a bit stronger.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy less the value of the goods and services used up in production, adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 0.8%.

While that's a bit better than the 0.5% reported in the advance estimate released a month ago, it pales in comparison to the 1.4% growth rate chalked up in the final three months of 2015.

Consumer spending picks up

The increase in real GDP results from increases in personal consumption expenditures (PCE), residential fixed investment, and state and local government spending.

Those advances were partly offset by declines in nonresidential fixed investment, exports, private inventory investment, and federal government spending. Imports -- a subtraction in the calculation of GDP -- decreased. 

The overall slowdown from the fourth quarter of last year reflects a larger decrease in nonresidential fixed investment, a deceleration in PCE, and a downturn in federal government spending. Those were offset -- in part -- by an upturn in state and local government spending, and a speedup in residential fixed investment.

Inflation and corporate profits

The price index for gross domestic purchases -- GDP inflation -- increased 0.2% in the first quarter, compared with an increase of 0.4% in the fourth quarter of 2016. Excluding food and energy prices, the “core” GDP rate increased 1.4%, compared with a 1.0% advance in the final three months of last year.

Corporate profits were finally in the black. Following a plunge of $159.6 billion in the fourth quarter, they increased $6.5 billion in the first three months of this year.

The complete report is available on the BEA website.

A second look at how the nation's economy was doing in the first quarter shows the growth rate was a bit stronger.The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA)...

Article Image

Retail sales post solid gain in April

Retail sales rose in April for the first time in four months.

According to the Commerce Department, sales totaled $453.4 billion -- up 1.3% from March and are 3.0% ahead of the same time a year ago. At the same time, the government revised its March report to show a sales drop of 0.3% rather than the 0.4% initially reported.

Eleven of 13 categories posted gains, with most of the strength coming in sales by auto and other motor vehicle dealers, which surged 3.5% followed by gas stations (+2.2%), nonstore retailers (+2.1%), and grocery stores (+1.1%).

The only category to post a decline was building material & garden equipment & supplies dealers, whose sales dipped 1.0%

Sales at general merchandise stores were flat.

The complete April retail sales report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retail sales rose in April for the first time in four months.According to the Commerce Department, sales totaled $453.4 billion -- up 1.3% from March a...

Article Image

Job openings slip in February as hiring increases

The number of jobs up for grabs inched lower during February.

Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) show there were 5.4 million job openings at the end of the month, compared with 5.5 million the month before.

Hires, meanwhile, were up to 5.4 million from 5.0 million in January, and separations rose by 200,000 -- to 5.1 million.

Job openings

The job openings rate February was about the same as a month earlier -- 3.7%. Openings rose in educational services (+48,000) and federal government (+19,000), but fell in health care and social assistance (-147,000), finance and insurance (-54,000), and mining and logging (-8,000). The number of job openings was lower down in the Midwest region.

Hires

The addition of 297,000 hires in February was the highest level since November 2006, putting the hires rate at 3.8%. Hires increased for total private (+278,000) and were little changed for government.

Retail trade added 102,000 positions followed by accommodation and food services (+78,000), educational services (+44,000), and state and local government -- excluding education (+25,000). Hires declined in mining and logging (-9,000). Hires increased in the South.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, and is referred to as turnover. The total separations rate in February was 3.5% with little change for total private and government.

Separations were up in accommodation and food services (+98,000), while arts, entertainment, and recreation edged lower (-31,000). The number of total separations was little changed over the month in all regions.

Employment net change

Over the 12 months ending in February, hires totaled 62.1 million and separations totaled 59.4 million, for a net employment gain of 2.7 million. This includes workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The full report may be found on the BLS website.

The number of jobs up for grabs inched lower during February.Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) show there were 5.4 million job o...

Article Image

Employment growth stumbles in April

Job growth in the U.S. fell to its lowest level in seven months during April.

According to the Department of Labor (DOL), nonfarm payroll employment rose by just 160,000 last month, with the unemployment rate holding at 5.0%. In addition, the government revised the job gains in March and February downward by 7,000 and 12,000 respectively.

The slowdown in job growth came as the labor force participation rate fell to 62.8% and the employment-population ratio dropped to 59.7%. On the bright side, average hourly earnings rose by eight cents to $25.53, following an increase of six cents in March. Over the year, average hourly earnings are up 2.5%.

Gainers and losers

Professional and business services added 65,000 jobs in April, followed by health care employment (+44,000) and financial activities (+20,000).

Mining employment declined again in April (-7,000) and, since reaching a peak in September 2014, has decreased by 191,000, with more than three-quarters of the loss in mining support activities.

There was little or no change in other major industries, including construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation and warehousing, information, leisure and hospitality, and government.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for Hispanics rose to 6.1%, while the rates for adult men (4.6%), adult women (4.5%), teenagers (16.0%), Whites (4.3%), Blacks (8.8%) and Asians (3.8%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those out of work for 27 weeks or more) declined by 150,000 to 2.1 million, accounting for 25.7% of the unemployed.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Job growth in the U.S. fell to its lowest level in seven months during April.According to the Department of Labor (DOL), nonfarm payroll employment ros...

Article Image

The economy's services sector continues to expand

The services sector of the economy expanded for the 75th consecutive month in April.

The Institute for Supply Management says its Non-Manufacturing Index (NMI), which is used to track the sector, registered 55.7% -- an increase of 1.2% from March. A reading above 50% indicates expansion; below 50% suggests contraction.

Within the NMI, the New Orders Index rose 3.2% to 59.9%, the Employment Index was up 2.7% to 53% and the Prices Index jumped 4.3% to 53.4%, the first increase in three months.

Industry performance

The 13 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in April were:

  1. Information;
  2. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  3. Accommodation & Food Services;
  4. Wholesale Trade;
  5. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  6. Utilities;
  7. Finance & Insurance;
  8. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  9. Construction;
  10. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  11. Public Administration;
  12. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services; and
  13. Retail Trade.

The four industries reporting contraction in April were:

  1. Other Services;
  2. Mining;
  3. Transportation & Warehousing; and
  4. Educational Services.

The services sector of the economy expanded for the 75th consecutive month in April.The Institute for Supply Management says its Non-Manufacturing Inde...

Article Image

Job cuts top 65,000 in April

The pace of job-cutting surged in April as US-based employers announced plans to reduce their workforces by 65,141.

According to the figures from outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas (CG&C), that's an increase of 35% over March and 5.8% higher than the total for April 2015.

In the first four months of this year, planned job cuts -- at 250,061 -- are up 24%from the same period in 2015 and the highest January-April total since 2009.

“We continue to see large scale layoffs in the energy sector, where low oil prices are driving down profits,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of CG&C. “However, we are also seeing heavy downsizing activity in other areas, such as computers and retail, where changing consumer trends are creating a lot of volatility.”

Energy and computer sectors hit hard

Another 19,759 jobs disappeared in the energy sector in April, bringing the year-to-date total to 72,660, up 26% from first four months of 2015.

Computer firms cut 16,923 positions -- the highest total among all industries. Approximately 12,000 of those were from chipmaker Intel, which is shifting away from the traditional desktop and laptop market and toward the mobile market. To date, computer firms have announced 33,925 job cuts, a whopping 262% above a year earlier.

“For all intents and purposes, the economy remains strong,” Challenger noted. “The nation’s payrolls have experienced 66 consecutive months of net job gains, a trend that is likely to continue with the new report out Friday.”

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose last week for a second straight week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports initial jobless claims were up by 17,000 in the week ending April 30, to a seasonally adjusted 274,000. Still this was the 61st consecutive week of claims below 300,000, the longest streak since 1973.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly headcount and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was up 2,000 -- to 258,000.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

The pace of job-cutting surged in April as US-based employers announced plans to reduce their workforces by 65,141.According to the figures from outpla...

Article Image

Manufacturing grows for the second straight month

The manufacturing sector of the economy expanded in April for a second straight month -- but just barely.

According to the Institute for Supply Management (ISM), the Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) registered 50.8%, down 1.0% from March. A reading above 50% indicates the manufacturing economy is generally expanding; below 50% suggests contraction.

The two months of growth followed five consecutive months of contraction.

A closer look at the PMI shows the New Orders Index was down 2.5%, the Production Index dipped 1.1%, and inventories of raw materials were off 1.5%. The Employment Index, meanwhile, was up 1.1%, and the Prices Index surged 7.5%.

Industry performance

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 11 reported growth last month:

  1. Wood Products;
  2. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  3. Paper Products;
  4. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  5. Primary Metals;
  6. Fabricated Metal Products;
  7. Chemical Products;
  8. Machinery;
  9. Computer & Electronic Products;
  10. Nonmetallic Mineral Products; and
  11. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products.

The four industries reporting contraction were:

  1. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  2. Transportation Equipment;
  3. Miscellaneous Manufacturing; and
  4. Furniture & Related Products.

The manufacturing sector of the economy expanded in April for a second straight month -- but just barely. According to the Institute for Supply Manageme...

Article Image

Economy creeps along in early 2016

The economy was sputtering in the first three months of the year, slowing even further from the anemic performance in the final quarter of 2015.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy -- increased at an annual rate of 0.5% in the first quarter of 2016. GDP grew at an annual rate of 1.4% the previous three months.

This first-quarter “advance estimate” is based on sources that are incomplete or subject to further revision.

The first quarter growth rate was the result of contributions from consumer spending, residential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. Those were partly offset by declines in nonresidential fixed investment, private inventory investment, exports, and federal government spending. Imports -- a subtraction in the calculation of GDP -- increased.

The slowdown in the rate of GDP growth came from a larger decrease in nonresidential fixed investment, a deceleration in consumer spending, a downturn in federal government spending, a rise in imports, and larger decreases in private inventory investment and in exports. Those declines were partly offset by an rise in state and local government spending and an acceleration in residential fixed investment.

GDP inflation and savings

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, rose 0.3% in the January-March period, down 0.1% from the fourth quarter. Excluding food and energy prices, the “core” measure of GDP inflation was up 1.4%, versus a 1.0% advance in the prior three months.

Personal saving, which is disposable personal income less personal spending -- was $712.3 billion in the first quarter, compared with $678.3 billion in the fourth. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.2%, a gain of 0.2% from the final three months of last year.

The full report is available on the BEA website.

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits were on the rise last week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports initial jobless claims were up by 9,000 in the week ending April 23 to a seasonally adjusted 257,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000 -- from 247,000 to 248,000.

This marks 60 consecutive weeks of initial claims below 300,000, the longest streak since 1973.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell 4,750 to 256,000 -- the lowest level since December 8, 1973.

The complete jobless claims report is found on the DOL website.

The economy was sputtering in the first three months of the year, slowing even further from the anemic performance in th...

Article Image

Retail sales slip in March

March turned out to be the third straight month in row for disappointing retail sales.

After falling 0.4% in January and not moving at all in February, sales were down 0.3% last month, according to figures released by the Commerce Department. Despite that decline, sales were 1.7% above the same period a year earlier.

The biggest drag came from a 2.1% drop in auto sales, followed by declines in sales by clothing and clothing accessory stores (-0.9%), food services and drinking places (-0.8%), and department stores (-0.6). Those declines were partially offset by gains with building material & garden equipment & supplies dealers (+1.4%), health and personal care stores (+1.0%), and gas stations (+0.9%).

Stifel Fixed Income Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza says the March report does not bode well for the overall economy. "This morning’s confirmation of a third consecutive month of absent consumer activity," she said, "will no doubt prompt a further downward revision to first-quarter growth, potentially into negative territory.”

The full March retail sales report is available on the Commerce Department website.

March turned out to be the third straight month in row for disappointing retail sales.After falling 0.4% in January and not moving at all in February, ...

Article Image

The non-manufacturing economy continues to perk along

Things are sailing along nicely in the non-manufacturing sector of the economy, with growth continuing in March for the 74th consecutive month.

The Non-Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business shows the services sector grew 1.1% last month to 54.5%, representing a slightly faster rate of expansion. A reading above 50 indicates an expansion, while below that suggests contraction

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index was up 2%, for the 80th consecutive month of growth; the New Orders Index gained 1.2%, and the the Employment Index inched up 0.6% after falling in February.

The Prices Index was up 3.6% to 49.1%, indicating prices dipped in March for the fifth time in the last seven months.

Industry performance

The 12 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in March are:

  1. Educational Services;
  2. Information;
  3. Wholesale Trade;
  4. Finance & Insurance;
  5. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  6. Retail Trade;
  7. Mining;
  8. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  9. Accommodation & Food Services;
  10. Public Administration;
  11. Utilities; and
  12. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services.

The two industries reporting contraction in March are:

  1. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation; and
  2. Transportation & Warehousing.

Things are sailing along nicely in the non-manufacturing sector of the economy, with growth continuing in March for the 74th consecutive month.The Non-...

Article Image

Finally -- the manufacturing economy is growing again

It's been a long time coming, but the manufacturing sector of the economy is growing again.

According to the latest Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business, the March Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) was up 2.3% from February -- to 51.8%. A reading above 50 indicates growth, while under 50 suggests contraction.

The March increase was the first since August 2015. The overall economy, meanwhile, expanded for the 82nd consecutive month.

Within the sector, The New Orders Index posted a gain of 6.8%, production was up 2.5%, and the Prices Index soared 13%, indicating higher raw materials prices for the first time since October 2014.

Industry performance

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 12 reported growth in March:

  1. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  2. Furniture & Related Products;
  3. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  4. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  5. Machinery;
  6. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  7. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  8. Fabricated Metal Products;
  9. Chemical Products;
  10. Paper Products;
  11. Primary Metals; and
  12. Computer & Electronic Products.

The industries reporting contraction in March were:

  1. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  2. Textile Mills;
  3. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  4. Transportation Equipment; and
  5. Petroleum & Coal Products.

It's been a long time coming, but the manufacturing sector of the economy is growing again.According to the latest Manufacturing Institute for Supply M...

Article Image

Pace of job-cutting falls in March

The number of people who found they no longer had their jobs fell in March from the mark set the month before.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports that U.S.-based employers announced plans to trim payrolls by 48,207 in March -- the second month in a row that job cuts have declined. The March pace was 21.7% lower than the 61,599 terminations in February and the lowest monthly total since December.

“Job cuts have slowed since surging in the first two months of the year, but the pace is still well above that of 2015,” said John Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas.

First-quarter surge in cuts

Even with the decline, the March figure was up 31.7% from the same month a year ago, making it the fourth consecutive year-over-year increase.

Through the first three months of this year, employers have announced 184,920 job cuts, up 31.8% from the 140,241 cuts tracked the first quarter months of 2015, and 75.9% more than in the final quarter of 2015.

Twenty-seven percent of the first-quarter job cuts can be directly tied to falling oil prices, slightly higher than a year ago. While there were fewer oil-related job cuts a year ago, they represented a larger portion of total job cuts, accounting for 34% of first-quarter termination announcements.

It's not just the energy sector that is seeing heavier job cuts, though. The retail sector has also tallied significant gains in job cuts. To date, it has recorded the second highest number of job cuts, with 31,832 -- up 41% from the first three months of 2015.

Meanwhile, the 17,002 job cuts in the computer sector are 148% higher than a year ago.

“What these sectors share in common is that they are all going through transformational changes,” said Challenger. “We, as a nation, and really as a global community, are changing the way we produce and consume energy. We are also changing the way we buy goods and services. Technology is in a constant state of change, and, currently, we are shifting away from computing at our desks to computing on our phones and tablets."

But, while jobs are being lost in some areas, Challenger points out that they are being created in others, including renewable energy, online retailing, and mobile computing.

Initial jobless claims

From the Department of Labor (DOL), word that first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose for a fourth consecutive week.

On a seasonally adjusted basis, initial claims rose 11,000 in the week ending March 26 to 276,000, but have remained below 300,000 for 56 straight weeks -- the longest streak since 1973.

The four-week moving average inched up 3,500 to 263,250. Because it lacks the volatility of the weekly headcount, the moving average is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market.

The complete report is available on the (DOL) website.

The number of people who found they no longer had their jobs fell in March from the mark set the month before.Outpl...

Article Image

Economy adds another 200k private sector jobs in March

March was another good month for job creation, according to the ADP National Employment Report.

Produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, the report says private sector employment increased by 200,000 jobs from February to March, with small to medium-sized companies carrying most of the weight.

"The job market continues on its amazing streak,” said Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi. “The March job gain of 200,000 is consistent with average monthly job growth of the past more than four years. The only industry reducing payrolls is energy as has been the case for over a year. All indications are that the job machine will remain in high gear."

Job creators

Businesses with 49 or fewer employees saw their payrolls increase by 86,000 in last month, while employment at companies with 50-499 employees increased by 75,000 jobs.

Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- created just 39,000 jobs, about half the number they cranked out in February which is about half of February's 77,000. Companies with 500-999 employees added 20,000 jobs, and firms with over 1,000 employees fell from 63,000 jobs added in February to 18,000 this month.

Nearly all the new jobs -- 191,000 -- were in the service-providing sector. Professional/business services contributed 28,000, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 42,000, and financial activities added 14,000 jobs.

Employment in goods-producing industries rose by just 9,000 jobs in March, with the construction industry adding 17,000 jobs and manufacturing hiring 3,000 new workers.

March was another good month for job creation, according to the ADP National Employment Report.Produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics,...

Article Image

2016 -- a banner year for teen summer employment?

If you're a teen who wants a job this summer, 2016 may be your year.

According to the Challenger, Gray & Christmas (CG&E) annual teen summer job outlook, teenagers seeking summer employment should continue to have more and more opportunities.

“The economy is the strongest it’s been since the recovery began in 2010,” said CG&E chief executive officer John A. Challenger. “The only area that is suffering right now is the energy sector, which was not a fertile sector for teen job seekers, to begin with.”

While the job market may be more welcoming to teenagers, recent trends suggest that may not necessarily translate into increased summer job gains. Last year, 1,160,000 16- to-19-year-olds found employment from May through July, down 11% from the 1,297,000 finding summer jobs in 2014.

That was the third consecutive year in which teen summer job gains declined from the previous year. However, even as summer job gains decline, overall teen employment is still on the rise. And, despite the decline in summer job gains last year, teen employment reached a July peak of 5,696,000, the highest total since 2008.

Teen job-seekers

The numbers suggest that more teenagers are finding employment at other times of the year. “After all, we are approaching full employment,” said Challenger. “Many metropolitan areas are already struggling with labor shortages. This environment opens doors for teen job seekers, as those who may have relegated to retail and restaurant jobs are moving up, which leaves a void that can be filled by teens.”

The percentage of teenagers participating in the labor force has been declining since the 1970s. Currently, only about one-third of teens participate in the labor force (meaning they are working or actively seeking employment).

However, Challenger says this does not mean that teenagers have gotten lazier over the last two decades. “They are simply engaged in more activities that fall under the radar of standard employment measures,” he said. “Many are volunteering. More are participating in summer education programs or in summer sports leagues. Others are in unpaid internships. Many simply may be doing odd jobs, such as baby sitting or lawn mowing.”

Much of this, he believes, is in pursuit of college admissions goals and broader career goals beyond college. “As colleges become more competitive, teens are trying to find activities that stand out on applications,” Challenger concluded, adding, “In this environment, typical summer jobs have fallen out of favor,” he added.

If you're a teen who wants a job this summer, 2016 may be your year.According to the Challenger, Gray & Christmas (CG&E) annual teen summer job outlook...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims creep higher

Fifty-five in a row.

That's how many weeks the new jobless claims total has been under the 300,000 mark.

The Department of Labor (DOL) is reporting first-time applications for state benefits rose by 6,000 in the week ending March 19 to seasonally adjusted 265,000. The previous week's level was revised down by 6,000 from 265,000 to 259,000.

Even with that slight increase, the string of weeks at the sub-300,000 level is the longest since 1973.

Bankrate.com Senior Economic Analyst and Washington Bureau Chief Mark Hamrick says that's significant. “This tells us that the job market is continuing to steadily improve,” he told ConsumerAffairs.

The DOL is scheduled to release it's March employment report in the coming week. “Unless we get a shocker of a report -- which we don’t expect,” Hamrick says, “that should tell us employers are adding sufficient jobs not only to absorb growth in the population, but to also reduce some of the considerable remaining slack in the job market, even with the jobless rate remaining at 4.9%.”

The four-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly tally and, therefore considered a more accurate picture of the labor market, was 259,750 -- up 250 from the previous week.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Fifty-five in a row.That's how many weeks the new jobless claims total has been under the 300,000 mark.The Department of Labor (DOL) is reporting f...

Article Image

Leading indicators suggest continued modest economic growth

Although it's not roaring back, the U.S. economy appears poised to continue expanding in the early part of this year.

The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) inched up 0.1% last month following declines of 0.2% and 0.3% in January and December, respectively.

While there was a slight increase in February, Ataman Ozyildirim, Director of Business Cycles and Growth Research at The Conference Board notes that housing permits, stock prices, consumer expectations, and new orders remain sources of weakness. Still, he adds, “The outlook remains positive with little chance of a downturn in the near-term.”

The LEI is constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because it smooths out some of the volatility of individual components.

LEI components

The ten components of the LEI include:

  • Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  • Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  • Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  • Institute for Supply Management Index of New Orders
  • Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  • Building permits, new private housing units
  • Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  • Leading Credit Index
  • Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  • Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Although it's not roaring back, the U.S. economy appears poised to continue expanding in the early part of this year.The Conference Board reports its L...

Article Image

Job openings on the rise in January

There were 5.5 million job openings in January, a gain of 260,000 from the month before, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).

Hires, on the other hand, fell 5.0 million while separations inched down to 4.9 million. Within separations, the quits rate was 2.0%, and the layoffs and discharges rate was 1.2%.

For 2015 as a whole, the annual number of hires and quits increased, while the annual number of layoffs and discharges edged up. The annual number of other separations was essentially unchanged.

Job openings

The January job openings rate was 3.7%, with openings increasing in wholesale trade and construction, but falling in educational services and state and local government education. Openings increased in the Midwest over the month.

Hires

The hires rate was 3.5%, with the number of hires decreased for total private and government. The decline was widespread and included health care and social assistance, educational services, transportation, warehousing, utilities, and state and local government. Hires dipped in professional and business services, accommodation and food services, state and local government, -- excluding education -- and federal government. Hires fell in the South.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, and is referred to as turnover. The total separations rate in January was 3.4%, falling for total private (-199,000) and government. Separations rose in information but fell in accommodation and food services and in state and local government, excluding education. Regionally, the number of total separations fell in the South.

Net change in employment

Over the 12 months ending in January 2016, hires totaled 61.7 million and separations totaled 59.0 million, yielding a net employment gain of 2.7 million. These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The full report may be found on the BLS website

Jobless claims

A milestone for jobless claims was reached in March.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports the number of people filing first-time applications for state jobless benefits rose by 7,000 in the week ending March 12 to a seasonally adjusted total of 265,000. The previous week's level was revised down by 1,000.

The initial claims level has now been below 300,000 for 54 straight weeks -- the longest streak since 1973.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly headcount and considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was up by 750 to 268,000.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

There were 5.5 million job openings in January, a gain of 260,000 from the month before, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).Hires, on th...

Article Image

The U.S. job machine keeps cranking

Another 242,000 jobs were created in February, led by employment gains in health care and social assistance and retail trade. At the same time, according to the Department of Labor (DOL), the jobless rate held steady at 4.9%.

Not all the news was good though, as average hourly earnings fell by three cents to $25.35, following an increase of 12 cents in January. Over the last 12 months, hourly earnings have risen by 2.2%.

The number of long-term unemployed (those out of work for 27 weeks or more) was essentially unchanged at 2.2 million in February, accounting for 27.7% of the unemployed.

Where the jobs are

Health care and social assistance employment increased by 57,000 last month. Also adding jobs were retail trade (+55,000), food services and drinking places (+40,000), private educational services (+28,000), and construction (+19,000). Mining, on the other hand, lost 19,000 jobs.

Employment in other major industries -- manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, financial activities, professional and business services, and government -- showed little change.

Who's working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (4.5%), adult women (4.5%), teenagers (15.6%), Whites (4.3%), Blacks (8.8%), Asians (3.8%), and Hispanics (5.4%) showed little or no change in February.

The employment-population ratio edged up to 59.8%, while the labor force participation rate edged up to 62.9 percent. Both measures have increased by 0.5% since September.

In February, 1.8 million people were marginally attached to the labor force -- down by 356,000 from a year earlier. They were not counted as unemployed because they had not searched for work in the four weeks preceding the survey.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Another 242,000 jobs were created in February, led by employment gains in health care and social assistance and retail trade. At the same time, according t...

Article Image

More growth in the services sector

The services, or non-manufacturing, sector of the economy continued to chug along in February.

In their latest Non-Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) report on business, the nation’s purchasing and supply executives say the sector grew for the 73rd consecutive month.

Specifically, the Non-Manufacturing Index (NMI) registered 53.4% -- down 0.1% from the January reading, representing continued growth, but at a slightly slower rate. A reading above 50 indicates expansion; below 50 means contraction.

A closer look at the report shows the Business Activity Index jumped 3.9% to 57.8%, reflecting growth at a faster rate for the 79th consecutive month. The New Orders Index dipped 1.0%, while the Employment fell 2.4%, contracting after 23 consecutive months of growth. It's the first time the this index has contracted since February 2014.

Industry performance

The 14 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in February -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Accommodation & Food Services;
  2. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  3. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  4. Utilities;
  5. Construction;
  6. Finance & Insurance;
  7. Transportation & Warehousing;
  8. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  9. Public Administration;
  10. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  11. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  12. Educational Services;
  13. Information; and
  14. Wholesale Trade.

The three industries reporting contraction in February were:

  1. Mining;
  2. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation; and
  3. Retail Trade.

Jobless claims

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports that first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose by 6,000 in the week ending February 27 to seasonally adjusted total of 278,000. The government says there were no special factors affecting claims level.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile and seen by some economists as a more accurate picture of the labor market, came in at 270,250, a decline of 1,750.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The services, or non-manufacturing, sector of the economy continued to chug along in February.In their latest Non-Manufacturing...

Article Image

Job cuts decline in February

The pace of job-cutting posted a decline last month after kicking off the new year with a surge to a six-month high.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports US-based employers announced 61,599 terminations in February -- down 18% from the month before but up 22 % from a year earlier.

And, as was the case in 2015, the energy sector has seen the heaviest job cutting in the opening months of the year. There were another 25,051 job cuts in February, bringing the year-to-date total to 45,154. Most are blamed on low oil prices.

The year-to-date tally represents a 24% surge from 2015, when employers canned 36,532 workers in the opening two months of the year.

Low oil prices not good for everyone

“Low oil prices continue to take a toll on workers in the energy and industrial goods sectors,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Since January of 2015, these two sectors alone have seen workforce reductions in excess of 200,000, the majority of which were attributed to oil prices. The major concern is that the job losses in cities and towns that rely heavily on oil production will begin to drag down other parts of the local economy,” .

Challenger notes that there has not been a precipitous rise in unemployment in the many cities that were benefiting from the recent oil boom, suggesting that the job losses are contained to the energy sector, for the moment.

Several energy-centric metropolitan areas have seen unemployment rates increase, but most are still enjoying rates that are below the national average. The latest available data from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics shows that the unemployment rate in Houston rose from 4.0% in December 2014 to 4.6% in December 2015.

In Midland, Texas, the unemployment rate increased by more than one percentage point in 2015, but remains at an enviable 3.3%. As of December, Bismarck, North Dakota -- another city that benefited significantly from the oil boom -- still has an unemployment rate of 2.7%, which is actually lower than the rate of 3.1% recorded in December 2014.

Tech turmoil

In addition to energy, another area experiencing increased job cuts is the technology sector. Announced firings by computer firms this year total 16,006 -- up a whopping 143% from the 6,582 job cuts recorded in the first two months of last year.

“There will always be heavy churn in the tech sector,” said Challenger. “It is an area that embodies change, trial and error, and constant reinvention. There is more start-up activity in the sector, but that also means there are more failures. Even among the more established firms in the industry, we see workforce volatility, as they branch into new products or services, some of which may or may not succeed.”   

The pace of job-cutting posted a decline last month after kicking off the new year with a surge to a six-month high.Outplacement consultancy Challenger...

Article Image

ADP: Additions to February payrolls top 200k

Another strong month for private sector employment gains.

The ADP National Employment Report says payrolls rose by 214,000 from January to February with service-providing companies providing most of the strength.

Employment in that sector rose by 208,000 jobs in February, as professional/business services contributed 59,000 jobs. Trade/transportation/utilities grew by 20,000, and financial activities added just 8,000 new jobs -- the least since last August.

Goods-producing employment rose by 5,000 jobs in February, just over a quarter of January's upwardly revised 19,000. There were 27,000 new jobs in the construction industry, slightly above January's upwardly revised 26,000, while manufacturing lost 9,000 jobs -- the second largest drop in five years.

Small business on the move

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 76,000 jobs last month, while employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by 62,000 jobs. Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- came in at 76,000, a big jump from January's 44,000. Companies with 500-999 employees added 14,000 jobs, while companies with over 1,000 employees gained 62,000 jobs.

"Large businesses showed surprisingly strong job gains in February, despite the continuation of economic trends that negatively impact big companies like turmoil in international markets and a strengthening dollar," said Ahu Yildirmaz, VP and head of the ADP Research Institute. "The gains were mostly driven by the service sector which accounted for almost all the jobs added by large businesses."

A trend for higher wages?

Stifel Fixed Income Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza notes the labor market has been rapidly improving towards full-employment with more than 60 consecutive months of positive job creation, but that wage growth has been "stubbornly low."

She says with back-to-back months of above-trend growth in salaries, the February jobs report from the Labor Department, due out this Friday, "will confirm if the upward momentum in wages is a sustainable trend or simply a temporary phenomenon."

Another strong month for private sector employment gains.The ADP National Employment Report says payrolls rose by 214,000 from January to February with...

Article Image

The economy's manufacturing sector contracts again

More contraction in the manufacturing sector of the economy in February.

The latest Institute for Supply Management (ISM) manufacturing report on business put the February purchasing managers index (PMI) at 49.5%, an increase of 1.3% from January.

A reading below 50 means contraction in the sector, making February the fifth consecutive month that manufacturing has failed to expand. The overall economy meanwhile has grown for 81 straight months.

Inside the number

The ISM Manufacturing Business Survey Committee also reports the New Orders Index was unchanged last month at 51.5%, the Production Index rose 2.6%, as did the Employment Index.

Inventories of raw materials posted a gain of 1.5% and the Prices Index registered was up 5%, indicating lower raw materials prices for the 16th consecutive month.

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, nine reported growth in February in the following order:

  1. Textile Mills;
  2. Wood Products;
  3. Furniture & Related Products;
  4. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  5. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  6. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  7. Chemical Products;
  8. Primary Metals; and
  9. Paper Products.

The seven industries reporting contraction in February -- in order -- are:

  1. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  2. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  3. Computer & Electronic Products;
  4. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  5. Transportation Equipment;
  6. Plastics & Rubber Products; and
  7. Fabricated Metal Products.

More contraction in the manufacturing sector of the economy in February.The latest Institute for Supply Management (ISM) manufacturing report on busine...

Article Image

Retailers see higher than average sales in 2016

The National Retail Federation (NRF) is bullish on 2016.

The trade group is projecting retail industry sales -- excluding automobiles, gas stations, and restaurants -- will grow 3.1%, higher than the 10-year average of 2.7%. The NRF also says it expects non-store sales to grow between 6 and 9% this year.

“Wage stagnation is easing, jobs are being created and consumer confidence remains steady, so despite the headwinds our economy faces from international developments -- particularly in China -- we think 2016 will be favorable for growth in the retail industry,” said NRF President and CEO Matthew Shay. “All of the experts agree that the consumer is in the driver’s seat and steering our economic recovery. The best thing the government can do is stay out of the way, stop proposing rules and regulations that create hurdles toward greater capital investment and focus on policies that help retailers provide increased income and job stability for their employees.”

Report highlights

  • Economic growth should be more of the same and uneven. It is likely to be in the range of 1.9 to 2.4% in 2016.
  • Employment gains of approximately 190,000 on an average monthly basis are expected. While that pace is down from 2015, it is consistent with the labor market growing near its underlying trend. By year end, unemployment should drop to 4.6%.
  • Prospects for consumer spending are straightforward -- more jobs equals more income, which equals more spending. However, spending will come largely from the growth in jobs and not as much from increased wages.

“The economy had a bumpy ride in 2015 with fits and starts along the way,” said NRF Chief Economist Jack Kleinhenz. “Despite the volatility, the economy continued to reduce unemployment, raise wages and actually increase real GDP by 2.4 percent.”

Kleinhenz says lower gas prices are creating more discretionary income to save, pay down debt, spend on travel, eat out, and use personal services. “Retailers have benefited as well,” he concluded, “and continue to find ways to compete and succeed in a very cost-conscious environment.”

The National Retail Federation (NRF) is bullish on 2016.The trade group is projecting retail industry sales -- excluding automobiles, gas stations, and...

Article Image

Improving local job markets have fewer folks relocating for employment

The number of job-seekers packing up the truck for greener pastures is on the decline.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas says the latest data on relocation rates show that -- on average -- 11% of those finding employment each quarter in 2015 moved for a new position. That's down significantly from a four-quarter average of 13% in 2014 and 2013.

Relocation reached a post-recession high in the second half of 2014, as 15% of job seekers pulled up stakes for new opportunities during the final two quarters of the year.

The new data is based on a quarterly survey of approximately 1,000 people completing the job search.

“It is typical to see these small windows of relocation surges,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “They tend to occur at the beginning of recessions and then again as the economy moves from recovery to expansion.”

A turning point

Challenger said last year definitely marked a turning point in the recovery. “We finally regained all of the jobs lost as a result of the 2008-2009 recession and, by the end of the year, the national unemployment rate fell to 5.0%. Even with the struggles in the oil industry, the number of metropolitan areas throughout the country with unemployment rates below the national average continued to grow."

The relocation rate in the last half of 2014 was the highest since the first half of 2009, when an average of 16.3% of job seekers moved in the immediate wake of the recession.

Relocation activity plunged after the first half of 2009 as home values continued to decline, which made it virtually impossible to sell an existing home without taking a significant loss. But, Challenger noted, “The housing market improved in enough places by the second half of 2014 to, once again, make relocation a job search consideration."

“However,” he continued, “the window in which relocation is the best option typically closes quickly, since moving involves so much cost and risk -- even in the strongest economy.”

What to do

Challenger advises those relocating for a new position to make professional and social networking a top priority.

“Join local professional associations related to your occupation or industry,” he said. “Volunteer for charitable and service organizations. And, do not overlook your new neighbors. Getting to know people in your new area will not only make the transition easier, but these are the people who will help you if your new employment situation does not work out.”

Initial claims

Elsewhere on the jobs front, the Department of Labor (DOL) reports that the number of people lining up to apply for unemployment benefits for the first time fell by 16,000 in the week ending February 6 to a seasonally adjusted total of 269,000.The previous week's claims level was unchanged.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, came in at 281,250 -- down 3,500 from the previous week.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The number of job-seekers packing up the truck for greener pastures is on the decline.Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas says the la...

Article Image

Job openings on the rise in December

Job openings rose to 5.6 million in December, according to new figures from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, for an openings rate of 3.8%.

The number of openings for private payrolls was up, but was little changed for government. Openings increased in construction (+69,000), nondurable goods manufacturing (+60,000) and durable goods manufacturing (+26,000). In the regions, job openings increased in the West.

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in December for total nonfarm and total private, and edged up for government. The largest changes in openings over the year came in health care and social assistance (+172,000) and finance and insurance (+99,000). The number of job openings increased  over the year in the Northeast, Midwest, and West.

Hires

There were 5.4 million hires in December -- little changed from November, but up 5.0 million from December 2007, the first month of the recession. The hires rate for the month was 3.7%. There was little change in the number of hires for total private and government, with what gains there were coming in professional and business services.

Over the 12 months ending in December, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm and total private and edged up for government. At the industry level, hires increased in accommodation and food services (+93,000); transportation, warehousing, and utilities (+43,000); and federal government (+11,000). Hires edged down in construction. The number of hires was little changed in all four regions over the year.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, with total separations referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee, while layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations include separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

There were 5.1 million total separations in December, roughly the same as November, for a total separations rate of 3.5%. There was little change in the number of total separations for total private and government. In December, total separations edged up in accommodation and food services and in state and local government. The number of total separations was little changed in all four regions.

Quits

There were 3.1 million quits in December for a rate of 2.1%, with the number of quits coming in higher than in December 2007 (2.8 million). The number of quits rose for total private and government over the month. Quits rose in state and local government (+20,000) but fell in nondurable goods manufacturing (-25,000). Quits increased in the South over the month.

The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in December for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Quits increased over the year in several industries with the largest changes occurring in professional and business services (+102,000), accommodation and food services (+68,000), and retail trade (+58,000). In the regions, quits rose in the South and Midwest.

Layoffs and discharges

There were 1.6 million layoffs and discharges -- little changed from November, for a rate of 1.1%. The number of layoffs and discharges was little changed over the month for total private and unchanged for government, and showed little change in all four regions.

The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) decreased over the 12 months ending in December for total nonfarm and total private and edged up for government. Layoffs and discharges rose in mining and logging (+7,000) and fell in construction (-129,000) and retail trade
(-64,000). The number of layoffs and discharges was little changed in all four regions over the year.

Other

In December, there were 411,000 other separations for total nonfarm, little changed from November. Over the month, the number of other separations was little changed for total private at 343,000 and for government at 68,000.

Over the 12 months ending in December, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) fell for total nonfarm and total private and was little changed for government. Other separations increased over the year in federal government (+7,000). Other separations decreased in the South region over the year.

Net change in employment

Large numbers of hires and separations occur every month throughout the business cycle. Net employment change results from the relationship between hires and separations. When the number of hires exceeds the number of separations, employment rises, even if the hires level is steady or declining.

Conversely, when the number of hires is less than the number of separations, employment declines, even if the hires level is steady or rising. Over the 12 months ending in December 2015, hires totaled 61.4 million and separations totaled 58.8 million, yielding a net employment gain of 2.6 million. These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The complete report is available on the BLS website.

Job openings rose to 5.6 million in December, according to new figures from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, for an openings rate of 3.8%.The number of ...

Article Image

Job cuts surge in January

The new year started with a bang as U.S employers announced a January increase in job cuts that's 218% above the 15-year low recorded a month earlier.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports employers reported 75,114 planned job cuts to kick off 2016 -- 42% higher than the same month a year ago.

Last month represents the highest monthly tally since July 2015, when cuts reached 105,696, and the largest January total since the first month of 2009.

Heavy cuts in retail

Even though holiday sales to close out 2015 were relatively strong, retailers led all other industries in January job cuts, announcing plans to eliminate 22,246 payroll positions -- the highest retail total since January 2009, when 53,968 people were sacked.

The cuts were dominated by Walmart, which announced plans to close 269 stores worldwide, which is expected to affect 16,000 workers. Macys is also planning to close stores in 2016, a move that will hit 4,820 employees.

“Retail job cuts came on the heels of a relatively strong holiday sales, which increased by nearly 8.0 percent,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “However, a growing portion of the sales gains are occurring online. At Macy’s, for example, November and December sales at its brick-and-mortar stores fell by about 5.0 percent, while orders through its online entities were up 25 percent from a year earlier, according to reports.”

Energy hard-hit

In addition to increased retail job cuts, January also saw the return of heavy terminations in the energy sector, where firms announced plans to reduce headcounts by 20,246 -- up from 1,682 in December.

The January total for the energy sector was higher since the decline in oil prices began in late 2014. The previous high was January 2015, when 20,193 jobs in the sector were eliminated.

Since oil prices began their decline, Halliburton has announced 22,000 job cuts through multiple job-cut announcements. Schlumberger has also reported multiple reductions since late 2014, with total job cuts exceeding 30,000. Baker Hughes has also announced multiple cuts, totaling 16,000.

“The pace of downsizing in the energy sector ebbed in the second half of 2015, but the latest activity, which included more cuts from Halliburton and Schlumberger, is evidence the industry is far from concluding its cost-cutting initiatives,” said Challenger. “With oil prices expected to stay low for the foreseeable future, the potential for continued layoffs remains elevated.”

The new year started with a bang as U.S employers announced a January increase in job cuts that's 218% above the 15-year low recorded a month earlier.O...

Article Image

ADP: January produces in excess of 200,000 jobs

Another big jump in private sector employment.

The January ADP National Employment Report says the economy cranked out 205,000 jobs from December to January.

According to the report, which is derived from ADP's actual payroll data, the bulk of the new positions (82,000) came from medium-sized businesses, those with 50-499 employees. That was closely followed by small companies, those with under 50 workers (79,000).

Employment at large concerns -- those with 500 or more employees -- came in at 44,000, while firms with 500-999 added 15,000 jobs, and companies with over 1,000 workers gained 30,000 jobs.

"One of the main reasons for lower overall employment gains in January was the drop off in jobs added at the largest companies compared to December,” said Ahu Yildirmaz, VP and head of the ADP Research Institute. “These businesses are more sensitive to current economic conditions than small and mid-sized companies. Over the past year, businesses with less than 500 employees have created nearly 80% of new jobs."

Jobs by sector

Goods-producing employment rose by 13,000 jobs last month, down sharply from December's upwardly revised 30,000. Within that sector. the construction industry added 21,000 jobs, which was roughly in line with the average monthly jobs gained last year. Manufacturing, meanwhile, neither added nor lost jobs.

Employment by service-providing firms rose by 192,000 jobs in January, compared with 237,000 in December. Professional/business services contributed 44,000 jobs, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 35,000, and financial activities added 19,000 positions -- the most since March 2006.

Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics, noted that, "Job growth remains strong despite the turmoil in the global economy and financial markets. Manufacturers and energy companies are reducing payrolls, but job gains across all other industries remain robust. The U.S. economy remains on track to return to full employment by mid-year."

Another big jump in private sector employment.The January ADP National Employment Report says the economy cranked out 205,000 jobs from December to Jan...

Article Image

Another contraction for the manufacturing sector of the economy

Even as the overall economy grew for the 80th consecutive month, economic activity in the manufacturing sector contracted in January for the fourth month in a row.

According to the Institute for Supply Management (ISM), the January purchasing management index (PMI) was up 0.2% to 48.2% when compared to the seasonally adjusted December reading of 48%.

The New Orders Index jumped 2.7% to 51.5%, the Production Index moved up 0.3% to 50.0%, while the Employment Index dropped 2.1% to 45.9%.

Inventories of raw materials held steady at 43.5% and the Prices Index remained at 33.5%, indicating lower raw materials prices for the 15th consecutive month.

Industry performance

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, eight are reporting growth in January in the following order:

  1. Textile Mills;
  2. Wood Products;
  3. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  4. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  5. Furniture & Related Products;
  6. Computer & Electronic Products;
  7. Machinery; and
  8. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components.

The 10 industries reporting contraction in January -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  2. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  3. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  4. Paper Products;
  5. Transportation Equipment;
  6. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  7. Fabricated Metal Products;
  8. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  9. Primary Metals; and
  10. Chemical Products.

Even as the overall economy grew for the 80th consecutive month, economic activity in the manufacturing sector contracted in January for the fourth month i...

Article Image

Consumers earn more, spend less in December

Consumers found themselves with more money in their pockets as the holiday shopping season got underway -- and tucked a good chunk of it away.

The Commerce Department reports personal income rose $42.5 billion, or 0.3% in December, while disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $37.8 billion or 0.3%. Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) dipped $0.7 billion, or less than 0.1%.

In November, personal income was up 0.3%, DPI rose 0.2 percent, and PCE increased by 0.5%, according to revised estimates.

Compensation

Wages and salaries rose $13.1 billion in December, after surging $37.9 billion a month earlier. Within that category, private wages and salaries were up $10.3 billion, and government wages and salaries inched up $2.8 billion.

Supplements to wages and salaries advanced $4.8 billion.

Personal spending and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- increased $2.0 billion in December after surging $62.1 billion in November.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $753.5 billion in December, up $35.7 billion from the month before. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.5%, versus with 5.3% in November.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Consumers found themselves with more money in their pockets as the holiday shopping season got underway -- and tucked a good chunk of it away.The Comme...

Article Image

Job growth to hold steady in 2016, CareerBuilder says

Looking for a job this year?

According to CareerBuilder’s  annual job forecast, 36% of employers plan to add full-time, permanent employees in 2016 -- the same as 2015. Additionally, nearly half of employers (47%) plan to hire temporary or contract workers.

The forecast says workers can also expect to see higher starting salaries, more teens in internships, more women and minorities in leadership, and more opportunities to move from low-skill to high-skill jobs, among other trends.

“On average, the U.S. has added 200,000 jobs each month over the last two years, and we expect 2016 to produce similar results, if not better,” said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder and co-author of The Talent Equation. “The market is also showing signs of broader wage pressure. While employers have been more willing to pay a premium for high-skill labor, they now have to pay more competitive wages for entry-level positions. Workers are gaining leverage.”

Full-time, permanent hiring

While more than a third of employers are increasing full-time, permanent headcount, 45% anticipate no change. One in ten plan to decrease staff levels, while 9% aren't sure.

Comparing industries, financial services (46%), information technology (44%), and health care (43%) are expected to outperform the national average for employers adding full-time staff. Manufacturing (37%) is expected to reflect the national average.

Temporary and contract hiring

Employers are also optimistic about temporary employment. Forty-seven percent reported they will add temporary or contract workers in 2016, compared with 46% percent last year. Of these employers, 58% plan to transition some temporary or contract workers into permanent roles in 2016.

Hot areas for hiring

Of the employers who plan to increase the number of full-time employees in the new year, the top areas they’ll be recruiting for include:

  • Customer Service – 32%
  • Information Technology – 29%
  • Sales – 27%
  • Production – 24%
  • Administrative – 20%
  • Marketing – 18%
  • Business Development – 16%
  • Human Resources – 16 percent
  • Accounting/Finance – 15 percent
  • Engineering – 13 percent

Small business hiring

Small business managers are feeling better about their financial prospects in 2016 and are looking to expand their staff.

Of businesses with 50 or fewer employees, 27% plan to hire full-time, permanent employees, versus 20% last year.

Of those with 250 or fewer employees, 33% plan to hire full-time, permanent employees, up 4% from last year.

Among larger companies with more than 500 employees, 42% plan to add full-time, permanent employees, on par with last year (43%).

Hiring by region

At 42%, the West has the highest percentage of employers expecting to add full-time, permanent headcount, followed by the South (36%), Midwest (34%), and Northeast (30%).

However, the West also houses the highest percentage of employers expecting to decrease staff, at 12% with 10% in both the Northeast and Midwest and 9% in the South.

Five trends to watch in the new year

Looking at key trends that will help shape the employment landscape in 2016, several are tied to higher competition for talent, innovation in sourcing, developing high-skill workers, and a push for more diversity in leadership.

  1. Opening New Doors for Low-Skill Workers – Many employers are concerned with a growing skills gap (63%) and report extended vacancies within their organizations (48%).Thirty-three percent of employers plan to hire low-skill workers and invest in training them for high-skill jobs in 2016.
  2. Hiring younger interns – To encourage the next generation to pursue STEM-related fields (science, technology, engineering and math) and other in-demand areas, employers are building relationships with students at an early age. One quarter plan to hire high school students as interns over the next 12 months.
  3. Increasing wages at all levels – To retain and attract top performers, 83% of employers plan to increase compensation for existing employees – on par with 82% last year. Sixty-six percent will offer higher starting salaries for new employees, versus 64% last year.
  4. Reaching beyond U.S. borders – Employers will continue to look at talent pools outside the U.S. to help fill labor deficits. Nineteen percent say they will hire workers with H-1B visas in 2016, which will let them employ temporarily foreign-born workers for specialized occupations.
  5. Diversifying management – Companies are expanding demographics in their company leadership. Fifty-five percent of employers plan to hire or promote more women for management roles, and 53% plan to do the same for diverse workers. Forty-seven percent of employers plan to promote workers under the age of 30 into management roles.

The national survey was conducted online by Harris Poll on behalf of CareerBuilder from Nov. 4 to Dec. 1, 2015, and included a representative sample of 2,338 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries.

Looking for a job this year? According to CareerBuilder’s annual job forecast, 36% of employers plan to add full-time, permanent employees in 2016 -- t...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index slips in December

The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) posted a decline in December for the first time in three months.

The dip of 0.2% follows increases of 0.5% in both November and October.

Despite the decline, which was led by a drop in housing permits and weak new orders in manufacturing,” Ataman Ozyildirim, director of business cycles and growth research at The Conference Board says the index “continues to suggest moderate growth in the near-term despite the economy losing some momentum at the end of 2015. While the LEI’s growth rate has been on the decline,” he continued, “it’s too early to interpret this as a substantial rise in the risk of recession.”

The LEI is essentially a composite average of several individual leading economic components. It is constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component – primarily because it smooths out some of the volatility of individual components.

The ten components of The Conference Board LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods, and materials
  4. ISM Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) posted a decline in December for the first time in three months.The dip of 0.2% follows increases o...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims surge to six-month high

More people than expected found themselves standing in the unemployment line last week.

Figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL) show a seasonally adjusted 293,000 workers filed first-time applications for state jobless benefits in the week ending January 16 -- up 10,000 from the previous week's downwardly revised total.

That's the highest level since the first week of July. Analysts at Briefing.com had been calling for a decline in filings to 280,000.

The DOL says there were no special factors affecting the total.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered by some economists to be a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 6,500 to 285,000. The previous week's average was revised down by 250 -- from 278,750 to 278,500.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Tech sector job cuts

In other labor news, this past year was a bit better than 2014 for workers in the technology sector.

A new analysis of data by outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas found that job cuts announced in 2015 by tech sector employers fell sharply from the previous year.

The technology sector, which encompasses computer, electronic, and telecommunications firms, announced 79,315 planned job cuts in last year. That's down 21% from a 2014 total of 100,757, which was the highest total since 2009.

While that was good for the overall tech sector, workers at computer firms weren't so fortunate. Officials there increased terminations by 5.0% -- from 59,528 in 2014 to 62,191 in 2015. Much of that came from a third-quarter surge that saw more than 47,000 announced cuts from several notable firms, including Hewlett-Packard, Microsoft, Intel, and Unisys.

Overall, the tech sector was responsible for 13% of the 598,510 total job cuts announced in 2015.

“We could see more of this in 2016, which could lead to increased turnover in the industry,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Jobs may shift from company to another, while others are lost. Overall, employment in the industry should continue to grow. So much so, that the biggest problem will be finding skilled workers.”

More people than expected found themselves standing in the unemployment line last week.Figures released by the Depar...

Article Image

Retail sales dip in December

December was something of a disappointment for the retail sector of the economy.

Figures released by the Commerce Department show sales totaled just $448.1 billion last month, down 0.1% from November but up 2.2% from the same month a year earlier.

For all of 2015, sales rose just 2.1%

Stifel Financial Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza notes that consumer spending momentum has clearly slowed even though we're paying less for gasoline at the pump.

"While low gasoline prices have helped provide a floor to spending, it is clearly not enough to markedly improve retail consumption," she pointed out. "The missing component remains heightened growth in earnings and confidence that today's spending will be easily financed by tomorrow's rise in pay. Modest employment opportunities and minimal income gains will continue to restrict spending in the new year."

The complete December retail sales report is avail;able on the commerce Department website.

Retail holiday sales

In a related development, the National Retail Federation (NRF) says holiday sales last year were up 3% to $626.1 billion. NRF had been expecting total growth -- including online sales -- of 3.7%.

“Make no mistake about it, this was a tough holiday season for the industry,” said NRF President and CEO Matthew Shay. He noted that weather, inventory challenges, advances in consumer technology, and the deep discounts that started earlier in the season and carried into January presented stiff headwinds. However, he added that, “despite these factors, the industry rallied, consumers responded and sales still grew at a healthy rate, which is a huge testament to the resilience, knowledge and expertise of our retail leadership.”

December was something of a disappointment for the retail sector of the economy.Figures released by the Commerce Department show sales totaled just $44...

Article Image

Jeep Compass and Patriot vehicles recalled

Chrysler (FCA US LLC) is recalling 60,107 model year 2015 Jeep Compass and Patriot vehicles manufactured January 1, 2015, to May 11, 2015.

During assembly, the power steering hose retention clamp may have been installed at an incorrect location, resulting in the detachment of the low pressure return hose.

If the power steering fluid return hose detaches, it would leak fluid and increase the risk of a fire.

Chrysler will notify owners, and dealers will inspect the return power steering hose clamp, repositioning the clamp as necessary, free of charge. The manufacturer has not yet provided a notification schedule.

Owners may contact Chrysler customer service at 1-800-853-1403. Chrysler's number for this recall is R68.

Chrysler (FCA US LLC) is recalling 60,107 model year 2015 Jeep Compass and Patriot vehicles manufactured January 1, 2015, to May 11, 2015. During a...

Article Image

Employment surges in December

The nation's job creation machinery was running in high gear last month.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports total nonfarm payroll employment rose by 292,000 in December, with the gains coming in several industries, including professional and business services, construction, health care, and food services and drinking places.

At the same time, though, the unemployment rate was unchanged at 5.0%.

As it released its December report, the DOL revised its payroll employment figures for October to show a gain of 307,000 jobs from 298,000 to 307,000. The change for November was revised from +211,000 to +252,000.

With these revisions, employment gains in October and November combined were 50,000 higher than previously reported. Over the past three months, job gains have averaged 284,000 per month.

Who was hiring and who was not

The professional and business services category was December's big winner with the addition of 73,000 jobs. Also adding to payroll positions were construction (+45,000), health care (+39,000), food services and drinking places (+37,000), and transportation and warehousing (+23,000).

Payroll employment growth totaled 2.7 million last year, compared to 3.1 million in 2014.

Employment in mining continued to decline last month (-8,000). Manufacturing employment was little-changed, as were wholesale trade, retail trade, financial activities, and government.

Total employment

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for blacks dipped to 8.3%, while the rates for adult men (4.7%), adult women (4.4%), teenagers (16.1%), whites (4.5%), Asians (4.0%), and Hispanics (6.3%) showed little or no change. 

The number of people out of work in December was 7.9 million, essentially the same as the month before, with the jobless rate at 5.0% for the third month in a row. Over the past 12 months, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed persons were down by 0.6% and 800,000, respectively.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) was essentially unchanged at 2.1 million in December and accounted for 26.3% of the unemployed. The number of long-term unemployed has shown little movement since June, but was down by 687,000 over the year.

The civilian labor force participation rate, at 62.6%, has shown little movement in recent months. In December, the employment-population ratio, at 59.5%, changed little.

The average work week for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls was unchanged at 34.5 hours in December, and average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls was down a penny to $25.24, following an increase of 5 cents in November.

Over the year, average hourly earnings have risen by 2.5% percent.

The complete December employment report is on the DOL website.

The nation's job creation machinery was running in high gear last month.The Department of Labor (DOL) reports total nonfarm payroll employment rose by ...

Article Image

Another decline in services sector growth

Growth in the non-manufacturing, or services, sector of the economy continued in December for the 71st month in a row, just not at the pace we saw a month earlier.

In the latest Institute for Supply Management (ISM) report on business, the nation’s purchasing and supply executives say the Non-manufacturing Index (NMI) registered 55.3% last month, down 0.6% from November.

A reading above 50 indicates the sector is expanding; below 50 suggests contraction.

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index was up 0.5% to 58.7%, reflecting growth for the 77th consecutive month at a slightly faster rate.

The New Orders Index rose 0.7% from November, to 58.2%, the Employment Index came in at 55.7%, up 0.7%, and indicates growth for the 22nd consecutive month.

The Prices Index, on the other hand, fell 0.6% to 49.7%, the third decline in the last four months.

Even with the NMI posting the weakest reading since April 2014, Stifel Fixed Income Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza points out that service activity, "remains the silver lining" in the U.S. economy.

She adds that with back to back months of depleted momentum from a recent peak of 60.3 in July, "any further decline in activity could undermine the notion of sustained growth in the service sector."

Expansion and contraction

The 11 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in December -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Accommodation & Food Services;
  2. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  3. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  4. Information;
  5. Retail Trade;
  6. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  7. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  8. Finance & Insurance;
  9. Construction;
  10. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services; and
  11. Utilities.

The five industries reporting contraction in December were:

  1. Other Services;
  2. Educational Services;
  3. Wholesale Trade;
  4. Public Administration; and
  5. Transportation & Warehousing.

Jobless claims

The number of people applying for state unemployment benefits fell last week, according to the Department of Labor (DOL).

Officials say there 277,000 initial filings in the week ending January 2, , down 10,000 from the previous week's total, when 20,000 applications were filed.

The DOL says there were no special factors affecting the total.

The four-week moving average, which is seen as a better gauge of the labor market because it lacks the volatility found in the weekly tally, dipped by 1,250 to 275,750.

The complete report is available on the DOL website

Growth in the non-manufacturing, or services, sector of the economy continued in December for the 71st month in a row, just not at ...

Article Image

Job creation explodes in December

If December is any indication of what is to come, 2016 should be a good year for new jobs.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, the U.S. economy cranked out 257,000 private sector jobs from November to December -- the best monthly showing since December 2014.

The report, produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, is derived from ADP's actual payroll data, and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"2015 had a strong close with December showing the largest job gains of the year," said Ahu Yildirmaz, vice president and head of the ADP Research Institute. "Overall, the average monthly employment growth was just under 200,000 for the year in contrast to almost 240,000 jobs per month in 2014. Weakness in the energy and manufacturing sectors was mostly responsible for the drop off."

The producers

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 95,000 jobs in December, up 23,000 from November's 72,000. Employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by about 10% from the previous month to 65,000 jobs.

Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- came in at 97,000, 17,000 more than in November. Those firms with 500-999 added 39,000 jobs, and the biggies -- companies with over 1,000 employees -- added another 58,000 jobs.

Employment in the goods-producing sector rose by 23,000 jobs in December, after losing 2,000 positions the previous month. The construction industry added 24,000 jobs, up a touch from the previous month, while manufacturing stayed in positive territory for the second straight month -- adding 2,000 jobs.

Service-providing employment shot up by 234,000 jobs in December, up 21,000 jobs from November. Professional/business services contributed 66,000 jobs, the largest increase of the year in the sector. Trade/transportation/utilities grew by 38,000, off a bit from the previous month, and there were 13,000 new jobs in financial activities.

"Strong job growth shows no signs of abating,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics. “The only industry shedding jobs is energy. If this pace of job growth is sustained -- which seems likely -- the economy will be back to full employment by mid-year. This is a significant achievement, given that the last time the economy was at full employment was nearly a decade ago."

The government's employment tally for the final month of 2015 is scheduled for release on Friday.

If December is any indication of what is to come, 2016 should be a good year for new jobs.According to the ADP National Employment Report, the U.S. eco...

Article Image

Manufacturing economy contracts -- again

December was a down month for the manufacturing sector of the economy -- the second in a row, even as the overall economy grew for the 79th consecutive month.

The Institute for Supply Management (ISM) reports that the December purchasing manager's index (PMI) registered 48.2%, down 0.4% from November, while the New Orders Index rose 0.3% to 49.2% and the Production Index registered 49.8% -- a gain of 0.6% from the previous month.

The Employment Index, meanwhile, fell 3.2% and the Prices Index dipped 2.0%, indicating lower raw materials prices for the 14th consecutive month. The New Export Orders Index jumped 3.5% and the Imports Index dropped 3.5%.

As was the case in November, 10 out of 18 manufacturing industries reported contraction in December, with declines in employment and raw materials inventories accounting for the overall softness in December.

Ups and downs

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, six are reporting growth in December in the following order:

  1. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  2. Textile Mills;
  3. Paper Products;
  4. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  5. Chemical Products; and
  6. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products.

The 10 industries reporting contraction in December -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  2. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  3. Machinery;
  4. Primary Metals;
  5. Fabricated Metal Products;
  6. Transportation Equipment;
  7. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  8. Computer & Electronic Products;
  9. Wood Products; and
  10. Nonmetallic Mineral Products.

December was a down month for the manufacturing sector of the economy -- the second in a row, even as the overall economy grew for the 79th consecutive mon...

Article Image

Personal incomes and spending rise in November

Just in time for the Christmas shopping season, consumers' paychecks got a little fatter.

The Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports that personal income rose $44.4 billion, or 0.3% in November. Disposable personal income (DPI), what you have left after paying your taxes, was up $34.5 billion, or 0.3% last month, and personal consumption expenditures (PCE) also rose 0.3%, or $40.1 billion.

Personal income increased $66.9 billion (0.4%) the month before, while DPI was up $54.0 billion (0.4%) and PCE inched ahead $3.8 billion, or less than 0.1%.

Compensation

Wages and salaries jumped $37.1 billion in November, nearly $10 billion more than the month before. Of that, private wages and salaries increased $34.4 billion, including $11.6 billion (at an annual rate) in bonuses for United Auto Workers employees associated with the ratification of their contract. Government wages and salaries rose $2.8 billion in November, compared with a $1.5 billion advance in October.

Supplements to wages and salaries increased $6.3 billion in November, compared with an increase of $6.5 billion in October.

Personal spending and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- surged $44.0 billion in November, a better than six-fold increase from October's $7.5 billion. PCE jumped $40.1 billion, compared with an October increase of $3.8 billion.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $747.6 billion in November, down nearly $10.0 billion from October. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.5%, down 0.1% from the rate a month earlier.

The complete report is available on the BEA website.

Just in time for the Christmas shopping season, consumers' paychecks got a little fatter.The Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) re...

Article Image

CG&C: Job cuts should slow in 2016 as hiring and pay accelerate

“Wait till next year!”

That's not just the perennial cry of Chicago Cubs fans. A leading outplacement consultancy has also taken it up when it comes to the labor market in 2016.

Challenger, Gray & Christmas says while 2015 job cuts are expected to hit a six-year high, the pace of downsizing should slow in the year ahead as hiring and wages continue to make gains.

Although year-end tabulations are still a few weeks away, U.S.-based employers announced 574,888 planned job cuts through November – 19% more than the 2014 year-end total of 483,171. At the current pace, this year is on track to be the biggest job cut year since 2009, when 1,272,030 jobs were eliminated.

The oil patch took the heaviest hits

Looking for somewhere to point the finger? Try the dramatic decline in oil prices, which prompted companies involved in exploration and extraction to make significant adjustments to workforce levels.

All told, falling oil prices were blamed for 102,738 job cuts through November, or nearly one in every five job cuts announced in 2015.

Heavy downsizing was also seen in the public sector, where military cutbacks claimed 57,000 troops and civilian personnel.

“Cuts related to oil prices were heaviest in the first half of year, dropping by more than 50% in the second half,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “With oil prices expected to remain low for the foreseeable future,” he added, “we could continue to see the industry workforce shrink in 2016, though probably not at the rate we saw in the first part of 2015.”

Challenger says a decline in oil cuts is expected to result in an overall slowdown in downsizing activity in 2016. “Job cuts may not reach the previous post-recession low, achieved in 2014, when year-end cuts fell to 483,171,” he pointed out, noting that “even if job cuts don’t fall to post-recession lows, increased hiring and wages are expected to offset the losses.”

A slowdown in job growth

The nation’s non-farm payrolls grew by an average of 210,000 jobs per month through November, according to data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The average in 2014 was 260,000 new jobs per month.

Part of the slowdown, Challenger said, “may have been related to a weakened energy sector, which was one of the strong growth areas in 2013 and 2014. However, another contributor to the slower job gains this year may have been a shrinking supply of available talent.”

A churning labor force

“There is a lot of churn in the labor force right now,” said Challenger. “We have retirees leaving the workforce; we will continue to see layoffs, even in a strong economy; and, each month upwards of 2.7 million Americans quit their jobs. So, when casual observers look at that net job gain of around 200,000 new workers each month, they can easily miss all of this other activity that suggests a very frenetic employment picture where there are still a lot of separations alongside a lot of hiring,” he added.

Challenger expects this heavy churn to continue in 2016, with around 10,000 baby boomers hitting retirement age each day. But he says, that doesn’t mean they are going to leave the labor force. “Recent improvements in the stock market might mean that more can leave the workforce if they want, but many will continue to work out of desire,”he said. “However, many will change jobs, others will cut back hours, and some may leave the workforce for a while and come back. In any case, baby boomers alone will be a significant contributor to labor force churn.”

Job prospects

Challenger says this churn, whether it’s related Baby Boomers or companies shifting strategies, creates opportunities, but that doesn't mean finding a job will be easy in 2016. Employers are still being selective and the hiring process is taking longer, as a result,” he said. “Job seekers should not expect to send out a bunch of resumes and job offers will simply come pouring in.

They will still be required to do the hard leg work. Cold calling, networking, meeting with people on a daily basis, and all of the other activities necessary to uncover the hidden job market and find the best opportunities.

“Wait till next year!”That's not just the perennial cry of Chicago Cubs fans. A leading outplacement consultancy has also taken it up when it comes to ...

Article Image

Jobless benefit claims reverse course

After rising for two weeks in a row, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits have posted a decline.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports initial jobless claims were down 11,000 in the week ending December 12, to a seasonally adjusted 271,000. The previous week's level of 282,000 was unrevised.

Officials say there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The four-week moving average, which strips out the volatility of the weekly report and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, came in at 270,500, a decrease of 250 from the previous week's unrevised average.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Economic outlook

The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) rose in November for a second consecutive month.

The forecaster of economic performance for the next 3-6 months was up 0.4%, following a 0.6% increase in October. It was flat in September.

“The U.S. LEI registered another increase in November, with building permits, the interest rate spread, and stock prices driving the improvement,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, Director of Business Cycles and Growth Research at The Conference Board. “Although the six-month growth rate of the LEI has moderated, the economic outlook for the final quarter of the year and into the new year remains positive.”

The LEI, essentially a composite of several individual indicators, is constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component

The ten components of the LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods, and materials
  4. ISM Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, non-defense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

After rising for two weeks in a row, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits have posted a decline.T...

Article Image

ISM forecasts continued economic growth in 2016

The nation’s purchasing and supply management executives appear bullish in their outlook for the U.S. economy in the year ahead.

The Institute for Supply Management's (ISM) Semiannual Economic Forecast calls for a continuation of the economic recovery that began in mid-2009.

The manufacturing sector expects its revenues to increase in 16 manufacturing industries, with capital spending up 1.0% and employment expanding buy 0.2%

The non-manufacturing sector predicts that 15 of its industries will see higher revenue, with capital expenditures rising 7.5% and employment growth of 1.7%.

Manufacturing

Sixty-three percent of survey respondents expect a 4.1% net increase in overall revenues for 2016, compared with a rise of 1.4% this year. The 16 manufacturing industries expecting revenue improvement in 2016 over 2015 -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Furniture & Related Products;
  2. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  3. Computer & Electrical Products;
  4. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  5. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  6. Textile Mills;
  7. Fabricated Metal Products;
  8. Primary Metals;
  9. Chemical Products;
  10. Paper Products;
  11. Transportation Equipment;
  12. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  13. Wood Products;
  14. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  15. Machinery; and
  16. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components.

Non-manufacturing

Sixty percent of supply management executives in the non-manufacturing sector see a 3.2% net increase in overall revenues in the year ahead versus a 2.7% increase for 2015 over 2014 revenues. The 15 non-manufacturing industries expecting revenue improvement in 2016 over 2015 -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Construction;
  2. Mining;
  3. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  4. Accommodation & Food Services;
  5. Transportation & Warehousing;
  6. Information;
  7. Retail Trade;
  8. Utilities;
  9. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  10. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  11. Wholesale Trade;
  12. Public Administration;
  13. Other Services;
  14. Finance & Insurance; and
  15. Educational Services.

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits were up for a second straight week.

According to the Department of Labor (DOL), initial jobless claims rose 13,000 in the week ending December 5, to a seasonally adjusted 282,000. The previous week's total was unrevised.

The four-week moving average was 270,750 -- still close to a 15-year low -- an increase of 1,500 from the previous week's unrevised average of 269,250.

The latter category, because it is less volatile than the weekly tally, is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.  

The nation’s purchasing and supply management executives appear bullish in their outlook for the U.S. economy in the year ahead....

Article Image

Little change in October in labor turnover

The Labor situation didn't change a whole lot from September to October.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports the number of job openings totaled 5.4 million during the month, compared with 5.5 million in September. Separations came in at 4.9 million versus 4.8 million a month earlier.

Job openings

The job openings rate was 3.6%, with the number of openings falling in professional and business services (-137,000) and in the West region (-132,000).

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in October for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Openings rose over the year in health care and social assistance (+225,000), retail trade (+141,000), state and local government (+51,000), and federal government (+15,000).

Job openings decreased over the year in finance and insurance (-55,000) and mining and logging (-17,000). The number of job openings increased over the year in three out of the four regions -- Northeast, South, and Midwest -- and was little changed in the West.

Hires

The number of hires was 5.1 million in October; there were 5.0 million in September. The hires rate was 3.6%. There was little change in the number of hires for total private and government in October and for number of hires in all industries. Hires increased in the West region over the month.

Over the 12 months ending in October, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm and total private, and increased for government. At the industry level, hires increased in state and local government (+33,000). The number of hires was little changed in all four regions over the year.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs, and discharges, among other separations. Total separations is referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs.

Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations includes separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

The total separations rate was 3.4%, with little change in the number of total separations in private industry, while it rose slightly for government. The number of total separations was essentially unchanged in all four regions.

Quits

There were 2.8 million quits in October, up 100,000 from September. The number of quits has held between 2.7 million and 2.8 million for the past 14 months, and the quits rate was unchanged in October, measuring 1.9% for the seventh consecutive month.

The number of quits was little changed for total private industry and rose for government over the month. Quits rose in state and local government (+19,000) and nondurable goods manufacturing (+17,000), but fell in durable goods manufacturing (-15,000). Quits were little changed in all four regions over the month.

The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed over the 12 months ending in October for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Quits increased over the year in accommodation and food services (+58,000) and nondurable goods manufacturing (+26,000). In the regions, quits rose most in the Midwest.

Layoffs and discharges

There were 1.7 million layoffs and discharges in October, the same as September. The layoffs and discharges rate was 1.2%. The number of layoffs and discharges was little changed over the month for total private and edged up for government. Layoffs and discharges were little changed in all four regions.

The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed over the 12 months ending in October for total nonfarm and total private, and rose for government. The number of layoffs and discharges rose over the year in state and local government (+30,000) and mining and logging (+6,000). The number of layoffs and discharges fell over the year in professional and business services (-88,000) and transportation, warehousing, and utilities (-28,000). Layoffs and discharges fell in the Midwest over the year.

Other separations

In October, there were 414,000 other separations for total nonfarm, compared with 387,000 in September. Over the month, the number of other separations was little changed for total private at 338,000 and for government at 76,000.

Over the 12 months ending in October, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Other separations increased over the year in finance and insurance (+22,000), information (+7,000), and federal government (+6,000). The number of other separations decreased over the year in wholesale trade (-19,000). Other separations were little changed in all four regions over the year.

Net change in employment

Large numbers of hires and separations occur every month throughout the business cycle. Net employment change results from the relationship between hires and separations. When the number of hires exceeds the number of separations, employment rises, even if the hires level is steady or declining.

On the other hand, when the number of hires is less than the number of separations, employment declines, even if the hires level is steady or rising. Over the 12 months ending in October 2015, hires totaled 61.0 million and separations totaled 58.3 million, yielding a net employment gain of 2.7 million.

These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The complete report is available on the BLS website.

The Labor situation didn't change a whole lot from September to October.The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports the number of job openings totaled 5.4 m...

Article Image

Jobless rate holds steady as the economy adds 211,000 jobs

The economy cranked out 211,000 new jobs last month, but that didn't help the unemployment rate, which remained at 5.0% for a second straight month. Over the last 12 months, the jobless rate and the number of people out of work are down by 0.8% and 1.1 million, respectively.

According to the Department of Labor's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), construction, professional and technical services, and health added jobs, while mining and information saw them disappear.

As it released the November report, BLS revised the October report to show the addition of 145,000 jobs -- 8,000 more than initially reported. October was changed also -- from 271,000 additions to 298,000.

With these revisions, employment gains in September and October combined were 35,000 more than previously reported. Over the past three months, job gains have averaged 218,000 per month.

The demographics

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (4.7%), adult women (4.6%), teenagers (15.7%), whites (4.3%), blacks (9.4%), Asians (3.9%), and Hispanics (6.4%) showed little or no change last month.

The number of people who have been without jobs for 27 weeks or more was little changed at 2.1 million in November and has shown little movement since June. They accounted for 25.7% of the unemployed last month.

The civilian labor force participation rate inched higher (62.5% versus 62.4% in October), while the employment-population ratio was unchanged at 59.3% and has shown little movement since October 2014.

Where the jobs are

November's job growth occurred in construction (+46,000), professional and technical services (+28,000), health care (+24,000), food services and drinking places (+32,000), and retail trade (+31,000).

Employment in mining  (-11,000) and information (-12,000) continued to decline in November. Other major industries -- including manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, financial activities, and government -- were little-changed over the month.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by four cents -- to $25.25, following a nine cent gain in October. Over the year, average hourly earnings are up 2.3%.

The full November employment report is available on the BLS website

The economy cranked out 211,000 new jobs last month, but that didn't help the unemployment rate, which remained at 5.0% for a second straight month. Over t...

Article Image

Non-manufacturing sector continues its growth

Another month of growth for the economy's non-manufacturing sector, although the pace was not as robust as we saw the month before.

The Institute for Supply Management (ISM) says in its latest Non-Manufacturing Report On Business that the non-manufacturing index (NMI) registered 55.9% in November, down 3.2% from the October reading. Still, It was the 77th consecutive month of growth by the sector.

A reading above 50 indicates the sector is expanding; below 50 suggests contraction.

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index was down 4.8% to 58.2%, but still reflects growth for the 76th consecutive month. The New Orders Index came in at 57.5, down 4.5%. The Employment Index, however, was down 4.2% to 55%, but still grew for the 21st consecutive month.

Industry performance

The 12 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in November -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  2. Information;
  3. Retail Trade;
  4. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  5. Accommodation & Food Services;
  6. Transportation & Warehousing;
  7. Finance & Insurance;
  8. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  9. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  10. Construction;
  11. Educational Services; and
  12. Public Administration.

The six industries reporting contraction in November -- in order -- were:

  1. Mining;
  2. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  3. Wholesale Trade;
  4. Utilities;
  5. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting; and
  6. Other Services.

Jobless claims

There was an uptick in initial jobless claims during the holiday-shortened week ending November 28.

According to the Department of Labor (DOL), a seasonally adjusted 269,000 people filed applications for the first time for state unemployment benefits, an increase of 9,000 from the previous week's unrevised level. Officials say there were no special factors affecting the tally.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly accounting and considered a better barometer of the labor market, was down 1,750 from the week before to 269,250, the lowest level in nearly 15 years.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Another month of growth for the economy's non-manufacturing sector, although the pace was not as robust as we saw the month before....

Article Image

Job cut total drops to lowest level in more than a year

Finally -- a break.

Planned job cuts in November fell to their lowest level in 14 months following a four-month stretch that saw more than a quarter of a million payroll positions disappear.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports that corporate America announced workforce reductions totaling 30,953 in November -- down 39% from October and 14% from November 2014, when 35,940 job cuts were reported.

The November figure represents the smallest job-cut month since September 2014 when 30,477 terminations were announced, and comes on the heels of a four-month period during which 256,263 job cuts were recorded.

So far this year, employers have handed out 574,888 pink slips, 28% more than the 450,531 through November 2014. Job cuts for the year are on pace to be the heaviest since 2009, when 1,272,030 workers were canned.

“The fourth quarter tends to experience heavier cuts, as employers make year-end adjustments to workforce levels in order achieve earnings goals,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The November decline could be the quiet before a December storm or it could signal a lower-than-expected downsizing to close out the year. If recent history is any indication, it could be the latter, as December job cuts have been lower than the annual average since the end of the recession.”

The oil patch takes a breather

While oil-related job cuts have dominated the headlines this year, they accounted for just 1,355 last month, the fewest since June.

Industrial goods ranked as the top job-cutting industry in November, with firms in the sector announcing 7,398 planned firings -- up 109% from October. Industrial goods firms have announced 54,845 job cuts so far this year, putting them fourth behind energy, government, and retail.

In 2008, employers announced 166,348 job cuts in December, the second highest job-cut month of that year. However, beginning in 2009, December job cuts have averaged just 35,784.

Challenger points out that overall, the U.S. economy is fairly strong. “The increase in job cuts this year is due to a handful of industries. In fact, of the 28 sectors we track, more than half have experienced a year-over-year decline in job cuts. “Unfortunately,” he concludes, “five sectors have seen job cuts more than double. Job cuts in the energy sector have increased a staggering 708% from a year ago.”

Finally -- a break. Planned job cuts in November fell to their lowest level in 14 months following a four-month stretch that saw more than a quarter of ...

Article Image

A slowdown in manufacturing

For the first time in 36 months, economic activity in the manufacturing sector has contracted, even as the overall economy grew for the 78th consecutive month.

According to the Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business, the November Purchasing Management Index (PMI) came in at 48.6%, down 1.5% from October and the first contraction since November 2012.

A reading above 50% indicates an expansion of the manufacturing economy; anything below that suggests contraction.

The report also shows the New Orders Index fell 4% last month to 48.9%. The Production Index registered 49.2%, 3.7%s below the previous month. The Employment Index, on the other hand, rose 3.7% to 51.3%.

The weaker-than-expected report “indicates that the tepid global economy, coupled with the strong dollar making American-made goods more expensive, is taking a toll here at home,” Bankrate.com Senior Economic Analyst Mark Hamrick told ConsumerAffairs.

“Fortunately, the U.S. economy hasn't relied on manufacturing to do the 'heavy lifting' on growth for many years,” he noted, adding the fact that the employment component actually expanded “helps to soften the blow of word of the contraction overall since we're ultimately most concerned about the plight of the job market.”

Sector performance

Ten out of 18 manufacturing industries reported contraction in November, with lower new orders, production, and raw materials inventories accounting for the overall softness in November.

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, five reported growth in the following order:

  1. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  2. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  3. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  4. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products; and
  5. Transportation Equipment.

The 10 industries reporting contraction in November -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  2. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  3. Machinery;
  4. Primary Metals;
  5. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  6. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  7. Computer & Electronic Products;
  8. Furniture & Related Products;
  9. Fabricated Metal Products; and
  10. Chemical Products.

For the first time in 36 months, economic activity in the manufacturing sector has contracted, even as the overall economy grew for the 78th consecutive mo...

Article Image

Personal income, spending inch higher in October

Your paycheck may have been a little fatter last month -- not a lot, but fatter nonetheless.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA), personal income rose 0.4%, or $68.1 billion in October, with disposable personal income (DPI) -- what you have left after taxes -- up $56.8 billion, or 0.4%.

At the same time, personal consumption expenditures (PCE) inched $15.2 billion, or 0.1%, higher.

Incomes

Wages and salaries shot up by $45.0 billion, compared with an increase of just $2.5 billion a month earlier. Private wages and salaries rose $43.0 billion, and government compensation was up $2.0 billion. Supplements to wages and salaries increased $6.5 billion.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays, which includes PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments, jumped $17.8 billion in October -- up $10.5 billion from September.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $761.9 billion in October, versus $722.9 billion in September. That pushed the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- up 0.3% from September to 5.6%.

The complete report may be found on the BEA website.

Jobless claims

Something to be grateful for heading into the Thanksgiving holiday weekend: initial jobless claims were down sharply last week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits were down by 12,000 in the week ending November 21 to a seasonally adjusted 260,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000.

The four-week moving average, which lacks the volatility of the weekly headcount and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was unchanged from the week before at 271,000 -- close to a 15-year low.

The full jobless claims report is available on the DOL website.

Your paycheck may have been a little fatter last month -- not a lot, but fatter nonetheless.According to the Bureau of Economic...

Article Image

Consumer confidence takes it on the chin

After posting a modest decline in October, the Conference Board's Consumer Confidence Index posted a substantial decline this month, dropping to 90.4 from 99.1 in October.

At the same time, the Present Situation Index fell from 114.6 to 108.1, and the Expectations Index plunged more than 10 points -- from 88.7 to 78.6.

“The decline was mainly due to a less favorable view of the job market,” said Lynn Franco, director of economic indicators at The Conference Board. “Heading into 2016, consumers are cautious about the labor market and expect little change in business conditions.”

The view from the consumer

Consumers’ assessment of current conditions was less positive in November. Those saying business conditions are “good” slipped from 26.8% to 24.4%. However, those who said conditions are “bad” also decreased -- from 18.3% to 16.9%.

Consumers were less upbeat about the current state of the job market. Those who believe jobs are “plentiful” decreased from 22.7 percent to 19.9 percent, while those who think jobs are “hard to get” increased to 26.2% from 24.6%.

Consumers’ optimism about the short-term outlook dropped sharply in November. The percentage of consumers expecting business conditions to improve over the next six months decreased from 18.1% to 14.8%, while those who said business conditions will worsen edged up to 11.0% from 10.4%.

The outlook for the labor market was also more pessimistic. Those anticipating more jobs in the months ahead fell from 14.4% to 11.6%, while those expecting there will be fewer jobs increased from 16.6% to 18.7%.

The proportion of consumers expecting their incomes to increase dipped from 18.1% to 17.2%, while the proportion expecting a decline rose from 10.5% to 11.8%.

The monthly Consumer Confidence Survey, based on a probability-design random sample, is conducted for The Conference Board by Nielsen around what consumers buy and watch. The cut-off date for the preliminary results was November 12.

After posting a modest decline in October, the Conference Board's Consumer Confidence Index posted a substantial decline this month, dropping to 90.4 from ...

Article Image

Economic growth still limping along

The Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) has taken a second look at how the economy was doing during the summer. And while things are a little better than they were in the “advance” report issued a month ago, there's a long way to go.

According to the BEA, real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy less the value of the goods and services used up in production, adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 2.1% in the third quarter of 2015.

While an improvement over the 1.5% growth rate reported earlier, it's a far cry from the 3.9% surge in the second quarter.

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than what was available for the "advance" estimate issued last month. The new data shows the decrease in private inventory investment was smaller than previously estimated. A third and “final” estimate will be released in December.

Ups and downs

The increase in real GDP in the third quarter primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), nonresidential fixed investment, state and local government spending, residential fixed investment, and exports that were partly offset by a negative contributions from private inventory investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The deceleration in real GDP from the second quarter to the third quarter came from a downturn in private inventory investments and decelerations in exports, PCE, nonresidential fixed investments, in-state and local government spending, and in-residential fixed investments that were partly offset by a deceleration in imports.

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, rose 1.3% in the third quarter – up 0.2% from the second. Excluding food and energy prices, the “core rate” of GDP inflation was 1.3%; it was 1.2% in the second three months of the year.

The complete GDP report is available on the BEA website.

The Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) has taken a second look at how the economy was doing during the summer. And while things are a ...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims down moderately

The unemployment line was a little shorter last week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits dropped by 5,000 in the week ending November 14 to a seasonally adjusted 271,000. The previous week's level was unrevised.

Economists at Briefing.com say this level suggests that nonfarm payrolls will likely show an increase in the neighborhood of 200,000 when the November employment report comes out next week.

The four-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly calculation and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was up 3,000 to a seasonally adjusted 270,750 from the unrevised reading the week before.

The complete report is available on the DOL website

The unemployment line was a little shorter last week.The Department of Labor (DOL) reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits drop...

Article Image

Jobless claims hold steady

The number of workers filing for first-time state unemployment benefits is holding its own.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports there were 276,000 initial jobless claims on a seasonally adjusted basis in the week ending November 7 -- the same as the previous week.

On the other hand, there was upward movement in the four-week moving average.

That category, which is less volatile then the weekly tally and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was up by 5,000 from the previous week to 267,750.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Job openings and labor turnover

In a separate report, DOL's Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) says the number of job openings was little changed on the last business day of September at 5.5 million. There was also little change in hires and separations.

Job openings

The job openings rate for the month was 3.7%, while the number of job openings was little changed for total private and government positions.

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in September for total nonfarm and total private and was little changed for government.

Job openings rose over the year for several industries with the largest increases occurring in professional and business services (+311,000), health care and social assistance (+191,000), and retail trade (+184,000). Vacancies decreased over the year in mining and logging (-16,000).

The number of openings was little changed for the month in all four regions, but increased over the year: South (+283,000), West (+259,000), Midwest (+208,000), and Northeast (+102,000).

Hires

The number of hires was 5.0 million in September -- little changed from August, with the hires rate at s 3.5%. The number of hires was little changed for total private and government in September.

There was little change in the number of hires in all industries and regions over the month, while over the 12 months ending in September, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government.

At the industry level, hires decreased in educational services (-74,000), finance and insurance (-43,000), and mining and logging (-13,000).

There was little change in the number of hires in all four regions over the year.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, and is referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs. Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer.

Other separations includes separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

There were 4.8 million total separations in September, little changed from August. The total separations rate was 3.4%. The number of total separations was little changed for total private and government. In September, total separations were little changed in all industries and regions.

Quits

There were 2.7 million quits in September, about the same as in August. The number of quits has held between 2.7 million and 2.8 million for the past 13 months after increasing steadily since the end of the recession. The quits rate was unchanged in September at 1.9% for the sixth consecutive month.

The number of quits was little changed for total private and government over the month. Quits were little changed in all industries and regions over the month. The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed over the 12 months ending in September for total nonfarm and total private but decreased for government (-31,000).

Quits increased over the year in accommodation and food services (+66,000) and durable goods manufacturing (+22,000). Quits decreased over the year in state and local government (-31,000) and finance and insurance (-24,000). Quits were little changed in all four regions.

Layoffs and discharges

There were 1.7 million layoffs and discharges in September, little changed from August. The rate held steady at 1.2%. The number of layoffs and discharges was little changed over the month for total private and government, and were little changed in all four regions. Seasonally adjusted estimates of layoffs and discharges are not available for individual industries.

The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed over the 12 months ending in September for total nonfarm, total private, and government. The number of layoffs and discharges rose over the year in other services (+54,000). Layoffs and discharges decreased over the year in educational services (-17,000) and federal government (-7,000). Layoffs and discharges were little changed in all four regions over the year.

Other separations

In September, there were 387,000 other separations for total nonfarm, little changed from August. Over the month, the number of other separations was little changed for total private at 315,000 and increased for government to 72,000. Seasonally adjusted estimates of other separations are not available for individual industries or regions.

Over the 12 months ending in September, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Other separations increased over the year in federal government (+4,000). The number of other separations decreased in finance and insurance (-15,000) and in information (-5,000). Other separations were little changed in all four regions over the year.

Net change in employment

Large numbers of hires and separations occur every month throughout the business cycle. Net employment change results from the relationship between hires and separations. When the number of hires exceeds the number of separations, employment rises, even if the hires level is steady or declining.

Conversely, when the number of hires is less than the number of separations, employment declines, even if the hires level is steady or rising.

Over the 12 months ending in September 2015, hires totaled 60.9 million and separations totaled 58.2 million, yielding a net employment gain of 2.7 million. These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The full report is available on the BLS website.

The number of workers filing for first-time state unemployment benefits is holding its own.The Department of Labor (...

Article Image

Jobs, jobs and more jobs

The pace of job creation shot higher last month, as the unemployment rate edged lower.

Figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL) show the economy cranked out 271,000 non-farm payroll positions in October. The unemployment rate, meanwhile, edged down 0.1% to 5.0%.

The explosion in job creation came after two months of tepid results: September with 137,000 and August at 153,000.

The October job gains occurred in professional and business services, health care, retail trade, food services & drinking places, and construction.

On the job

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (4.7%), adult women (4.5%), teenagers (15.9%), whites (4.4%), blacks (9.2%), Asians (3.5%), and Hispanics (6.3%) showed little or no change last month.

The number of long-term unemployed (those out of work for 27 weeks or more) was essentially unchanged at 2.1 million and has shown little change since June. They accounted for 26.8% of the unemployed in October.

The civilian labor force participation rate was unchanged at 62.4% after dipping 0.2% in September. The employment-population ratio, at 59.3%, also changed little last month and has -- in fact -- shown little movement over the past year.

Who's hiring

Employment in professional and business services increased by 78,000 in October, with gains occurring in administrative and support services (+46,000), computer systems design and related services (+10,000), and architectural and engineering services (+8,000).

Health care added 45,000 jobs in October, while employment in retail trade rose by 44,000. Food services and drinking places added 42,000 jobs last month and has picked up 368,000 positions over the year.

On the other hand, employment in mining continued to trend down in October (-5,000), with the industry losing 109,000 jobs since reaching a recent employment peak last December.

Employment in other major industries, including manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, and government, showed little or no change.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private non-farm payrolls rose by 9 cents -- to $25.20, after adding just a penny in September. Over the year, hourly earnings are up 2.5%.

The complete October employment report is available on the DOL website.

The pace of job creation shot higher last month, as the unemployment rate edged lower.Figures released by the Department of Labor (DOL) show the econom...

Article Image

U.S. job cuts taper off in October

The nation's employers announced that they were cutting fewer jobs in October than they did during the previous month.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, 50,504 workers were let go during last month, with more than a quarter of them in oil-related jobs, which were at a six-month high.

The October job cut total was down 14% from the 58,877 cuts announced a month earlier and down 1.3% from this time a year ago, when 51,183 terminations were recorded.

A tough year

Employers have now announced 543,935 job cuts so far this year, up 31% from the 414,591 cuts announced by this point in 2014. In fact, the year-to-date total is 13% higher than the 2014 year-end total (483,171).

Nearly one in five job losses this year have been the result of low oil prices. In October, prices were blamed for 13,671 job cuts -- 27% of all cuts announced during the month. That's the highest oil-related job-cut total since April, when 20,675 job cuts were attributed to oil.

Overall, oil prices are responsible for 101,383 job cuts in 2015. Several companies have experienced multiple workforce reductions throughout the year. For example, Chevron announced a second round of cuts in last month, while Halliburton, Schlumberger and Baker Hughes have each reported at least two separate downsizings in 2015. 

Due to the resurgence in oil-related job cuts, the energy sector saw the highest number of planned firings last month – 17,344, more than triple the second-ranked retail sector, which announced 5,153 job cuts in October.

Not surprisingly, the energy sector is the top job-cutting industry for the year, having announced a total of 90,052 job cuts to date. That is up 766% from a year ago, when employers in this sector announced just 10,402 job cuts through October.

Reductions elsewhere

Energy is not the only sector to see a significant increase in job cuts this year. Large-scale cutbacks in the military earlier in the year propelled the government sector to the second spot in the year-to-date job cut rankings. The 69,105 reductions tracked through October is 226% higher than the 21,200 announced by these employers in 2014.

The retail sector has the third highest year-to-date job-cut total -- 64,983 as of last month, up 67% from 38,948 in 2014 to 64,983, as of last month.

“Despite the surge in job cuts across several sectors, it is hardly time to panic,”said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “While falling oil prices are impacting the bottom lines of companies in the energy and industrial goods sectors, they are helping many other employers, such as those in transportation and plastics manufacturing.

“And, while job cuts are up in the retail and computer sectors,” he added, “these are not necessarily an indication of an economy in decline. Both industries are in a state of flux due to changing consumer and business trends. Many of the cuts we have seen this year in both industries have been the result of companies’ inability to keep up with changes versus an overall decline in demand.”

Challenger also noted that we are heading into what has historically been a period of heavy job cutting, even in the strongest economy. “The fourth quarter is when many companies make adjustments to operations and payrolls in order to hit year-end earnings goals," he said. "We could see an increase in layoffs, but we are just as likely to see an increase in hiring, as companies find themselves shorthanded and unable to meet demand.”

Jobless claims

In a separate report, The Department of Labor (DOL) reports a sizable increase in the number of first-time applications for state unemployment benefits.

Initial jobless claims were up by 16,000 in the week ending October 31, to a seasonally adjusted 276,000. The DOL says there were no special factors affecting the weekly tally.

The four-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly readout and considered a better indicator of the labor market, rose 3,500 from the previous week -- to 262,750.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The nation's employers announced that they were cutting fewer jobs in October than they did during the previous month.Acc...

Article Image

Services sector growth expands

There was a pickup in the pace of growth in the non-manufacturing -- or services -- sector of the economy last month.

The Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business, produced by the nation’s purchasing and supply executives, says that the non-manufacturing index (NMI) was up 2.2% in October to 59.1%. That represents expansion for the 69th consecutive month. The NMI was down 2.1% in September.

The report also shows that the Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index came in at 63%, a rise of 2.8% and the 75th straight month of growth at a faster rate. The New Orders Index jumped 5.3% to 62%, and the Employment Index edged up 0.9% from September to 59.2%.

Sector showing

The 13 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in October -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Transportation & Warehousing;
  2. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  3. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  4. Utilities;
  5. Retail Trade;
  6. Construction;
  7. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  8. Information; Finance & Insurance;
  9. Other Services;
  10. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  11. Public Administration;
  12. Wholesale Trade; and
  13. Accommodation & Food Services.

The only industry reporting contraction in October was Mining.

There was a pickup in the pace of growth in the non-manufacturing -- or services -- sector of the economy last month.The Manufacturing Institute for Su...

Article Image

Pace of job creation slips in October

Employment in the private sector rose in October, but the pace of job creation was down a bit from September.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, produced by the payroll firm in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, the economy cranked out 182,000 jobs. There were 200,000 new jobs the month before.

Despite the decline in job creation from September, Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi says job growth is not slowing meaningfully in contrast with the recent slowdown in the government's data. “The economy is creating close to 200,000 jobs per month,” he noted, adding that, “job gains are broad based with energy and manufacturing alone subtracting from the top line. Small businesses, in particular, are contributing to the labor market's solid performance."

Where the jobs are

As is often the case, job creation by small businesses -- those with 49 or fewer employees -- led the way, adding 90,000 jobs in October, nearly double the revised September gain of 47,000. Firms with 50-499 employees increased by 63,000 jobs, up 50% from the previous month.

Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees – was up by 29,000 jobs in October after adding 101,000 the previous month, companies with 500-999 workers added 7,000 jobs. and those with more than 1,000 employees gained 22,000 jobs, after adding 100,000 in September.

Goods-producing employment jumped by 24,000 jobs in October -- the sector's best month since January of this year. Construction added 35,000 jobs, roughly matching September's gain, while manufacturing lost 2,000 jobs in October after shrinking by 17,000 a month earlier.

Employment in the services sector rose by 158,000 jobs with professional/business services contributed 13,000 new hires. Trade/transportation/utilities grew by 35,000, and there were 9,000 new jobs added in financial activities - the fewest for that industry in the last six months.

"Firm size contributions to October employment gains returned to the same pattern we had been seeing for some time prior to September as small businesses rebounded to account for almost half the jobs added," said Ahu Yildirmaz, VP and head of the ADP Research Institute. "Large companies continue to be negatively impacted by trends such as low oil prices and the strong dollar driving weaker exports. On the other hand, small businesses can benefit from these same trends."

Employment in the private sector rose in October, but the pace of job creation was down a bit from September. According to the ADP National Employment Rep...

Article Image

Manufacturing expansion continues

The manufacturing sector of the U.S. economy expanded in October for the 34th month in a row, with the overall economy growing for the 77th consecutive month.

The latest Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business shows the October Purchasing Management Index (PMI) came in at 50.1%, down 0.1% from the month before.

The Production Index rose 1.1% from September to 52.9%, while the Employment Index slumped 2.9% to 47.6%.

A reading above 50% generally suggests expansion, while anything below that indicates contraction.

Sector performance

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, seven reported growth last month in the following order:

  • Printing & Related Support Activities;
  • Furniture & Related Products;
  • Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  • Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  • Chemical Products;
  • Paper Products; and
  • Fabricated Metal Products.

The nine industries reporting contraction in October -- listed in order – were:

  • Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  • Primary Metals;
  • Petroleum & Coal Products;
  • Plastics & Rubber Products;
  • Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  • Machinery;
  • Transportation Equipment;
  • Wood Products; and Computer & Electronic Products.

The manufacturing sector of the U.S. economy expanded in October for the 34th month in a row, with the overall economy growing for the 77th consecutive mo...

Article Image

Personal income and spending inch higher

Not a lot of movement in September in personal income or spending.

The Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports personal income increased $18.6 billion -- or 0.1% -- in September. Disposable personal income (DPI), which is after-tax income was also up 0.1% or $19.2 billion.

On the spending side, personal consumption expenditures (PCE) edged up just 0.1% or $15.6 billion.

Money coming in

Wages and salaries fell by $3.7 billion in September, after shooting up $36.0 billion the month before. Within that, private wages and salaries were down $7.0 billion, while government wages and salaries increased $3.3 billion. Supplements to wages and salaries rose $3.3 billion.

Spending and saving

Personal outlays, which is made up of PCE -- personal interest payments and personal current transfer payments -- rose $13.7 billion last month, compared with an increase of $42.3 billion in August.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- totaled $642.8 billion in September, compared with $637.3 billion the month before. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income – was 4.8%; it was 4.7% in August.

The complete report is available on the BEA website.

Not a lot of movement in September in personal income or spending. The Commerce Department's Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports personal income ros...

Article Image

Rate of economic growth slows dramatically

Growth in the U.S. economy slowed significantly during the third quarter following a robust increase in the previous three months.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy less the value of the goods and services used up in production, adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 1.5% in the July – September quarter of 2015. Real GDP shot up 3.9% in the second quarter.

It should be noted that this is an “advance” and that the source data will be revised two more times as more information becomes available. The "second" estimate is due out on November 24.

Positives and negatives

The increase in real GDP is a reflection of positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), state and local government spending, nonresidential fixed investment, exports, and residential fixed investment. Those were partly offset by a decline in private inventory investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The slowdown in the rate of growth came from, in addition to the previously-mentioned downturn in private inventory, decelerations in exports, nonresidential fixed investment, PCE, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment that were partly offset by a deceleration in imports.

Personal saving -- disposable personal income less personal outlays -- was $636.7 billion in the third quarter, compared with $617.5 billion in the second. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 4.7% in the third quarter, compared with an increase of 4.6% in the second.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits were up a tad last week.

According to the Department of Labor (DOL), initial jobless claims rose 1,000 in the week ending October 24 to a seasonally adjusted 260,000. The previous week's total was unrevised, and DOL says there were no special factors affecting the latest week's initial claims.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly accounting and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, came in at 259,250 -- down of 4,000 from the previous week and the lowest level for this average since December 15, 1973.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.  

Growth in the U.S. economy slowed significantly during the third quarter following a robust increase in the previous three months. The Bureau of Economic ...

Article Image

Leading economic indicators dip in September

The Conference Board reports that after showing no change in both August in July, its Leading Economic Index (LEI) fell 0.2% in September -- the first decline since last February.

While that might raise questions among some economists about the future growth of the economy, Ataman Ozyildirim, director of business cycles and growth research at The Conference Board remains fairly upbeat.

“Despite September’s decline, the U.S. LEI still suggests economic expansion will continue, although at a moderate pace,” he said, explaining, “The recent weakness in stock markets, the manufacturing sector and housing permits was offset by gains in financial indicators, and to a lesser extent improvements in consumer expectations and initial claims for unemployment insurance. The U.S. economy is on track for moderate growth of about 2.5% in the coming quarters, despite the mixed global economic landscape.”

The LEI is essentially a composite of several indicators. It's constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because they smooth out some of the volatility of individual components.

The ten components of the Leading Economic Index include:

  • Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  • Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  • Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  • ISM Index of New Orders
  • Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  • Building permits, new private housing units
  • Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  • Leading Credit Index
  • Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  • Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Jobless claims

In a separate report, the Labor Department (DOL) says first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose by 3,000 in the week ending October 17 to a seasonally adjusted 259,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000 -- from 255,000 to 256,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly calculation and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was down 2,000 to 263,250 -- the lowest level since December 15, 1973 when it was 256,750.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The Conference Board reports that after showing no change in both August in July, its Leading Economic Index (LEI) fell 0.2% in September -- the first decl...

Article Image

Hiring outlook may be improving in the fourth quarter

When the government reported September's employment numbers earlier this month, it was a disappointment to economists and the stock market.

There were fewer jobs created than expected, and August's more robust numbers were revised downward. But maybe it's not as gloomy as it seems.

A new survey from the employment website Careerbuilder.com predicts full-time, permanent hiring in the fourth quarter will be the strongest since 2006. Seasonal hiring could outpace last year’s projections by a healthy margin.

According to the survey, 34% of U.S. employers plan to hire full-time, permanent staff in the fourth quarter. About the same percentage plan to add seasonal staff.

When the survey honed in on retailers, more than half – 53% – said they plan to take on seasonal help for the holidays, up from 43% last year. All in all, the survey casts the employment picture in a bullish light.

Healthy labor market

“Our study is reflecting a durability in the U.S. economy and labor market,” said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder. “Employer confidence is widespread and the strongest we’ve seen since 2006. Hiring will continue on an upward trajectory for both permanent and seasonal positions, with pay expected to improve over last year as companies keep pace with minimum wage hikes and compete more aggressively for elusive talent.”

According to Careerbuilder, 39% of employers added full-time, permanent employees in the third quarter, up from 34% in the same period in 2014 and 28% in 2013. Ten percent of businesses reduced their workforce, about the same as last year, while 49% made no change to staff levels.

For the future, 35% plan to add full-time, permanent employees in the current quarter, up from 29% in 2014 and 25% in 2013. Ten percent expect to reduce staff, on par with 9% last year. About 52% anticipate no change.

Bump in seasonal hiring

Because of the holidays, the fourth quarter is often marked by an increase in seasonal hiring and this year should be no exception. About 33% of employers said they expect to hire seasonal workers in the fourth quarter, up from 26% last year. Fifty-seven percent expect to transition some seasonal staff into full-time, permanent roles, up from 42% last year.

If you end up taking a seasonal job, not only do you have improved chances of turning it into a permanent position, you will likely earn more money. The survey shows 37% of employers say they will increase pay for their seasonal staff, up ten percentage points over last year.

Seventy-two percent of seasonal employers will pay $10 or more per hour while 19% will pay $16 or more.

Customer service in demand

Most of the seasonal hiring – 46% – will be for positions in customer services. There will also be demand for help in administrative support, inventory management, hosting/greeting, and shipping/delivery.

Your best chance of landing a job in the fourth quarter will be if you live in the south. The Midwest reported the largest year-over-year gain with 34% of employers planning to add full-time, permanent staff, up ten percentage points over last year.

When the government reported September's employment numbers earlier this month, it was a disappointment to economists and the stock market.There were f...

Article Image

Non-manufacturing activity slows in September

September saw economic activity in the non-manufacturing sector grow again for the 68th consecutive month, albeit at a slower pace than in August.

The latest Non-Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) report on business shows the non-manufacturing index (NMI) registered 56.9% in September -- down 2.1% from the August reading of 59 percent.

The Prices Index dipped 2.4% from the August reading to 48.4%, indicating prices fell in September for the first time since February of this year.

While the rate of growth cooled during September, and the trend of lower costs and little pricing power continues, Anthony Nieves, CPSM, C.P.M., CFPM, chair of the Institute for ISM Non-Manufacturing Business Survey Committee, says the purchasing and supply executives who were surveyed, “continue to remain positive about current business conditions.”

Industry performance

The 13 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth last month -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Educational Services;
  2. Construction;
  3. Finance & Insurance;
  4. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  5. Utilities;
  6. Wholesale Trade;
  7. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  8. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  9. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  10. Accommodation & Food Services;
  11. Information;
  12. Public Administration; and
  13. Transportation & Warehousing.

The four industries reporting contraction in September were:

  1. Mining;
  2. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  3. Retail Trade; and
  4. Other Services.

September saw economic activity in the non-manufacturing sector grow again for the 68th consecutive month, albeit at a slower pace than in August. The lat...

Article Image

A hiring slowdown in September

The economy created fewer than 200,000 jobs in September for a second consecutive month as the unemployment rate held steady at a 7-year low of 5.1%

The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports total non-farm payroll employment rose by 142,000 last month, with job gains occurring in health care and professional & business services, while mining employment fell.

Who's hiring

In addition to health care, which added 34,000 jobs, employment grew in professional and business (+31,000), retail trade (+24,000), food services and drinking places (+21,000), and information (12,000).

Employment in mining declined again in September (-10,000), with losses concentrated in support activities for mining (-7,000). Since reaching a peak last December, mining employment has declined by 102,000 jobs.

Employment in other major industries, including construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation & warehousing, financial activities, and government, showed little or no change over the month.

Who's working

The number of people out of work (7.9 million) changed little as the unemployment rate held at 5.1%. Over the year, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed are by 0.8% points and one million, respectively.

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (4.7%), adult women (4.6%), teenagers (16.3%), whites (4.4%), blacks (9.2%), Asians (3.6%), and Hispanics (6.4%) showed little or no change in September. 

The civilian labor force participation rate dipped to 62.4% in September; it had been at 62.6% for the previous three months. The employment-population ratio edged down to 59.2% in September, after showing little movement for the first eight months of the year.

In your pocket

The average work week for all employees on private non-farm payrolls declined by 0.1 hours to 34.5 hours last month. Average hourly earnings fell a penny to $25.09 following a gain of nine cents in August.

So far this year, hourly earnings are up 2.2%. Average hourly earnings of private-sector production and non-supervisory employees were unchanged at $21.08 in September.

The complete September employment report is available on the Labor Department website

The economy created fewer than 200,000 jobs in September for a second consecutive month as the unemployment rate held steady at a 7-year low of 5.1% The B...

Article Image

Manufacturing expands in September -- but the rate slows

The rate of expansion in activity of the manufacturing sector slowed again in September, although it did grow for the 33rd month in a row, while the overall economy grew for the 76th consecutive month.

According to the Institute for Supply Management (ISM), the September Purchasing Management Index (PMI) registered 50.2%, a 0.9% decline from August. A PMI reading above 50% indicates the manufacturing economy is generally expanding; below 50% indicates it is generally declining.

Within the PMI, the New Orders Index registered 50.1%, down 1.6% from August and the Production Index dipped 1.8% to 51.8%. The Employment Index came in at 50.5%, a loss of 0.7%.

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, seven are reporting growth in September in the following order:

  1. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  2. Textile Mills;
  3. Furniture & Related Products;
  4. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  5. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  6. Paper Products; and
  7. Nonmetallic Mineral Products.

The 11 industries reporting contraction in September -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Primary Metals;
  2. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  3. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  4. Wood Products;
  5. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  6. Machinery;
  7. Computer & Electronic Products;
  8. Fabricated Metal Products;
  9. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  10. Transportation Equipment; and
  11. Chemical Products.

Jobless claims

There was a big jump in the number of workers filing for first-time state unemployment benefits.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports that initial jobless claims shot up by 10,000 in the week ending September 26 to a seasonally adjusted total of 277,000. The DOL says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

Even with the increase in first-time applications, the four-week moving average was 270,750, down 1,000 from the previous week. The four-week moving average smooths out the volatility of the weekly report and is seen as a more accurate gauge of the labor market.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The rate of expansion of activity in the manufacturing sector slowed again in September, although it did grow for the 33rd month in a row while the overal...

Article Image

Gone: Employers cut nearly 60K jobs in September

September was another big month for job-cutting.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports that U.S.-based employers eliminated 58,877 last month -- up 43% from August. That makes September the third-largest month of the year for terminations behind July (105,696) and April (61,582) -- and 93% above the 30,477 planned firings a year earlier.

Tough quarter

In the just-completed third quarter, 205,759 job cuts were announced, making it the largest job-cut quarter since the third quarter of 2009 (240,233). It also was 40% higher than the previous quarter’s 181,213 job cuts, and 75% higher than the third quarter of last year, when 117,374 jobs were eliminated.

So far this year, employers have announced 493,431 planned job cuts, 36% more than the 363,408 cuts tracked from January through September a year ago. In fact, the year-to-date total is 2.0% higher than all of 2014 when 483,171 jobs disappeared.

“Job cuts have already surpassed last year’s total,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas, “and are on track to end the year as the highest annual total since 2009, when nearly 1.3 million layoffs were announced at the tail-end of the recession.”

Computer industry hit hard

While job cuts over the first two quarters were dominated by oil-related industries, recent downsizing activity has been concentrated in the public sector and the computer industry.

The computer industry saw the heaviest job cuts in September, as perpetually struggling Hewlett-Packard announced plans to reduce its workforce by as many as 30,000. In all, the industry saw 32,500 job cuts during the month. That is the highest one-month total for this industry since IBM announced 60,000 job cuts in 1993.

To date, computer firms have announced 58,874 job cuts, just shy of the 59,528 computer-industry jobs cuts in all of 2014.

For the year, the biggest job cutting sector is energy, which has announced 72,708 job cuts since January 1. Most of the energy cuts occurred in the first half of year, with just 12,208 job cuts recorded in the latest quarter.

September was another big month for job-cutting. Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports by U.S.-based employers announced plans to ...

Article Image

September sees 200,000 jobs added, says ADP

Another good month for job creation.

The ADP National Employment Report, which is produced by the payroll procession company in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, reports private sector employment increased by 200,000 jobs from August to September.

The report, derived from ADP's actual payroll data, shows companies with over 1,000 employees added 109,000 jobs, accounting for over half the total jobs added for the month. Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 37,000 jobs, while employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by 56,000 jobs. However, companies with 500-999 employees lost 3,000 jobs.

"The U.S. job machine continues to produce jobs at a strong and consistent pace,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics. “Despite job losses in the energy and manufacturing industries, the economy is creating close to 200,000 jobs per month. At this pace full employment is fast approaching."

Goods and services employment

Employment at goods-producing companies rose by 12,000 jobs in September, down about 3,000 from the previous month. The construction industry added 35,000 jobs -- almost double the 18,000 gained in August. Meanwhile, manufacturing dropped into negative territory losing 15,000 jobs in September, the worst showing since December 2010.

Service-providing employment rose by 188,000 jobs in September, up by 16,000 from August. Professional/business services contributed 29,000 jobs in September, roughly the same as in August. Trade/transportation/utilities grew by 39,000 jobs, while financial activities added 15,000 workers.

"The largest companies appear to be starting to overcome the impacts of weak global demand and the high dollar,” said Ahu Yildirmaz, VP and head of the ADP Research Institute, “while the smallest companies may have pulled back as concerns about the resiliency of the U.S. economy grew and consumer confidence softened."

Another good month for job creation. The ADP National Employment Report, which is produced by the payroll procession company in collaboration with Moody'...

Article Image

Another increase in personal incomes and spending

Personal incomes rose in August, building on July's increase, as did personal consumption expenditures (PCE) or consumer spending.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, income was up 0.3%, or $52.5 billion, and disposable personal income (DPI) -- also known as after-tax income -- increased $47.1 billion, or 0.4%. PCE was up $54.9 billion, or 0.4%.

Compensation

The increase in wages and salaries weakened in August, rising just $35.6 billion, compared with an advance of $43.8 billion the month before. Private wages and salaries were up $31.5 billion, while government wages and salaries rose $4.1 billion.

Personal outlays and personal saving

PCE, personal interest payments and personal current transfer payments increased $55.2 billion in August, after rising $46.0 billion in July.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $615.6 billion in August, compared with $623.6 billion in July. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income – was 4.6% versus 4.7% a month earlier.

The complete report may be found on the Commerce Department website.

Personal incomes rose in August, building on July's increase, as did personal consumption expenditures (PCE) or consumer spending. According to the Bureau...

Article Image

Springtime economy grew at a healthy clip

The final numbers for economic growth during the second quarter are in -- and things were looking pretty good.

The Commerce Department reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy less the value of the goods and services used up in production, adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 3.9%.

By way of comparison, real GDP increased a paltry 0.6% in the first three months of the year.

These new numbers are based on more complete source data than were available for the "second" estimate, in which the increase in real GDP was put at 3.7%. With this “third” and final look at the April – June quarter, personal consumption expenditures (PCE) and nonresidential fixed investment increased more than previously estimated.

Contributors

The acceleration in real GDP came from an upturn in exports, an acceleration in PCE, a deceleration in imports, a turnaround in state and local government spending, and an acceleration in nonresidential fixed investment. Those were partly offset by decelerations in private inventory investment and in federal government spending.

Real gross domestic income (GDI) -- the value of the costs incurred and the incomes earned in the production of goods and services in the nation’s economy -- rose 0.7% after increasing 0.4% in the first quarter.

GDP inflation and corporate profits

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, rose 1.5% in the second quarter, in contrast to a decline 1.6% in the first quarter. Excluding food and energy prices, the “core” rate of GDP inflation jumped 1.2% after edging up just 0.2% in the preceding quarter.

Profits from current production (corporate profits with inventory valuation adjustment (IVA) and capital consumption adjustment (CCAdj)) shot up $70.4 billion in the second quarter; they fell $123.0 billion in the first.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The final numbers for economic growth during the second quarter are in -- and things were looking pretty good. The Commerce Department reports real gross ...

Article Image

Survey finds growing employer support for minimum wage hike

A strong majority of employers support an increase in the minimum wage, according to a new survey by CareerBuilder.

Sixty-four percent of employers responding to the survey say they think the minimum wage should be increased in their state -- up 2% who said so last year.

“Americans’ wages have been stuck in a slow-growth pattern since the recession,” said Rosemary Haefner, chief human resources officer at CareerBuilder. “As big name brands take measures to increase pay for minimum wage workers and the market overall grows more competitive for skilled labor, employers are going to start feeling more wage pressure when trying to attract and retain employees at all levels within the organization.”

The national online survey, conducted on behalf by Harris Poll between May 14 and June 3, 2015, included a representative sample of 2,321 full-time hiring and human resource managers and 3,039 full-time workers in the private sector across industries and company sizes.

What is fair?

Twenty-six percent of employers said they plan to hire minimum wage workers this year. Just 6% of all employers believe the federal minimum wage ($7.25 per hour) is fair. Sixty-one percent said a fair minimum wage is $10 or more per hour, versus 54% who said that last year. Eleven percent said a fair minimum wage is $15 or more per hour, compared with 7% last year.

Is it enough?

Of workers who currently have a minimum wage job or have held one in the past, 65% said they couldn’t make ends meet; another 49% said they had to work more than one job to make ends meet.

But it’s not just minimum wage workers who are struggling. Nineteen percent of workers at all salary levels claimed they were unable to make ends meet during the past year. Sixty-five percent of all workers say they’re in debt and, while most say it’s manageable, it should be noted that 16% of workers ages 25-34 still live with their parents. Eighteen percent of all workers have reduced their 401k contribution and/or personal savings in the last year and 28% don’t set aside any savings each month.

A strong majority of employers supports an increase in the minimum wage, according to a new survey by CareerBuilder http://www.careerbuilder.com/?sc_cmp2=j...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index inches upward in August

After showing no movement in July and an 0.6% gain in June, the Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) posted a tiny increase in August,

According to Ataman Ozyildirim, director of Business Cycles and Growth Research at The Conference Board, the 0.1% advance “suggests economic growth will remain moderate into the New Year, with little reason to expect growth to pick up substantially.

“Average working hours and new orders in manufacturing have been weak,”, he noted, “pointing to more slow growth in the industrial sector. However, employment, personal income and manufacturing and trade sales have all been rising, helping to offset the weakness in industrial production in recent months.”

The LEI is essentially a composite of several indicators. It's constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because they smooth out some of the volatility of individual components.

The ten components of LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  4. ISM Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

After showing no movement in July and an 0.6% gain in June, the Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) posted a tiny increase in August, Accordin...

Article Image

Retail sales inch higher in August

It wasn't much, but retail sales were up in August, building on July's advance.

According to the Census Bureau, sales were up 0.2% from the prior month to $447.7 billion, and up 2.2% from the same time last year. The figures take into account seasonal variation and holiday and trading-day differences, but not price changes.

At the same time, the government revised its figures to show July's sales were up 0.7% instead of the 0.6% reported a month ago.

Strengths and weaknesses

The August increase was powered by increases at auto and parts dealers, restaurants, and grocery stores -- all of which showed gains of 0.7% -- and health and personal care stores (+0.8%). Those gains were offset by sales declines at gas stations (-1.8%), building material and garden equipment supplies dealers (-1.8%), and furniture and home furnishing stores (-0.9%).

Core sales -- which exclude motor vehicle dealers, gas stations, and building material and supply dealers -- were up 0.5% last month.

The complete August retail sales report is available on the Commerce Department website.

It wasn't much, but retail sales were up in August, building on July's advance. According to the Census Bureau, sales were up 0.2% from the prior month to...

Article Image

Increase in weekly jobless claims slows

Fewer people signed up for first-time unemployment benefits last week.

The Department of Labor (DOL) reports there were 275,000 initial claims in the week ending September 5 -- down 6,000 from the week before. In addition, the previous week's total was revised down by 1,000.

The initial claims level has remained below 300,000 for 27 consecutive weeks, leading economists at Briefing.com to say that this supports “the idea that the labor market is encroaching on full employment.”

DOL says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly tally and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 500 from the previous week's level -- to 275,750.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Fewer people signed up for first-time unemployment benefits last week. The Labor Department reports there were 275,000 initial claims in the week ending S...

Article Image

Job openings on the rise in July

The last business day of July saw the number of job openings at a series high of 5.8 million, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).

At the same time, the number of hires and separations edged down to 5.0 million and 4.7 million, respectively. Within separations, the quits rate was 1.9% for a fourth straight month and the layoffs and discharges rate declined to 1.1%.

Job openings

Job openings increased to a new series high of 5.8 million in July, eclipsing the previous high of 5.4 million in May. The series began in December 2000.

The job openings rate for July rose to 3.9% after measuring 3.6% in the prior 3 months. The number of job openings rose in July for total private and was little changed for government. Several industries experienced a rise in openings in July including professional and business services (+122,000), accommodation and food services (+82,000), retail trade (+77,000), and nondurable goods manufacturing (+27,000).

In the regions, the number of openings rose in the Northeast (+154,000) and South (+141,000).

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in July for total nonfarm and total private.

The number of job openings for government was little changed.

Job openings rose over the year for many industries with the largest increases occurring in professional and business services (+452,000), health care and social assistance (+174,000), accommodation and food services (+141,000), and retail trade (+136,000).

Job openings decreased over the year in mining and logging (-8,000). The number of job openings increased over the year in all four regions.

Hires

The number of hires edged down to 5.0 million in July from 5.2 million in June. The hires rate was 3.5%. The number of hires edged down for total private and was little changed for government in July. There was little change in the number of hires in all industries and regions over the month.

Over the 12 months ending in July, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm and total private, and rose for government. At the industry level, hires increased in accommodation and food services (+113,000) and in federal government (+13,000), but fell in construction (-109,000) and in arts, entertainment, and recreation (-37,000). The number of hires was little changed in in all four regions.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations. Total separations is referred to as turnover.

Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs. Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations includes separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

There were 4.7 million total separations in July, versus 4.9 million in June. The separations rate was 3.3%. The number of total separations edged down for total private and was little changed for government. Total separations decreased in July in arts, entertainment, and recreation (-38,000) and in the West region (-184,000), but was little changed in the other industries and regions over the month.

There were 2.7 million quits in July, little changed from June. Although the number of quits has been increasing overall since the end of the recession, the number has held between 2.7 million and 2.8 million for the past 11 months. The quits rate was 1.9% in July for the fourth month in a row. The number of quits was little changed for total private and unchanged for government over the month. Quits fell in professional and business services (-57,000) and in the West region (-107,000), and was little changed in the other industries and regions in July.

The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in July for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Over the year, quits increased in accommodation and food services (+101,000), state and local government (+27,000), and educational services (+23,000). Quits decreased over the year in finance and insurance (-25,000) and in nondurable goods manufacturing

(-18,000). In the regions, quits increased in the South (+168,000) and Northeast (+67,000), but fell in the West (-85,000). 

There were 1.6 million layoffs and discharges in July, edging down from June. The layoffs and discharges rate fell to 1.1%. The number of layoffs and discharges edged down over the month for total private and was little changed for government. The number was little changed in all four regions.

Seasonally adjusted estimates of layoffs and discharges are not available for individual industries. The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) edged down over the 12 months ending in July for total nonfarm and total private, and was little changed for government. The number of layoffs and discharges rose over the year in mining and logging (+8,000) and in federal government (+5,000), but fell in construction (-90,000) and educational services (-23,000). The number of layoffs and discharges fell over the year in the Northeast region (-138,000) and was little changed in the other regions.

In July, there were 413,000 other separations for total nonfarm, up slightly from June. Over the month, the number of other separations was little changed for total private at 341,000 and increased for government to 72,000. Seasonally adjusted estimates of other separations are not available for individual industries or regions.

Over the 12 months ending in July, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) increased for total nonfarm (+64,000) and for government (+12,000), and edged up for total private (+52,000).

Other separations increased over the year in several industries, with the largest changes occurring in

construction (+17,000), health care and social assistance (+16,000), and accommodation and food services (+15,000).

Other separations decreased over the year in nondurable goods manufacturing (-10,000). In the regions, other separations increased in the Midwest (+33,000) and was little changed in the other regions.

The full report is available on the BLS website.

The last business day of July saw the number of job openings at a series high of 5.8 million, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS). At the sa...

Article Image

Jobless rate falls in August

The nation's unemployment rate edged down 0.2% in August to 5.1% -- the lowest level since April of 2008.

The decline came as the economy created 173,000 non-farm payroll positions, thanks in large measure to gains in health care and social assistance and in financial activities.

At the same time it released its August report, the Bureau of Labor Statistics revised it's figures for job creation in June from +231,000 to +245,000, and in July from +215,000 to +245,000. With these revisions, job gains over the last three months have averaged 221,000 per month.

With the decline in the jobless rate, the number of unemployed persons edged down to 8.0 million. Over the year, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed persons were down by 1.0 percentage point and 1.5 million, respectively.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for whites fell to 4.4% in August. The rates for adult men (4.7%), adult women (4.7%), teenagers (16.9%), blacks (9.5%), Asians (3.5%), and Hispanics (6.6%) showed little change in August.

The number of people out of work for less than five weeks decreased by 393,000 to 2.1 million in August. The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) held at 2.2 million in August and accounted for 27.7 % of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed workers is down by 779,000.

The civilian labor force participation rate in August was 62.6% for the third straight month. The employment-population ratio, at 59.4%, was roughly unchanged in August and has shown little movement so far this year.

Hiring and firing

Health care and social assistance added 56,000 jobs in August, with health care employment up by 41,000 over the month. Employment rose by 16,000 in social assistance, which includes child day care services and services for the elderly and disabled. Financial activities employment increased by 19,000, employment in professional and business services rose by 33,000.

Manufacturing employment fell by 17,000 in August, with job losses occurring in fabricated metal products and food manufacturing (-7,000 each). Employment in mining was down by 9,000, with losses concentrated in support activities for mining (-7,000). Since reaching a peak in December 2014, mining employment has plunged by 90,000.

Employment in other major industries, including construction, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation and warehousing, and government showed little change over the month.

Employee earnings

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private non-farm payrolls rose by eight cents in August -- to $25.09, following a six-cent gain in July. So far this year, hourly earnings are up 2.2%.

Average hourly earnings of private-sector production and non-supervisory employees increased by a nickel, to $21.07.

The complete August employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

The nation's unemployment rate edged down 0.2% in August to 5.1% -- the lowest level since April of 2008. The decline came as the economy created 173,000...

Article Image

The services sector continues to barrel along

The non-manufacturing, or services, sector of the economy continued to grow in August, although not as robustly as it did the month before.

The Institute for Supply Management (ISM), which represents the nation’s purchasing and supply executives say the sector registered 59% last month after coming in at 60.3% in July. Still, this marked the 67th consecutive month of growth.

A reading above 50% indicates expansion; below that -- contraction.

The report also shows the Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index dipped from 64.9% to 63.9% percent, the New Orders Index slipped to 63.4% from 63.8%, the Employment Index was dropped from 59.6% to 56%, and the Prices Index fell 2.9% from the July reading of 53.7% to 50.8%, indicating prices rose in August for the sixth consecutive month.

Overall, business execs continue to be optimistic about business conditions and the economy.

The 15 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in August -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Transportation & Warehousing;
  2. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  3. Construction;
  4. Accommodation & Food Services;
  5. Retail Trade;
  6. Finance & Insurance;
  7. Public Administration;
  8. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  9. Educational Services;
  10. Utilities;
  11. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  12. Wholesale Trade;
  13. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  14. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services; and
  15. Information

The only industry reporting contraction in August was Mining.

The non-manufacturing, or services, sector of the economy continued to grow in August, although not as robustly as it did the month before. The Institute ...

Article Image

Monthly job cuts plunge in August

After surging to a four-year high in July on massive cuts in military staffing, monthly job cuts plunged by more than 60% last month.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, U.S. employers announced plans to reduce their payrolls by 41,186 workers -- a decline of 61% from the 105,696 terminations a month earlier. The July figure was the highest since September 2011, when monthly job cuts reached 115,730.

Even with the decline, the August total is 2.9 % more than the same month last year, when 40,010 workers were let go. This marks the seventh month this year that the job-cut total was higher than the comparable month from 2014.

So far this year, employers have announced 434,554 job cuts -- up 31% from the first eight months of 2014. With monthly totals averaging 54,319, 2015 job cuts are on track to exceed 650,000 for the year, which would be the highest year-end tally since 2009 (1,272,030).

Retailing bears the brunt

The retail sector saw the heaviest job cutting in August, with 9,601 planned firings. Most of those were related to bankruptcy of the A&P east coast supermarket chain, which is closing more than 100 stores and terminating a reported 8,500 workers by Thanksgiving.

The retail sector has announced 57,363 job cuts so far this year, a 90% surge over the 30,109 job cuts announced by this point in 2014.

“Overall, retail is relatively healthy, but we have seen some big layoffs this year, particularly from long-time players that simply have not been able to keep up with changing consumer trends,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “These retailers somehow manage to survive, but only through multiple bankruptcies, such as A&P. Earlier this year RadioShack announced 5,400 job cuts,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas.

The industrial goods sector saw the second heaviest downsizing activity in August, announcing 7,949 job cuts. That is the largest number for this sector since March, when 9,163 pink slips were handed out.

The oil patch factor

About 22% of the industrial goods cuts were related to the recent drop in oil prices. In all, 3,808 job cuts were attributed to oil prices last month, which is actually down 57% from July.

Since the beginning of the year, oil prices have been blamed for 82,268 job losses, mostly in the energy sector, but also among industrial goods manufacturers that supply equipment and materials for oil exploration and extraction.

“The stream of job cuts related to oil prices appears to be ebbing,” Challenger noted. “The majority of these cuts came in the first four months of 2015, when we saw more than 68,000 layoffs related to oil. Since May, fewer than 14,000 job cuts have been attributed to oil prices.”

Jobless claims

A big jump last week in first-time applications for state unemployment benefits.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial jobless claims jumped by 12,000 in the week ending August 29 to a seasonally adjusted 282,000. The previous week's level was revised down by 1,000.

DOL says there were no special factors impacting this week's initial claims.

The four-week moving average totaled 275,500 -- up 3,250 from the previous week. This tally is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market as it strips out the volatility found in the weekly report.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Monthly job cuts plunged by more than 60 percent in August After surging to a four-year high in July on massive cuts in military staffing, monthly job cu...

Article Image

Growth in manufacturing sector slows in August

Economic activity in the manufacturing sector expanded in August for the 32nd consecutive month -- but at a slower rate than in July.

The latest Institute For Supply Management (ISM) manufacturing report on business shows the August Purchasing Management Index (PMI) registered 51.1% last month -- a drop of 1.6% from July

The New Orders Index registered 51.7%, down 4.8% from July, while the Production Index was down 2.4% to 53.6%. In addition, the Employment Index was down 1.5%, putting it at 51.2%

Comments from supply executives reflect a mix of modest to strong growth, according to Bradley J. Holcomb, CPSM, CPSD, chair of the ISM Manufacturing Business Survey Committee, “depending upon the specific industry, the positive impact of lower raw materials prices, but also a continuing concern over export growth."

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 10 have reported growth last month in the following order:

  1. Textile Mills;
  2. Furniture & Related Products;
  3. Paper Products;
  4. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  5. Chemical Products;
  6. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  7. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  8. Fabricated Metal Products;
  9. Plastics & Rubber Products; and
  10. Machinery.

The six industries reporting contraction in August -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  2. Primary Metals;
  3. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  4. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  5. Computer & Electronic Products; and
  6. Transportation Equipment.

Economic activity in the manufacturing sector expanded in August for the 32nd consecutive month -- but at a slower rate than in July. The latest Institute...

Article Image

ADP: August job creation below 200,000

The nation's economy failed to create more than 200,000 jobs for the second straight month in August.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment rose by 190,000 jobs from July to August.

"The job growth numbers for August improved slightly from July," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "The employment gains for the month are in line with the year to date average."

The report, produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, is derived from ADP's actual payroll data, and measures the change in total non-farm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

Who's hiring

Businesses with 49 or fewer employees added 85,000 payroll positions last month, an increase of over one-third from July. Employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by 66,000 jobs -- 5,000 more than the previous month. Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees – added just 40,000 jobs -- 13,000 fewer than in July, while companies with 500-999 added 5,000 jobs and firms with more than 1,000 had 34,000 new hires.

Jobs in the goods-producing sector shot up by 17,000 -- more than double the July's gain of 7,000. Within that sector, the construction industry added 17,000 jobs and manufacturing hired 7,000 people.

Service-providing employment rose by 173,000 jobs in August, as professional/business services added 29,000 jobs, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 28,000, and 13,000 people four work in financial activities.

"Recent global financial market turmoil has not slowed the U.S. job market, at least not yet,” said Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi. “Job growth remains strong and broad-based, except in the energy industry, which continues to shed jobs. Large companies also remain more cautious in their hiring than smaller ones."

he nation's economy failed to create more than 200,000 jobs for the second straight month in August. According to the ADP National Employment Report, priv...

Article Image

Personal incomes and spending move higher in July

American consumers were earning, spending, and saving more money in July.

Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal income rose $67.1 billion, or 0.4% for a fourth straight month, disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased by 0.5%, or $61.5 billion, and personal consumption expenditures (PCE) advanced $37.4 billion, or 0.3 % for the second month in a row.

Wages and salaries increased $35.8 billion in July, following a $14.3 billion gain in June. Private wages and salaries were up $32.7 billion, more than triple the previous month's advance, while government wages and salaries were up $3.1 billion, compared with an increase of $3.3 billion in June.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments – were slightly above June's $36.5 billion at $37.7 billion.

Personal saving, which is DPI less personal outlays, was $651.1 billion in July, up $23.8 billion from June. That pushed the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- to 4.9% in July from 4.7% in June.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

American consumers were earning, spending and saving more money in July. Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal income rose $67...

Article Image

Nation's economy showing strength

The government has taken a second look at how the economy was doing in the April – June period, and it appears we're in better shape than we thought.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic product -- the value of the goods and services produced by the nation’s economy less the value of the goods and services used up in production, adjusted for price changes – rose at an annual rate of 3.7% in the second quarter.

Growth contributors

The “advance estimate” of a 2.3% growth rate was based on less data than was available for this latest reading. The acceleration in real GDP in the second quarter reflected an upturn in exports, an acceleration Personal consumption spending (PCE), a deceleration in imports, an upturn in state and local government spending, and an acceleration in nonresidential fixed investment. These were partly offset by decelerations in private inventory investment, in federal government spending, and in residential fixed investment.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, increased 1.5% in the second quarter, in contrast to a decline of 1.6% in the first quarter. Excluding food and energy prices, the “core” rate of GDP inflation increased 1.2%, compared with a rise of 0.2% in the previous quarter.

Real gross domestic purchases -- purchases by U.S. residents of goods and services wherever produced -- increased 3.4% in the second quarter, compared with an increase of 2.5% in the first.

Corporate profits

Profits from current production (corporate profits with inventory valuation adjustment and capital consumption adjustment) increased $47.5 billion in the second quarter, in contrast to a decrease of $123.0 billion in the first.

The complete GDP report is avaliable on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

Separately, the Department of Labor (DOL) reports first time applications for state jobless benefits fell by 6,000 in the week ending August 22 to a seasonally 271,000. Officials say there were no special factors affecting the claims level.

The four-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market as it strips out the volatility found in the weekly report, came to 272,500 -- up 1,000 from the previous week.

Analysts at Briefing.com say this leads them to believe that the August employment report will show more than 200,000 jobs were created during the month.

The full report can be found on the DOL website.

The government has taken a second look at how the economy was doing in the April – June period, and it appears we're in better shape than we thought. Acco...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index posts first decline in 5 months

After posting 4 months of strong gains, The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) moved lower in July.

The decline of 0.2% followed advances of 0.6% in June, May, and April.

“Despite a sharp drop in housing permits, the U.S. LEI is still pointing to moderate economic growth through the remainder of the year,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, director of business cycles and growth research at The Conference Board. “Current conditions, measured by the coincident economic index, have been rising moderately but steadily, driven by rising employment and income, and even industrial production has improved in recent months.”

The leading index is essentially a composite average of several individual leading indicators. It is constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component – primarily because it smooths out some of the volatility of individual components.

The 10 components of the LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods, and materials
  4. ISM Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, non-defense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Initial claims

The Department of Labor (DOL) states that initial applications for jobless benefits rose by 4,000 in the week ending August 15 to a seasonally adjusted 277,000.

The previous week's level was revised down by 1,000 to 273,000. DOL says there were no special factors affecting this week's claims level.

The four-week moving average, which smooths out the volatility found in the weekly compilation was up 5,500 to 271,500, still near the low point for several decades.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

After posting 4 months of strong gains, The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) moved lower in July. The decline of 0.2% followed advances of ...

Article Image

Retail sales resume climb after 1-month pause

Helped by an increase in auto and parts sales, overall retail sales posted a modest gain in July.

Figures released by the Census Bureau, adjusted for seasonal variation and holiday and trading-day differences, but not for price changes, show sales were up 0.6% last month to $446.5. At the same time, the June decline of 0.3% was revised to show sales were actually flat for the month. Sales were up 1.2% in May.

On a year-over-year basis, sales jumped 2.4%.

Major factors in the July increase were sales by auto and parts dealers (+1.4%), sporting goods, hobby and book & music stores (+0.9%) and furniture & home furnishing stores (+0.8%). Gas station sales inched up 0.4% after surging 1.8% a month earlier.

On the losing side were electronics & appliance stores (-1.2%) and department stores (-0.8%). Grocery store sales were flat.

Core sales, which strip out 3 volatile categories -- auto and auto parts dealers, building material and garden equipment and supplies dealers, and gas stations -- were up 0.3%.

Stiffel Fixed Income Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza notes that while the July increase is a welcome step in the right direction and offers reassurance the consumer isn’t dead, it "does little to suggest the US consumer 'is back.'”

The complete retail sales report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose last week for a third straight week.

The Labor Department (DOL reports seasonally adjusted initial claims totaled 274,000 in the week ending August 8 -- an increase of 5,000 from the previous week's level, which was revised down by 1,000.

The government says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The 4-week moving average, considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market because it lacks the volatility of the weekly tally, fell 1,750 from the previous week's revised average to 266,250, its lowest level since April 15, 2000.

The full jobless claims report may be found on the DOL website.

Helped by an increase in auto and parts sales, overall retail sales posted a modest gain in July. Figures released by the Census Bureau, adjusted for seas...

Article Image

Fewer job openings in June

The number of job openings on the last business day of June was down a little -- 5.2 million versus 5.4 million the month before.

The bureau of Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) also reports the number of hires and separations was little changed at 5.2 million and 4.9 million, respectively. Within separations, the quits rate remained at 1.9% for a third straight month, and the layoffs and discharges rate was little changed at 1.3%.

Job openings

Even with the slight decline, the job openings rate for June was 3.6% for the third month in a row. The number of job openings was little changed for total private and government. Job openings decreased in nondurable goods manufacturing and were little changed in all four regions.

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in June for total nonfarm and total private. The number of job openings for government was little changed.

Job openings rose over the year for several industries with the largest increases occurring in professional and business services and in health care and social assistance.

Job openings declined over the year in mining and logging and in finance and insurance. The number of openings rose over the year in the South and Midwest regions.

Hires

The number of hires was 5.2 million in June, up 200,000 from May, for a hires rate of 3.7%. The number of hires was little changed for total private and government in June. There was little change in the number of hires in all industries and regions over the month.

Over the 12 months ending in June, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) increased for total nonfarm, total private, and government. At the industry level, there was more hiring in construction, other services, and state and local government.

Among the industries, the number of hires fell over the year in mining and logging. The number of hires increased in the Midwest.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations. Total separations is referred to as turnover.

Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee, and therefore the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs. Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations includes separations

due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

There were 4.9 million total separations in June, about the same as in May. The separations rate was 3.5%. The number of total separations was little changed for total private and government, but increased in construction. There was little change in all regions over the month.

There were 2.7 million quits in June, about the same as in May. The quits rate in June was unchanged at 1.9%. The number of quits was little changed for total private and government over the month, and little changed in all industries and in all 4 regions.

The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in June for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Quits increased in durable goods manufacturing and in state and local government. The number of quits increased in the Northeast and West regions.

There were 1.8 million layoffs and discharges in June, up 100,00 from May. The layoffs and discharges rate was 1.3%. The number of layoffs and discharges was little changed over the month for total private and government, and in all 4 regions. Seasonally adjusted estimates of layoffs and discharges are not available for individual industries.

The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed over the 12 months ending in June for total nonfarm, total private, and government. The number of layoffs and discharges

increased over the year in construction and educational services but decreased in health care and social assistance. There was little change in layoffs and discharges over the year in all 4 regions.

In June, there were 392,000 other separations for total nonfarm, about the same as in May. Over the month, the number of other separations was up, 10,000 for total private at 334,000 and down 10,000 for government to 57,000. Seasonally adjusted estimates of other separations are not available for individual industries or regions.

Over the 12 months ending in June, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Other separations increased in professional and business services, health care and social assistance, and accommodation and food services. Other separations decreased in wholesale trade. The number of other separations was little changed in all 4 regions.

The full report is available on the BLS website.

The number of job openings on the last business day of June down a little in June 5.2 million versus 5.4 million the month before. The bureau of Bureau o...

Article Image

Solid job growth in July

More people -- 215,000 -- found work in July, even as the unemployment rate held steady at 5.3%.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), job gains occurred in retail trade, health care, professional and technical services, and financial activities.

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for teenagers declined to 16.2% last month compared with 18.1% in June, while the rates for adult men (4.8%), adult women (4.9%), whites (4.6%), blacks (9.1%), Asians (4.0%) and Hispanics (6.8%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed -- those jobless for 27 weeks or more -- was little changed at 2.2 million. These people accounted for 26.9% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed is down by 986,000.

The civilian labor force participation rate held steady at 62.6% in July, after declining by 0.3% in June. The employment-population ratio, at 59.3%, was also unchanged and has shown little movement so far this year.

Who's hiring

Employment in retail trade increased by 36,000 last month and is up by 322,000 over the year. In July, motor vehicle and parts dealers added 13,000 jobs, and employment continued to trend up in general merchandise stores (+6,000).

Also adding jobs were health care (+28,000), professional and technical services (+ 27,000), financial activities (+17,000) and manufacturing (+15,000).

Among the losers were mining employment , with a drop of 5,000 jobs in July. Since a recent high in December 2014, employment in the industry has fallen by 78,000. Construction, wholesale trade, information and government showed little change over the month.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 5 cents to $24.99. Over the year, average hourly earnings have risen by 2.1%. Average hourly earnings of private-sector production and nonsupervisory employees was up 3 cents to $21.01.

The full report is available on the BLS website.

More people -- 215,000 -- found work in July, even as the unemployment rate held steady at 5.3%. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), job ga...

Article Image

U.S. workforce takes heaviest hit since 2011

Employers cut jobs in July at a clip not seen in nearly four years.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas says 105,696 workers were dropped from their companies' payrolls last month, topping 100,000 for the first time since September 2011.

The July tally is 136% greater than the 44,842 job cuts recorded in June, and 125% higher than the same month a year ago.

So far this year, 393,368 jobs have been lost - 34% more than during the first 7 months of 2014. It's the highest 7-month total since 2009, when 978,048 job cuts were announced amid the worst recession since the Great Depression.

Military cuts a major factor

More than half of the July job cuts were the result of massive troop and civilian workforce reductions announced by the U.S. Army. Those cutbacks will eliminate 57,000 from government payrolls over the next two years.

“When the military makes cuts, they tend to be deep,”said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “In fact, the last time we saw more than 100,000 job cuts in September of 2011, it was 50,000 cuts by the U.S. Army that dominated the total. With wars in Afghanistan and Iraq winding down and pressure to cut government spending, the military has been vulnerable to reductions.”

Indeed, some of the biggest job cuts announced in recent years have come from the military and other government agencies. In addition to the 50,000 cuts announced by the Army in 2011, the Air Force announced plans in 2005 to reduce its headcount by 40,000. Between 2002 and 2010, the U.S. Postal Service announced 3 separate job cuts that affected a total of 90,000 workers.

Other cuts contribute

While the government sector saw the heaviest cuts last month due to military reductions, the technology sector announced several major workforce reductions. Microsoft shuttered the recently acquired Nokia division, which resulted in 7,800 job losses.

Electronics and telecommunications equipment manufacturer Qualcomm announced plans to fire 4,500 workers. Chipmaker Intel also announced workforce reductions totaling 3,180 during the month.

Together, computer and electronics firms announced 18,891 job cuts in July. Computers firms have now announced 25,542 job cuts this year, which is 47% lower than the 48,361 cuts announced by these employers by this point last year.

Jobless claims

From the government, word that first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose last week for the second week running.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial jobless claims totaled 27,000 in the week ending August 1, up 3,000 from the previous week's unrevised level.

Officials say there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly calculation and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell 6,500 to 268,250.

The complete jobless claims report may be found on the DOL website.

Employers cut jobs in July at a clip not seen in nearly four years. Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas says 105,696 workers were droppe...

Article Image

Another solid month for the services sector of the economy

Activity in the non-manufacturing, or services sector, of the economy grew in July for the 66th month in a row.

The Institute for Supply Management (ISM) reports the sector registered 60.3% last month – up 4.3% from June.

The report, issued by Anthony Nieves, CPSM, C.P.M., CFPM, chair of the (ISM) Non-Manufacturing Business Survey Committee, also showed the Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index rose 3.4% to 64.9%, reflecting growth for the 72nd consecutive month at a faster rate.

The New Orders Index, meanwhile, jumped 6.6% to 63.8%, and the Employment Index grew for the 17th consecutive month, coming in at 59.6%. Prices increased in July for the fifth consecutive month. Pushing the Prices Index up 0.7% from June to a reading of 53.7%.

Fifteen non-manufacturing industries reported growth in July. They were -- in order:

  1. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  2. Educational Services;
  3. Retail Trade;
  4. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  5. Public Administration;
  6. Transportation & Warehousing;
  7. Finance & Insurance;
  8. Wholesale Trade;
  9. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  10. Construction;
  11. Utilities;
  12. Accommodation & Food Services;
  13. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  14. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services; and
  15. Information.

The two industries reporting contraction in July were:

  1. Mining; and
  2. Other Services.

Activity in the non-manufacturing, or services sector, of the economy grew in July for the 66th month in a row. The Institute for Supply Management (ISM)...

Article Image

Job creation continues in July, but at a slower pace

While private sector employment continued to grow last month, the rate increase was slower than in the two previous months. According to the ADP National Employment Report, 85,000 jobs were created from June to July.

The report, produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, is derived from ADP's actual payroll data and measures the change in total non-farm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"Job growth is strong, but it has moderated since the beginning of the year,” said Moody's Analytics Chief economist Mark Zandi. “Layoffs in the energy industry and weaker job gains in manufacturing are behind the slowdown. Nonetheless, even at this slower pace of growth, the labor market is fast approaching full employment."

Who's hiring

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees rose by 59,000, half of the June number, while employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by 62,000 -- down 16,000 from the previous month.

Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased sharply from June, with the creation of 64,000 -- up 30,000 from June. Companies with 500-999 added 17,000 jobs, and firms over 1,000 employees put 47,000 people to work.

The goods-producing sector added 8,000 jobs in July, down 5,000 from June. There were 15,000 new jobs in the construction industry, 2,000 fewer than were added in June. Meanwhile, manufacturing added just 2,000 jobs in July, after gaining 9,000 in June.

There were 178,000 new jobs in the service-providing sector last month, compared with 216,000 in June. Professional/business services contributed 42,000 new positions, trade transportation/utilities grew by 25,000, and there were 10,000 hires in financial activities.

"July employment growth was slower than June, but is still in line with what we have seen since the first of the year," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "Notably, large businesses with more than 500 employees had their strongest job gains since last December and were almost double the June number."

While private sector employment continued to grow last month, the rate increase was slower than in the two previous months. According to the ADP National E...

Article Image

Personal incomes, spending on the rise in June

Both personal incomes and spending rose in June, adding to the gains they registered a month earlier.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis reports personal income increased $68.1 billion, or 0.4% with disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- up $60.6 billion, or 0.5%.

In May, personal income was up a revised 0.4%, DPI increased by a revised 0.4%. and PCE increased $90.8 billion, or 0.7 percent, based on revised estimates.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE), meanwhile, edged up $25.9 billion or 0.2%, compared with a revised gain of 0.7% a month earlier.

Wages and salaries rose $18.3 billion after a surge of $32.0 billion in May. Private wages and salaries were up $16.0 billion, while government wages and salaries increased $2.3 billion; little changed from the month before.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- rose $30.5 billion in June, about one-third of the $95.4 billion advance in May.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $646.3 billion in June, about $30 billion more than in May. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 4.8% in June, up 0.2% from May.

The complete income and spending report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Manufacturing economy

Growth in new orders, production and employment kept the manufacturing sector of the economy perking along in July, although at a slower pace than the month before.

The latest Institute for Supply Management (ISM) report on business shows economic activity in the manufacturing sector expanded in July for the 31st consecutive month, while the overall economy grew for the 74th month in a row.

The July PMI registered 52.7% -- down 0.8% from the June reading.53.5 percent. New orders were up 0.5%, while production jumped 2%. Employment, on the other hand, fell 2.8%, “reflecting growing employment levels from June but at a slower rate,” said Bradley J. Holcomb, CPSM, CPSD, chair of the (ISM) Manufacturing Business Survey Committee.

Sector performance

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, the following 11 reported growth in July:

  1. Textile Mills;
  2. Paper Products;
  3. Apparel, Leather & Allied Products;
  4. Printing & Related Support Activities;
  5. Furniture & Related Products;
  6. Fabricated Metal Products;
  7. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  8. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  9. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  10. Transportation Equipment; and
  11. Miscellaneous Manufacturing.

The five industries reporting contraction were:

  1. Wood Products;
  2. Primary Metals;
  3. Plastics & Rubber Products;
  4. Chemical Products; and
  5. Machinery.

Both personal incomes and spending rose in June, adding to the gains they registered a month earlier. The Bureau of Economic Analysis reports personal inc...

Article Image

Economic growth snaps back

Everything you heard about economic growth during the first three months of the year -- forget it.

As it issued the “advance” estimate of second quarter real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes, the Commerce Department revised its final figure for the first quarter. Instead of declining by 0.2%, GDP actually expanded 0.6%. Not a lot, but better than a decline.

Now for the current stuff: The government reports that the GDP increased at an annual rate of 2.3% in the April-June quarter. Keep in mind, though, that this estimate is based on source data that is incomplete or subject to further revision.

The stronger second-quarter showing comes from growth in personal consumption expenditures (PCE) or consumer spending, exports, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment. Those gains were partly offset by declines in federal government spending, private inventory investment, and nonresidential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

GDP inflation and spending

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, edged lower from 1.6% in the first quarter to 1.4% in the second three months of the year. Stripping out the volatile food and energy categories, the “core” price index for gross domestic purchases shot up 1.1% after inching ahead 0.2% in the first quarter.

PCE jumped 2.9% in the second quarter, versus an an increase of 1.8% in the first. Spending on durable goods, such as cars, computers, and major appliances, rose 7.3%, compared with a minuscule gain of of 2.0% in the previous quarter. Spending on nondurable goods was up 3.6%; it rose just 0.7% from January through March. Services spending increased 2.1%, the same increase as in the first quarter.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial claims

After falling to a 42-year low a week ago, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits have moved higher.

According to the Labor Department (DOL), initial jobless claims were up by 12,000 in the week ending July 25 to a seasonally adjusted 267,000. Analysts at Briefing.com had expected the total to come in a bit higher -- 272,000.

The 4-week moving average, which smooths out the volatility found in the weekly tabulation, was 274,750, down 3,750 from the previous week -- a level economists say suggest a labor market that is close to full employment.

The complete jobless claims report may be found on the DOL website.

Everything you heard about economic growth during the first 3 months of the year -- forget it. As it issued the “advance” estimate of second quarter real ...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims fall to 42-year low

Fewer people, it would appear, lost their jobs last week.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports first time applications for state jobless benefits fell by 26,000 in the week ending July 18 to seasonally adjusted total of 255,000. That's the lowest level for initial claims since November 24, 1973, when it was 233,000.

DOL says there were no special factors affecting the claims level. Economists at Briefing.com., who were expecting the claims level to drop to 279,000, say the fact that there were no special factors leads them to believe that the drop will be temporary and that the level will soon be back in the 275,000 – 290,000 range.

The 4-week moving average, considered a better gauge of the labor market that the volatile initial claims, fell by 4,000 to 278,500.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Leading economic indicators

From The Conference Board, word that its Leading Economic Index (LEI) rose for a third straight month, increasing by 0.6% on top of gains of 0.8% in May and 0.6% in April.

The upward trend in the LEI, said Ataman Ozyildirim, Director, Business Cycles and Growth Research, at The Conference Board, “seems to be gaining more momentum with another large increase in June pointing to continued strength in the economic outlook for the remainder of the year. Housing permits and the interest rate spread drove the latest gain in the LEI, while labor market indicators such as average workweek and initial claims remained unchanged.”

The 10 components of the LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  4. ISM Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Fewer people, it would appear, lost their jobs last week. The Labor Department (DOL) reports first time applications for state jobless benefits fell by 26...

Article Image

Retail sales slip in June

Retail sales fell in June after rising for 2 consecutive months

Figures released by the Census Bureau show sales, adjusted for seasonal variation and holiday and trading-day differences, but not for price changes, totaled $442.0 billion. While that's down 0.3% from May, it's up 1.4% from the same time a year ago.

Major declines were seen in furniture and home furnishing stores (-1.6%), clothing and clothing accessories stores (-1.5%) and building material and garden equipment and supplies dealers (-1.3%). Sales at auto and auto parts dealers were down 1.1%.

Gainers included electronics & appliance stores (+1.0%), gas stations (+0.8) and general merchandise stores (+0.7%).

Core sales, which strip out 3 volatile categories -- auto and auto parts dealers, building material and garden equipment and supplies dealers, and gas stations -- were down 0.1%.

The complete retail sales report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retail sales fell in June after rising for 2 consecutive months Figures released by the Census Bureau show sales, adjusted for seasonal variation and holi...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims shoot upward

More workers were standing in line to file first-time applications for state jobless benefits last week than at any time since February.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial unemployment claims totaled a seasonally adjusted 297,000 in the week ending July 4, an increase of 15,000 from the previous week.

While the government says there were no special factors affecting the claims level, the Independence Day holiday did fall within the week.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly figure and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 4,500 -- to 279,500.


The complete report is available on the DOL website.

More workers were standing in line to file first-time applications for state jobless benefits last week than at any time since February. The Labor Departm...

Article Image

A plateau in job openings

The number of job openings held fairly steady during May.

According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), there were roughly 5.4 million on the last business day of May -- the highest since the series began in December 2000, and the same as the month before.

Job openings

The job openings rate for May was 3.6%, with the number of openings little changed for total private and government. Job openings increased in nondurable goods manufacturing and in state and local government. Job openings were little changed in all 4 regions.

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) rose over the 12 months ending in May for total nonfarm, total private and government. Industries that saw the largest increases were retail trade, professional and business services, and health care and social assistance. Job openings decreased over the year in mining and logging and in arts, entertainment, and recreation.

The number of job openings increased over the year in the South, Midwest, and West regions.

Hires

The number of hires was 5.0 million, the same as April, with the hires rate at 3.5%. The number of hires was little changed for total private and government in May, with little change in the number of hires in all industries and regions over the month.

Over the 12 months ending in May, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government. At the industry level, hires increased in federal government. Among the industries, the number of hires fell over the year in mining and logging.

The number of hires was little changed over the year in all four regions.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations. Total separations is referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs. Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations includes separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

There were 4.7 million total separations in May, about the same as in April. The separations rate was 3.3%. The number of total separations was little changed for total private and government, and in all industries and regions over the month.

There were 2.7 million quits in May, unchanged from April. The quits rate in May was 1.9%. The number of quits was little changed for total private and government over the month.

The number of quits was little changed in all industries and in all four regions in May. The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in May for total nonfarm and total private, and was little changed for government. Over the year, quits increased in health care and social assistance and in accommodation and food services.

The number of quits was little changed in all four regions.

There were 1.7 million layoffs and discharges in May, about the same as in April. The layoffs and discharges rate was 1.2%. The number of layoffs and discharges was little changed over the month for total private and government, and in all four regions. Seasonally adjusted estimates of layoffs and discharges are not available for individual industries.

The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed over the 12 months ending in May for total nonfarm, total private, and government. The number of layoffs and discharges increased over the year in federal government, but decreased in real estate and rental and leasing.

There was little change in layoffs and discharges over the year in all four regions.

In May, there were 391,000 other separations for total nonfarm -- about the same as in April. Over the month, the number of other separations was little changed for total private at 324,000 and for government at 67,000. Seasonally adjusted estimates of other separations are not available for individual industries or regions.

Over the 12 months ending in May, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Other separations increased in federal government, but decreased in accommodation and food services and in state and local government.

The number of other separations was little changed in all four regions.

The complete report is available on the BLS website.

The number of job openings held fairly steady during May. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), there were roughly 5.4 million on the la...

Article Image

Want a promotion at work? Shape up!

What kind of employee are you? Slacker? Tardy? Slovenly? A freak?

Or, do you come in early and leave late, hit every deadline and are loved by your clients?

Your answers may explain while you languish in your cubicle, while those around you are movin' on up.

A national survey conducted online by Harris Poll on behalf of CareerBuilder found that provocative clothing, a disheveled appearance and unprofessional haircut are just a few of the things that cause employers to think twice before promoting workers. Behaviors such as exhibiting a negative attitude, consistently arriving late or gossiping can also work against them.

Attitudes toward appearance

When asked which aspects of a worker’s physical appearance would make them less likely to promote that person, employers were most out of favor with provocative attire (44%) and wrinkled clothes or shabby appearance (43%). Other answers include:

  • Piercings outside of traditional ear piercings: 3%
  • Attire that is too casual for the workplace: 27%
  • Visible tattoos: 27%
  • An unprofessional or ostentatious haircut: 25%
  • Unprofessional or ostentatious facial hair: 24%
  • Bad breath: 23%
  • Heavy perfume or cologne: 21%
  • Too much makeup: 15%

Behavioral blockades

Employers said certain behaviors hurt an employee’s chances for promotion, with poor attitudes and consistent tardiness taking the top spot. Among them:

  • Having a negative or pessimistic attitude: 62%
  • Regularly showing up to work late: 62%
  • Using vulgar language: 51%
  • Regularly leaving work early: 49%
  • Taking too many sick days: 49%
  • Gossiping: 44%
  • Spending office time on personal social media accounts: 39%
  • Neglecting to clean up after himself/herself: 36%
  • Always initiating non-work-related conversations with co-workers: 27%
  • Taking personal calls at work: 24%
  • Taking smoke breaks: 19%

“In addition to on-the-job accomplishments, employers also take attitude, behavior and appearance into consideration when deciding who deserves to move up in the ranks,” said Rosemary Haefner, chief human resources officer at CareerBuilder. “While your work performance may be strong, if you’re not presenting yourself in a professional manner, it may be preventing your superiors from taking you seriously.”

What kind of employee are you? Slacker? Tardy? Slovenly? A freak? Or, do you come in early and leave late, hit every deadline and loved by your clients? ...

Article Image

Economy's services sector shows continued growth

It wasn't by much, but economic activity in the non-manufacturing, or services sector, of the economy posted its 65th consecutive month of growth in June.

According to the Institute for Supply Management's (ISM) Non-Manufacturing Business Survey Committee, the Non-Manufacturing Index (NMI) registered 56% last month, up 0.3% from May.

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index rose 2.0% to 61.5%, reflecting growth for the 71st consecutive month at a faster rate. The New Orders Index was up 0.4%, while the Employment Index fell 2.6%. Still the reading of 52.7% indicates growth for the 16th consecutive month. The Prices Index was down 2.9% to 53%, indicating prices increased in June for the fourth consecutive month.

Committee Chairman Anthony Nieves says the majority of respondents’ comments are “positive about business conditions and the economy.”

Gainers and losers

The 15 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in June -- listed in order -- were:

  1. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  2. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  3. Accommodation & Food Services;
  4. Transportation & Warehousing;
  5. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  6. Health Care & Social Assistance;
  7. Public Administration;
  8. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  9. Finance & Insurance;
  10. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  11. Educational Services;
  12. Wholesale Trade;
  13. Retail Trade;
  14. Utilities; and
  15. Information.

The three industries reporting contraction in June were:

  1. Mining;
  2. Other Services; and
  3. Construction.

It wasn't by much, but economic activity in the non-manufacturing, or services sector, of the economy posted its 65th consecutive month of growth in June. ...

Article Image

The new jobs were there in June, but not as many as in May

Led by gains in professional and business services, health care, retail trade, the economy created another 223,000 jobs during June. At the same time, the unemployment rate dropped 0.2% -- to 5.3%, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS).

While it was the third straight monthly increase in nonfarm payroll employment, June failed to measure up to the 254,000 jobs created in May.

Demographic breakout

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (4.8%), adult women (4.8%), and blacks (9.5%) edged lower last month in June, while the rates for teenagers (18.1%), whites (4.6%), Asians 3.8%), and Hispanics (6.6%) showed little change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those out of work for 27 weeks or more) dropped by 381,000 to 2.1 million in June. They account for 25.8% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has fallen by 955,000.

The labor force participation rate declined by 0.3% -- to 62.6% in June, the lowest since October 1977. The employment-population ratio, at 59.3%, was essentially unchanged and has shown little movement thus far this year.

Who's hiring

The gain in nonfarm payroll employment was led by professional and business services (+ 64,000), health care (+40,000), retail trade (+33,000) and financial activities (+20,000).

Employment in mining fell by 4,000, while construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, information, and government, showed little or no change over the month.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls were unchanged at $24.95. Over the year, average hourly earnings have risen by 2.0%.

The complete report is available on the BLS website

Initial claims

The number of workers filing initial applications for state unemployment benefits moved higher last week.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports first-time claims were up by 10,000 in the week ending June 27 to a seasonally adjusted 281,000. Officials say there were no special factors affecting the claims level.

The 4-week moving average, which lacks the volatility of the weekly tally, and is considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was 274,750, an increase of 1,000 from the previous week, and remains near its 15-year low.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

Led by gains in professional and business services, health care, retail trade, the economy created another 223,000 jobs during June. At the same time, the ...

Article Image

Manufacturing on the move again

The manufacturing sector of the economy continues to barrel along.

According to the latest Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On Business, economic activity in the manufacturing sector expanded in June for the 30th consecutive month, with the overall economy growing for the 73rd month in a row.

"The June PMI registered 53.5%, an increase of 0.7% percentage point over the May reading,” said Bradley J. Holcomb, chair of the ISM Manufacturing Business Survey Committee. The New Orders Index registered 56%, up 0.2%, the Production Index registered 54%, a dip of 0.5%, and the Employment Index registered 55.5% -- a gain of 3.8% over May.

Meanwhile, inventories of raw materials rose 1.5% to 53%, and the Prices Index was unchanged at 49.5%, indicating lower raw materials prices for the eighth consecutive month.

Sector breakdown

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 11 are reporting growth in June in the following order:

  1. Furniture & Related Products;
  2. Wood Products;
  3. Nonmetallic Mineral Products;
  4. Miscellaneous Manufacturing;
  5. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products;
  6. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components;
  7. Transportation Equipment;
  8. Fabricated Metal Products;
  9. Chemical Products;
  10. Paper Products; and
  11. Computer & Electronic Products.

The four industries reporting contraction in June are:

  1. Petroleum & Coal Products;
  2. Primary Metals;
  3. Plastics & Rubber Products; and
  4. Machinery.

The manufacturing sector of the economy continues to barrel along. According to the latest Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Report On B...

Article Image

Job cuts surge in June

Employers announced plans to reduce payrolls by 44,842 workers during June, an increase of about 10% from May. The cut total is 43% higher than June 2014, marking the fifth year-over-year increase in job cuts in the first six months of 2015.

At the same time, outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports heavier-than-expected downsizing throughout the first half of 2015 has pushed the midyear total to its highest level since 2010.

Overall, employers have announced 287,672 job cuts during the first half of the year -- up 17% from the 2014, when the 6-month total of 246,034. The midyear total is the highest since 297,677 job cuts were recorded in the first half of 2010.

Pace of cuts holds steady

The pace of job cutting was virtually unchanged between the first and second quarter of year. The 147,458 job cuts announced between April and the end of June was just 5.0% more than the 140,214 planned layoffs in the first 3 months of 2015. The second-quarter total was up 18% from a year earlier.

The first-half surge was due largely to the decline in oil prices that rippled through the energy and industrial goods sectors. All told, the drop in oil prices was blamed for 69,582 job cuts in the first half of 2015, second only to the 86,978 job cuts attributed to “restructuring.”

The energy sector has taken the heaviest hit, cutting its workforce by 60,500 between January and June. Nearly 95% of those were due to the drop in oil prices. At this point last year, the energy sector had announced just 3,908 job cuts.

Retail takes its lumps

Energy is not the only area experiencing increased job cuts. The retail sector ranks second in job cuts for the year, with 45,230 planned layoffs to date -- up 68% from a year ago.

“Retailers should be enjoying the benefits of falling oil prices, as consumers have the money they are saving at the gas pump to spend elsewhere,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “However, it appears that consumers were hording that cash, at least through the first half of the year. The most recent data suggests that consumers are finally starting to loosen up the purse strings.”

Even if consumers start spending consistently, retailers are always vulnerable to changing consumer trends, technology and operational factors. Retail was the leading job cutting sector in June with 17,947 job cuts. Most of those were related to the closure of all Canadian stores by Minnesota-based Target.

“Not all retail cuts are due to frugal consumers,” said Challenger. “In Target’s case, the retail chain simply made significant missteps when entering Canada 2 years ago and never gained traction among Canadian shoppers. The store closures, which resulted in 17,000 job cuts for the American-based employer, was among the first decisions by new CEO Brian Cornell, who is determined to revitalize the store here in America.”

Better days ahead

Challenger thinks job cuts in retail will start to decline in the second half of the year as consumers begin to spend more. “We have already started to see a decline in oil-related job cuts as prices have begun to stabilize. Over the past two months, oil prices were blamed for just 1,297 job cuts. In contrast, oil prices caused 20,675 job cuts in April.

“Overall, we expect the pace of downsizing to slow in the final six months of 2015. The factors that were contributing to increased cuts in the first half of the year appear to subsiding,” he concluded.

Employers announced plans to reduce payrolls by 44,842 workers during June, an increase of about 10% from May. The cut total is 43% higher than June 2014, ...

Article Image

Another month -- the third in a row -- of 200k+ job creation

For the third time in as many months, the U.S. economy has created more than 200,000 private sector jobs.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, there were 237,000 new jobs in June on top of the 203,000 created in May.

The report, which is produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, is derived from ADP's actual payroll data, and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month.

"The U.S. job machine remains in high gear,” said Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi. “The current robust pace of job growth is double that needed to absorb the growth in the working age population. The only blemish in the job market is the loss of jobs in the energy sector. Most encouraging is the healthy rate of job growth among the nation's smallest companies."

Who's hiring

As in the past, businesses with 49 or fewer employees created the most new jobs last month -- 120,000, the same as May. Employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by 86,000 jobs, versus 63,000 the previous month. Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees – added 32,000 jobs in June, companies with 500-999 employees gained 27,000 jobs, and firms with over 1,000 employees added 5,000 jobs.

The service-providing sector was far and away the biggest job creator, adding 225,000 jobs. Within that category, professional/business services contributed 61,000 jobs, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 50,000, and financial activities added 12,000 positions.

Goods-producing employment rose by 12,000 jobs, the construction industry added 19,000, and manufacturing grew by 7,000 jobs in June, after losing 2,000 in May.

“June job numbers came in at their highest level since December 2014," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "Small businesses continue to lead the way adding over half of the total jobs this month."

For the third time in as many months, the U.S. economy has created more than 200,000 private sector jobs. According to the ADP National Employment Report,...

Article Image

Personal income and spending post gains in May

U.S. consumers saw their incomes rise in May -- and they ran right out and spent the money.

Figures released by the Commerce Department show personal income rose 0.5%, or $79.0 billion, last month, with disposable personal income (DPI) also up 0.5% or $65.5 billion.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) jumped 0.9%, or $105.9 billion.

Wages and salaries were up $37.1 billion in May, compared with an increase of $21.6 billion the previous month, with private wages and salaries increasing $34.8 billion, and government wages and salaries up $2.4 billion.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- shot up $106.9 billion in May, compared with an increase of $9.5 billion in April

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $685.5 billion in May, compared with $726.9 billion in April. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of DPI -- was 5.1% in May, compared with 5.4% in April.

The complete income and spending report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial jobless claims

The number of workers applying for first-time unemployment benefits inched higher last week.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial applications for jobless claims rose by 3,000 in the week ending June 20 to a seasonally adjusted was 271,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000 to 268,000.

DOL says no special factors affected the initial claims

The 4-week moving average, which economists consider a more accurate gauge of the labor market, came in at 273,750 -- a drop of 3,250 from the previous week's average, which was revised up by 250. 

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

U.S. consumers saw their incomes rise in May -- and they ran right out and spent the money. Figures released by the Commerce Department show personal inco...

Article Image

A shrinking economy

The national economy, as measured by real gross domestic product -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- declined at an annual rate of 0.2% in the first quarter, according to the "third" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis.

Real GDP grew at a 2.2% annual rate in the final 3 months of 2014.

The GDP estimate released today is based on more complete source data than were available for the "second" estimate issued last month.

In the “second” estimate, the decrease in real GDP was 0.7%. but this latest estimate is based on more complete data. With the third estimate, exports decreased less than previously estimated, and personal consumption expenditures (PCE) and imports increased more.

The decline in real GDP primarily reflected decreases in exports, nonresidential fixed investment, and state and local government spending that were partly offset by contributions from PCE, private inventory investment, and residential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

GDP inflation and spending

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, fell 1.6% in the first 3 months of the year. It was down 0.1% in the fourth quarter. Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases was up 0.1%, compared with an increase of 0.7% in the previous quarter.

PCE increased was up 2.1% in the first quarter, compared with an increase of 4.4% in the fourth. Durable goods spending increased 1.3%, versus an advance of 6.2%, while spending for nondurable goods inched up 0.8% after rising 4.1%. Spending for services rose 2.7% versus 4.3%.

The full GDP report may be found on the Commerce Department website.

The national economy, as measured by real gross domestic product -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price chang...

Article Image

Job openings in April at highest level in 14 years

There were 5.4 million job openings at the end of April, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) -- the highest level since the series began in December 2000.

At the same time, number of hires was little-changed at 5.0 million and the number of separations was fairly steady at 4.9 million. Within separations, the quits rate was 1.9% and the layoffs and discharges rate was 1.3% -- both little different from the previous month.

Job openings

The number of job openings was essentially unchanged for government. At the industry level, job openings rose in health care and social assistance but fell in arts, entertainment and recreation. By region, job openings increased in the West.

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in April for total nonfarm, total private and government. Job openings increased over the year for many industries with the largest changes occurring in professional and business services and in health care and social assistance. Job openings decreased over the year in mining and logging and in arts, entertainment, and recreation.

The number of job openings increased over the year in all 4 regions.

Hires

The number of hires was little changed for total private and government, with little change in the number of hires in all industries and regions over the month.

Over the 12 months ending in April, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) was little-changed for total nonfarm and total private, and increased for government. At the industry level, hires increased in accommodation and food services and in state and local government. The number of hires decreased over the year in mining and logging and in arts, entertainment, and recreation.

The number of hires was essentially unchanged over the year in all 4 regions.

Separations

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, and is referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs. Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations includes separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

There were 4.9 million total separations in April -- about the same as in March, for a separations rate of 3.5%. The number of total separations was little-changed for total private and government, and in all industries and regions over the month.

There were 2.7 million quits in April, little-changed from March, for a quits rate 1.9%. The number of quits was little-changed for total private and government over the month. The number of quits did not increase over the month for any industries, but fell in retail trade and in accommodation and food services. The number of quits was little-changed in all 4 regions.

The number of quits (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in April for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Over the year, quits increased in several industries with the largest rises occurring in durable goods manufacturing; finance and insurance; and health care and social assistance. The number of quits increased over the year in the South.

There were 1.8 million layoffs and discharges, about the same as in March -- a rate of 1.3%. The number of layoffs and discharges was little-changed over the month for total private and government, and in all 4 regions.

The number of layoffs and discharges (not seasonally adjusted) was little-changed over the 12 months ending in April for total nonfarm, total private, and government. The number of layoffs and discharges

increased over the year in mining and logging and in accommodation and food services, but decreased in health care and social assistance. There was little change in layoffs and discharges over the year in all 4 regions.

There were 395,000 other separations for total nonfarm, about the same as in March. Over the month, the number of other separations was little-changed for total private at 326,000 and for government at 69,000.

Over the 12 months ending in April, the number of other separations (not seasonally adjusted) was

little-changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government, and in all industries and regions.

The full report is available on the BLS website.

There were 5.4 million job openings at the end of April, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) -- the highest level since the series began in D...

Article Image

Employment and the jobless rate both moved higher in May

May was a strong month for job creation.

According to the Labor Department (DOL), the economy cranked out 280,00 nonfarm payroll positions last month following a revised total of 221,000 new jobs in April.

At the same time, the unemplopyment rate edged up 0.1% to 5.5%. But even that was good news as people who had given up looking for work re-entered the job market -- a sign of growing optimism.

Nearly as important, average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 0.3%, or 8 cents, in May to $24.96. Over the year, average hourly earnings are up 2.3%.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza calls the May increase "a step in the right direction from the more pronounced weakness in March," but adds, "it remains a significant step in the wrong direction from the 324k pace at the end of last year. "

Who is and isn't working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (5.0%), adult women (5.0%t), teenagers (17.9%, whites (4.7%), blacks (10.2%), Asians (4.1%) and Hispanics (6.7%) showed little or no change in May.

The civilian labor force rose by 397,000, but the labor force participation rate was little changed at 62.9%. Since April of last year, the participation rate has remained within a narrow range of 62.7% to 62.9%. The employment-population ratio was essentially unchanged in May at 59.4%.

The number of people unemployed for less than 5 weeks fell by 311,000 to 2.4 million last month, following an increase in April. The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) held at 2.5 million in May and accounted for 28.6% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed is down by 849,000.

Where the jobs are

Professional and business services added 63,000 jobs in last month and 671,000 jobs over the year. Employment also increased in computer systems design and related services (+10,000), temporary help services (+20,000), management and technical consulting services (+7,000) and in architectural and engineering services (+5,000).

Employment in leisure and hospitality increased in May (+57,000) as did arts, entertainment and recreation (+29,000), while there's been little net change over the past 3 months in hiring at food services and drinking places.

Also adding jobs were health (+47,000), retail trade (+31,000), construction (+17,000), transportation and warehousing (+13,000) and financial activities (+13,000).

On the other hand employment in mining fell for the fifth month in a row, with a decline of 17,000 in May, while job creation in manufacturing, wholesale trade, information and government showed little change over the month.

The complete report is avilable on the DOL website.

May was a strong month for job creation. According to the Labor Department (DOL), the economy cranked out 280,00 nonfarm payroll positions last month foll...

Article Image

Expansion in the economy's services sector slows

While economic activity in the non-manufacturing sector grew in May for the 64th consecutive month, the rate of expansion was slower.

According to the Institute for Supply Management's (ISM) latest Non-Manufacturing Index (NMI) registered 55.7% last month down 2.1% from the April reading of 57.8%.

“Overall there has been a slight slowing in the rate of growth for the non-manufacturing sector,” noted Anthony Nieves chair of the (ISM) Non-Manufacturing Business Survey Committee. But he adds that respondents’ comments are “mostly positive about business conditions and indicate economic growth will continue.”

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza was not quite as upbeat.

"Service activity had been holding relatively steady throughout the first half of the year, but now appears to be joining the general trend of recent economic data with waning top line activity,” she said, adding,"While far from alarming, service activity appears to have taken a large step in the wrong direction amid sluggish household spending and declining confidence in a near-term surge in overall economic activity."

Industry performance

The 15 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in May -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  2. Management of Companies & Support Services;
  3. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing;
  4. Utilities;
  5. Transportation & Warehousing;
  6. Construction;
  7. Accommodation & Food Services;
  8. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  9. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  10. Public Administration;
  11. Wholesale Trade;
  12. Educational Services;
  13. Finance & Insurance; Retail Trade; and
  14. Health Care & Social Assistance.

The only industry reporting contraction in May was mining.

While economic activity in the non-manufacturing sector grew in May for the 64th consecutive month, the rate of expansion was slower. According to the In...

Article Image

A big drop in the number of planned job cuts

The number of planned job cuts announced by U.S.-based firms plunged in May, falling by 33% -- to 41,034 after hitting a 3-year high in April.

The latest tally by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas follows the 61,582 planned job cuts announced the previous month -- the highest monthly total since May 2012.

The May total is down 23% from a year ago, when 52,961 planned job cuts were announced in May.

So far this year, employers have announced 242,830 terminations -- 13% more than in the first 5 months of 2014.

Oil prices stabilize

Job cut announcements related to falling oil prices appear to be ebbing. Last month, just over 1,000 planned cuts were attributed to the drop in oil, while April saw 20,675.

“Oil prices are starting to stabilize,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Exploration and extraction companies responded quickly to the drop in prices, but they are likely to be careful about cutting too deeply, as they will need workers on hand when demand inevitably increases. Unless, there is another severe drop in the price of oil, we probably will not see another surge in oil-related job cuts this year.”

A hit for the financial sector

In May, the heaviest downsizing occurred in the financial sector, where announced job cuts will affect 5,539 workers. The bulk of these cuts came from JP Morgan Chase, which announced that the number of tellers working in its branches will shrink by 5,000 over the next 18 months.

Overall, financial cuts total 14,853 in 2015, down 28% from the first 5 months of last year.

The government was the second leading job-cut sector in May at 5,539. Most of these came from the state of Massachusetts, which announced plans to trim its payroll by 4,500 workers in an effort to close a $1.8 billion budget gap.

“We could definitely see an upswing in state layoffs over the next few months, if more of these financially troubled state governments follow in Massachusetts’ footsteps,” said Challenger.

Jobless claims

The number of people filing for state unemployment benefits for the first time fell last week.

According to the Labor Department (DOL) initial jobless claims fell by 8,000 in the week ending May 30 to a seasonally adjusted 276,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 2,000 -- to 284,000.

The government says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly tally and is considered a better gauge of the labor market was 274,750 -- up 2,750, but still close to 15-year lows.

The complete report is available on the DOL website

Payroll to Population

Along those lines, Gallup reports the U.S. Payroll to Population employment rate (P2P) was up 0.6% in May to 44.5% -- the same as a year ago. It was the strongest month-to-month change for P2P so far this year.

Gallup's P2P metric tracks the percentage of the population aged 18 and older who are employed for at least 30 hours per week. Gallup does not count adults who are self-employed, work fewer than 30 hours per week, who are unemployed or are out of the workforce as payroll-employed in the P2P metric.

After reaching a three year high in April, The number of planned job cuts announced by U.S.-based firms plunged in May, falling by 33% -- to 41,034 after...

Article Image

Job creation bounces back

After coming in below the closely-watched mark of 200,000 for 2 straight months, job creation appears to be back on track.

According to the May ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 201,000 jobs from April to May.

"The labor market moved back up to the 200,000 jobs added mark in May, a number which has been something of a bellwether for healthy employment growth," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "We hope that the May number is the beginning of an upward trend going into the summer months."

Where the jobs are

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 122,000 jobs in May, while employment among companies with 50-499 employees increased by 65,000 jobs.

Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- added 13,000 jobs in May, although firms with 500-999 employees lost 3,000 jobs. Companies with over 1,000 employees added 16,000 jobs.

Employment in goods-producing companies rose by 9,000 jobs in May, after adding just 1,000 in April. The construction industry had a good month in May adding 27,000 jobs. However, manufacturing lost 5,000 jobs in May in top of the 8,000 that disappeared in April.

Service-providing employment rose by 192,000 jobs in May, up 28,000 from April. Professional/business services contributed 28,000 jobs in May, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 56,000 and financial activities added 12,000 positions.

"Employment growth remains near the average of the past couple of years,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics. “At the current pace of job growth the economy will be back to full employment by this time next year. The only blemishes are the decline in mining jobs due to the collapse in oil prices and the decline in manufacturing due to the strong dollar."

After coming in below the closely-watched mark of 200,000 for 2 straight months, job creation appears to be back on track. According to the May ADP Nation...

Article Image

Incomes rise, spending slips in April

The additional money consumers found in their pockets in April stayed there.

Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal incomes during the month rose 0.4% or $59.4 billion. Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes – increased $48.8 billion, or 0.4%.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) was virtually flat at $2.6 billion, declining less than 0.1%.

The rise in incomes came as wages and salaries increased $17.7 billion in April, versus an advance of $9.5 billion in March. Private wages and salaries were up $15.7 billion, while government wages and salaries increased $2.0 billion.

Personal spending and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments – fell $2.7 billion in April following surge of $69.9 billion in March.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $744.0 billion in April. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income – was 5.6% in April, up 0.4% from March.

“Consumers are still spending, but with rising costs elsewhere, particularly healthcare, Americans have to strategically redirect funds from discretionary spending to essential purchases, while still leaving some monies left over to allocate to savings,” said Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza. “What appears to be a sound long-term plan, in the short-run, if the consumer remains restrained, there is little hope for a 2014-style rebound in the works.”

The complete income and spending report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Manufacturing

Another monthly increase -- the 29th in a row -- for the manufacturing sector.

The Institute for Supply Management reports the Purchasing Managers Index PMI registered 52.8% in May, an increase of 1.3%s over the April reading of 51.5%.

A reading above 50% indicates that the manufacturing economy is generally expanding; below 50% indicates that it is generally contracting.

The New Orders Index registered 55.8%, an increase of 2.3% from the April reading of 53.5% in April, while the Production Index was down 1.5% to 54.5%. The Employment Index jumped 3.4% in March to 51.7%, and inventories of raw materials registered were up, 2.0% at 51.5%.

The Prices Index shot up 9% to 49.5%, indicating lower raw materials prices for the seventh consecutive month.

How the sectors performed

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 14 reported growth in May in the following order:

  1. Apparel Leather & Allied Products
  2. Furniture & Related Products
  3. Paper Products
  4. Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products
  5. Nonmetallic Mineral Products
  6. Plastics & Rubber Products
  7. Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components
  8. Primary Metals
  9. Transportation Equipment
  10. Printing & Related Support Activities
  11. Fabricated Metal Products
  12. Machinery
  13. Miscellaneous Manufacturing, and
  14. Chemical Products.

The two industries reporting contraction in May were Textile Mills and Computer & Electronic Products.

The additional money consumers found in their pockets in April stayed there. Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal incomes dur...

Article Image

Economy shifts into reverse

The economy petered out in the first three months of this year.

According to the "second" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S. adjusted for price changes -- decreased at an annual rate of 0.7% in the first quarter. It was the first contraction since the first quarter of 2014 and the worst quarterly showing since the Great Recession.

In the advance estimate, released last month, real GDP increased 0.2 percent. With the second estimate, which is based on more complete source data than were available earlier, imports increased more and private inventory investment increased less than previously estimated.

Real GDP grew by 2.2% in the final 3 months of 2014.

The first-quarter declined primarily reflected declines in exports, nonresidential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. They were were partly offset by positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), private inventory investment, and residential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.


GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, fell 1.6% in the first quarter, a downward revision of 0.1% point from the advance estimate; this index decreased 0.1 percent in the fourth quarter.

Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases increased 0.2 percent, compared with an increase of 0.7 percent.

PCE

Real PCE increased 1.8% in the first quarter, compared with an increase of 4.4% in the fourth. Durable goods increased 1.1% versus 6.2%, while nondurable goods increased 0.1%, compared with an increase of 4.1%. Services increased 2.5%, compared with an increase of 4.3%.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The economy petered out in the first three months of this year. According to the "second" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index up again

A chief indicator of future economic performance posted a solid gain last month.

The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was up 0.7% in April following a March increase of 0.4% and a 0.2% decline in February.

“April’s sharp increase in the LEI seems to have helped stabilize its slowing trend, suggesting the paltry economic growth in the first quarter may be temporary,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, economist at The Conference Board. “However, the growth of the LEI does not support a significant strengthening in the economic outlook at this time. The improvement in building permits helped to drive the index up this month, but gains in other components, in particular the financial indicators, have been somewhat more muted.”

The 10 components of the LEI include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  4. Institute for Supply Management Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

A chief indicator of future economic performance posted a solid gain last month. The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was up 0.7%...

Article Image

Fewer jobs up for grabs in March

There were fewer jobs available in March than there were in February.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports there were 5.0 million job openings on the last business day of March, compared with 5.1 million the month before. Hiring also were little changed at 5.1 million in, as were separations were little changed at 5.0 million.

Job openings

The number of job openings (not seasonally adjusted) increased over the 12 months ending in March

for total nonfarm, total private, and government. Job openings increased over the year for many industries including professional and business services, health care and social assistance, and accommodation and food services. Job openings fell over the year in mining and logging.

The number of job openings increased over the year in all four regions.

Hires

Over the 12 months ending in March, the number of hires (not seasonally adjusted) increased for total nonfarm and total private and was little changed for government. Hires increased in wholesale trade as well as in accommodation and food services. The number of hires decreased in mining and logging.

The number of hires increased in the Midwest region.

Separations

The separations rate was 3.5%.Total separations, which includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, is referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs.

Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations include separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm. The number of total separations was little changed in total private and government but increased in the Midwest region.

Over the 12 months ending in March 2015, hires totaled 59.7 million and separations totaled 56.7 million, yielding a net employment gain of 3.0 million.

These totals include workers who may have been hired and separated more than once during the year.

The full report is available on the BLS website. 

There were fewer jobs available in March than there were in February. The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports there were 5.0 million job openings on ...

Article Image

Job creation back on track

After creating an anemic 85,000 (revised downward from 126,000) jobs in March, the economy got fired up and cranked out 223,000 nonfarm payroll positions in April, pushing the unemployment rate down 0.1% to 5.4% -- a 7-year low.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show most of the job gains came in professional and

business services, health care, and construction, while mining employment continued to decline.

On and off the job

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for Asians rose to 4.4%, while the rates for adult men (5.0%), adult women (4.9%)+, teens (17.1%), whites (4.7%), blacks (9.6%), and Hispanics (6.9%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those without jobs for 27 weeks or more) was little-changed at 2.5 million, accounting for 29.0% of the unemployed. The number of long-term unemployed has decreased by 888,000 over the last 12 months.

The civilian labor force participation rate (62.8%) showed little change last month. In the past year, it has remained within a narrow range of 62.7% to 62.9%. The employment-population ratio held at 59.3%, where it has been since January.

Gains and losses

Employment increased in professional and business services (+62,000 jobs), health care (+45,000), and construction (+45,000) while employment in mining continued to decline (-15,000).

There was little change during the month in other major industries, including manufacturing,

wholesale trade, retail trade, information, financial activities, leisure and hospitality, and government.

The average workweek for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls held steady at 34.5 hours and average hourly earnings rose by 3 cents -- to $24.87. Over the past 12 months, average hourly earnings have increased by 2.2%.

The complete employment report is available on the DOL website.

After creating an anemic 85,000 (revised downward from 126,000) jobs in March, the economy got fired up and cranked out 223,000 nonfarm payroll positions i...

Article Image

Job cuts hit 3-year high in April

U.S.-based employers announced they were cutting 61,582 jobs in April -- the highest monthly total since May 2012 (61,887) and the highest April total since 2009 (132,590).

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, which tracks the numbers reports the April total was 53% higher than the same month last year, when 40,298 people were sacked.

So far this year, employers have announced 201,796 planned terminations, marking a 25% increase from the 161,639 firings tracked in the first 4 months of 2014. It's the largest 4-month total since 2010.

The oil patch takes a hit

The dramatic decline in oil prices is leading producers and suppliers to cut production. Of the 61,582 jobs cut announced last month, 20,675 or 34% were directly attributed to oil prices.

For the year, oil prices are blamed for 68,285 job cuts, or about 34% of the 201,796 planned workforce reductions announced between January 1 and April 30.

“Schlumberger, Baker Hughes and Halliburton have all announced multiple rounds of job cuts in recent months, including April,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. The largest job cut of the month came from Schlumberger, which announced that it will shed 11,000 workers, in addition to the 9,000 laid off in January.”

“The jobs that are most vulnerable are those in the field -- engineers, oil rig operators, drill operators, refinery operators, etc., “ Challenger noted, adding, “Managers and executives in the corporate offices are more secure, but the drop in oil prices is leading to increased merger activity, which could put more executives at risk of job loss”

Most of the oil-related reductions have occurred in the energy sector, which is the top job-cutting industry to date, with 57,556 planned cuts. That is more than double the second-ranked retail sector, which has announced 26,096 job cuts this year.

The pace of retail sector job cuts is slightly higher than a year ago, when these employers announced 25,224 job cuts through the first 4 months.

Recession ripples

“We could be witnessing the after-effect of the severe and protracted recession,” said Challenger. “Much like the generation that lived through the Great Depression, those who scraped by during the recession are being extra careful with their money. Another factor is that not everyone’s boat is rising with the tide. Many Americans are still struggling to find work and those that do are not earning as much they once did.”

While low oil prices should be helping retailers, Challenger said the extra money in consumers’ wallets do not appear to be making it into the nation’s cash registers. “Retail sales have been lackluster, at best,” he points out. “Furthermore, consumer products giant Procter & Gamble announced in April that it would reduce its headcount by as many as 6,000 workers over the next two years, following a poor earnings report.”

Initial jobless claims

After falling last week to their lowest level in 15 years, first time applications for state unemployment benefits are headed higher again.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial jobless claims rose by 3,000 in the week ending May 2, to a seasonally adjusted 265,000. The government says there were no special factors affecting this week's tally.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, came in at 279,500, down 4,250 from the previous week. It's the lowest level since May 6, 2000.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Falling oil prices contributed to a 68 percent surge in job cuts last month, as U.S.-based employers announced they were cutting 61,582 jobs in April -- ...

Article Image

Job creation slows again

The economy continued to create jobs in April, but the pace continued to slow.

According to the April ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 169,000 jobs from March to April. The economy cranked out 189,000 jobs from February to march, making April the second consecutive month that job creation has fallen below 200,000.

"Fallout from the collapse of oil prices and the surging value of the dollar are weighing on job creation. Employment in the energy sector and manufacturing is declining, “said Moody's Analytics Chief Economist of Mark Zandi. “However, this should prove temporary and job growth will re-accelerate this summer."

Small business payroll growth slips

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 94,000 jobs in April, after rising by 105,000 in March. Companies with 50-499 employees added 70,000 jobs, 6,000 more than the previous month.

Employment gains at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- fell slightly from March, adding 5,000 jobs in April, versus 6,000, while companies with 500-999 employees added no jobs; they added just 2,000 the month before. Companies with over 1,000 employees added 5,000 jobs, a small improvement from March's 4,000.

Employment in goods-producing firms was down 1,000 in April, after a gain of 3,000 jobs in March. Within that sector, the construction industry added 23,000 jobs, while, manufacturing lost 10,000 jobs.

Service-providing employment rose by 170,000 jobs in April, 2,000 fewer than in March. Professional/business services contributed 34,000 jobs in April, 6,000 more than in March. Expansion in trade/transportation/utilities totaled 44,000, compared with 41,000 in March. The 7,000 new jobs Financial activities added 7,000 workers.

"April job gains came in under 200,000 for the second straight month," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "Companies with 500 or more employees had the slowest growth."

The report, which is derived from ADP's actual payroll data, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

The economy continued to create jobs in April, but the pace continued to slow. According to the April ADP National Employment Report, private sector emplo...

Article Image

Business outlook remains strong despite weak first quarter, survey says

Despite a slowdown in economic growth in the first quarter of 2015, members of the National Association for Business Economics (NABE) and other industry economists have bullish expectations for the year.

In the April NABE Business Conditions Survey, 77 NABE members and selected industry economists were polled on business conditions in their firms or industries. The results reflect first-quarter results and the near-term outlook.

The survey results indicate “a marked deceleration in growth across the board in the first quarter,” said Survey Chairman Jim Diffley. “However, the panel did not pull back on bullish expectations for the upcoming quarter.”

NABE President John Silvia notes that over the past three months, the prices of crude oil and the dollar have not had a material impact on the outlook for the majority of respondents’ firms,” buts adds, “Due to unusually harsh weather and dock strikes on the West Coast, growth in the first quarter appears to be an outlier within the broader economic outlook.”

Survey highlights

  • Sales growth declined during the first quarter. The share of survey participants reporting rising sales slipped back to match October’s result of just under 50%, down 4% from January. Still, a solid majority of the survey panel (71%) as well as large majorities of survey panelists from each sector expect that sales will rise during the second quarter.
  • Profit margins expanded at fewer firms in the first quarter, with 26% of survey respondents reporting wider margins, compared with 35% in the fourth quarter). The NRI in April declined to 10, its lowest level since 2013.
  • The percentage of survey respondents reporting rising prices doubled in April from January, to 32%. Respondents from the goods-producing sector account for the largest share reporting both the highest fraction of rising prices (47%) and falling prices (20%).
  • Almost three-fourths (72%) of respondents expect no change in the prices their firms will charge in the second quarter, versus 65% in the January survey. The share of those expecting increases or decreases was smaller as compared to the previous survey results. Thus the overall NRI for prices in the next three months moved slightly downward -- from 21 to 20.
  • The share of respondents reporting rising wages and salaries at their firms increased again in the first quarter, to 45% from 31% in the January 2015 survey and 35% a year ago.
  • There was a modest increase in the share of survey respondents reporting increased employment at their firms during the first quarter of 2015, with 35% indicating additional hiring compared with 34% in January (for the fourth quarter of 2014) and 28% in April 2014 (for the first quarter of 2014).
  • Expectations for hiring in the second quarter of 2015 are unchanged from those reported in January for hiring during the first quarter of 2015.
  • The survey asked panelists if their firms had difficulties filling open positions over the last 3 months. Of the 63 responses received, a solid majority (57%) report there was no difficulty in filing open positions. This compares with the 63% in the previous survey reporting no difficulty, and the 67% reporting no difficulty in NABE’s survey six months ago. The trend in survey results over the last six months suggests that perhaps a tighter job market is becoming more evident.

Despite a slowdown in economic growth in the first quarter of 2015, members of the National Association for Business Economics (NABE) and other industry ec...

Article Image

Services sector continues to perk along

There was improvement April in the non-manufacturing, or services, sector of the economy. According to the Institute for Supply Management, the sector rose 1.3% last month to 57.8% -- the 63rd straight month of expansion.

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index jumped 4.1% -- to 61.6 percent, reflecting growth for the 69th consecutive month at a faster rate. The New Orders Index was up 1.4% to 59.2% and the Employment Index inched up 0.1% to 56.7% -- indicating 14 consecutive months growth. The Prices Index, meanwhile, dropped 2.3% from March to 50.1%.

According to the report, 14 non-manufacturing industries reported growth in April, with most of them crediting the uptick to “the improved economic climate and prevailing stability in business conditions.”

Industry performance

The 14 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in April -- listed in order -- are:

  1. Arts, Entertainment & Recreation
  2. Real Estate, Rental & Leasing
  3. Management of Companies & Support Services
  4. Transportation & Warehousing
  5. Wholesale Trade
  6. Finance & Insurance
  7. Utilities
  8. Health Care & Social Assistance
  9. Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting
  10. Public Administration
  11. Retail Trade
  12. Accommodation & Food Services
  13. Construction and
  14. Educational Services

The four industries reporting contraction are:

  1. Mining
  2. Other Services
  3. Professional, Scientific & Technical Services and
  4. Information

There was improvement April in the non-manufacturing, or services, sector of the economy. According to the Institute for Supply Management, the sector ros...

Article Image

Manufacturing economy continues to grow

Economic activity in the manufacturing sector grew in April for the 28th consecutive month, with the overall economy growing for the 71st month in a row.

According to the latest Manufacturing Institute for Supply Management (ISM) report on business, the April Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) was 51.5%, the same as in March, while the New Orders Index registered 53.5% -- an increase of 1.7% from March.

The Production Index came in at 56%, 2.2% above the 53.8% posted in March. The Employment Index was down 1.7% at 48.3 % reflecting contracting employment levels from March.

Inventories of raw materials dropped 2% from March to 49.5%, and the Prices Index registered 40.5% -- up 1.5%, indicating lower raw materials prices for the sixth consecutive month.

While the March and April PMI both registered 51.5%, 15 of the 18 manufacturing industries reported growth in April while only 10 industries reported growth in March, indicating a broader distribution of growth in April among the 18 industries.

Broad-based growth

Of the 18 manufacturing industries, 15 reported growth in April in the following order:

  • Nonmetallic Mineral Products
  • Plastics & Rubber Products
  • Wood Products
  • Printing & Related Support Activities
  • Furniture & Related Products
  • Fabricated Metal Products
  • Food, Beverage & Tobacco Products
  • Paper Products
  • Miscellaneous Manufacturing
  • Machinery
  • Transportation Equipment
  • Textile Mills
  • Electrical Equipment, Appliances & Components
  • Chemical Products and
  • Primary Metals.

The two industries that reported contraction in April were Apparel, Leather & Allied Products and Computer & Electronic Products.

The ISM will release its April report on the services sector of the economy Tuesday.

Economic activity in the manufacturing sector grew in April for the 28th consecutive month, with the overall economy growing for the 71st month in a row. ...

Article Image

Personal income, spending inch higher in March

Consumers didn't find themselves with a lot of extra money in their pockets last month.

The Commerce Department reports personal income increased by just $6.2 billion, or less than 0.1% in March, the smallest increase since December 2013. Disposable personal income (DPI), which is personal income less personal current taxes, was up less than 0.1% or $1.6 billion.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE), meanwhile, increased $53.4 billion, or 0.4%.

The incomes increase, as meager as it was, came as wages and salaries rose $16.3 billion, made up of a $15.2 billion gain in private wages and salaries, and a rise of $1.0 billion in government wages and salaries.

Personal spending and saving

Personal outlays – which includes PCE, personal interest payments and personal current transfer payments -- increased $57.6 billion in March.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- fell to $702.6 billion in March from $758.6 billion in the month before. That took the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income – to 5.3% from 5.7% in February.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial jobless claims

First-time applications for state jobless benefits fell last week to their lowest level in 15 years.

According to the Labor Department (DOL), initial claims plunged 34,000 in the week ending April 25 to a seasonally adjusted 262,000 -- the lowest level since April 15, 2000 when it was 259,000.

The DOL says there were no special factors affecting this week's total.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate picture of the labor market, was down 1,250 to 283,750.

The full report is available on the DOL website.  

Consumers didn't find themselves with a lot of extra money in their pockets last month. The Commerce Department reports personal income increased by just ...

Article Image

Economic growth slows to a crawl in first quarter

The government has taken its first of 3 readings on the economy for the first quarter -- and the results are not encouraging.

According to the "advance" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- increased at an anemic annual rate just of 0.2 percent in the first quarter. As a means of comparison, real GDP increased 2.2% in the previous 3 months.

What increase there was primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE) and private inventory investment. But those were partly offset by declines in exports, nonresidential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

Consumers stay home

The slowdown comes as a result in a slackening in PCE (+1.9%, compared with +4.4% the fourth quarter), downturns in exports, in nonresidential fixed investment, and in state and local government spending, and a deceleration in residential fixed investment that were partly offset by a deceleration in imports and upturns in private inventory investment and in federal government spending.

The first-quarter advance estimate is based on incomplete source data and are subject to further revision. The "second" estimate for the first quarter, based on more complete data, will be released next month.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, plunged 1.5% in the first quarter following a dip of 0.1% percent in the fourth. The core rate, which excludes the volatile food and energy sectors, rose 0.3%, compared with an increase of 0.7% in the previous 3 months.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The government has taken its first of 3 readings on the economy for the first quarter -- and the results are not encouraging. According to the "advance" es...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index up moderately in March

A closely watched economic prognosticating tool is suggesting continued economic growth, although at a slower pace.

The Conference Board says its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was up 0.2% last month following modest gains dating back to December.

“Although the leading economic index still points to a moderate expansion in economic activity, its slowing growth rate over recent months suggests weaker growth may be ahead,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, Economist at The Conference Board. “Building permits was the weakest component this month, but average working hours and manufacturing new orders have also slowed the LEI’s growth over the last six months.”

The 10 components of The Conference Board Leading Economic Index:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  4. Institute for Supply Management (ISM) Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

A closely watched economic prognosticating tool is suggesting continued economic growth, although at a slower pace. The Conference Board says its Leading ...

Article Image

Retail sales post first advance in 4 months

Retail sales shot higher in March after tumbling an upwardly revised 0.5% month earlier, for the first gain in 4 months.

Figures released by the Census Bureau show sales totaled $441.4 billion -- an increase of 0.9% from February up 1.3% from a year earlier.

Sales at motor vehicle and parts dealers were up 2.7% last month following February's 2.1% decline. Other sectors show strong advances were building material and garden equipment and supplies (+2.1%), miscellaneous store retailers (+1.7%) and furniture & home furnishing stores (+1.4%)

Sales declines were posted by gas stations and grocery stores (-0.6%), and electronics and appliance stores (-0.5).

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retail sales shot higher in March after tumbling an upwardly revised 0.5% month earlier, for the first gain in 4 months. Figures released by the Census Bu...

Article Image

Questions you should ask and not answer on job interviews

When it comes to applying for a job, far too many applicants walk into the interview expecting the employer to ask all the questions. But to make sure the job is the right fit, the applicant also needs to have a list of questions ready to ask.

Some job-seekers refrain from quizzing a potential employer for fear of appearing presumptuous. But asking good questions will only raise an applicant’s stature in the eyes of the interviewer. The key, of course, is asking good, smart questions.

Here are some questions human resources experts believe will help you gain insight to a potential employer and impress interviewers:

Can you provide more details about this position’s responsibilities?

You should have already read a job description, often produced from boilerplate. This question may uncover specific things about the job that aren’t in the job description or clear up something you aren’t sure of. It might uncover a specific need that isn’t currently being met.

In fact, uncovering that unscratched itch should be the aim of all your questions.

If I were to get the job, how could I most quickly become a contributor to your organization?

In other words, give me a blueprint for advancement. This question will uncover some of the interviewer’s biggest perceived needs.

It also shows that your focus is not on your own needs but on the needs of the organization. “Ask not what your company can do for you…”

What do you see as the most challenging tasks that go with this position?

This is a question that any savvy interviewer will appreciate. It takes time, effort and money to hire an employee. If it turns out not to be a good fit, everyone loses.

For the applicant, there might be something about this job he or she didn’t anticipate. Better to learn where the pitfalls are before a job is offered and accepted.

What are your expectations for this position and how would I be evaluated?

This might be the most important question an applicant can ask. It will help define the scope of the job up front and let the applicant know what he or she must do to meet and exceed expectations.

What shouldn’t be asked or answered

There are also plenty of questions an applicant should not ask during an interview, most having to do with financial issues and vacation time. And it goes without saying that you shouldn’t ask about things you should already know, like what the organization does, how long it’s been around, etc. That’s what Google is for.

In a typical interview applicants will answer more questions than they ask and anyone who has applied for a job has probably encountered them. But there are a whole host of questions an interviewer is not allowed to ask.

Incredibly, a recent CareerBuilder.com survey found that 20% of hiring managers have asked questions during a job interview that they later learned were illegal. For example, if you have some gray hair and an employer asks, “When do you plan to retire?” what they really want to know is how old you are. That’s out of bounds.

The survey uncovered these other questions that one-third of hiring managers didn’t realize were illegal:

  • What is your religious affiliation?
  • Are you pregnant? 
  • What is your political affiliation?
  • What is your race, color or ethnicity?
  • How old are you?
  • Are you disabled? 
  • Are you married?
  • Do you have children or plan to?
  • Are you in debt? 
  • Do you drink or smoke?

“It’s important for both interviewer and interviewee to understand what employers do and don’t have a legal right to ask in a job interview – for both parties’ protection,” says Rosemary Haefner, chief human resources officer at CareerBuilder. “Though their intentions may be harmless, hiring managers could unknowingly be putting themselves at risk for legal action, as a job candidate could argue that certain questions were used to discriminate against him or her.”

When it comes to applying for a job, far too many applicants walk into the interview expecting the employer to ask all the questions. But to make sure the ...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims head higher

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits jumped by 14,000 in the week ending April 4 to a seasonally adjusted 281,000. The previous week's claims level, reported initially at 268,000 was revised to 267,000.

The Labor Department (DOL) says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The 4-week moving meanwhile, fell by 3,000 from last week's downwardly-revised average of 285,250 -- to 282,250, the lowest level since June 3, 2000, when it was 281,500.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits jumped by 14,000 in the week ending April 4 to a seasonally adjusted 281,000. The previous week's c...

Article Image

Job openings inch higher in February

The number of job openings in the U.S. inched higher during February, moving from 5.0 million to 5.1 million -- the highest level since January 2001.

Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) show the number of job openings was little changed for total private and government, while no industries posted significant changes from January. Openings increased in the Midwest region.

Hires and separations

The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) also says hires (4.9 million) and separations (4.7 million) were little changed. Within separations, the quits rate was 1.9%, while the layoffs and discharges rate was 1.1% -- both rates showing little difference from January .

With the hires rate at 3.5%, the number of hires was little changed for total private and government in February, and there was little to no change in the number of hires in all industries over the month. In the regions, the number of hires rose in the Northeast and fell in the South. Over the 12 months ending in February, the number of hires was little changed for total nonfarm, total private, and government. The number of hires was little changed in all industries and increased in the Northeast.

There were 4.7 million total separations in February, about the same as in January, for a rate of 3.3%. The number of total separations was little changed in total private and government and in all four regions.

Total separations includes quits, layoffs and discharges, and other separations, and is referred to as turnover. Quits are generally voluntary separations initiated by the employee. Therefore, the quits rate can serve as a measure of workers’ willingness or ability to leave jobs.

Layoffs and discharges are involuntary separations initiated by the employer. Other separations include separations due to retirement, death, and disability, as well as transfers to other locations of the same firm.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

The number of job openings in the U.S. inched higher during February, moving from 5.0 million to 5.1 million -- the highest level since January 2001. Figu...

Article Image

Services sector growth continues -- but at a slower pace

Activity in the services, or non-manufacturing, sector of the economy slipped in March.

According to the Institute for Supply Management the Non-Manufacturing Index (NMI) registered 56.5% last month -- down 0.4% from the February reading of 56.9%, representing continued growth in the non-manufacturing sector.

The Non-Manufacturing Business Activity Index fell 1.9% to 57.5%, reflecting growth for the 68th consecutive month at a slower rate.

The New Orders Index was up 1.1% -- to 57.8%, the Employment Index inched ahead 0.2%, indicating growth for the 13th consecutive month, and the Prices Index was up 2.7%, the first increase in 4 months.

Industry performance

The 14 non-manufacturing industries reporting growth in March -- listed in order -- are:

  • Management of Companies & Support Services;
  • Real Estate, Rental & Leasing; Accommodation & Food Services;
  • Transportation & Warehousing;
  • Agriculture, Forestry, Fishing & Hunting;
  • Arts, Entertainment & Recreation;
  • Retail Trade;
  • Finance & Insurance;
  • Public Administration;
  • Information;
  • Wholesale Trade;
  • Professional, Scientific & Technical Services;
  • Health Care & Social Assistance; and
  • Construction.

The four industries reporting contraction in March are:

  • Mining;
  • Educational Services;
  • Other Services; and
  • Utilities.

Activity in the services, or non-manufacturing, sector of the economy slipped in March. According to the Institute for Supply Management the Non-Manufact...

Article Image

Jobs outlook may be brighter than latest data suggests

If you are ready to enter the job market – either by changing jobs or maybe leaving school and getting your career started, no doubt last Friday’s March jobs report from the U.S. Labor Department came as bad news.

While most economists were expecting at least 200,000 new jobs to have been created, the actual number was much lower – an increase of 126,000. It was something of a surprise because the U.S. economy has been creating an average of 269,000 new jobs over the last 12 months.

Survey tells different story

But there may not be cause for concern. A survey from employment website CareerBuilder.com suggests the March numbers might have been an outlier – that the job market is much healthier than the statistics suggest.

CareerBuilder asked businesses, both large and small, about their hiring plans for the second quarter. Twenty-three percent of companies with 50 or fewer employees expect to add full-time, permanent staff over the next three months, up from 18% last year.

Among all the employers in the survey, the number planning to increase staff between now and July is up 6% over the second quarter of last year. And with more companies competing for employees, wages may finally move a bit higher.

Harder to find employees

In short, businesses are finding it harder to hire employees, with 43% of employers saying job openings remain unfilled for at least 12 weeks. Because of the new competition, about 24% of companies expect to bump up salaries by at least 5% in the second quarter, compared to the same period last year.

In the information technology field, 37% of employers anticipate paying their new hires more.

 “The brisk hiring anticipated for the second quarter comes against the backdrop of stronger sales, new product development and market expansion among companies of all sizes,” said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder.

Small businesses getting bigger

Ferguson says job seekers might have better luck applying at small businesses, which he says have been playing a larger role in America’s sustained job growth.

“When you pair that with the fact that hiring has increased in a variety of industries and regional areas, it bodes well for workers seeking new and better-paying employment prospects.”

It’s true that some industries need more employees than others. The March jobs report showed lackluster job creation, in part, because of a continued decline in the oil industry. But the business and professional services sector added 40,000 jobs during the month.

More full-time jobs

Part of the problem with this slow jobs recovery has been the increase in part-time jobs and the decline in full-time positions. They survey also suggests that’s changing.

In the months ahead, 32% of employers plan to take on full-time, permanent staff, up from 26% in the second quarter of last year. About 8% plan to lay off staff, about the same percentage as last year.

Even if you don’t find a full-time job with benefits, you at least have an improved chance of landing contract work, according to the CareerBuilder survey. Thirty-seven percent of employers plan to hire temporary or contract workers in the second quarter, an improvement over last year.

And 31% say they plan to give full-time jobs to some current contract or temporary workers, up from 26% last year.

If you are ready to enter the job market – either by changing jobs or maybe leaving school and getting your career started, no doubt last Friday’s March jo...

Article Image

A slowdown in hiring

The economy continued to create jobs in March, but the pace has slowed considerably.

According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, total nonfarm payroll employment increased by 126,000 last month following an advance of 264,000 in February. Over the prior 12 months, employment growth had averaged 269,000 per month.

The unemployment rate was unchanged at 5.5%.

Professional and business services was the largest contributor to March's increase (+40,000 jobs), followed by retail trade (+26,000) and health care (+22,000).

Employment losses came in mining (-11,000), while food services and drinking places, construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, and government, showed little change over the month.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (5.1%), adult women (4.9%), teenagers (17.5%), whites (4.7%), blacks (10.1%, Asians (3.2%) and Hispanics (6.8% showed little or no change in March.

Among the unemployed, the number of new entrants fell by 157,000 in March and is down by 342,000 over the year. Unemployed new entrants are those who never previously worked.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) was little changed at 2.6 million in March. These people accounted for 29.8% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has declined by 1.1 million.

The civilian labor force participation rate slipped slightly to 62.7% from 62.8%. The employment-population ratio was 59.3% for the third consecutive month.

The complete report may be found on the Labor Department website.

The economy continued to create jobs in March, but the pace has slowed considerably. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, total nonfarm payro...

Article Image

Pace of job-cutting slows in March

After announcing plans to cut more than 50,000 jobs in 2 consecutive months, employers have ratcheted back a bit.

New figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas show US-based employers announced plans to trim payrolls by 36,594 during the month. That's down 27.6% from the 50,579 job cuts in February and the lowest monthly total since December, when 32,640 were announced.

Still, the March figure was 6.4% higher than the same month a year ago, making it the fourth consecutive year-over-year increase.

Oil prices take a toll

Through the first quarter of 2014, employers announced 140,214 job cuts -- up 15.6% from the same 3 months a year ago. In addition, the first quarter saw 17% more job cuts than in the final quarter of 2014 -- when 119,763 job cuts were recorded.

Of the 140,214 job cuts announced in the first quarter, 47,610 were directly attributed to falling oil prices.

“Without these oil related cuts, we could have been looking one of lowest quarters for job-cutting since the mid-90s when three-month tallies totaled fewer than 100,000,”said John Challenger, CEO of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “However, the drop in the price of oil has taken a significant toll on oil field services, energy providers, pipelines, and related manufacturing this year.”

First quarter job cuts were dominated by the energy sector, where employers announced 37,811 reductions in force in the first 3 months of 2015. The 3-month total is up a whopping 3,900% compared with a year ago, when fewer than 1,000 energy cuts were reported.

“Oil companies are not the only energy-related firms who are getting hit this year,” Challenger noted. Coal mine closings in West Virginia and elsewhere around the country are also costing jobs.”

The good news is that the pace of energy-sector job cuts appear to be slowing. Only 1,279 job cuts were announced by energy firms in March -- 92% fewer than the 16,000 announced in February.

Other cutters

The retail sector has tallied the second highest number of job cuts this year, with 22,502 planned terminations through the first 3 months of 2014. That figure includes 6,640 in March, most of which were due to a major announcement from Target.

While energy and retail top the year-to-date job-cut tallies, the heaviest job cutting in March occurred among industrial goods manufacturers, whose payroll reductions totaled 9,383 during the month. That brings the sector’s 2015 total to 17,738, which ranks third among all industries.

“Oil prices impacted energy firms directly at the end of 2014 up until February. Now, peripheral manufacturers are losing contracts and laying off workers in an effort to limit major losses,” Challenger said.

Hiring continues

The flip side of losses due to oil prices appears to be occurring in automotive and transportation hiring. Automotive manufacturers announced over 7,000 new jobs so far this year, according to Challenger tracking, compared with just over 2,000 by this time last year. Meanwhile, companies in the transportation sector have announced over 6,700 new jobs; there were just over 2,000 through the first quarter of 2014.

“This is just a fraction of the actual hiring occurring across the country,” Challenger concluded, “but a jump in these numbers suggest auto and transportation companies are benefiting by the oil slump which could ultimately positively impact consumers.”

Initial claims

In other employment news, first-time applications of unemployment benefits plunged by 20,000 in the week ending March 28 to seasonally adjusted 268,000. That's the lowest level since the end of January.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly report and considered a more accurate gauge of the Labor market, was down 14,750 -- to 285,500.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

After announcing plans to cut more than 50,000 jobs in 2 consecutive months, employers have ratcheted back a bit. New figures released by outplacement con...

Article Image

ADP: a slowdown in the pace of monthly job creation

For the first time since January 2014, the number of jobs created during a month has dipped below the 200,000 mark.

The ADP National Employment Report for March shows private sector employment was up by 189,000 jobs.

The report, produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"March job gains came in under 200,000 for the first time since January of last year," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and CEO of ADP. "The decline was centered in the largest companies -- those with 1000 or more employees."

Those firms added just 12,000 jobs, compared with 43,000 the previous month.

An inside look at hiring

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 108,000 jobs in March, a gain of 5,000 from February. Employment among companies with 50-499 employees also rose by 5,000 -- to 62,000 jobs. Employment at large companies, those with 500 or more employees, was down sharply last month -- adding 19,000 jobs, versus 53,000 new jobs in February. Companies with 500-999 employees added 4,000 fewer jobs than they did the previous month -- just 7,000 jobs.

Goods-producing employment rose by only 5,000 jobs in March, after gaining 22,000 jobs in February. The construction industry added 17,000 jobs, compared with 28,000 a month earlier. Manufacturing, meanwhile, lost 1,000 jobs.

Service-providing employment rose by 184,000 jobs in March, a decline of 8,000 from February. Professional/business services contributed 40,000 jobs, 4,000 more than in February. Employment in trade/transportation/utilities grew by 25,000, a decline from February's 32,000. The 16,000 jobs added in financial activities was down by 3,000 from the previous month.

"Job growth took a step back in March,” said Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi. “The fallout from the collapse in oil prices and surge in value of the dollar is hitting the job market. Despite the slowdown, underlying job growth remains strong enough to reduce labor market slack."

For the first time since January 2014, the number of jobs created during a month has dipped below the 200,000 mark. The ADP National Employment Report for...

Article Image

A February increase in personal incomes and spending

Consumers had more money in their pockets in February, which led to an increase in personal outlays.

The Commerce Department reports personal income rose $58.6 billion, or 0.4% the third increase in a row. Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $54.2 billion, or 0.4%.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE), or consumer spending, inched up 0.1% or $11.8 billion -- or 0.1% -- the first increase in 3 months.

Wages and salaries

Wages and salaries were up $23.9 billion in February, less than half of January's increase of $47.3 billion. Private wages and salaries made up $21.9 billion of that , while government compensation came to $2.1 billion. Pay raises for federal civilian personnel added an additional $0.6 billion.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments – rose $14.2 billion last month after falling $25.4 billion in January.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was up more than $40 billion from January -- to $768.6 billion. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of DPI -- was 5.8%, compared with 5.5% the month before.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Consumers had more money in their pockets in February, which led to an increase in personal outlays. The Commerce Department reports personal income rose ...

Article Image

A slowdown in the rate of economic growth

The government's third estimate of fourth quarter real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- is in and it looks just like the second estimate.

According to the Commerce Department, GDP increased at an annual rate of 2.2% -- the same reading we saw a month ago in the second estimate. By way of comparison, the economy grew at a 5.0% annual rate in the third quarter.

While there was no change in the bottom line, this latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available last month. While there were larger increases in exports and in personal consumption expenditures (PCE) than previously estimated, the change in private inventories was smaller.

As a result, the general picture of the economy for the fourth quarter remains the same.

Additions and subtractions

The increase in real GDP in the fourth quarter reflected positive contributions from PCE, nonresidential fixed investment, exports, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment. These were were partly offset by declines in federal government spending and private inventory investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The deceleration in real GDP growth primarily reflected an upturn in imports, a downturn in federal government spending, a deceleration in nonresidential fixed investment, and a larger decrease in private inventory investment that were partly offset by accelerations in PCE and in state and local government spending.

For 2014 as a whole, real GDP increased 2.4% compared with an advance 2.2% in 2013.

Inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, slipped 0.1% in the fourth quarter -- the same decrease as in the second estimate following a 1.4% increase in the third quarter.

Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases -- the “core” -- rose 0.7%, compared with a third-quarter increase of 1.6%.

Corporate Profits

Profits from current production plunged $30.4 billion in the fourth quarter, after soaring $64.5 billion in the third.

For all of 2014, corporate profits were down $17.1 billion; they rose $84.1 billion the year before.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The government's third estimate of fourth quarter real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjus...

Article Image

A bigger-than-expected drop in jobless claims

A large decline in initial jobless claims sent the total well below the 300,000 level last week.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) put the total of first-time applications for state unemployment benefits at a seasonally adjusted 282,000 during the week ending March 21, down 9,000 from the previous week.

The consensus estimate of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a much smaller decline -- to 290,000.

The government says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

Bankrate.com Chief Washington Correspondent Mark Hamrick points out that the level of new claims for unemployment benefits has remained at a level underscoring that layoffs are not the chief irritant for the U.S. economy. “As hiring has accelerated over the past few years, we've seen a steady decline in the unemployment rate.” he said. “Despite some concern about another soft patch in the U.S. economy this winter, the level of jobless claims indicates the job market is remaining in largely the same trajectory as seen before.”

After 3 weeks above the 300,000 level, the 4-week moving average was down 7,750 -- to 297,000. The measure strips out the volatility found in the initial claims data, and is considered by analysts to be a more accurate gauge of the labor market.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

A large decline in initial jobless claims sent the total well below the 300,000 level last week. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) put the to...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims edge higher

There was a slight uptick last week in the number of people applying for the first time for state unemployment benefits last week.

According to the Labor Department (DOL), initial claims rose by 1,000 from the previous week's revised level of 290,000 to 291,000 in the week ending March 14.

Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for an increase to 293,000. Analysts say the claims level below 300,000 suggests a small improvement in the labor market, but add that the volatility of recent weeks makes it hard to determine market conditions.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile, was 304,750 -- an increase of 2,250 from the previous week.

The full report is on the DOL website.

Leading Economic Index

From The Conference Board, word that its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was up 0.2% in February, following advances of 0.2% and 0.4% in January and December, respectively.

"Widespread gains among the leading indicators continue to point to short-term growth," said Ataman Ozyildirim, a Conference Board economist. "However, easing in the LEI's six-month change suggests that we may be entering a period of more moderate expansion. With the February increase, the LEI remains in growth territory, but weakness in the industrial sector and business investment is holding economic growth back, despite improvements in labor markets and consumer confidence."

The 10 components of The Conference Board Leading Economic Index include:

  1. Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  2. Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  3. Manufacturers' new orders, consumer goods and materials
  4. ISM Index of New Orders
  5. Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  6. Building permits, new private housing units
  7. Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  8. Leading Credit Index
  9. Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  10. Average consumer expectations for business conditions

There was a slight uptick last week in the number of people applying for the first time for state unemployment benefits last week. According to the Labor ...

Article Image

Retail sales down for third straight month

From the U.S. Census Bureau, word that retail sales posted their third decline in as many months.

According to the government, sales were down 0.6% in February, or $437.0 billion, adjusted for seasonal variation and holiday and trading-day differences. Even with that decline, sales were up 1.7% from the same month last year.

Major factors in the month-over-month decline were sales at auto and parts dealers (-2.5%), building materials and garden supply stores (-2.3%) and department stores (-1.4%). These easily offset gains posted by sporting good stores (+2.3%), nonstore retailers (+2.2%) and gas stations (+1.5)

Stern Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza calls the decline, “a reflection of sluggish wage growth and growing concerns surrounding financing today's spending with tomorrow's wages.” She notes that consumers have been socking money away for a rainy day.

The Commerce Department recently reported that in January, the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- rose 0.5%, to 5.5%. The month before, the rate jumped 0.6%.

The full retail sales report is available on the Census Bureau website.

Initial claims

A big drop in the number of people filing first-time applications for state unemployment benefits.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial jobless claims plunged by 36,000 in the week ending March 7 to a seasonally adjusted initial claims was 289,000 – the first time in 3 weeks the total has been below 300,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 5,000 -- to 325,000.

Analysts at Briefing.com says claims have been very volatile over the last 4 weeks, making it difficult to get a handle on the labor market. DOL says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, dipped by 3,750 to 302,250.

There complete report may be found on the DOL website.  

From the U.S. Census Bureau, word that retail sales posted their third decline in as many months. According to the government, sales were down 0.6% in Feb...

Article Image

Hiring up, jobless rate down in February

Hiring has kicked into high gear, with the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reporting that total nonfarm payroll employment shot up by 295,000 in February. At the same time, the unemployment rate dipped from 5.7% to 5.5%

Along with the jobless rate, the number of unemployed persons dropped to 8.7 million. Over the year, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed persons were down by 1.2% and 1.7 million, respectively.

The civilian labor force participation rate -- at 62.8% -- was little-changed February and has remained within a narrow range of 62.7 to 62.9% since last April. The employment-population ratio was unchanged at 59.3% in February but is up 0.5% over the year.

Workers and non-workers

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for teenagers decreased by 1.7% points to 17.1% in February. The jobless rates for adult men (5.2%), adult women (4.9%), whites (4.7%), blacks (10.4%, Asians (4.0%), and Hispanics (6.6%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) was little changed at 2.7 million in February. These individuals accounted for 31.1% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed is down by 1.1 million.

Where the jobs are

Job gains last month were seen in food services and drinking places (59,000), professional and business services (51,000), management and technical consulting services (7,000), computer systems design and related services (5,000), and architectural and engineering services (5,000).

Construction added 29,000 jobs, with employment in specialty trade contractors up by 27,000 -- mostly in the residential component.

Health care employment rose by 24,000, transportation and warehousing added 19,000 jobs, and employment in retail trade continued to trend up in February (32,000).

Manufacturing employment added 8,000 positions, although within the industry, petroleum and coal products lost 6,000 jobs -- largely due to a strike. Employment in mining decreased by 9,000 in February, with most of it (-7,000) in support activities for mining.

Employment in other major industries, including wholesale trade, information, financial activities, and government, showed little change over the month.

Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 3 cents to $24.78. Over the year, average hourly earnings have risen by 2.0%.

The complete February employment report is available on the BLS website.

Hiring has kicked into high gear, with the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reporting that total nonfarm payroll employment shot up by 295,000 in February...

Article Image

U.S. employers cut 50k jobs in February

While there weren't as many planned job cuts in February as there were the month before, the total still topped 50,000.

The Challenger, Gray & Christmas monthly job report shows employers planned to eliminate 50,579 payroll positions -- 5% fewer than the 53,041 in January. Nonetheless, the February total was up 21% from a year ago, when 41,835 pink slips went out marking the third consecutive monthly job-cut total that exceeded the comparable year-ago figure.

During the first 2 months of this year, employers have planned 103,620 terminations -- 19% from the 86,942 job cuts recorded during the same period in 2014.

Oil prices a big factor

The energy sector saw the heaviest job cutting in last month 16,339 jobs disappearing -- due primarily to oil prices.

Falling oil prices have been responsible for 39,621 job cuts, to date, representing 38% of all recorded workforce reductions announced in the first two months of 2015. In February, 36% of all job cuts (18,299) were blamed on oil prices.

“Oil exploration and extraction companies, as well as the companies that supply them, are definitely feeling the impact of the lowest oil prices since 2009,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “These companies, while reluctant to completely shutter operations, are being forced to trim payrolls to contain costs.”

Challenger says that while oil-related companies will see profits slide, the net impact of falling oil prices will likely be positive for the economy, as a whole. “Some economists are estimating that GDP could see a 0.5 percentage point boost from low oil prices, due mostly to the extra spending power among consumers,” he said. On the other hand, “companies that are big users of oil, such as transportation firms, airlines and manufacturers of plastic and paint products will see higher profits thanks to cheap oil.”

Indeed, in a January survey by the National Association for Business Economics, 50% of in-house corporate economists said falling oil prices have already had a positive impact on their firms.

Cheap oil does not yet appear to be helping stem the tide of job cuts in the retail sector, which saw the second highest number of job cuts in February with 9,163. Employers in the sector have announced 15,862 job cuts so far this year -- little-changed from the first 2 months of 2014.

Jobless claims

From the government, meanwhile word of another increase in first-time applications for unemployment benefits.

According to the Labor Department (DOL) initial claims were up 7,000 in the week ending February 28 to 320,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a better gauge of the labor market because it strips out the volatility of the weekly tally, rose 10,250 -- to 304,750.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

While there weren't as many planned job cuts in February as there were the month before, the total still topped 50,000. The Challenger, Gray & Christmas m...

Article Image

Another month of solid job growth

February didn't quite measure up to January in terms of job growth. But the difference is unremarkable.

According to the February ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 212,000 last month compared with creation of 213,000 in January.

"While February’s job gains came in slightly lower than recent months, the trend of solid growth above

200,000 jobs per month continued,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “What is also encouraging is that job gains are broad-based across all key industries.”

The report, produced by the payroll firm in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

Small and medium-sized firms lead the way

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 94,000 in February, versus 97,000 in January. Among companies with 50-499 employment increased by 63,000 a significant drop from the 106,000 jobs created the previous month.

The number of new positions at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased from January, 56,000 compared with 47,000, while companies with 500-999 employees added 18,000 -- 2,000 more than in January. Companies with over 1,000 employees added

38,000 jobs, versus 30,000 the previous month.

Goods-producing employment rose by 31,000 jobs in February, with the construction industry adding 31,000 jobs, the same as last month. Manufacturing, however, added just 3,000 jobs following a surge of 15,00 in January.

Employment in firms that provide services was up by 181,000 jobs -- down 25,000 from January. Professional/business services contributed 34,000 jobs, and trade/transportation/utilities grew by 31,000. Additionally there were 20,000 new jobs in financial activities is an increase -- the largest gain in that sector since March 2006.

Moody’s Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi points out that job growth is strong, but slowing from the torrid pace of recent months. “Job gains remain broad-based, although the collapse in oil prices has begun to weigh on energy-related employment,” he said, adding, “at the current pace of growth, the economy will return to full employment by mid-2016.”

February didn't quite measure up to January in terms of job growth. But the difference is unremarkable. According to the February ADP National Employment ...

Article Image

Another drop in consumer spending

Consumer spending, or personal consumption expenditures (PCE), fell for the second straight month in January, while personal incomes rose for the second time in as many months.

Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show PCE was down $18.9 billion, or 0.2% following December's decline of 0.3%,

At the same time, personal income rose $50.8 billion, or 0.3%; the December gain in personal income

totaled $45.3 billion, or 0.3%. Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $52.6 billion, or 0.4%.

Wages and salaries

Wages and salaries surged $42.4 billion in last month, compared with December's increase of $8.6 billion. Breaking that down, private wages and salaries were up $39.7 billion, versus an advance of $7.2 billion in December. Government wages and salaries rose $2.5 billion, compared with an increase of $1.5 billion the month before. Pay raises for federal civilian and military personnel added $2.2 billion to government payrolls in January.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays -- which include PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments – dropped $16.3 billion in January, compared with a slide of $35.3 billion in December.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $728.5 billion in January, compared with $659.6 billion in December.

The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income – rose 0.5% last month -- to 5.5%.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Consumer spending, or personal consumption expenditures (PCE), fell for the second straight month in January, while personal incomes rose for the second ti...

Article Image

A slowdown in the fourth quarter economic growth rate

The second estimate of fourth-quarter gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- is in, and the growth rate isn't quite as robust as first estimated.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, GDP increased at an annual rate of 2.2% not the 2.6% reported last month. It increased 5.0% in the fourth quarter of of last year.

The GDP estimate released today is based on more complete source data than were available last month. A third and final estimate will be released in March.

In the second estimate, private inventory investment increased less than previously estimated, while nonresidential fixed investment increased more.

Contributors

The growth in real GDP in the fourth quarter reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), nonresidential fixed investment, exports, state and local government

spending, private inventory investment, and residential fixed investment. These were partly offset by a

decline in federal government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The deceleration from the advance estimate primarily reflected an upturn in imports, a downturn in federal government spending, and decelerations in nonresidential fixed investment and in exports that were partly offset by an acceleration in PCE, an upturn in private inventory investment, and an acceleration in state and local government spending.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, dipped 0.1% in the fourth quarter, compared with a decline of 0.3% in the first estimate. During the preceding quarter, the index was up 1.4%.

Excluding the volatile food and energy categories, the “core” price index for gross domestic purchases jumped 0.7%, compared with the 1.6% surge reported last month.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The second estimate of fourth-quarter gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price cha...

Article Image

Economic crystal ball suggests continued growth

A closely watched forecaster of U.S. economic performance came in positive again in January.

According to the Conference Board, its Leading Economic Index (LEI) inched up 0.2% last month following increases of 0.4% and 0,3% in December and November, respectively.

“The U.S. Leading Economic Index increased again in January, but its pace of growth has moderated in recent months,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, economist at The Conference Board. “While the LEI suggests a positive short-term outlook in 2015, the lack of strong momentum in residential construction, along with a weak outlook for new orders in manufacturing, poses a downside risk for the U.S. economy.”

The composite economic indexes are the key elements in an analytic system designed to signal peaks and troughs in the business cycle. The leading, coincident, and lagging economic indexes are essentially composite averages of several individual leading, coincident, or lagging indicators.

They are constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because they smooth out some of the volatility of individual components.

The 10 components of The Conference Board Leading Economic Index include:

  • Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  • Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  • Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  • ISM Index of New Orders
  • Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  • Building permits, new private housing units
  • Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  • Leading Credit Index
  • Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  • Average consumer expectations for business conditions

Jobless claims

Good news from the government on the employment front.

The Labor Department reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits were down 21,000 in the week ending February 14 to 283,000.

Analysts at Briefing.com say reports of mass layoffs in the energy sector have not yet shown up in the unemployment claims data, suggesting that -- for the time being -- businesses have not reduced their staff to meet the new lower-priced reality of the energy market.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly tally and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was down 6,500 from the previous week to 283,250, the lowest point since the end of last October.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

A closely watched forecaster of U.S. economic performance came in positive again in January. According to the Conference Board, its Leading Economic Index...

Article Image

Economy adds more than a quarter-million jobs

Economists looking for a solid jobs report may just have it with the January report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics.

Not only were 257,000 jobs created last month, but those who are working earned more money.

According to the report, the surge in jobs was led buy advances in retail trade, construction, health care, financial activities and manufacturing.

While the unemployment rate ticked up 0.1% -- to 5.7% -- analysts say that suggests more people are looking for work.

Nearly as important as the increase in new payroll positions is the fact that average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 12 cents -- to $24.75, following a decrease of 5 cents in December. Over the year, average hourly earnings are up 2.2%.

Where they're hiring

Job gains occurred in retail trade (+46,000), construction (+39,000), health care(+38,000), financial activities (+26,000) and manufacturing (+22,000).

Employment in other major industries, including mining and logging, wholesale

trade, transportation and warehousing, information and government, showed little

change over the month.

Who's working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for teenagers (18.8%) increased in January, while jobless rates for adult men (5.3%), adult women (5.1%), whites (4.9%), blacks (10.3%), Asians (4.0%) and Hispanics (6.7%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) was essentially unchanged in January at 2.8 million. These individuals accounted for 31.5% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed is down by 828,000.

The full January employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

Economists looking for a solid jobs report may just have it with the January report from the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Not only were 257,000 jobs create...

Article Image

Job cuts shoot higher in January

Falling oil prices may be good for a lot of consumers, but those who work in the oil patch aren't celebrating.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports U.S.-based employers announced plans to cut 53,041 jobs from their payrolls to start 2015, with 40% of them directly related to oil prices.

Last month's total was up 63% from December, and 18% higher than the same month a year ago. In fact, January saw the highest monthly job-cut tally since February 2013 and the highest January total since 2012.

Oil industry takes a hit

Of the 53,041 job cuts announced in January, 21,322 were directly attributed to the recent and sharp decline in oil prices. Most occurred in the energy industry, where employers announced a total of 20,193 layoffs (19,722 of which were directly attributed to oil prices). The January total is 42% higher than the 14,262 job cuts announced by the energy industry in all of 2014.

Falling oil prices also contributed to job cuts in the industrial goods manufacturing sector, where companies supplying products and materials to oil drillers were forced to shut down operations. These firms announced 4,859 job cuts in January, of which 1,600 (or 33%) were due to oil prices.

“We may see oil-related job cuts extend well beyond those industries directly involved with exploration and extraction,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The economies throughout the northern United States that have been thriving as a result of the oil boom could experience a steep decline in employment across all sectors, including retail, construction, food service and entertainment.”

Initial claims

From the government, word that the number of people filing first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose last week.

Initial claims rose 11,000, in the week ending January 31 to a total of 278,000. At the same time, the previous week's level was revised up by 2,000 -- from 265,000 to 267,000.

The government says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market because it is less volatile than the weekly tally, came to 292,750 -- a decline of 6,500 from the previous week.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

Falling oil prices may be good for a lot of consumers, but those who work in the oil patch aren't celebrating. Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray &...

Article Image

ADP: A January jump in job creation

January was another strong month for new jobs.

The ADP National Employment Report (NER), produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, says private sector employment increased by 213,000 jobs last month.

"January marks another month of solid job gains and is in line with the NER's twelve-month average of over 200,000 jobs added per month," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP.

Strength in the services sector

Service-providing employment rose by 183,000 jobs in January, down from 207,000 in December, with professional/business services contributing 42,000 jobs. Trade/transportation/utilities grew by 54,000, while 11,000 jobs were added in financial activities.

Employment among goods-producing firms rose by 31,000 jobs. The construction industry added 18,000 jobs, and manufacturing added 14,000 jobs.

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 78,000. Companies with 50-499 employees added 95,000 jobs, while employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees – was up 40,000 jobs. Firms that employ 500-999 people added 14,000 jobs, and those with over 1,000 employees created 26,000 jobs.

"Employment posted another solid gain in January, although the pace of growth is slower than in recent months,” noted Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi. “Business in the energy and supplying industries are already scaling back payrolls in reaction to the collapse in oil prices, while industries benefiting from the lower prices have been slower to increase their hiring. All indications are that the job market will continue to improve in 2015."

January was another strong month for new jobs. The ADP National Employment Report (NER), produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody's Analytics, says pri...

Article Image

Consumers tighten their belts in December even as incomes rise

Rather than open their wallets during December, consumers chose to sock more away for a rainy day.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, Personal consumption expenditures (PCE)

fell by $40.0 billion, or 0.3%, while personal income increased $41.3 billion, or 0.3%. Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $35.8 billion,

or 0.3%.

Wages and salaries

Wages and salaries inched up just $6.9 billion in December, after surging $42.2 billion in November.

Private wages and salaries were up $4.9 billion, while government wages and salaries increased $1.9 billion.

Supplements to wages and salaries increased $3.3 billion in December.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays, which include PCE, personal interest payments and personal current transfer payments, were down $39.2 billion compared with an increase of $59.7 billion in November.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $643.2 billion in December, compared with $568.2 billion in November.

That pushed the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- to 4.9% from 4.3% the month before.

The full report is available on the Commerce Department website.   

Rather than open their wallets during December, consumers chose to sock more away for a rainy day. According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, Personal ...

Article Image

Rate of economic growth slows considerably in 4th quarter

The economy continued to grow in the final 3 months of last year, but not at the rate we saw in the previous quarter.

The Commerce Department reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S. -- increased at an annual rate of 2.6 percent in the 4th quarter. This was the government's "advance" estimate; there will be 2 more in the months ahead when more data become available.

For all of 2014, real GDP expanded 2.4% compared with 2.2% the year before, and was the best year since 2010 when it grew 2.5%.

Why it slowed

The deceleration in real GDP growth in the 4th quarter primarily reflected an upturn in imports, a downturn in federal government spending, and slowdowns in nonresidential fixed investment and in exports that were partly offset by an upturn in private inventory investment and an acceleration in PCE.

Positive contributions came from from personal consumption expenditures, private inventory investment, exports, nonresidential fixed investment, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, fell 0.3% in the October-January period, in contrast to an increase of 1.4% in the 3rd quarter.

Excluding food and energy prices, the “core” price index for gross domestic purchases rose 0.7%, compared with a 3rd quarter increase of 1.6%.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The economy continued to grow in the final 3 months of last year, but not at the rate we saw in the previous quarter. The Commerce Department reports real...

Article Image

Jobless claims drop to lowest level in nearly 15 years

Initial applications for state jobless benefits plunged last week.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show first-time claims were down 43,000 in the week ending January 24 to a seasonally adjusted initial claims 265,000. That put claims at the lowest level since April 15, 2000, when they stood at 259,000.

DOL says there were no special factors affecting the initial claims level.

The 4-week moving average, which strips out the volatility of the weekly initial claims, and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was down 8,250 from the previous week to

298,500.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Initial applications for state jobless benefits plunged last week. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show first-time claims were down 43,000 ...

Article Image

A retreat for first-time jobless claims

Initial jobless claims fell last week after a surprise increase the previous week.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports applications for state unemployment benefits were down 10,000 during the week ending January 17 to seasonally adjusted 307,000. The previous weeks increase, reported at the time as 19,000 was even worse. The figure was revised upward to show an advance of 20,000 -- to 317 thousand.

DOL says there were no special factors affecting the initial claims increase.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market as it lacks the volatility of the initial claims calculation, rose 6,500 to 306,500.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Initial jobless claims fell last week after a surprise increase the previous week. The Labor Department (DOL) reports applications for state unemployment ...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims move sharply higher

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits are at their highest level since last June.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show first-time applications for state unemployment compensation surged by 19,000 in the week ending January 10 to a seasonally adjusted 316,000.

At the same time, the level for the previous week was revised up by 3,000 -- from 294,000 to

297,000.

Analysts at Briefing.com, who expected the claims level to fall to 290,000, say the increase may be tied to the drop in oil prices, which could result in job cuts as fracking becomes uneconomical.

The 4-week moving average, which lacks the volatility of the initial claims data and is considered a better gauge of the labor market, was 298,000 -- up 6,750 from the previous week.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Inflation

In a separate report, DOL says the Producer Price Index (PPI) fell 0.3% in December, the second consecutive monthly decline and the second in three months. That puts the increase in the PPI for all of 2014 at 1.1% following a rise of 1.2% the previous year.

More than 70% of the December decline is due to gasoline prices, which plunged 14.5%. Overall, energy prices were down 6.6%.

Food prices slipped 0.4% last month and have fallen in 4 of the last 5 months.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits are at their highest level since last June. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show fi...

Article Image

A quarter-million new jobs in December

The U.S. economy appears to have turned into a job machine.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show 250,000 payroll positions were created in December as the unemployment rate dropped 0.2% -- to 5.6%.

At the same time, though, the civilian labor force participation rate edged down 0.2% last month to 62.7%. Since April, the participation rate has remained within a narrow range of 62.7 to 62.9%. The employment-population ratio was 59.2% for the third consecutive month, although the employment-population ratio is up by 0.6% over the year.

The strong December gain pushed monthly job growth in 2014 to an average of 246,000 compared with an average monthly gain of 194,000 in 2013.

Winners and losers

Employment in professional and business services rose by 52,000 in December, led by administrative and waste services (+35,000), computer systems design and related services (+9,000), and architectural and engineering services (+5,000). Employment in accounting and bookkeeping services declined (-14,000).

Construction added 48,000 jobs as specialty trade contractors gained 26,000 position, equally split between residential and nonresidential contractors. Employment also increased in heavy and civil engineering construction (+12,000) and in nonresidential building (+10,000).

Employment in food services and drinking places increased by 44,000, while health care added 34,000 jobs and manufacturing employment rose by 17,000. Manufacturing added an average of 16,000 jobs per month in 2014, compared with an average gain of 7,000 jobs per month in 2013.

Who's working and who's not

The unemployment rate for adult women fell 0.2% in December to 5.0%, while the rates for adult men (5.3%), teenagers (16.8%), whites (4.8%), blacks (10.4%), Hispanics (6.5%) and Asians (4.2%) were little-changed.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or longer) was essentially unchanged at 2.8 million and accounted for 31.9% of the unemployed. Over the year, the number of long-term unemployed has declined by 1.1 million.

The number of people employed part time for economic reasons (sometimes referred to as involuntary part-time workers) was little changed in December at 6.8 million. These individuals, who would have preferred full-time employment, were working part time because their hours had been cut back or because they were unable to find a full-time job.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

The U.S. economy appears to have turned into a job machine. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) created 250,000 payroll positions last month as...

Article Image

December job cuts plunge 9% from November's level

Another good sign that the economy is back on track comes in news from Challenger, Gray & Christmas that job cuts declined for a second straight month in December.

According to the outplacement consultancy, U.S.-based employers announced plans to reduce payrolls by 32,640 -- the third lowest monthly total of 2014 -- and down 9.2 percent from 35,940 planned reductions in November.

All told, 2014 saw the fewest planned job cuts since 1997.

Last year's total of 483,171 announced job cuts is down 5.0% from the 509,051 cuts tracked in 2013 and the lowest annual total since 434,350 job cuts were recorded in 1997.

“Layoffs aren’t simply at pre-recession levels; they are at pre-2001-recession levels” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “This bodes well for job seekers, who will not only find more employment opportunities in 2015, but will enjoy increased job security once they are in those new positions.”

Computer industry leads the cut parade

In 2014, the top three job-cutting industries of the year are all examples of sectors that are, for all intents and purposes, enjoying the fruits of expansion. However, various companies for various reasons made significant cuts to their payrolls.

Despite the overall strength of the tech sector, employers in the computer industry saw the heaviest downsizing of the year, announcing a total of 59,528 planned terminations -- a surge of 69% from a year ago, when they cut 35,136 jobs. A large portion of the pink slips came from tech giants Hewlett Packard and Microsoft, where both are attempting to become more nimble in a very competitive market.

Job cuts in the retail sector fell 11% in 2014, but the industry still ranked second with 43,783 reductions announced during the year -- including 2,195 in December. The third-ranked health care sector also saw fewer firings last year, going from 52,637 job cuts in 2013 to a 2014 total of 38,359.

Overall, 16 of the 28 industries tracked by Challenger saw fewer job cuts in 2014, with an average decline of 34%. The insurance industry experienced the biggest decline, with job cuts falling 65% from 6,519 in 2013 to 2,259 last year.

The largest increases in job cuts occurred among employers in the entertainment industry and electronics; job cuts more than doubled in both. In the entertainment and leisure industry, job cuts jumped 125% from 2013, while reductions in the electronics industry shot up 120%.

Initial claims

Following last week's unexpected surge, the number of people filing first-time applications for unemployment benefits fell last week.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports there were a seasonally adjusted 294,000 initial jobless claims submitted in the week ending January 3, down 4,000 from the previous week.

While DOL says there were no special factors affect this week's initial claims, analysts at Briefing-com say there have been anecdotal reports of increased job-cutting in the energy sector due to low oil prices.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly tally and considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, fell 250 -- to 290,500.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Another good sign that the economy is back on track comes in news from outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas that job cuts declined for a s...

Article Image

ADP: Job creation surges in December

Nearly a-quarter million people found work in the private sector last month.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, the economy created 241,000 jobs during December.

The report, produced by the payroll concern and Moody's Analytics, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"December delivered another strong number well above 200,000 to close out a solid year of employment growth with over two and a half million jobs added," said Carlos Rodriguez, president and CEO of ADP. "Small businesses continued to lead the way, but mid-sized and large companies also showed solid gains."

Businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased the number of jobs by 106,000 jobs in December, compared with 99,000 in November. Employment among companies with 50-499 employees rose by 70,000, versus 73,000.

Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased went from 54,000 in November to 66,000 jobs last month, while companies with 500-999 employees added 22,000 jobs, 10,000 more than the month before. Companies with over 1,000 employees added 43,000 jobs.

A manufacturing boost

Employment in goods-producing industries rose by 46,000 jobs in December, with manufacturing adding 26,000 jobs up from 40,000 jobs for the second highest monthly total of 2014. The construction industry added 23,000 payroll positions.

Service-providing employment rose by 194,000 jobs last month. Professional/business services contributed 69,000 jobs, wile trade/transportation/utilities grew by 44,000, and financial activities added 16,000 jobs -- the largest monthly gain in that sector for 2014.

With businesses across all industries and sizes adding to payrolls, Moody's Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi says that at the current pace of job growth, “the economy will be back to full employment by this time next year."

Nearly a-quarter million people found work last month. According to the ADP National Employment Report, the economy created 241,000 private sector jobs du...

Article Image

The economy takes off

Looks like the economy has finally found its footing.

According to the "third" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic product (GDP -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 5.0% in the third quarter.

It's the biggest increase since a surge of 6.9% in the third quarter of 2003 and follows an increase of 4.6% in this year's second quarter.

Additional data available

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available for last month's "second" estimate, which had the GDP expanding at a 3.9% annual rate. issued last month. The third estimate for the third quarter had both personal consumption expenditures (PCE), or consumer spending, and nonresidential fixed investment increasing more than previously estimated.

An increase in federal government spending, exports and state and local government spending also played a role.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, rose 1.4% -- the same as in the second estimate; it had increased 2.0% in the second quarter.

Excluding the volatile food and energy sectors, the “core rate” of GDP inflation rose at an annual rate of 1.6% in the third quarter, compared with an increase of 1.7% in the second three months of the year.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Looks like the economy has finally found its footing. According to the "third" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic p...

Article Image

Another drop in weekly jobless claims


The number of people filling out initial applications for state unemployment benefits continued to decline last week.

According to the Labor Department (DOL) first-time jobless claims totaled a seasonally adjusted 289,000, in the week ending December 13 down 6,000 from the previous week's level, which had been revised up by 1,000 -- to 295,000.

Economists at Briefing.com, who were forecasting a total of 292,000 claims, says the claims data continue to suggest an economy at, or near, full employment.

The 4-week moving average, which strips out the volatility in the weekly number, and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was down 750 from the week before to 298,750.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Economic indicators

In other economic developments, The Conference Board reports its Leading Economic Index (LEI) was up 0.6% in November, following an identical increase in October, and a jump of 0.8% in September.

“The increase in the LEI signals continued moderate growth through the winter season,” said Conference Board Economist Ken Goldstein. “The biggest challenge has been, and remains, more income growth. However, with labor market conditions tightening, we are seeing the first signs of wage growth starting to pick up.”

The number of people filling out initial applications for state unemployment benefits continued to decline last week. According to the Labor Department (D...

Article Image

Retail sales post second consecutive monthly gain

Building on an upwardly revised advance of 0.5% in October -- the first in 8 months -- retail sales rose 0.7% during November, according to figures released by the U.S. Census Bureau.

The increase of $449.3 billion put sales up 4.7% from the same period a year ago.

The November gain was paced by a 1.7% surge in sales by auto and other motor vehicle dealers, an increase in 1.4% by building material & garden equipment & supplies dealers an a rise of 1.2% by Clothing and clothing accessories stores.

Those were partially offset by a decline of 1.7% in sales by miscellaneous store retailers and an 0.8% dip in gasoline sales.

The National Retail Federation (NRF) credits increasing wages combined with lower gas prices. “Every economic indicator is pointing toward a strong holiday season,” said NRF Chief Economist Jack Kleinhenz, adding, “Healthy November sales should provide momentum for an even stronger December as customers continue to seek out deals all the way to Christmas.”

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial jobless claims

The Bureau of Labor Statistics, meanwhile reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits continues to fall.

Initial jobless claims totaled 294,000 in the week ending December 6 -- down 3,000 from the previous week. The government says there were no special factors affecting the claims level, which analysts say continues to show an economy at, or near, full employment.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly figure and is considered a better gauge of the labor market, rose by 250 last week to 299,250.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

Building on an upwardly revised advance of 0.5% in October -- the first in 8 months -- retail sales rose 0.7% during November, according to figures release...

Article Image

The job market roars!

Growth in professional and business services, retail trade, health care, and manufacturing led to a surge of 321,000 in nonfarm payroll positions in November -- the best showing in almost 3 years.

Still, figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show the unemployment rate held at 5.8%, and the number of unemployed persons was little changed at 9.1 million. Over the year, the jobless rate and the number of unemployed persons were down by 1.2% and 1.7 million, respectively.

In addition, he change in total nonfarm payroll employment for September was revised from +256,000 to +271,000, and the change for October was revised from +214,000 to +243,000. With these revisions, employment gains in September and October combined were 44,000 more than previously reported.

And there was more good news for those who are employed. Average hourly earnings for all employees on private nonfarm payrolls rose by 9 cents in November -- to $24.66 in November. Over the year, average hourly earnings have risen by 2.1%.

Broad-based hiring

Employment in professional and business services increased by 86,000 last month, compared with an average gain of 57,000 per month over the prior 12 months.

Retail trade added 50,000 jobs, versus an average gain of 22,000 per month over the year, with additions in motor vehicle and parts dealers (+11,000); clothing and accessories stores (+11,000); sporting goods, hobby, book, and music stores (+9,000); and non-store retailers (+6,000).

Health care added 29,000 jobs, with employment trending up in doctors' offices (+7,000), home health care services (+5,000), outpatient care centers (+4,000), and hospitals (+4,000).

Manufacturing added 28,000 jobs, with durable goods manufacturers accounting for 17,000 of the increase, with small gains in most of the component industries. Employment in non-durable goods increased by 11,000, with plastics and rubber products (+7,000) accounting for most of the gain.

Financial activities added 20,000 jobs in November, with half of the gain in insurance carriers and related activities. Over the past year, insurance has contributed 70,000 jobs to the overall employment gain of 114,000 in financial activities.

Construction employment also continued to trend up in November (+20,000), with employment in

specialty trade contractors rising by 21,000, mostly in the residential component. Over the past 12 months, construction has added 213,000 jobs.

Who's working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for adult men rose to 5.4%, while the rates for adult women (5.3%), teenagers (17.7%), whites (4.9%), blacks (11.1%, Hispanics (6.6%) and Asians (4.8%) were little changed from a year earlier.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) was little changed at 2.8 million in November, accounting for 30.7% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has fallen by 1.2 million.

The civilian labor force participation rate held at 62.8% in November and has been essentially unchanged since April. The employment-population ratio, at 59.2%, was unchanged in November but is up by 0.6% over the year.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

Growth in professional and business services, retail trade, health care, and manufacturing led to a surge of 321,000 in nonfarm payroll positions in Novemb...

Article Image

Job cuts plunge in November

U.S.-based employers reduced their job cutting by 30% in November, with the announcement of 35,940 eliminations during the penultimate month of 2014

Figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas show the dramatic decline came just a month after job cuts surged 70% --to 51,183 in October. The November total was 21% lower than the 45,314 job cuts announced the same month a year ago.

Heading into December, employers have announced 450,531 job cuts -- down 5.8% from 478,428 at the same point in 2013. Job cuts are on pace to finish the year with the lowest year-end total since 1997.

Consumer goods leads the way

Companies in the consumer products industry saw the heaviest downsizing with 5,158 jobs disappearing from payrolls. That was followed by the health care sector with 5,124 announced job cuts during the month.

So far this year, the computer industry remains the top job-cutting industry, with 58,207 planned terminations. That's nearly double the 29,558 job cuts announced by computer firms between January and November 2013.

The second leading job-cut industry to date is the retail sector, where 41,588 jobs have disappeared, including 2,640 last month.

Retails ups and downs

“While retailers have cut about 9,500 jobs over the last two months, this is an area that continues to expand.” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Right now, these employers are adding tens of thousands of seasonal workers to help with the holiday rush. It is true that these jobs are temporary and most will be eliminated in the new year. However, government data show that employment in the sector has nearly reached pre-recession levels and continues to grow.”

Seasonally-adjusted employment figures from the Bureau of Labor Statistics, which are intended to smooth out the volatile fluctuations related to seasonal hiring, show that there were 15.4 million workers in retail, as of October -- just shy of the record-level of 15.5 million reached in 2007.

“And, before dismissing all of these new jobs as low-skilled, low-paying sales clerk and cashier jobs,” Challenger pointed out, “remember that the shift toward online shopping means retailers are hiring more and more app developers, IT security professionals, online and social media marketing teams, logistics engineers, as analysts to collect, sort and interpret all of that data collected with each mouse click.”

Initial claims

A big drop last week in first-time applications for state unemployment benefits.

According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, initial jobless claims fell by 17,000 during the week ending November 29 -- the biggest move in 4 weeks -- to a seasonally adjusted 297,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000 to 314,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly calculation and considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was 299,000 -- an increase of 4,750.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

U.S.-based employers reduced their job cutting by 30% in November, with the announcement of 35,940 eliminations during the penultimate month of 2014 Figur...

Article Image

Job creation tops 200k – again

Job creation in the private sector was strong again during November.

ADP National Employment Report, which is produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, says employment last month increased by 208,000 jobs from October.

According to the report, which is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 101,000 jobs in November, compared with 103,000 in October.

Job growth fell significantly over the month for medium-sized, with employment among companies with 50-499 employees rising by just 65,000, well below October’s increase of 122,000.

Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- rebounded from 7,000 the month before to 42,000 jobs added in November. Companies with 500-999 employees added 10,000 jobs, 4,000 fewer than in October. However, the drop was more than offset by the addition of 32,000 jobs by companies with over 1,000 employees.

"November continued to show solid job growth above 200,000,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “Small businesses continued to drive job gains adding almost half the total for the month.”

Goods and services producers

Employment in the goods-producing sector rose by 32,000 jobs in November, after adding 46,000 positions in October. The construction industry added 10,000 jobs over the month, down 17,000 October's gain, while, manufacturing added 11,000 jobs in November, a dip of 2,000 from the previous month.

Service-providing employment rose by 176,000 jobs in November, versus the addition of 187,000 in October. Withing that sector, professional/business services contributed 37,000 jobs, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 49,000, and there were 5,000 mew positions in financial activities.

“At this pace the unemployment rate will drop by half a percentage point per annum,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics, predicting that, “the tightening in the job market will soon prompt acceleration in wage growth.”  

Job creation in the private sector was strong again during November. ADP National Employment Report, which is produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analy...

Article Image

Personal income and spending on the rise in October

Consumers saw both their personal incomes and disposable personal income (DPI) head higher last month, with personal spending also posting a gain.

Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal income was up $32.9 billion, or 0.2%, and disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- rose $23.4 billion, or 0.2%, in October.

Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) increased $27.3 billion, or 0.2 percent.

Wages and salaries

Private wages and salaries advanced $18.8 billion last month, compared with an increase of $13.9 billion in September. Payrolls of goods-producing industries rose $7.2 billion, with manufacturing payrolls up $4.4 billion.

Services-producing industries' payrolls increased $11.6 billion, and government wages and salaries added $1.4 billion.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays, which include PCE, personal interest payments and personal current transfer payments, rose $26.3 billion in October, after increasing just $8.7 billion the month before.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $651.2 billion, down nearly $3 billion from September. Still, the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.0% in October, the same as in September.

The complete incomes and spending report for October is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial jobless claims

Separately, the government reports first-time applications surged by 21,000 in the week ending November 22 to a seasonally adjusted initial claims was 313,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000 -- from 291,000 to 292,000.

The consensus estimate of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a total of 288,000.

Analysts say the surge above 300,000 for the first time since early September was likely the result of a one-time episode of volatility and that the previous weeks lead them to believe claims are in the range that suggest full employment.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly tally and considered a more accurate reading of labor conditions, rose by 6,250 from the previous week to 294,000.

The full report may be found on the Labor Department website.

Consumers saw both their personal incomes and disposable personal income (DPI) head higher last month, with personal spending also posting a gain. Figures...

Article Image

Economy flexes its muscles

A further look at the economic growth numbers for the third quarter suggests things were a little better than first reported.

According to the "second" estimate from the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 3.9% in the during July, August and September. The "advance" estimate issued last month put the increase at 3.5%.

When combined with the 4.6% expansion in GDP in the second quarter, the result is the best six-month period of growth in 11 years.

It's important to remember, though, that the third-quarter figures are subject to another estimate, due out in December.

More information available

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available for the "advance" estimate. With the second estimate, private inventory investment decreased less than previously estimated, and both personal consumption expenditures (PCE) and nonresidential fixed investment increased more. In contrast, exports increased less than previously estimated (see

The increase in real GDP in the third quarter reflected positive contributions from PCE, nonresidential fixed investment, federal government spending, exports, residential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. These were partly offset by a decline in private inventory investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, decreased.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, increased 1.4% -- up 0.1% from the advance estimate; it increased 2.0% in the second quarter.

Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases -- the core rate -- increased 1.6% in the third quarter, compared with an increase of 1.7% in the second.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce department website.

A further look at the economic growth numbers for the third quarter suggests things were a little better than first reported. According to the "second" es...

Article Image

Retail sales inch higher in October

Retail sales bounced back in October from September's decline -- the first in 8 months.

The Census Bureau reports sales were up a seasonally adjusted $444.5 billion or 0.3% from the

previous month, and were 4.1% above October the same period a year ago.

Contributing to the advance were sales at Sporting goods, hobby, book & music stores (+1.2), food services and drinking places (+0.9%) and health and personal care stores (+0.7%). Auto sales rose 0.5% after falling 1.1% in September.

Keeping a lid on the increase were sales at electronics and appliance stores (-1.6%) and gas stations (-1.5%).

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza notes that while the weakness in October was dominated by a few categories, there was insufficient demand elsewhere to compensate. "Consumers continue to spend," she noted, "but at a modest level with no sign of further momentum in sight."

The complete retail sales report for October is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retail sales bounced back in October from September's decline -- the first in 8 months. The Census Bureau reports sales were up a seasonally adjusted $444...

Article Image

Jobless claims head higher

Despite an increase this past week, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits continue to trend below the 300,000 level, considered by many economists to be at or near full employment.

Figures from the Labor Department (DOL) show initial jobless claims jumped 12,000 in the week ending November 8 to a seasonally adjusted 290,000. DOL says there were no special factors affecting the claim numbers.

Analysts at Briefing.com, who were expecting the claims level to come in at 280,000, say that while businesses clearly have reduced layoffs, there has been no clear acceleration in hiring -- that companies seem to be content with their current labor needs.

The 4-week moving average, which strips out the volatility found in the weekly numbers and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 285,000, up 6,000 from the previous week -- a 3-week high.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Despite an increase this past week, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits continue to trend below the 300,000 level, considered by many e...

Article Image

Job creation up, unemployment down in October

October was another strong month for job creation.

Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show nonfarm payrolls surged by 214,000, while the unemployment rate dipped 0.1% to 5.8%.

And that's not the end of the good news. The change in payroll creation for August was revised from +180,000 to +203,000, and the change for September was revised from +248,000 to +256,000. That means there were 31,000 more new jobs in those 2 months than previously reported.

Over the past 12 months, monthly employment gains have averaged 222,000, and the jobless rate has fallen 0.8%, with the number of unemployed persons down 1.2 million. The civilian labor force was little-changed in October at 62.8% and has been essentially flat since April. The employment-population ratio increased for the first time in 5 months, rising 0.2% -- to 59.2%.

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for whites declined to 4.8% last month. The rates for adult men (5.1%), adult women (5.4%), teenagers (18.6%), blacks (10.9%), Hispanics (6.8% and Asians (5.0%) were little changed.

Who's hiring

Job growth in October occurred in food services and drinking places (42,000), retail trade (27,000) and health care (25,000). Other sectors showing a higher trend include professional and business services (37,000), temporary help services (15,000) and computer systems design and related services (7,000).

Manufacturing added 15,000 jobs, with contributions from machinery (+5,000), furniture and related products (+4,000) and semiconductors and electronic components (+2,000). Over the year, manufacturing has added 170,000 jobs, largely in durable goods.

Employment in other major industries, including mining and logging, wholesale trade, information, financial activities, and government, showed little change.

The complete October employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

October was another strong month for job creation. Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show nonfarm payrolls surged by 214,000, while the u...

Article Image

Job cuts soar in October

What a difference a month makes!

Monthly job cuts surged 68% in October to the second highest total this year, after falling to a 14-year low in September.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, U.S.-based employers announced they were cutting 51,183 job cuts last month, following a reduction of 30,477 in September -- the lowest monthly total since June, 2000. October job cuts were up 12% from the same month a year ago.

The October total is not only the second highest of the year behind May’s 52,961, but it marks only the fourth time in the last 22 months that job cuts topped 50,000. Employers have now announced 414,591 job cuts so far this year -- down 4.3% from last year, when 433,114 job cuts were reported from January through October.

A trend in the making?

“While it is too early to say for certain, the October figure may mark the kick-off to a fourth-quarter surge in job cuts,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “It is not unusual to see the pace of downsizing accelerate in the final months of the year, as employers take measures to meet year-end earnings and profit goals.”

In recent years, since the end of the recession, the fourth quarter surge in job cuts has been somewhat subdued, with much of the increase occurring in October and November. In fact, in the previous two years, December was one of the lowest job-cut months.”

Retailers take the hardest hit

Job cuts in October were led by the retail industry, which announced 6,874 planned firings during the month. That is nearly 3.5 times more than the cuts announced by retailers in September. To date, retailers have announced 38,948 reductions in force in 2014 -- second only to the computer industry.

Computer firms announced another 6,509 job cuts in October, bringing the year-to-date total for the industry to 55,511, making it the leading job-cut industry by a wide margin.

“If there is any good news in the October job-cut surge, it is that the leading job cuts are not indicative of overall weakness in the economy,” said Challenger. “The heaviest cuts came from companies that are struggling to find their footing in this recovery. In several cases, downsizing organizations are in industries that are going through fundamental changes and these companies are taking steps to catch up to these changes.”

Jobless claims

From the government, meanwhile, word that first-time applications for unemployment benefits fell by 10,000 in the week ending November 1 to a seasonally adjusted 278,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were looking for a total of 285,000 initial claims.

Noting that initial claims have held steady at levels below 300,000 over the past several weeks, analysts point out that businesses have clearly reduced layoff activities, which should stimulate significant job growth.

We'll get an idea of whether that's happening on Friday when the October payroll figures and unemployment report are released. ADP reported yesterday that 230,000 jobs were created last month, and the Briefing.com consensus forecast is for 235,000 new positions.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a better gauge of the labor market because of its lack of volatility, came in at 279,000 -- down 2,250 from the previous week.

The complete initial claims report is available on the Labor Department website.

What a difference a month makes! Monthly job cuts surged 68% in October to the second highest total this year, after falling to a 14-year low in Septembe...

Article Image

The jobs keep coming

Another 230,000 people found work in the private sector during October, according to the ADP National Employment Report.

Positions at companies with 50-499 employees rose by 122,000 last month -- well over twice September’s increase of 47,000. Job creation at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- saw a big drop from 85,000 the previous month to only 5,000 jobs added in October.

Companies with 500-999 employees added 14,000 jobs, although this was offset by the loss of 8,000 jobs by companies with over 1,000 employees.

"Employment continues to trend upward as we begin the last quarter of 2014, driven mostly by small to mid-sized companies,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “October’s job growth is the highest since June and the second highest gain of 2014.”

Sector performance

Employment in goods-producing companies by 48,000 in October, down 2,000 from September, while the construction industry added 28,000 jobs, more than double the 13,000 hires in September.

Manufacturing, meanwhile, added 15,000 jobs in October, down by over half from September’s 33,000 -- the highest total in that sector since March 2011.

Service-providing employment rose by 5,000 jobs from September -- to 181,000 jobs in October, with professional/business services contributing 53,000. Employment in trade/transportation/utilities grew by 47,000, while financial activities added 4,000 positions -- less than half of the previous month’s number.

“The job market is steadily picking up pace. Job growth is strong and broad-based across industries and company sizes,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “At this pace of job growth unemployment and underemployment is quickly declining. The job market will soon be tight enough to support a meaningful acceleration in wage growth.”

The ADP National Employment Report is produced by ADP in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics.

Another 230,000 people found work in the private sector during October, according to the ADP National Employment Report. Positions at companies with 50-49...

Article Image

Incomes creep higher in September, while spending dips

Personal income rose last month, while consumers tightened their grip on their pocket books.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, incomes were up $22.7 billion, or 0.2%, and personal consumption expenditures (PCE) dipped $19.0 billion, or 0.2%.

By way of comparison, personal income increased $50.7 billion, or 0.3% in August and PCE jumped $58.7 billion, or 0.5%, based on revised estimates.

Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes increased $15.7 billion, or 0.1%, in September, versus an advance of $37.5 billion, or 0.3%, the month before.

Wages and salaries

The September increase in private wages and salaries was about a third of it was the previous month: $12.6 billion vs. $36.3 billion.

Goods-producing industries' payrolls inched up just $0.7 billion, following $4.8 billion increase in August. Within that sector, manufacturing payrolls fell 0.3 billion, after adding $2.2 billion a month earlier.

Payrolls of services-producing industries rose $11.9 billion, compared with an increase of $31.4 billion in August, while government wages and salaries increased were up $1.4 billion, following a $0.9+ billion gain the previous month.

Personal outlays and personal saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- decreased $14.5 billion in September, in contrast to a $63.4 billion surge in August.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $732.2 billion in September, compared with $702.0 billion in August. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.6% in September, compared with 5.4% in August.

The rate was 4.9% at the start of the year.

The complete incomes and expenditures report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Personal income rose last month, while consumers tightened their grip on their pocket books. According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, incomes were up...

Article Image

Economic growth continues through the summer

The nation's economy continued to chug along during the third quarter, although not as robustly at it did in the spring.

The "advance" estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis shows real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the value of the production of goods and services in the U.S., adjusted for price changes -- increased at an annual rate of 3.5% in July, August and September. Real GDP surged 4.6% in the second quarter.

Keep in mind that this advance estimate is based on data that are incomplete or subject to further revision. The "second" estimate -- based on more complete data -- will be released in a month.

Consumers lend a hand

The third-quarter increase reflects positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, nonresidential fixed investment, federal government spending, and state and local government spending. These were partly offset by a drop in private inventory investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, decreased.

The deceleration in the percent change in real GDP reflected a downturn in private inventory investment and decelerations in PCE, in nonresidential fixed investment, in exports, in state and local government spending, and in residential fixed investment that were partly offset by a downturn in imports and an upturn in federal government spending.

GDP inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases -- which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, rose 1.3% in the third quarter, following a 2.0% increase in the second three months of the year. The “core rate,” which excludes the volatile food and energy categories, increased 1.5%, versus a 1.7% advance in the second quarter.

The full GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial jobless claims

From the Labor Department (DOL), word that first-time applications for state unemployment benefits rose by 3,000 in the week ending October 25, to a seasonally adjusted total of 287,000.

It's now been several weeks that the claims level has been below 300,000, leading many economists to suggest that the economy is at, or near, full employment.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly report and considered a better gauge of the labor market, cam in at 281,000 -- down 250 from the previous week.

The complete initial claims report may be found on the DOL website,

The nation's economy continued to chug along during the third quarter, although not as robustly at it did in the spring. The "advance" estimate released b...

Article Image

Leading Economic Index portends continued growth

After taking August off, the Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) is on the move again.

The advance of 0.8% in September to 104.4 follows no change in August, and an advance of 1.1% in July.

“The LEI picked up in September, after no change in August, and the strengths among its components have been very widespread over the past six months,” said Conference Board Economist Ataman Ozyildirim. “The outlook for improving employment and further income growth are expected to support the moderate expansion in the U.S economy for the remainder of the year.”

While the financial markets are reflecting turmoil and unease, Ken Goldstein, also an economist at The Conference Board, says the data on the leading indicators, “continue to suggest moderate growth in the short-term. Meanwhile, the weak advances in the housing market remain a bigger risk to the outlook than short-term financial gyrations.”

Other indexes

The Conference Board Coincident Economic Index (CEI) rose 0.4% to 110.2 following a 0.1% increase in August, and a 0.3% gain in July.

The Conference Board Lagging Economic Index (LAG) inched up 0.1% in September to 125.1. It rose 0.3% in August and 0.2% in July.

The composite economic indexes are the key elements in an analytic system designed to signal peaks and troughs in the business cycle. The leading, coincident, and lagging economic indexes are essentially composite averages of several individual leading, coincident, or lagging indicators. They are constructed to summarize and reveal common turning point patterns in economic data in a clearer and more convincing manner than any individual component -- primarily because they smooth out some of the volatility of individual components.

The 10 LEI components include:

  • Average weekly hours, manufacturing
  • Average weekly initial claims for unemployment insurance
  • Manufacturers’ new orders, consumer goods and materials
  • ISM Index of New Orders
  • Manufacturers' new orders, nondefense capital goods excluding aircraft orders
  • Building permits, new private housing units
  • Stock prices, 500 common stocks
  • Leading Credit Index
  • Interest rate spread, 10-year Treasury bonds less federal funds
  • Average consumer expectations for business conditions

After taking August off, the Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI) is on the move again. The advance of 0.8% in September to 104.4 follows no ch...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims hit 14-year low

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits have fallen to their lowest level in 14 years.

According to the Labor Department (DOL), claims plunged 23,000 in the week ending October 11 to a seasonally 264,000. That's is the lowest level since April 15, 2000, 259,000 claims were filed.

Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were expecting an increase to 290,000.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza calls the decline a “welcomed improvement,” but adds that while claims have been declining for several months, “that hasn't yet translated into high-wage, full-time employment.”

Other analysts speculate that the improvement may be an indication that the slack in the labor market may be drying up.

The 4-week moving average, which is not as volatile and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was down 4,250 to 283,500 -- the lowest level for this average since June 10, 2000, when it was 283,500.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits have fallen to their lowest level in 14 years. According to the Labor Department (DOL), claims plu...

Article Image

First-time jobless claims show little change

Not much change in the past week in the number of people filing initial applications for state unemployment benefits.

According to the Labor Department (DOL), there were 287,000 new claims on a seasonally adjusted basis in the week ending October 4 -- down 1,000 from the week before. That week's total was revised up by 1,000 from 287,000.

The latest number came in well below the consensus estimate of 295,000 by economists surveyed by Briefing.com.

Analysts say the initial claims trends are pointing toward a solid improvement in labor market conditions and imply an economy at, or near, full employment.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 287,750, a decline of 7,250 from the previous week.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Not much change in the past week in the number of people filing initial applications for state unemployment benefits. According to the Labor Department (D...

Article Image

September brings more jobs, lower unemployment

A surge in jobs in professional and business services, retail trade, and health care helped push total nonfarm payroll employment up by 248,000 in September.

At the same time, figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show the unemployment rate fell to 5.9% -- the lowest since July 2008.

The 0.2% decline in the jobless rate came as the number of unemployed persons fell by 329,000 to 9.3 million. Over the year, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed persons were down by 1.3% points and 1.9 million, respectively.

The civilian labor force participation rate, at 62.7 percent, changed little in September. The employment-population ratio was 59.0% for the fourth consecutive month.

Who’s working and who’s not

Among the major worker groups, unemployment rates declined in September for adult men (5.3%), whites (5.1%), Hispanics (6.9%) and Asians (4.3%). The rates for adult women (5.5%), teenagers (20.0%), and blacks (11.0%) showed little change over the month.

Among the unemployed, the number of job losers and persons who completed temporary jobs decreased by 306,000 in September --  to 4.5 million. The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) was essentially unchanged at 3.0 million in September. These individuals accounted for 31.9% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed is down by 1.2 million.

Where the jobs are

Professional and business services added 81,000 jobs in September, followed by employment services (+34,000), management and technical consulting services (+12,000), and architectural and engineering services (+6,000). Employment in legal services declined by 5,000 over the month.

Employment in retail trade rose by 35,000 in September, with food and beverage stores adding 20,000 jobs. Employment in retail trade has increased by 264,000 over the past 12 months.

Employment in other major industries, including manufacturing, wholesale trade,transportation and warehousing, and government, showed little change over the month.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

A surge in jobs in professional and business services, retail trade, and health care helped push total nonfarm payroll employment up by 248,000 in Septemb...

Article Image

Job cuts down sharply in September

Planned job cuts announced by employers based in the U.S. plunged 24% in September to a 14-year low of 30,477.

Figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas suggest 2014 is on pace to be the lowest job-cut year since 1997.

Last month’s job cuts were the fewest since June, 2000, when just 17,241 workers were let go. The September decline brings the 2014 monthly average down to 40,379. If this pace holds, the year could end with fewer than 500,000 job cuts for the first time since 1997 (434,350).

So far this year, employers have announced 363,408 planned terminations -- 6.2% fewer than the 387,384 cuts announced through September, 2013. 

“There have been a couple of bumps in the road for the economy lately, which caused consumer confidence to drop in its latest reading,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “However,” he added, “as this report shows, the recent hiccups have not resulted in widespread layoffs. Job security is being helped by the fact that corporate profits remain near record highs. So, we may see some ebb and flow in the rate of hiring, but employers, at this point, are reluctant to make any over-correction in workforce levels.”

Casinos take a hit

Job cuts in September were led by the entertainment industry, where the closing of casino resorts in Atlantic City resulted in more than 7,000 firings. Overall, employers in the entertainment and leisure industry announced 8,119 job cuts during the month -- the most since December, 2005.

The computer sector continues to lead all industries in terms of year-to-date job cuts, despite the fact that just 74 were reported by these firms in September. Employers in the computer industry have announced 49,002 job cuts, so far this year -- nearly double the 27,892 computer-sector job cuts tallied in the first nine months of 2013.

“The Atlantic City cuts are not as much an indication of the overall economy as they are an indication of trends re-shaping the casino industry,” Challenger pointed out. As states allow more cities to open gambling establishments, destinations like Atlantic City, start to lose their draw. Atlantic City has not been able to mimic Las Vegas, where a diversity of entertainment options beyond gambling attract tourists.”

By the quarter

Over the last few years -- since the end of the recession -- the fourth quarter has been among the lowest job-cut quarters.

In four of the previous five years, the fourth quarter saw the fewest or second fewest job cuts of the year, according to Challenger data. In fact, from 2009 through 2013, the fourth quarter averaged 131,174 job cuts, making it the smallest job-cut quarter during that period.

The fourth-quarter average was 18% lower than the next highest quarterly average during the five-year period: the second quarter, which averaged 160,721.

“The first quarter is the most active period for job cutting. So, looking ahead to 2015, we are likely to see a first-quarter surge. However, unless there is a major shock to the economy between now and the end of the year, the first three months of the new year should remain relatively low by historical standards,” said Challenger.

Initial claims

Separately, first-time claims for state unemployment benefits fell by 8,000 during the week ending September 27 to a seasonally 287,000. At the same time, the government said the previous week’s total was revised upward by 2,000.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza said that despite week-to-week volatility, jobless claims have hovered around the 300,000 mark for most of the third quarter suggesting, “stabilization but also little improvement in terms of firing rates.”

The definitive word on jobs is due tomorrow, when the September employment report is released.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was 294,750 -- a drop of 4,250 from the previous week'.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

Planned job cuts announced by employers based in the U.S. plunged 24% in September to a 14-year low of 30,477. Figures released by outplacement consultancy...

Article Image

Another month of robust job creation

The ADP National Employment Report says September was a strong month of job creation.

According to the report, produced by payroll concern ADP in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, private sector employment increased by 213,000 jobs last month. The report is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"September’s jobs added number marks the sixth straight month of employment gains above 200,000,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “It’s a positive sign for the economy to see the 200,000-plus trend continue.”

Goods and services

Goods-producing employment rose by 58,000 compared with the 42,000 jobs gained in August.

The construction industry added 20,000 jobs over the month, 3,000 fewer than in August, while there were 35,000 new manufacturing jobs -- the highest total in that sector since May 2010.

Service-providing employment rose by 155,000 jobs in September, down 5,000 from August. Professional/business services contributed 29,000 jobs, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 38,000, and financial activities added 5,000 new employees.

"Job gains remain strong and steady,” said Moody’s Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi. “The pace of job growth has been remarkably similar for the past several years. Especially encouraging most recently is the increasingly broad base nature of those gains. Nearly all industries and companies of all sizes are adding consistently to payrolls.”

Where the jobs are

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 88,000 jobs in September -- up 6,000 from August. However, job growth was down significantly over the month for medium-sized firms. Employment among companies with 50-499 employees rose by 48,000, compared with 72,000 in August.

Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 77,000, up 29,000 from the previous month. Companies with 500-999 employees added 5,000 -- 1,000 more than in August.

The ADP National Employment Report says September was a strong month of job creation. According to the report, produced by payroll concern ADP in collabor...

Article Image

Incomes, spending on the rise in August

Both personal income and spending rose in August, showing a bit of progress over July's lackluster performance.

According to the Bureau of Economic Analysis, incomes were up 0.3% last month to $47.3 billion, while personal consumption expenditures (PCE) increased $57.5 billion, or 0.5%. Personal income rose 0.2% and PCE were flat in July.

Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- rose 0.3% compared with an increase of 0.2% the month before.

Wages and salaries

Private wages and salaries jumped $30.4 billion, compared with an increase of $17.4 billion in July.

Payrolls of goods-producing industries were up $6.0 billion, after inching up just $1.2 billion the previous month. Within that sector, manufacturing payrolls rose $3.6 billion, in contrast to an $0.8 billion in July.

Services-producing industries' payrolls increased $24.6 billion, compared with a July rise of $16.2 billion. Government wages and salaries increased $1.4 billion, following an increase of $1.1 billion in July.

Outlays and personal saving

Personal outlays, which include PCE, personal interest payments and personal current transfer payments, were up $60.4 billion in August, compared with an increase of $3.5 billion in July.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $705.3 billion last month, compared with $730.5 billion in July. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.4% a drop of 0.2% from July, but still better than the 4.9% rate reported at the start of the year.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Both personal income and spending rose in August, showing a bit of progress over July's lackluster performance. According to the Bureau of Economic Analys...

Article Image

The economy powers up

The third time is the charm when it comes to calculating economic growth for the second quarter.

This latest look at expansion in the gross domestic product -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the U.S. -- shows growth at an annual rate of 4.6%.

The first two estimates put expansion at a rate of 4.0% and 4.2%, respectively. The stringer showing follows a first-quarter decline of 2.1%.

No significant change

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available for the estimate issued last month. Government economists note, however, that the general picture of economic growth

remains the same although advances in nonresidential fixed investment and in exports were larger than

previously estimated.

The increase primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, private inventory investment, nonresidential fixed investment, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

Inflation

Prices paid by U.S. residents increased 2.0%, up 0.1% from the second estimate and 1.4% in the first quarter. The”core” rate, which excludes food and energy prices, was up 1.7% compared.

The full report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The third time is the charm when it comes to calculating economic growth for the second quarter. This latest look at expansion in the gross domestic produ...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims creep higher

After falling to the lowest level since July a week earlier, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits moved higher last week.

Government figures show initial jobless claims were at a seasonally adjusted total of 293,000 -- an increase of 12,000. The previous week's level was revised up by 1,000 to 281,000.

Even with the sizeable increase, the total was 7,000 below the consensus estimate of economists surveyed by Briefing.com.

The governmnt says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims, leading analysts to speculate that the job market is near full employment. That would suggest a sizeable payroll creation when the employment report for September is released in early October.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, dipped 1,250 from the previous week -- to 298,500.

The full report is avaliable on the Labor Department website.

After falling to the lowest level since July a week earlier, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits moved higher last week. Government fi...

Article Image

Seven gains in a row for retail sales

Retail sales rose in August for a seventh straight month.

Figures from the Census Bureau show sales totaled $444.4 billion last month -- an increase of 0.6% from The previous month and up 5.0% from August of last year.

At the same time, the July showing, which had initially been reported as flat , was revised to an advance of 0.3%

If the highly volatile auto sector, where sales jumped 1.5%, is stripped out, August sales were up a more modest 0.3%.

Other winners include building materials, with a gain of 1.4%, sporting goods (+0.9%) and electronics and appliance stores (+0.7%).

Sectors that didn’t fare so well were gas stations, where sales were down 0.8% and department stores (-0.4%).

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza calls the August report , “a welcomed step in the right direction.”

She notes that lower energy prices have given consumers a bit more spending capacity, adding that, “continued price reprieve at the pump will help maintain a modest but positive spending pace in the third-quarter, despite minimal improvement in wage growth.”

But, Piegza concludes, “while lower prices at the pump will continue to pad consumers' pockets, in order to see a marked increase in spending -- particularly to the extent implied by the extreme ramp-up in production -- consumers will need sustained, robust income gains.”

The full August retail sales report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Retail sales rose in August for a seventh straight month. Figures from the Census Bureau show sales totaled $444.4 billion last month -- an increase of 0....

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims shoot higher

After averaging roughly 300,000 during July and August a level usually associated with full employment, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits were up substantially last week.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show initial claims jumped 11,000 in the week ending September 6 to 315,000. The consensus estimate of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a total of 300,000.

Some analysts had maintained the recent drop in the weekly figure during the summer was due to poor seasonal adjustments, mostly from the motor vehicle sector, as there was no retooling shutdown. Thus, the rebound seen this past week, they say does not mean labor market conditions have actually changed.

The 4-week moving average, which strips out the weekly volatility, rose 750 to 304,000.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

After averaging roughly 300,000 during July and August a level usually associated with full employment, first-time applications for state unemployment ben...

Article Image

The skills gap? Help may be on the way

An estimated 10,000 people retire each day, according to Pew Research, a trend that's likely to continue for the next 15 years or so. That means a lot of jobs will need to be filled, many of them requiring a particular skill.

So, who's going to be taking on this responsibility?

According to new research from CareerBuilder and Economic Modeling Specialists Intl. (EMSI), high school seniors may be taking a more active role in providing a solution to the skills gap. Nearly 75% of high school seniors know what career they want to pursue -- and STEM-related fields (science, technology, engineering and math) top their choices.

The research combines labor market data pulled from Semi’s extensive database with nationwide surveys of more than 2,100 employers across industries and more than 200 high school seniors conducted by Harris Poll on behalf of CareerBuilder from May 13 to June 6, 2014.

Long-running openings

According to the survey, 37% of hiring managers say they currently have positions that -- on average -- stay open for 12 weeks or longer, compared with 35% last year. Comparing industries, Information Technology (52%), Health Care (49%) and Manufacturing (44%) all came in significantly higher than the national average.

Among employers who have positions that stay open for 12 weeks or longer, 60% said they will raise starting salaries over the next 12 months, versus 43% for all employers.

Job postings vs. hires

To further explore how much companies are struggling to fill more specialized roles, CareerBuilder and EMSI compiled a list of some of the hardest-to-fill occupations that tend to be vacant for 12 weeks or longer, based on the survey conducted by Harris Poll. CareerBuilder and EMSI then pulled labor market data to see how the aggregated average monthly job postings3 for these occupations compare to the number of people who were actually hired over the last year (July 2013 to July 2014).

For Software Developers, Nurses, Sales Representatives and Network Administrators and IT Managers, the number of people hired for these occupations significantly lags the number of job ads companies are posting -- evidence that the skilled labor supply is not keeping up with the demand.

Occupation

Jobs Posted Per Month

Workers Hired Per Month

Software Developers

59,279

48,957

Registered Nurses

124,933

103,987

Sales Representatives (wholesale, manufacturing, technical and scientific)

19,217

14,988

Network Administrators and Computer/IT Managers

47,281

33,035

Aging Workforce and Education Gap

To get a sense of how quickly talent pools will be replenished for in-demand occupations, CareerBuilder and EMSI also looked at post-recession job growth for some of the hardest-to-fill positions along with the pace of college degree completions for those professions and the percentage of the workforce that is nearing retirement.

For example, employment in industries such as Manufacturing had been on a downward trajectory for a number of years due to automation and sending jobs overseas. Now, more Manufacturing jobs are coming back to the U.S., but the talent pool has shrunk over time due to workers moving into other fields and students avoiding related majors because jobs were being offshore.

From 2010 to 2014, there were an estimated 23,861 annual job openings for Machinists, but the number of college degrees awarded for this field was only 6,184 in 2013. Moreover, 25% of Machinists are ages 55 and older and approaching retirement, hastening the need to find replacement workers.

Occupation

Total employment in 2014

Growth in jobs 2010-2014

Annual job openings 2010-2014

Degree completions 2013

Percentage of the workforce ages 55+

Bookkeeping, Accounting and Auditing Clerks

1,789,685

111,346, up 7%

43,856

23,625

29%

Machinists

410,219

59,269, up 17%

23,861

6,184

25%

Industrial Machinery Mechanics

324,101

43,362, up 15%

19,789

4,375

24%

Petroleum Engineers

43,063

9,964, up 30%

3,498

1,623

25%

“There is a growing imbalance between the number of jobs being advertised and the number of jobs being filled -- and the college degrees needed to keep up with employment demands,” said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder and co-author of The Talent Equation. “Education is one of the building blocks of our economy and one of the most important defenses we have against the skills shortage in the U.S. More companies are promoting STEM-related careers in high schools and grammar schools, and it’s encouraging to see students get excited about pursuing these fields.”

Seniors eye the future

Fortunately, the Harris Poll survey shows the vast majority (97%) of high school seniors plan to go to college to obtain a two-year or four-year degree or other training that may ultimately help to close the talent gap. The most popular majors these students plan to sign up for are largely STEM-related:

  • Engineering
  • Business
  • Psychology
  • Biological and Biomedical Sciences
  • Physical Sciences
  • Arts, Visual and Performing
  • Computer and Information Sciences
  • Health Professions and Related Clinical Sciences
  • English Language and Literature
  • Math and Statistics

Seventy-three percent of high school seniors reported that they already know which career they want to pursue. The most popular choices for profession among these students include:

  • Teacher
  • Engineer
  • Psychologist/Psychiatrist
  • Scientist – Biological/Physical/Social
  • Artist/Designer
  • Veterinarian
  • Machine Operator
  • Computer Programmer
  • Physician
  • Government Professional
  • Nurse

While 21% of high school seniors said their career decision was influenced by something they saw on TV or in a movie, 47% relied on research they conducted online, 32% pointed to advice from parents and/or family members and 25% said one of their teachers advised them.

An estimated 10,000 people retire each day, according to Pew Research, a trend that's likely to continue for the next 15 years or so. That means a lot of j...

Article Image

Whoops! Job creation slips in August

Job creation took something of a breather in August.

After cranking out 200,000+ jobs for 6 straight months, the nations economy added just 142,000 new payroll positions in August. Figures from the government show that was the smallest number since 144,000 new jobs were added back in January.

At the same time, the unemployment rate dipped 0.1% to 6.1%. Over the year, the unemployment rate is down by 1.1%.

Where the jobs are

Professional and business services added 47,000 jobs in August, with management of companies and enterprises gaining 8,000 positions. Administrative and support services were up by 23,000, architectural and engineering services hired 3,000 workers as did management and technical consulting services.

Health care employment increased by 34,000 in August. Additions came in offices of physicians and hospitals (+8,000 and +7,000 respectively) and social assistance (+9,000).

In the leisure and hospitality sector, employment in food services and drinking places continued jumped 22,000 and is up by 289,000 over the year.

Construction added 20,000 jobs last month -- in line with its average monthly job gain of 18,000 over the prior 12 months. Employment also trended up in specialty trade contractors (+12,000) and construction of buildings (+7,000).

Manufacturing employment was unchanged in August, after an increase of 28,000 in July. Motor vehicles and parts lost 5,000 jobs following the addition of 13,000 jobs in July. Elsewhere in manufacturing, there were job gains in computer and peripheral equipment (+3,000) and in nonmetallic mineral products (+3,000), but electronic instruments lost 2,000 positions.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates in August showed little or no change for adult men and adult women (both at 5.7%), teenagers (19.6 %), whites (5.3%, blacks (11.4%), Hispanics (7.5%) and Asians (4.5%).

The number of long-term unemployed -- those out of work for 27 weeks or more -- declined by 192,000 to 3.0 million in August, and accounted for 31.2% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has fallen by 1.3 million.

The civilian labor force participation rate , at 62.8% showed little change in August and has been essentially unchanged since April. The employment-population ratio was 59.0% for the third consecutive month but is up by 0.4% from a year earlier.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

Job creation took something of a breather in August. After cranking out 200,000+ jobs for 6 straight months, the nations economy added just 142,000 new pa...

Article Image

Planned job-cuts decline in August

US-based employers announced plans to cut 40,010 in August -- a drop of 15% from the 46,887 planned terminations reported in July.

Figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, show last month's total was down 21% from the same month a year ago, and just the fourth time this year that the monthly total was lower than the comparable period a year ago.

So far this year, job cuts are down slightly from 2013. Through August 31, planned job cuts total 332,931 -- which is 4.0% fewer than the 347,095 cuts announced between January and August of last year.

A hit in the tech sector

August job cuts were heaviest in the tech sector, where electronics firm Cisco Systems announced plans to reduce its payroll by 6,000 jobs following weak quarterly sales numbers. It joins fellow tech-sector giants Microsoft, Hewlett-Packard, and Intel in announcing large downsizing initiatives this year.

Employers in the technology sector, including computer, telecommunications, and electronics firms have announced 80,088 job cuts in 2014 -- 41% more than the 56,918 tech-sector job cuts announced in all of 2013.

Computer firms have experienced the heaviest downsizing so far this year, announcing a total of 48,928 job cuts, to date. That's 87% more than the 26,180 job cut announced by this industry at the same point in 2013.

Electronics firms, such as Cisco Systems, have seen the largest increase in year-over-year job cuts. The 16,406 job cuts announced by these firms to date ranks ninth among all industries. However, that total represents a 170 percent increase from the 6,078 job cuts announced during the same period in 2013.

Retail losses slow

Meanwhile, retailers have the second highest number of job cuts this year, although downsizing in the industry has slowed from a year ago. Retail employers have announced plans to fire 30,109 workers so far this year, down 15% from the 35,567 planned reductions recorded by this point in 2013.

“Like retail, the majority of industries have seen job cuts decline in 2014,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “For many of the industries where job cuts are on the rise, economic weakness is not the driving factor. Instead, the cuts appear to be motivated by fundamental changes in the industry.”  

US-based employers announced plans to cut 40,010 in August -- a drop of 15% from the 46,887 planned terminations reported in July. Figures released by out...

Article Image

ADP: August another strong month for job creation

The nation's economy continues to crank out private sector payroll jobs.

According to the August ADP National Employment Report, employers added 204,000 jobs from July to August, the fifth month in a row the figure has come in above 200,000..

The report, produced by payroll provider ADP in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

Goods and services

Goods-producing employment shot up by 41,000 jobs in August -- 18,000 more than July. Manufacturing added 23,000 jobs -- the highest total in that sector since December 2012, while the construction industry added 15,000 jobs, slightly above the previous month’s gain.

Employment in the service-providing sector rose by 164,000 jobs in August, compared with the 190,000 jobs created in July. Professional/ business services contributed 51,000 jobs in August, down 9,000 on the month. Trade/transportation/utilities employment grew by 28,000, versus July’s 43,000, and the 5,000 new jobs added in financial activities was down almost half from the month before.

“The fifth straight month of employment gains above 200,000,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP, continues “an encouraging trend for the U.S. labor market.” Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics, notes that businesses continue to hire at a solid pace. “Job gains are broad based across industries and company,” he said. “At the current pace of job growth the economy will return to full employment by the end of 2016.”

Who's hiring

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 78,000 jobs in August -- down 11,000 in July. Job growth was also down over the month for medium-sized firms with 50-499 employees, with just 75,000 new positions compared with 88,000 in July.

Employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 52,000, a gain of 17,000 over the previous month. Companies with 500-999 employees added 5,000, 8,000 fewer than in July.

Jobless claims

From the government, meanwhile, word that first-time applications for unemployment benefits moved above the 300,000 mark last week.

According to the Labor Department (DOL) initial jobless claims in the week ending August 30 were up 4,000 from the previous week to a seasonally adjusted total of 302,000. The consensus forecast from economists at Briefing.com was for a total of 300,000.

DOL says there were no special factors affecting this week's initial claims.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly calculation and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was up by 3,000 – to 302,750.

The full report is available on the DOL website.  

The nation's economy continues to crank out private sector payroll jobs. According to the August ADP National Employment Report, employers added 204,000 j...

Article Image

Are you ready for some football? How about other sports?

With the NFL season set to begin this week, there's a lot of excitement across the country.

But what if you could do more than just watch sports? It's possible because sports is having an impact on the job market.

According to a survey CareerBuilder and Economic Modeling Specialists Intl (EMSI) of post-recession job growth in the six largest sports-related industries in the U.S., jobs in sports-related industries have increased by 12.6% between 2010 and 2014, while the overall national job market grew by 5.5%. In addition, the average earnings in these combined sports-related industries ($78,455) are significantly higher than the national average ($57,947).

Jobs created by jobs

Moreover, sports jobs have a high multiplier effect. In other words, they create more jobs in other occupations and industries.

For instance: 100 new jobs in Sports Teams and Clubs in Pittsburgh can lead to $46.2 million new earnings across the city and 422 additional jobs outside of the industry in areas such as construction, health care, sales, food preparation and maintenance.

Industry growth

On the national level, much of the growth in sports-related jobs has been on the business end, with the Promoters of Performing Arts, Sports, and Similar Events growing by 30 percent between 2010 and 2014, followed by Agents and Managers for Artists, Athletes, Entertainers, and Other Public Figures, which grew by 17%.

Industry

2010 Jobs

2014 Jobs

Growth

% Growth

Sports Teams and Clubs

76,411

82,968

6,557

8.6%

Promoters of Performing Arts, Sports, and Similar Events with Facilities

76,269

99,445

23,176

30.4%

Other Spectator Sports2

54,545

53,538

(1,007)

(1.8%)

Racetracks

44,672

40,712

(3,960)

(8.9%)

Promoters of Performing Arts, Sports, and Similar Events without Facilities

31,481

41,091

9,610

30.5%

Agents and Managers for Artists, Athletes, Entertainers, and Other Public Figures

30,748

35,899

5,151

16.8%

Total

314,125

353,654

39,529

12.6%

Occupational breakdown

Athletes and coaches aren’t the only occupations supported by the sports industry. From event planners and ushers to broadcast announcers and marketing professionals, several occupations have experienced double-digit employment growth post-recession in the above sports-related industries.

Occupation

Employed in Sports-Related Industries (2010)

Employed in Sports-Related Industries (2014)

Change (2010 - 2014)

% Change (2010 - 2014)

Meeting, Convention, and Event Planners

3,685

5,136

1,451

39%

Concierges

1,071

1,462

391

37%

Audio and Video Equipment Technicians

6,491

8,268

1,777

27%

Market Research Analysts and Marketing Specialists

1,818

2,308

490

27%

Laborers and Freight, Stock, and Material Movers, Hand

6,491

8,212

1,721

27%

Public Address System and Other Announcers

2,040

2,530

490

24%

Secretaries and Administrative Assistants, Except Legal, Medical, and Executive

5,193

6,417

1,224

24%

Agents and Business Managers of Artists, Performers, and Athletes

9,493

11,641

2,148

23%

Radio and Television Announcers

1,174

1,428

254

22%

Producers and Directors

2,881

3,490

609

21%

Bartenders

2,879

3,476

597

21%

Ushers, Lobby Attendants, and Ticket Takers

25,441

30,388

4,947

19%

Accountants and Auditors

1,952

2,314

362

19%

Janitors and Cleaners, Except Maids and Housekeeping Cleaners

7,299

8,574

1,275

17%

Public Relations Specialists

3,301

3,875

574

17%

Maintenance and Repair Workers, General

3,565

4,160

595

17%

Security Guards

13,975

16,253

2,278

16%

Office Clerks, General

6,068

7,054

986

16%

General and Operations Managers

5,611

6,476

865

15%

Amusement and Recreation Attendants

5,336

6,110

774

15%

Coaches and Scouts

7,769

8,349

580

7%

Athletes and Sports Competitors

9,535

9,775

240

3%

“Sports is a major part of our culture and a key economic driver in cities nationwide,” said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder and co-author of The Talent Equation. “The growth in sports-related jobs since 2010 is notably higher than that of the national average for all jobs, indicating a greater investment in one of America’s favorite pastimes.”

Local sports-related job growth

With football season fast-approaching, CareerBuilder and EMSI focused on markets with NFL teams to exemplify how sports-related jobs have impacted local economies. The following is a breakdown of cities with national football teams that experienced the highest growth in all sports-related jobs from 2010 to 2014. In addition, the analysis uses an input-output economic model to determine how the addition of jobs in Sports Teams and Clubs could potentially influence job creation in other industries.

Pittsburgh, Pa.

  • 2014 sports jobs– 5,660
  • Sports job growth since 2010 – 56 percent
  • Job growth in all industries since 2010 – 2 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 422

Jacksonville, Fla.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 2,872
  • Sport Job Growth – 38 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 8 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 444

Atlanta, Ga.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 7,363
  • Sport Job Growth – 29 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 8 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 187

Buffalo, N.Y.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 2,079
  • Sport Job Growth – 26 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 2 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 552

Boston, Mass.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 7,163
  • Sport Job Growth – 22 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 6 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 504

Cincinnati, Ohio

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 3,196
  • Sport Job Growth – 22 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 4 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 539

Denver, Colo.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 4,033
  • Sport Job Growth – 22 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 10 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 561

Miami, Fla.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 13,863
  • Sport Job Growth – 21 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 9 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 552

Dallas, Texas

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 10,956
  • Sport Job Growth – 19 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 10 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 434

Philadelphia, Pa.

  • 2014 Sports Jobs – 7,622
  • Change in Sports Jobs – 18 percent
  • Change in Overall Jobs – 2 percent
  • Jobs that would be added in non-sports-related industries as a result of 100 new jobs being created in Sports Teams and Clubs – 343

With the NFL season set to begin this week, there's a lot of excitement across the country. But what if you could do more than just watch sports? It's pos...

Article Image

Despite rising incomes, consumers tightened their belts in July

Personal incomes rose in July, but it was only about half the advance posted the month before.

Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal incomes inched ahead just 0.2% last month, which translates to $28.6 billion.

At the same time, personal consumption expenditures (PCE) fell $13.6 billion, or 0.1%. Disposable

personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $17.7 billion.

Wages and salaries

Private wages and salaries were up $12.9 billion in July, well short of the $25.6 billion gain posted in June. Goods-producing industries' payrolls advanced $0.7 billion after increasing $8.8 billion the month before. Manufacturing payrolls, which rose $5.1 billion in June, were unchanged last month

Services-producing industries' payrolls added $12.3 billion, while government wages and salaries increased $1.7 billion.

Outlays and personal savings

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- fell $12.0 billion in July, after climbing $51.2 billion in June.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $739.1 billion in July, versus $709.4 billion in June. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of DPI -- rose 0.3% in July to 5.7% the highest rate since December 2012. 

The full report is available on the Cemmerce Department website.

Personal incomes rose in July, but it was only about half the advance posted the month before. Figures released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis show pe...

Article Image

US economy shows some resilience

The numbers-crunchers at the Commerce Department have taken a second look at economic performance for the second quarter and things are a little better than they appeared at first glance.

Real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services in the U. S. -- increased at an annual rate of 4.2%.

This latest number is based on more complete source data than were available for the "advance" estimate issued last month, which put the increase in real GDP at 4.0%. Although the second estimate for the quarter looks a bit better, the government says the general picture of economic growth remains the same.

Positives and negatives

The increase in real GDP in the April-June period primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), private inventory investment, exports, nonresidential fixed investment, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

Eye on inflation

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, increased 1.9% in the second quarter -- the same as in the advance estimate. It was up 1.4% in the first quarter. Excluding food and energy prices, the price index jumped 1.7%, compared with an increase of 1.3%.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Initial claims

In a separate report, the Labor Department (DOL) says initial claims for state unemployment benefits fell by 1,000 in the week ending August 23 -- to 298,000. However, it's something of a wash, given that the claims from the previous week were revised higher -- from 298,000 to 299,000.

Economists at Briefing.com were calling for claims to total 302,000.

During the past several weeks, the initial claims level has dropped below 300,000, which would suggest the economy is running at, or very near, full employment.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate gauge of the economy because it smooths out the weekly volatility, was 299,750 -- down 1,250 from the previous week.

The full report can be found on the DOL website.

The numbers-crunchers at the Commerce Department have taken a second look at economic performance for the second quarter and things are a little better tha...

Article Image

Jobless claims fall following the previous week's gain

Initial applications for jobless claims have fallen below 300,000 for the third time in 5 weeks.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) put first-time requests for state unemployment benefits during the week ending August 16 at a seasonally adjusted 298,000 -- a drop of 14,000 from the previous week's revised level of 312,000. The consensus estimated in Briefing.com's survey was for a decline to 308,000.

While the DOL says there were no “special factors” affecting this week's number, analysts point out that the auto industry did shut down for retooling during the summer months the way it has in the past.

When production trends return to their historical averages, they speculate, the initial claims level will bounce back toward its previous range of 310,000 - 320,000.

The 4-week moving average, which smooths out the volatility of the weekly number and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was up 4,750 to 300,750.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Initial applications for jobless claims have fallen below 300,000 for the third time in 5 weeks. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) put first-...

Article Image

The best paying jobs for workers with a high school education

You've graduated from high school and decided college isn't for you. But what kind of job will a high school diploma get you?

Unfortunately, it's a tough world out there. People with only a high school diploma face an unemployment rate nearly twice that of college educated workers (6.1 to 3.1) and earn significantly less on average. Still, workers without college degrees do have options for lucrative careers.

A new analysis from CareerBuilder and Economic Modeling Specialists Intl. (EMSI) takes a look at the best paying occupations for workers with high school diplomas, and the type of training it takes to get the job.

The jobs are out there

As of this year, there are 115 occupations that require a high school diploma and pay $20 per hour or more on average. Of those, 70% typically require moderate to long-term on-the-job training or apprenticeships, while 30% typically require short-term or no on-the-job training.

In several of these jobs, workers may need to attend vocational school or other non-college-level training programs to achieve licensure or certification. Additionally, entry-level requirements will vary by state, locality and employer.

“While the pursuit of higher education is the best bet for gainful employment, it is a myth that only good jobs go to college graduates and that workers with high school degrees are destined to low-wage careers,” said Rosemary Haefner, vice president of human resources for CareerBuilder. “It’s important to note, however, that most high-paying jobs available to high school grads involve skill sets that require extensive post-secondary training or several-years’ worth of prior experience, and are often in fields that have seen declining employment in recent years.”

Haefner added that the slack labor market following the recession caused many employers to recruit college-educated workers for jobs previously performed by high school grads, as detailed in a recent CareerBuilder survey.

The ten highest-paying jobs for high school graduates: short-term or no training

High-paying occupations for high school graduates aren’t necessarily entry-level jobs. For instance, first-line supervisors, regardless of discipline, typically require 1-5 years of prior work experience. The following are the ten highest-paying, non-farm jobs that require a high school diploma for minimum entry and require short-term or no on-the-job training:

Occupation

Med. Hourly Earnings

2014 Jobs

2010 - 2014 Growth

On-The-Job Training

Transportation, Storage, and Distribution Managers

$39.27

104,095

7%

None

First-Line Supervisors of Non-Retail Sales Workers

$34.27

252,593

6%

None

Gaming Managers

$31.99

5,131

1%

None

Real Estate Brokers

$29.48

51,154

6%

None

First-Line Supervisors of Construction Trades and Extraction Workers

$29.20

496,262

9%

None

First-Line Supervisors of Mechanics, Installers, and Repairers

$29.13

442,191

6%

None

Legal Support Workers, All Other***

$26.97

52,754

-1%

Short-term

Postal Service Mail Carriers

$26.75

283,715

-10%

Short-term

Transit and Railroad Police

$26.71

4,439

1%

Short-term

Property, Real Estate, and Community Association Managers

$26.00

170,463

7%

None

The ten highest-paying jobs for high school graduates: moderate or long-term training

The following table shows the ten highest paying, non-farm jobs that require a high school diploma for minimum entry and require an apprenticeship or moderate-to-long-term training.

Occupations that require longer periods of on-the-job training typically pay more than jobs with shorter ramp-up times.

However, five of the ten highest paying occupations for high school graduates in these categories have lost jobs since 2010. Nuclear Power Reactor Operators, Elevator Installers and Repairers and Transportation Inspectors have all seen healthy growth.

Occupation

Med. Hourly Earnings

2014 Jobs

2010 - 2014 Growth

On-The-Job Training

First-Line Supervisors of Police and Detectives

$39.16

100,913

-2%

Moderate-term

Elevator Installers and Repairers

$36.51

21,300

4%

Apprenticeship

Detectives and Criminal Investigators

$36.33

113,897

-3%

Moderate-term

Nuclear Power Reactor Operators

$36.18

7,209

4%

Long-term

Commercial Pilots

$35.73

34,578

-1%

Moderate-term

Power Distributors and Dispatchers

$34.57

11,467

1%

Long-term

Power Plant Operators

$32.13

40,024

-3%

Long-term

Electrical Power-Line Installers and Repairers

$30.92

116,184

6%

Long-term

Transportation Inspectors

$30.21

26,059

6%

Moderate-term

Postmasters and Mail Superintendents

$30.17

22,285

-9%

Moderate-term

You've graduated from high school and decided college isn't for you. But what kind of job will a high school diploma get you? Unfortunately, it's a tough ...

Article Image

Jobless claims tick higher

After averaging below the 300,000 mark for the last few weeks, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits have jumped higher.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports initial claims totaled a seasonally adjusted 311,000 during the week ending August 9 -- up 21,000 from the previous week. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for a total of 305,000.

During the weeks the total was below 300,000, the DOL said there were no special factors involved. Withe the return to a figure above that level, DOL continues to maintain there nothing unusual going on.

Analysts say if claims remain at their current level, the summer-time drop was likely due to poor seasonal adjustments. If however, they drop back to the lower level, it may be that the labor market is truly repaired.

The 4-week moving average, which smooths out the volatility of the weekly number and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 2,000 to 295,750.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

After averaging below the 300,000 mark for the last few weeks, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits have jumped higher. The Labor Depar...

Article Image

Employers say lying on resumes appears to be on the rise

OK, chalk it up to the pressure to stand out in a sea of applicants. Whatever the cause, it appears job-seekers are tempted to be less than honest (translation: lie) on their resumes. But is it worth the risk?

More than half (58%) of hiring managers responding to a CareerBuilder survey say they’ve caught a lie on a resume, and 33% of these have seen an increase in resume padding since the recession.

Out the door

And they don't like what they're seeing

Fifty-one percent said that they would automatically dismiss a candidate if they caught a lie on his/her resume, while 40% said that it would depend on what the candidate lied about. Seven percent said they’d be willing to overlook a lie if they liked the candidate.

“Trust is very important in professional relationships, and by lying on your resume, you breach that trust from the very outset,” said Rosemary Haefner, vice president of human resources at CareerBuilder. “If you want to enhance your resume, it’s better to focus on playing up tangible examples from your actual experience. Your resume doesn’t necessarily have to be the perfect fit for an organization, but it needs to be relevant and accurate.”

The whoppers

There are certain fabrications job seekers may try to slip past employers more frequently than others. Employers say the most common lies they catch on resumes relate to:

  • Embellished skill set – 57%
  • Embellished responsibilities – 55%
  • Dates of employment – 42%
  • Job title – 34%
  • Academic degree – 33%
  • Companies worked for – 26%
  • Accolades/awards – 18%

The stunners

When asked about the most unusual lie they’ve ever caught on a resume, employers recalled:

  • Applicant included job experience that was actually his father’s. Both father and son had the same name (one was Sr., one was Jr.).
  • Applicant claimed to be the assistant to the prime minister of a foreign country that doesn’t have a prime minister.
  • Applicant claimed to have been a high school basketball free throw champion. He admitted it was a lie in the interview.
  • Applicant claimed to have been an Olympic medalist.
  • Applicant claimed to have been a construction supervisor. The interviewer learned the bulk of his experience was in the completion of a doghouse some years prior.
  • Applicant claimed to have 25 years of experience at age 32.
  • Applicant claimed to have worked for 20 years as the babysitter of known celebrities such as Tom Cruise, Madonna, etc.
  • Applicant listed three jobs over the past several years. Upon contacting the employers, the interviewer learned that the applicant had worked at one for two days, another for one day, and not at all for the third.
  • Applicant applied for a position with a company that had just fired him. He listed the company under previous employment and indicated on his resume that he had quit.
  • Applicant applied twice for the same position and provided different work history on each application.

Who they lie to

While employers have caught lies on resumes submitted for jobs of all types, levels and industries, some report a higher rate of fibbing than others. The survey found that employers in the following industries catch resume lies more frequently than average:

  • Financial Services – 73%
  • Leisure and Hospitality – 71%
  • Information Technology – 63%
  • Health Care (More than 50 employees) – 63%
  • Retail – 59%

Gotcha!

Employers may be taking more time looking over individual resumes. Forty-two percent said they currently spend more than 2 minutes reviewing each resume, compared with 33% in December.

Additionally, most employers (86% typically have more than 1 employee review candidates’ resumes, with 65% saying 2 or 3 people go over each resume. Twenty-one percent say resumes are reviewed by 4 or more employees before a decision is made.

The nationwide survey, which was conducted online by Harris Poll on behalf of CareerBuilder from May 13 to June 6, 2014, included a representative sample of 2,188 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes.

OK, chalk it up to the pressure to stand out in a sea of applicants. Whatever the cause, it appears job-seekers are tempted to be less than honest (transla...

Article Image

Jobless claims fall below 300K

The number of people standing in the unemployment line for the first time continues to drop.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show initial applications for state unemployment benefits plunged by 14,000 in the week ending August 2 -- to 289,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for a total of 308,000.

Analysts note that the average initial claims level has dropped below 300,000 to 293,500 over the last four weeks which would imply payroll growth in the neighborhood of 300,000 new jobs per month. Yet, the DOL reported that the economy created just 200,000 positions last month.

Thus they say, if there is not a surge in job growth in August, we could see the initial claims level jump above the 300,000 mark again.

The 4-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly number and therefore considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell by 4,000 to 293,500. That's the lowest level for the average since February 25, 2006.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

The number of people standing in the unemployment line for the first time continues to drop. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show initial a...

Article Image

The jobs keep coming

Job creation may have fallen a little short of expectations in July, but the figure is what one analyst calls “impressive.”

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show the economy cranked out 200,000 nonfarm payroll positions last month while the the unemployment rate inched up 0.1% -- to 6.2%.

Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were looking for 220,000 new jobs.

As it released the July report, DOL revised its job creation figures higher for the two previous months. May was revised from +224,000 to +229,000, and the change for June was revised from +288,000 to +298,000. That makes the employment gains in May and June 15,000 higher than previously reported.

A closer look

The July employment gains came in professional and business services, manufacturing, retail trade and construction.

The unemployment rate for adult women increased to 5.7% and the rate for blacks edged up to 11.4%, following declines for both groups in the prior month. The rates for adult men (5.7%), teenagers (20.2%), whites (5.3%), Hispanics (7.8%) and Asians (4.5%) showed little or no change in July.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza says July produced “another impressive headline employment gain,” calling it a “welcomed improvement.” But, she adds, “average hourly earnings remain stagnant, the augmented unemployment rate remains elevated and the participation rate (62.9%) is disappointingly low.”

The full July employment report is available on the DOL website.

Incomes and spending

With job creation on the rise, it's reasonable to assume consumers incomes and spending would be headed higher as well. And that's what happened in June.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis reports both personal incomes and spending were higher. Income increased $56.7 billion, or 0.4%, and personal consumption expenditures (PCE) rose $51.7 billion, or 0.4%. Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $51.5 billion, or 0.4%.

Wages and salaries

Private wages and salaries moved higher in June -- to $28.9 billion, compared with an increase of $28.2 billion in May. Payrolls of goods-producing industries' payrolls were up $7.6 billion, compared with an increase of $8.6 billion the previous month; manufacturing payrolls increased $4.3 billion, compared with an gain of $6.5 billion.

Services-producing industries' payrolls were up $21.3 billion, compared with an an advance of $19.5 billion. Government wages and salaries increased $1.7 billion, versus $1.3 billion in May.

Outlays and savings

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- were up $51.6 billion in June, compared with an increase of $39.7 billion in May. PCE increased $51.7 billion, after rising $39.8 billion a month earlier.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $687.9 billion in June, versus $688.0 billion in May. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 5.3% in June, the same rate as the month before.

The complete incomes and spending report may be found on the Commerce Department website.

Job creation may have fallen a little short of expectations in July, but the figure is what one analyst calls “impressive.” Figures released by the Labor ...

Article Image

Job cutting surges in July

Job cuts shot to the second highest level of the year in July, the result of the unexpectedly large number of terminations announced by Microsoft.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports U.S.-based employers reported plans to reduce payrolls by 46,887 -- up 49% from June’s 31,434 job cuts, which was the fewest announced so far this year and 24% above the year-ago level.

In fact, the only month to see more job cuts so far this year was May, when 52,961 pink slips were sent out. So far this year, employers have announced 292,921 job cuts down 1.3% from the first 7 months of 2013.

Firings at Microsoft

July job-cutting was dominated by Microsoft, which announced plans to reduce its workforce by as many as 18,000 -- the largest downsizing in the company’s history. It is also the largest announcement this year, surpassing fellow tech giant Hewlett-Packard’s announced plans to shed as many as 16,000 workers from its payroll.

The combined cuts by H-P and Microsoft have helped make the computer industry the leading job-cut sector through July. Computer firms announced a total of 48,361 job cuts in the first seven months of 2014, 125% more than they recorded during the same period a year ago.

“A large portion of the Microsoft job cuts were related to its acquisition of Nokia in 2013,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “However, like Hewlett-Packard, the tech giant is attempting to streamline in order to become more nimble and competitive in an industry that is constantly changing.”

Challenger pointed out that the large job cuts in the computer industry are certainly not a sign of a stalling economy. “The fact is,” he noted, “these are companies that are trying to adjust to where the growth is occurring. The economy is on an upward trajectory, as evidenced by the fact that 18 of the 28 industries we track have seen job cuts decline this year. Even among those with increased job cuts, the year-to-date totals are relatively low by historical standards.”

Jobless claims

In other employment news, there was a big jump last week in the number of applications filed for first-time state unemployment benefits. The consensus of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a total of 310,000.

Analysts say the weekly figure has fallen into a range of about 300,00 which would suggest the labor market has improved to the point where the economy will produce about 300,000 new jobs per month.

The 4-week moving average, which lacks the volatility of the weekly figure and is considered a more accurate gauge of labor conditions, fell 3,500 to 297,250 -- the lowest level for since April 2006.

The full jobless claims report is available on the Labor Department website.  

Job cuts shot to the second highest level of the year in July, the result of the unexpectedly large number of terminations announced by Microsoft. Outplac...

Article Image

An economic bounce-back

Following word just a month ago that the economy shrank in the first quarter, the government is reporting a big turnaround for the second 3 months of the year.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis says the gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States -- increased at an annual rate of 4.0% in the second quarter expanded.   

At the same time, the government revised its first-quarter figure to show a decline of 2.1% instead of the 2.9% initially-reported.

It's important to realize that this second-quarter advance estimate is based on source information that is incomplete or subject to further revision. The government’s second estimate for the quarter, which will contain more complete data, will be released in about a month.

The move upward

BEA credits the increase in second quarter real GDP primarily to upturns in private inventory investment and in exports, an acceleration in personal consumption expenditures, an upturn in state and local government spending, an acceleration in nonresidential fixed investment, and an upturn in residential fixed investment that were partly offset by an acceleration in imports. Imports are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP.

Prices on the rise

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, increased 1.9% in the second quarter, compared with an increase of 1.4% in the first. Excluding food and energy prices, the index was up 1.7%, compared with an increase of 1.3% the previous quarter.

The full GDP report is available on the BEA website.

Following word just a month ago that the economy shrank in the first quarter, the government is reporting a big turnaround for the second 3 months of the y...

Article Image

ADP sees slowdown in job creation during July

The economy continued to create private sector jobs in July, but not at the pace we saw in June.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, employment increased by 218,000 jobs following the addition of 281,000 payroll positions the month before.

The report, produced by payroll processor ADP in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, which measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"The July employment gain was softer than June,” noted Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics, adding that it “remains consistent with a steadily improving job market. At the current pace of job growth unemployment will quickly decline. Layoffs are still receding and hiring and job openings are picking up. If current trends continue, the economy will return to full employment by late 2016.”

Goods and services employment

Jobs in the goods-producing sector rose by 16,000 jobs in July, down 27,000 from the 43,000 jobs gained in June. The construction industry added 12,000 jobs over the month, less than half last month’s gain, while, manufacturing added just 3,000 positions, less than one-third the number of jobs added in June.

Service-providing employment was up by 202,000 jobs in July, well short of June's total of 238,000. Professional/ business services contributed 61,000 jobs, compared with 79,000 the month before.

Trade/transportation/utilities grew by 52,000, down 4,000 from June, and the 9,000 new jobs added in financial activities was down 25% from last month’s number.

"Although down from June, the July jobs number marks the fourth straight month of employment gains above 200,000,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP.

Size matters

Payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 84,000 in July; the June total was 126,000. Employment among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 92,000, down 20,000 from June.

Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- added 41,000 jobs, and companies with 500-999 employees hired 14,000 new workers.

The economy continued to create private sector jobs in July, but not at the pace we saw in June. According to the ADP National Employment Report, employme...

Article Image

Study warns U.S. standard of living is declining

For the first time in history, the U.S. standard of living is poised to decline. An Accenture study predicts a 9% decline by 203o -- back to the level it was in 2000. The study identifies three major economic threats: an aging population, lower workforce participation and a flat or declining labor productivity growth rate.

The Accenture report advocates that state governments develop and execute strategies to ensure a sufficient supply of talent to meet the country’s workforce demands. According to the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, current workforce participation rates are at their lowest since 1977. 

“For the first time in our nation’s history, the next generation may not be better off than their parents,” said Peter Hutchinson, who leads Accenture’s public service strategy for North America state, provincial and local business. “For decades people have come to expect our economy and way of life to continue to improve, not decline. Our standard of living hinges on harnessing a skilled workforce to power our economies.”

Accenture identified three factors threatening the U.S. standard of living:

  • Population: As Baby Boomers retire, the working age population (15- to 64-years-old) is shrinking as a share of the total population. By 2030, the working age population could shrink by 9%, declining to a 1970 level.
  • Participation: There are not enough people of working-age actually working today, driven in part by youth unemployment (16- to 24-years-old).
  • Productivity: States are facing an unreliable growth rate in workforce productivity, which has fallen below 1% for five of the past 10 years and is now at one of its lowest points since 1960.

Accenture’s analysis points to several factors affecting participation and productivity growth rates: Employers are not finding the skills they need for open positions, the long-term increase in high school and college graduation rates is forecast to end and more than half of recent college graduates consider themselves either under-employed or working in positions that do not require their college degrees.

Key findings

A growing dissatisfaction with government was one of the key factors found in the survey, which included citizens, employers, jobseekers and state employment officials across the country.

The majority of citizens surveyed, 72%, said they have little or no trust in the ability of government to act quickly enough to address employment and skills issues.

Only 18% of employers surveyed said they had sufficient access to the skills they require, and only 12% of job seekers say it is easy to find the right job.
Among the job seekers, 58% cited a lack of access to job information as a major barrier to finding employment.

Both job seekers (48%) and employers (56%) say they would value better matching of skills needed by employers against available jobs.

A majority of employers (62%) do not think government is anticipating future skills demands.

“States are in a battle for talent,” added Hutchinson. “To win that battle, states need strategies and tools that can increase workforce participation and accelerate productivity growth. And they must act now.”

Recommendations 

Accenture recommends that states provide real-time, skill-based information about jobs that are in high demand and promote the workforce qualifications needed to fill those jobs.

States should also create talent supply pipelines that can provide employers, including government, with reliable access to the skills and competencies they need, Accenture said.

States should offer every job seeker a personalized road map that shows him or her how to put unique talents to work to gain the skills and competencies needed for the desired job, the report recommends.

“For most of our history, we could take talent for granted. It was plentiful,” Hutchinson said. “But in the future, it will be a scarcer resource. Strategies that worked in the past are not going to work in the future. States that act now and act decisively will have a competitive advantage in winning the battle for talent.”

According to Accenture (NYSE:ACN), the U.S. standard of living is in danger of declining by 9 percent by 20301 – back to the level it was in 2000 &nd...

Article Image

Jobless claims fall to 8-year low

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits have fallen to their lowest level in more than 8 years.

The Labor Department says initial jobless claims plunged by 19,000 in the week ending July 19, to a seasonally adjusted 284,000 -- a decrease of 19,000 and the lowest level since February 18, 2006, when they totaled 283,000.

Sterne-Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza points out that despite the “impressive outsized decline,” the U.S. labor market remains under pressure. On the positive side, she notes, “initial jobless claims continue to trend down and headline job creation has gained momentum surpassing 200k for the past several months.”

The 4-week moving average, which is considered by analysts to be a more accurate gauge of the labor market because it is less volatile, fell 7,250 to 302,000 -- the lowest level since May 19, 2007, when it was 302,000.

The complete report can be found on the Labor Department website

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits have fallen to their lowest level in more than 8 years. The Labor Department says initial jobless ...

Article Image

Here are some jobs you probably don't want to pursue

If you've thought of becoming a mail carrier, meter reader, print newspaper reporter or farmer, you may want to reconsider your career path.

Those are the occupations most likely to go the way of the dodo, according to the CareerCast report on the Most Endangered Jobs

While the job landscape may be bustling with new opportunities in the information technology sector, these 21st century jobs come at the expense of other industries.

Going, going....

CareerCast, which bills itself as a “global job search portal,” says current mail carriers may have a safe career, but the profession is rapidly contracting for postman wannabes. Mail carrier is just one casualty of a tech-based job market that shares a unifying theme: paper.

Newspaper reporters face a projected 13% decline in hiring in the coming years. Layoffs and furloughs in the industry are commonplace.

Consumers haven't quit reading the news or the latest bestseller, but rather are consuming their information online and not in print. Want to catch up on the latest news? Power on your smart phone or tablet and get the latest happenings from around the globe in one place. Want to read a book? Download any title instantly.

The logging industry is feeling the impact of the move from print to digital. Dramatically lower demand for paper means much less demand for wood pulp that lumberjacks help provide. The result is a 9% decline in logging industry employment. Falling demand for paper also affects printers.

Blame technology

The use of paper isn't the only factor behind technology endangering certain fields. Sometimes, advancements render the need for certain jobs moot. Meter reader is one such field.

A growing number of gas and electric companies are installing electronic meter readers that instantly provide usage updates. The result is a 19% job decline for meter readers anticipated by 2022.

Kiss them good-by

Here are the 10 most endangered jobs, according to CareerCast's 2014 Jobs Rated report and statistics culled from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics:

  • MAIL CARRIER - Median Salary: $53,100 - Hiring Outlook: -28%
  • FARMER - Median Salary: $69,300 - Hiring Outlook: -19%
  • METER READER - Median Salary: $36,410 - Hiring Outlook: -19%
  • NEWSPAPER REPORTER - Median Salary: $37,090 - Hiring Outlook: -13%
  • TRAVEL AGENT - Median Salary: $34,600 - Hiring Outlook: -12%
  • LUMBERJACK - Median Salary: $24,340 Hiring Outlook: -9%
  • FLIGHT ATTENDANT Median Salary: $37,240 Hiring Outlook: -7%
  • DRILL-PRESS OPERATOR - Median Salary: $32,950 - Hiring Outlook: -6%
  • PRINTING WORKER - Median Salary: $34,100 - Hiring Outlook: -5%
  • TAX EXAMINER AND COLLECTOR - Median Salary: $50,440 - Hiring Outlook: -4%

If you've thought of becoming a mail carrier, meter reader, print newspaper reporter or farmer, you may want to reconsider your career path. Those are th...

Article Image

Jobless claims plunge to near 7-year low

First time applications for state unemployment benefits plunged by 11,000 in the week ending July 5, taking the total number of initial claims to 304,000. That's the fewest new claims since the end of May, and well below the Briefing.com consensus forecast of 311,000.

The government also reports the 4-week moving average was 311,500, down 3,500 the previous week, and close to levels last seen in October 2007. The moving average is less volatile than the weekly number and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor situation.

Analysts say the initial claims level is probably due to normal volatility because of the Independence Day holiday and does not signal a change in trend. Still, they add, data over the past few weeks indicate labor market conditions are improving.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

First time applications for state unemployment benefits plunged by 11,000 in the week ending July 5, taking the total number of initial claims to 304,000. ...

Article Image

Job cuts fall to lowest level of 2014 in June

What a difference a month makes!

After cutting 52,961 jobs in May -- the highest level in 15 months, employers announced they’ll cut 31,434 payroll positions -- a decline of 41% and the lowest one-month total so far this year.

Figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas show that through the first half of 2014, the pace of job cutting is down 5.0% from a year ago, and 20% from June 2013.

In the quarter ending June 30, a 124,693 job cuts were announced, 3.0% more than in the first quarter of 2014. Second-quarter job cuts were up 9.5% from the same period last year.

Casino closings prominent

New Jersey-based employees were hit particularly hard by June activity, accounting for three of the top four job-cut announcements during the month.

The closings of two Atlantic City casinos and a Westhampton-based transportation firm resulted in nearly 7,000 job cuts. Those shutdowns were the primary reason the entertainment and leisure industry was the top job-cutting sector of the month.

In all, these firms announced terminations totaling 6,005, and 13,700 so far this year, which is up 50% from the same point in 2013.

The heaviest downsizing through the first half of the year occurred in the computer industry, where employers announced plans to fire 30,002 workers from their payrolls. Retailers have also seen heavy job cuts, having announced 26,863 planned cuts through June.

“The holidays were not kind to several retailers who answered with heavy layoffs in the first quarter,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “We saw large-scale job-cut announcements from Macy’s, Best Buy, J.C. Penney, and Sears to start out the year. Meanwhile, one of the largest job cuts of the year so far resulted from the bankruptcy of Coldwater Creek, which resulted in 5,500 layoffs,”

Initial claims

Meanwhile, the government reports first-time claims for state unemployment benefits rose by 2,000 In the week ending June 28 to 315,000 -- a little better that the Briefing.com consensus of 315,000.

Analysts say the range of  310,000 to 320,000 where the weekly figure seems to have settled, suggests a general improvement in conditions

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was up 500 -- to 315,000.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

What a difference a month makes! After cutting 52,961 jobs in May https://www.consumeraffairs.com/news/job-cuts-hit-their-highest-level-in-15-months-durin...

Article Image

Jobless rate drops to near 6-year low in June

Employment growth in professional and business services, retail trade, food services and drinking places, and health care helped push the nation’s jobless rate lower in June.

Figures released by the government show the unemployment rate slipped to 6.1% last month -- the lowest since September 2008 -- with the economy creating 288,000 jobs.

Who’s working and who’s not

The decline of 0.2% in the unemployment rate came as the number of without jobs dropped by 325,000 to 9.5 million. Over the year, the
unemployment rate and the number of unemployed persons have declined by 1.4% and 2.3 million, respectively.

Unemployment rates for adult women (5.3%) and blacks (10.7%) declined in June, while the rate for teenagers (21.0%) increased. The rates for adult men (5.7%), whites (5.3%), Hispanics (7.8%) and Asians (5.1) showed little change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) declined by 293,000 in June to 3.1 million, accounting for 32.8% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has decreased by 1.2 million.

The civilian labor force participation rate was 62.8% for the third
consecutive month. The employment-population ratio, at 59.0%, showed little
change over the month but is up by 0.3% point over the year.

Who’s hiring

Employment growth was widespread last month. Professional and business services positions rose by 67,000, retail trade was up 40,000, food services and drinking places added 33,000 jobs, and health care employment increased by 21,000.

Manufacturing added 16,000 jobs, with all of the increase in durable goods manufacturing. Within durable goods, employment increased in motor vehicles and parts (+6,000) and in computer and peripheral equipment (+3,000).

There was little change over the month in other major industries, including mining and logging, construction, information, and government.

The complete June employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

Employment growth in professional and business services, retail trade, food services and drinking places, and health care helped push the nation’s jobless ...

Article Image

ADP: economy adds 281,000 jobs in June

The economy continues to crank out new jobs.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, 2810,00 private payroll positions were created during June.

The service-providing sector led the way with 230,000 new jobs in June, compared with 148,000 in May. Within that sector, professional/ business services contributed 77,000 jobs in June, trade/transportation/utilities grew by 50,000 and financial activities created 11,000 new jobs.

Goods-producing employment rose by 51,000 jobs last month, 20,000 more than in May. The construction industry added 36,000 jobs over the month, more than double the May number, while manufacturing added 12,000 jobs in June.

"The June jobs number is a welcome boost,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “The number of construction jobs added was particularly encouraging, representing the highest total in that industry since February of 2006.”

Small business leads the way

Payroll growth for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased by 117,000 jobs in June -- the highest number since February 2012.

Job growth rebounded over the month for medium-sized and large firms. Employment among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 115,000, versus 62,000 in May.

Large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- added 49,000 positions -- 13,000 more than the previous month. Companies with 500-999 employees added 16,000 jobs after losing 3,000 in May.

"The job market is steadily improving,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. Job gains are broad based across all industries and company sizes. Judging from the job market, the economic recovery remains fully intact and is gaining momentum.”

Gallup job creation index

Meanwhile, Gallup's U.S. Job Creation Index registered at +27 in June, the same as in May -- and the highest score in more than six years of tracking this measure.

The index is a measure of net hiring activity in the U.S., with the monthly average based on a nationally representative sample of more than 16,000 full- and part-time workers in June. 

Last month's index score is based on 40% of employees saying their employer is hiring workers and expanding the size of its workforce, and 13% saying their employer is letting workers go and reducing the size of its workforce. Another 41% report no change in staffing.

The index sank over the course of the 2008 recession and was in negative territory for much of 2009, reaching a record low of -5 in February and April of 2009.

This year, after starting off in January at +19, the index has shown gains of exactly two points each month before leveling off in June.

The Labor Department is scheduled to release its employment report for June on Thursday.

The economy continues to crank out new jobs. According to the ADP National Employment Report, 2810,00 private payroll positions were created during June. ...

Article Image

Personal income, spending inch higher in May

Both incomes and spending posted modest gains in May, with the latter coming in lower than some analysts had expected.

The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) reports personal income rose 0.4%, or $58.8 billion last month. Disposable personal income (DPI) was also up 0.4%. Personal consumption expenditures (PCE) rose just $18.3 billion, or 0.2%.

In April, personal income rose $49.9 billion, or 0.3%, DPI increased $50.8 billion, or 0.4%, and PCE increased $2.3 billion, or less than 0.1%, based on revised estimates.

Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for increases of 0.4% for both personal income and PCE.

Wages and salaries

The increase in private wages and salaries in May outstripped the gains posted in April: $27.8 billion versus $17.9 billion in April. Payrolls of goods-producing industries rose $7.4 billion, after declining $1.5 billion the month before. Manufacturing payrolls jumped $5.0 billion, compared with a drop of $2.8 billion in April.

Services-producing industries' payrolls rose $20.4 billion, while government wages and salaries increased $1.4 billion.

Personal outlays and saving

Personal outlays, which include PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payment, increased $18.0 billion in May. PCE was up $18.3 billion.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $620.3 billion in May, compared with $582.7 billion in April. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 4.8% in May, up 0.3% from April.

The complete incomes and spending report is available on the BEA website

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits moved lower in the week ending June 21.

According to the government, the number of people filing initial jobless claims totaled 312,000. That's a drop of 2,000 from the previous week's level, which had been revised higher by 2,000 -- from 312,000 to 314,000.

The consensus estimate from economists at Briefing.com was for a drop to 310,000. Nonetheless, analysts say an initial claims range of 310,000 to 320,000 should spark an acceleration in payroll growth and clearly show improvements in labor market conditions.

The 4-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly figure and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 2,000 from the previous week -- to 314,250.

The full report is available on the BEA website.

Both incomes and spending posted modest gains in May, with the latter coming in lower than some analysts had expected. The Bureau of Economic Analysis (BE...

Article Image

Improvement see in weekly jobless claims filings

The number of would-be workers filing first-time applications for unemployment benefits dipped last week.

Government figures show the number of initial filings was down by 6,000 in week ending June 14 -- to a seasonally 312,000. That's slightly better than the 313,00 in the consensus of economists surveyed by Briefing.com.

Analysts note that over the past several weeks, the initial claims level has fallen from a range of 320,000 – 330,000 to a range of 310,000 – 320,000. That, they say, implies an acceleration in payroll growth and an overall improvement in labor market conditions.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly figure and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell 3,750 from the week before -- to 311,750.  

The complete report may befound on the Labor Department website.

The number of would-be workers filing first-time applications for unemployment benefits dipped last week. Government figures show the number of initial fi...

Article Image

Retail sales inch higher in May

For the fourth time in as many months, retail sales posted a gain during May.

Figures released by the U.S. Census Bureau show sales last month were up a seasonally adjusted 0.3% -- to $437.6 billion, and a gain of 4.3% over May of 2013. In addition, The April figure was revised higher to show and advance of 0.5% instead of the 0.1% initially reported.

Still, some economists were disappointed with the showing. The consensus esimate of analysts surveyed by Briefing.com was for an advance of 0.7%.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza says aside from auto and gasoline sales, which rose 1.4% and 0.4%, respectively, “consumers weren't doing much spending in May.”  

She points out that forecasts for 4% GDP predicated on a resurgence in consumption thanks to pent-up demand from the start of the year, “appear to be slowly losing favor as the consumer continues to lose momentum.”

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits moved higher in the week ending June 7, climbing by 4,000 to a seasonally adjusted 317,000.

The government says there were no special circumstances involved, which analysts say suggests the claims number will continue to be stuck in the range that suggests monthly job creation of about 200,000.

They add that unless we get below 300,000 on a weekly basis, payroll increases are unlikely to get to the 300,000 range necessary to support strong economic expansion.

The 4-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly number and, therefore, considered a more accurate reading of the job market, rose 4,750 -- to 315,250.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website. 

For the fourth time in as many months, retail sales posted a gain during May. Figures released by the U.S. Census Bureau show sales last month were up a s...

Article Image

Another strong month for job creation

While it wasn't as strong as April, May was a good month for job creation.

Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show total nonfarm payroll employment rose by 217,000 last month while the unemployment rate was steady at 6.3%. The May figure put job creation over the 200,000 mark for the fourth consecutive month.

There were 282,000 new jobs in April, a downward revision from the intiially reported 288,000.

The jobs

The strongest gains were seen in professional and business services, which added 55,000 jobs in May,

health care and social assistance (+55,000), food services and drinking places (+32,000) and transportation and warehousing (+)16,000 .

Manufacturing employment was little-changed over the month but has added 105,000 jobs over

the past year, including 17,000 in durable goods. Employment in other major industries, including mining and logging, construction, wholesale trade, retail trade, information, financial activities, and government, also showed little change in May.

Workers and non-workers

The unemployment rate held at 6.3%, after falling 0.4% in April. The number of people out of work was unchanged in May at 9.8 million. Over the year, the unemployment rate and the number of unemployed people has fallen by 1.2% and 1.9 million, respectively.

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (5.9%), adult women (5.7%), teenagers (19.2%), whites (5.4%), blacks (11.5%), Hispanics (7.7%) and Asians (5.3%) percent were little-changed in May.

The civilian labor force participation rate was unchanged in May, at 62.8%. While the participation rate has shown no clear trend since October, it is down by 0.6% over the year. The employment-population ratio, at 58.9%, was also unchanged in May and has changed little over the year.

The complete May employment report is available on the DOL website.

While it wasn't as strong as April, May was a good month for job creation. Figures released by the Labor Department (DOL) show total nonfarm payroll emplo...

Article Image

Job cuts hit their highest level in 15 months during May

Pink slips were flying in May as job cuts shot to their highest level in more than a year.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports US-based employers announced plans to reduce payrolls by 52,961 last month -- up 31% from April. It marked the second consecutive increase in monthly job cuts and the largest one-month total since February 2013.

The May total also was was 46% higher than the 36,398 job cuts announced in May 2013. So far this year, employers have announced a total of 214,600 planned terminations -- 2.3% fewer than during the first five months of last year.

Tech sector slammed

The heaviest downsizing occurred in the technology sector, where computer firms announced plans to cut payrolls by 18,799. Hewlett-Packard, which has announced several large-scale workforce reductions in recent years, revealed plans to cut as many 16,000 workers in its continuing efforts to “reengineer the workforce to be more competitive.”

The May total for the computer industry was the largest since May 2012, when cuts reached 27,754, due primarily to another large job-cut announcement from Hewlett-Packard.

The computer industry now leads all others in year-to-date job cuts, with 29,863. The retail sector trails closely with 25,696 job cuts announced this year.

“Five-figure job-cut announcements, such as Hewlett-Packard’s last month, have been rare since the recession ended in 2009,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The last time we saw a figure on this scale was February 2013, when JP Morgan Chase announced a large reduction in the number of bankers in its mortgage unit, most of whom were hired in the wake of the recession to deal with the flood of foreclosures and the refinancing of troubled loans,”

Slowdown in downsizing

Despite the May, the overall pace of downsizing has slowed from year ago.

“While some industries, including computer, have seen an increase in job cuts, most of last year’s leading job-cut industries have experienced a decline,” said Challenger. “And, as we approach the midway point of the year, we do not expect a second-half surge in downsizing unless there is a sudden and severe shock to the economy.”

Challenger says several recent reports suggest continued growth in the coming months. Factory orders increased for the third consecutive month in April and automakers are reporting strong sales. A report on Tuesday indicated that small businesses saw its strongest hiring push in more than a year, as these firms added 35,000 workers to their payrolls. That nearly triples the average 12,000 workers added per month since April 2010.

“Moreover,” Challenger concludes, “the latest report on metropolitan area unemployment from the Bureau of Labor Statistics shows that there are now 118 metro areas with unemployment rates below 5.0%. All of this bodes well for the nation’s job seekers.”

Initial jobless claims

More people found themselves in the unemployment line last week.

The government reports 312,000 first-time claims for unemployment benefits were filed in the week ending May 31 -- a jump of 8,000 from the week before. That was generally in line with economists' expectations.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly figure and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell by 2,250 to 310,250 -- the lowest level since June 2, 2007 when it was 307,500.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

Pink slips were flying in May as job cuts shot to their highest level in more than a year. Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports U...

Article Image

ADP: Job creation slows in May

After adding more than 200,000 jobs in April, the economy cooled in May, creating just 179,000 payroll positions, according to the ADP National Employment Report.

Produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, using ADP’s actual payroll data, the report measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"After a strong post-winter rebound in April, job growth in May slowed somewhat,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “The 179,000 jobs added figure is higher than May of last year and in line with the average over the past twelve months.”

Goods and services

Goods-producing employment rose by 8,000 jobs in May -- to 29,000. The construction industry added 14,000 jobs over the month, while, manufacturing hired 10,000 people -- the largest number since last December.

Service-providing employment slipped from April's level, with 150,000 jobs created in May, compared with 194,000 the month before. Professional/ business services contributed the most to the lower overall number in May -- adding 46,000 jobs. Trade/transportation/utilities employment grew by 35,000, and financial activities grew by 6,000 positions.

Where jobs were created

Payroll growth for businesses with 49 or fewer employees increased in May -- adding 82,000 jobs, 6,000 more than in April, nearly reaching the 12-month average of 84,000.

Job growth slowed over the month for medium-sized and large firms. Employment among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 61,000, and employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 37,000.

Companies with 500-999 employees eliminated 3,000 jobs after adding 23,000 in April.

"Job growth moderated in May,” noted Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “The slowing in growth was concentrated in Professional/Business Services and companies with 50-999 employees. The job market has yet to break out from the pace of growth that has prevailed over the last three years.”

After adding more than 200,000 jobs in April, the economy cooled in May, creating just 179,000 payroll positions, according to the ADP http://www.adp.com/ ...

Article Image

U.S. economy shifts into reverse

What a difference a couple of months can make.

The government reports that the economy, after growing at an annual rate of 2.6% in the last three months of 2013, is now shrinking at a clip of 1.0%.

Just a month ago, the Bureau of Economic Analysis (BEA) estimated that real gross domestic product -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States – grew at an 0.1% annual rate for the first three months of 2014.

This "second" estimate is based on more complete source data than were available for the "advance" estimate.

The drop in real GDP reflects negative contributions from private inventory investment, exports, nonresidential fixed investment, state and local government spending, and residential fixed investment. These were partly offset by a positive contribution from personal consumption expenditures. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

Inflation slows

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents,

increased 1.3% in the first quarter -- down 0.1% from the advance estimate; the index rose 1.5% in the fourth quarter.

Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases increased 1.3% in the first quarter, compared with an increase of 1.8% in the fourth.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza says this shows a much weaker start to the year than previously reported, meaning the subsequent "rebound" is even more lackluster in comparison.

“The good news -- if there is any in a negative GDP report,” she adds, is that the consumer “was reaffirmed as the one bright spot in the economy at the start of the year. The bad news, other sectors of

the economy, particularly investment, were much weaker than originally reported in the advanced report.”

The full GDP report is available on the BEA website.

Jobless claims

In a separate report, the Labor Department (DOL) says first-time applications for unemployment benefits fell by 27,000 In the week ending May 24 to a seasonally adjusted total of 300,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and seen as a more accurate gauge of the labor market, plunged 11,250 to 311,500 -- the lowest level since August 11, 2007 when it was 311,250.

The complete report can be found on the DOL website.

What a difference a couple of months can make. The government reports that the economy, after growing at an annual rate of 2.6% in the last three months o...

Article Image

Initial claims for jobless benefits move lower

First-time applications for state unemployment compensation dipped last week, falling below the level many economists were expecting.

Government figures show claims were down by 26,000 during the week ending May 3 -- to a seasonally adjusted 319,000. The consensus from economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for 325,000.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza points out that against the backdrop of last Friday's report of an “outsized rise in nonfarm payrolls” for April, there is plenty of reason for an improved assessment of labor market conditions heading into the second quarter. “Of course,” she adds, “there are also plenty of reasons to be pessimistic as well. Hiring, while positive, has been neither sufficient to translate into a rise in labor participation nor wage growth.”

Other analysts say that with the volatility surrounding the Easter holiday period coming to an end, initial claims are likely to stabilize between 320,000 and 330,000 as labor conditions show moderate improvement.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number, and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 4,500 from the previous week -- to 324,750.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

First-time applications for state unemployment compensation dipped last week, falling below the level many economists were expecting. Government figures s...

Article Image

Unemployment rate plunges as economy cranks out jobs

Looks like the economy revved up in April as total nonfarm payroll employment rose by 288,000, while the jobless rate fell by 0.4% to 6.3%.

Figures released by the Labor Department show the employment gains were widespread, led by growth in professional and business services, retail trade, food services and drinking places, and construction.

At the same time, though, the civilian labor force dropped by 806,000, after increasing by 503,000 in March. That pushed the labor force participation down 0.4% -- to 62.8% in April. The participation rate is the same as it was this past October, while employment-population ratio at 58.9% has changed little over the year.

The official government employment gain figure was well above the 220,000 reported earlier in the week by ADP and the Briefing.com consensus of 210,000.

Who's hiring

Professional and business services led the April increase, adding 75,000 jobs in April, while retail trade employment rose by 35,000. Other large contributors were food services and drinking places (+33,000), construction (+32,000), health care (19,000) and mining (+10,000).

Employment in other major industries, including manufacturing, transportation and warehousing, information, financial activities, and government, was little-changed over the month.

Who's working

Among the major worker groups, unemployment rates declined in April for adult men (5.9%), adult women (5.7%), teenagers (19.1%), whites (5.3%), blacks (11.6%), Hispanics (7.3%) and Asians (5.7 percent).

In April, the number of unemployed reentrants and new entrants declined by 417,000 and 126,000, respectively. The number of job losers and people who completed temporary jobs decreased by 253,000 to 5.2 million.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) declined by 287,000 in April -- to 3.5 million; these individuals accounted for 35.3% of the unemployed. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has fallen by 908,000.

The full April employment report is available on the Bureau of Labor Statistics website.

Personal incomes-spending

In other economic news, the government reports personal income increased rose 0.5% in March or $78.4 billion, while consumer spending, or personal consumption expenditures (PCE) jumped $107.2 billion, or 0.9% -- the bigest monthly gain since August 2009.

Disposable personal income (DPI) -- personal income less personal current taxes -- increased $68.0 billion, or 0.5%.

Wages and salaries

Private wages and salaries increased $42.3 billion in March, after rising just $17.4 billion in February. Payrolls of goods producing industries were up $10.4 billion, while manufacturing payrolls increased $7.0 billion.

Services-producing industries' payrolls increased $31.8 billion, and government wages and salaries rose $0.9 billion.

Spending and saving

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- increased $109.7 billion in March, nearly double the increase of $57.2 billion in February.

Personal saving -- DPI less personal outlays -- was $487.7 billion in March, while the personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- fell from 4.2% in February to 3.8%.

The complete incomes and savings report for March is available on the Commerce Department website.

Looks like the economy revved up in April as total nonfarm payroll employment rose by 288,000, while the jobless rate fell by 0.4% to 6.3%. Figures releas...

Article Image

Another strong showing for job creation

The economy continued to crank out jobs at a fairly brisk pace in April.

According to the ADP National Employment Report, another 220,000 private sector jobs were added from March to April.

The report, which is produced by payroll-processing firm ADP in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data,and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"The 220,000 U.S. private sector jobs added in April is well above the twelve-month average,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “Job growth appears to be trending up and hopefully this will continue.”

Goods and services

Goods-producing employment rose by 24,000 jobs in April, down 4,000 from March. Most of the gains again came from the construction industry which added 19,000 jobs. Manufacturing continued to be sluggish adding just 1,000 jobs last month.

Service-providing employment rose by 197,000 jobs -- 16,000 more than in March. Professional/ business services led the way, adding 77,000 jobs. Trade/transportation/utilities employment grew by 34,000 positions, and financial activities added 8,000 jobs, marking the strongest pace of growth in the industry since June 2013.

Who's hiring

Payroll growth for businesses with 49 or fewer employees added 82,000 jobs -- 1,000 more than in March and almost reaching the twelve-month average of 84,000. Job growth accelerated over the month for medium-sized firms while dropping for large firms. Employment among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 81,000 -- the most since December 2012, while large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- added 57,000 jobs -- down 16,000 from the previous month.

"The job market is gaining strength,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “After a tough winter employers are expanding payrolls across nearly all industries and company sizes. The recent pickup in job growth at mid-sized companies may signal better business confidence. Job market prospects are steadily improving.”

The government is scheduled to release its April jobs report May 2.

The economy continued to crank out jobs at a fairly brisk pace in April. According to the ADP National Employment Report, another 220,000 private sector j...

Article Image

Job cut announcements surge in April

U.S.-based firms announced plans to cut 40,298 jobs from their payrolls in April -- up 17% from 34,399 workers let go in March and 6.0% higher than the 38,121 job cuts recorded in April of last year.

So far this year, outplacement firm Challenger, Gray & Christmas has tracked 161,639 announced job cuts -- 12% fewer than we saw in the first four months of 2013.

“Despite the April increase, the pace of downsizing remains relatively low,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “We just saw the lowest first-quarter total in 19 years and the year-to-date monthly average of 40,410 is the lowest since 1997.”

Challenger points out, though, that the economy still has a lot of room for growth, adding, “It is unlikely that monthly layoffs will experience a precipitous decline. Even during the economic boom of the late 1990s, employers still averaged about 550,000 announced layoffs annually.”

Retail and financial services lead the way

One area that has continued to struggle in the wake of the recession is retail, which announced an industry-leading 6,993 job cuts in April. To date, retailers have announced 25,224 job cuts, just slightly below the 31,297 retail job cuts reported in the first four months of 2013.

“Among the retailers announcing cuts in April was Coldwater Creek, which never found its footing after the recession and was forced to declare bankruptcy and shutter 350 stores,” said Challenger. “Like other retailers, it struggled amid a changing retail landscape, where more and more competition is coming from the Internet.”

The financial sector announced 4,124 job cuts in April, bringing the 2014 total to 19,430. While that ranks second among all industries, the pace of downsizing in the banking industry is actually down 44% from 2013.

“We are seeing some stabilization in the banking industry. We may continue to see cutbacks in the mortgage departments, as banks shed the extra workers hired to handle the flood of foreclosures, but those areas are getting back to normal staffing levels,” said Challenger.

Aerospace/Defense (4,075 cuts), Health Care/Products (3,242 cuts) and Food (2,865 cuts) round out the list of the top 5 job-cutting sectors last month.

Jobless claims

More people than expected filed first-time applications for state jobless benefits last week.

Government figures show initial claims jumped by 14,000 in the week ending April 26 to seasonally adjusted total of 344,000 -- the highest reading since February. The consensus expectation from economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a total of 330,000.

Claims remain volatile week-to-week, teasing the market with the possibility of breaking through the lower bound of 300,000 one week only to shoot higher in the following week's report, according to Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza. “What is clear,” she adds, “is that there remains an unclear trend in claims. Greatly improved from two to three years ago, in the near-term, claims have broken little new ground.”

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was up 3,000 to 320,000.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

U.S.-based firms announced plans to cut 40,298 jobs from their payrolls in April -- up 17% from 34,399 workers let go in March and 6.0% higher than the 38,...

Article Image

The economy limps along in early 2014

With apologies to T.S. Eliot, the economy started 2014 with a whimper, not a bang.

After posting a growth rate of 2.6% in the fourth quarter of 2013, real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States -- expanded at a miniscule annual rate of 0.1 percent in the first three months of this year.

The “advanced' estimate of expansion released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis is based on source data that are incomplete or subject to further revision. A "second" estimate for the first quarter, based on more complete data, will be released in about a month.

Businesses pull back

What little increase there was in real GDP in the first quarter, was primarily due to a rise in consumer spending that was partly offset by negative contributions from exports, private inventory investment, nonresidential fixed investment, residential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, decreased.

The first quarter slowdown in growth was due largely to downturns in exports and in nonresidential fixed investment, a larger decrease in private inventory investment, a deceleration in consumer spending, and a downturn in state and local government spending that were partly offset by an upturn in federal government spending and a downturn in imports.

Inflation dips

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, increased 1.4% in the first quarter, compared with an increase of 1.5% in the final 3 months of last year.

Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases was up 1.4%, versus an increase of 1.8 percent in the fourth quarter of 2013.

The full GDP report is available on the Bureau of Economic Analysis website.

With apologies to T.S. Eliot, the economy started 2014 with a whimper, not a bang. After posting a growth rate of 2.6% in the fourth quarter of 2013, real...

Article Image

How to get a job after graduation

No doubt next month's college graduates are feeling some pressure right about now, and it has less to do with upcoming final exams than what comes after. The job hunt.

They've spent the last four or more years pursing a college degree and have spent a small fortune doing so. Chances are they'll graduate with a sizable student loan debt.

That makes finding a job all the more important. College placement officers say the biggest mistake students near graduation make is starting their job search too late. And putting off the job search until after graduation is just one of many mistakes new grads make.

Don't panic

Anne Scholl-Fiedler, Vice President for Career Services at Stevenson University, says new graduates entering the job market make other mistakes, usually out of desperation. When weeks go by without a nibble, applicants tend to act in ways that hinder, not help their job search.

Her advice? First, don't blindly apply for jobs, especially for jobs for which you are not qualified. Guess what? This small and elite group of HR professionals often communicate with one another about jobseekers in their local markets.

Don't just apply online and leave it at that. The online application process is just the first step. Actually, networking should come first. Establishing contacts within the company where you want to work will give you an edge.

Be prepared

If you go to a networking event or a job fair, go prepared. Be ready to talk about your skills, academic areas of study, strengths and interests.

Do some research about the companies that will be represented at the event. If you can talk knowledgeably with recruiters they will be more likely to take you seriously.

Don't be so choosy. If your first job isn't what you had set your sights on, maybe it's a good starting point. Can you learn something and move on? Remember, you're going to have many jobs over the course of your career.

"The key for college seniors is being deliberate, not desperate, in their job searches," Scholl-Fiedler said.

And maybe additional advice might include, “try not to display a sense of entitlement.” For some that might prove a challenge.

A study of college career development specialists compiled by the Center for Professional Excellence (CPE) at York College of Pennsylvania found college students' sense of entitlement has increased since 2009.

“Fifty-three percent of our respondents reported an increase in students showing a sense of entitlement, while only 6.3 percent noted a decrease,” said Matthew Randall, executive director of the CPE.

Some good news

Fortunately for young job-seekers, the job market appears to be improving. The nation's unemployment rate is slowly dropping and a new study from CareerBuilder and CareerRookie.com finds that 57% of employers say they plan to hire new college graduates.

That's an improvement from the 53% who were hiring last year and the 44% who were in 2010. But the survey also finds corporate recruiters have some concerns about the new crop of applicants.

In short, recruiters see it coming down to a lack of preparation. A majority of recruiters – 53% – say recent graduates often lack real world experience and perspective.

Not ready for prime time

Part of the problem, as they see it, is preparation. Thirty-five percent says students tend to specialize too much. Instead, they would like to see a blend of technical skills and soft skills gained from liberal arts.

Also, 26% of employers say on-the-job training is often impractical because entry-level jobs have become more complex. They look for people who have had prior experience, either through internships or apprenticeships.

According to employers, recent graduates are less prepared for certain business functions than others. Those roles where deficits are noted include customer service, public relations/communications, business development, sales, general office functions, and IT.

Does that mean colleges – charging $50,000 or more for a bachelors degree – aren't preparing students for today's job market?

“The vast majority of employers feel that the skills and knowledge base students gain at academic institutions are aligned with their company needs, but nearly one in four sense a disconnect,” said Brent Rasmussen, President of CareerBuilder North America. “As roles within organizations grow more complex and demand for certain degrees outpaces graduation rates, there is an opportunity for employers to work more closely with schools to help guide learning experiences for the next generation of workers.”

No doubt next month's college graduates are feeling some pressure about now, and it has less to do with upcoming final exams than what comes after. The job...

Article Image

First-time jobless claims surge

Initial claims for state unemployment benefits shot higher last week, exceeding analysts expectations.

For the week ending April 19, applications totaled 329,000 -- up 24,000 from the week before, which had been revised higher by 1,000 to 305,000.

Economists at Briefing.com had forecast an increase to 312,000.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza says the latest rise mostly offset the outsized decline reported two weeks ago. Still, she says, “claims have shown noticeable improvement over the last 12 months suggesting improvement in at least the first part of the labor market equation: fewer job layoffs.” But, she adds, “we have yet to see marked improvement in the second part of the equation: meaningful and sustained job creation.”

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 4,750 to 316,750.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

Initial claims for state unemployment benefits shot higher last week, exceeding analysts expectations. For the week ending April 19, applications totaled...

Article Image

First-time jobless claims tick higher

Initial applications for state unemployment benefits inched higher during the week ending April 12 after plunging the previous week to their lowest level since 2007.

Government figures show claims totaled a seasonally adjusted 304,000 -- an increase of 2,000

from the previous week, which was revised up by 2,000 to 302,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com had forecast an increase to 312,000.

Suspicious numbers

While the Labor Department (DOL) says there were no special factors in the initial claims number, analysts note that the government has had problems managing the seasonal adjustment factors around the Easter holiday. Thus, they say they suspect that the claims are underreporting actual layoff levels and look for the claims level to be back in the 320,000 – 330,000 range by the beginning of May.

Stern Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza says the increase was expected after the "outsized decline" the week before. She also points out that "claims have been on the decline for quite some time and that hasn't yet translated into meaningful improvement on the other half of the equation, job creation, as hiring remains unimpressive."

The 4-week moving average, which is consider a better barometer of the labor market because it's less volatile than the weekly number, fell 4,750 to 312,000 -- the lowest level for this average since October 6, 2007 when it was 302,000.

The full report may be found on the DOL website.

Initial applications for state unemployment benefits inched higher during the week ending April 12 after plunging the previous week to their lowest level s...

Article Image

A huge drop in jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits have fallen to their lowest level in nearly seven years.

Figures released by the government show 300,000 people filed initial claims in the week ending April 5 -- down 32,000 from the week before, the largest decline since december, 2012. The last time claims were this low was May 12, 2007 when they were 297,000.

The plunge came as a surprise to economists at Briefing.com who were expecting a total of 325,000 first-time claims. While impressed by the sizeable decline, they say poor seasonal adjustments could cause the initial claims level to spike up and down for the next couple of weeks before stabilizing back in the 320,000 – 330,000 range by the beginning of May.

Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey Piegza says the big decline suggests there could be marked improvement in the labor market in April, adding that thtoday's number "certainly raises the bar of expectations for the April NFP (nonfarm payroll) number."

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly nmumber and is consider a better gauge of the labor market, was down 4,750 from the previous week to 316,250.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits have fallen to their lowest level in nearly seven years. Figures released by the government show 3...

Article Image

Employers crank up their hiring

The arrival of spring seems to have brought with it a surge in job creation.

Government figures show total nonfarm payroll employment rose by 192,000 in March, with professional and business services, health care, and mining and logging leading the charge.

As it released the latest figures, the Labor Department (DOL) revised its February number higher -- from 175,000 to 197,000.

The unemployment rate, meanwhile, held steady at 6.7%, with the number of people without jobs essentially unchanged at 10.5 million. Both measures have shown little movement since December. Over the year, the number of unemployed people and the unemployment rate fave fallen by 1.2 million and 0.8%, respectively.

The demographics

The unemployment rate for adult women rose to 6.2 % last month, and the rate for adult men fell to 6.2%. The rates for teenagers (20.9%), whites (5.8%), blacks (12.4%), Hispanics (7.9%) and Asians (5.4%) showed little or no change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those out of work for 27 weeks or more), was 3.7 million -- changed little in March, accounting for 35.8% of the unemployed. Still, the number of long-term unemployed was down by 837,000 over the year.

Both the civilian labor force and total employment rose in March, with the labor force participation rate (63.2%) and the employment-population ratio (58.9%) showing little change over the month.

Where the jobs are

The professional and business services sector was the March leader in job creation, adding 57,000 positions, followed by food services and drinking places (+30,000), health care and construction (+19,000 each), and mining and logging.

Employment in government was unchanged as a decline of 9,000 jobs in federal government was mostly offset by an increase of 8,000 jobs in local government -- excluding education. Over the past year, employment in federal government has fallen by 85,000.

Employment in other major industries, including manufacturing, wholesale trade, retail trade, transportation and warehousing, information, and financial activities, changed little over the month.

The complete March employment report is available on the DOL website.

The arrival of spring seems to have brought with it a surging in job creation. Government figures show total nonfarm payroll employment rose by 192,000 in...

Article Image

Job cutting falls sharply in March

Employers announced plans to cut 34,399 jobs in March -- the second lowest monthly total since January 2013. The only month to see fewer cuts during that period was December, when just 30,623 job cuts were announced.

Figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas show the total for last month was 18% lower than the 41,835 planned job cuts reported in February and down 30% from a year ago when job cuts totaled 49,255.

First-quarter plunge

The big drop in March means that during the first quarter of 2014, employers announced 121,341 job cuts -- down 16% from the first three months of 2013 and the fewest first-quarter job cuts in 19 years.

“The first quarter typically experiences some of the heaviest job cutting of the year,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Since we began tracking planned layoffs in 1989, the first quarter is only slightly lower than the fourth quarter when it comes to the pace of downsizing, with an average job-cut total of just over 205,000. Employers are well below that pace this year, suggesting that layoffs continue to decline in a recovery that is approaching its five-year anniversary.”

Where they cut

First quarter job cuts were led by the retail sector, where employers announced 18,231 terminations through the first three months of 2014 -- including 2,989 in March. The financial sector followed closely with 15,306 cuts over the first three months of the year.

Neither retail nor financial firms saw the heaviest job cuts last month, however. The top job-cutting sector in March was health care, which announced plans to reduce payrolls by 5,768, bringing its year-to-date total to 10,984, which ranks fourth among all industries.

“We continue to see downsizing in the health care sector, as hospitals adjust to lower Medicare reimbursements and cutbacks in Medicaid funding, Challenger noted. “There has also been a surge in job cuts among the workers hired to sign-up Americans for health insurance under the Affordable Care Act. With the sign-up period ending on March 31, call centers around the country have been purging their payrolls of these temporary employees.”

Job cuts within the telecommunications industry have risen sharply so far this year. The 11,277 job cuts announced by these firms ranks third among all industries and marks a 225% increase from the 3,471 telecommunications job cuts recorded in the first three months of 2013.

Initial jobless claims

Separately, the government reports an uptick in the number of people filing initial claims for state jobless benefits.

After posting decline the previous week, the number of first-time applications jumped 16,000 -- to 326,000 in the week ending March 29, a little higher than the 320,000 projected by a Briefing.com survey of economists.

The claims number appears to have escaped the range of 330,000-340,000 where it had been locked for several months. Analysts believe the current range suggests monthly job creation of about 200,000.

We'll get a better idea of that on Friday, when the government releases its employment report for March.

Meanwhile, the 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and considered a better gauge of the labor market, came in at 319,500 -- up just 250 from the previous week.

The full report is avaliable on the Labor Department website.

Employers announced plans to cut 34,399 jobs in March -- the second lowest monthly total since January 2013. The only month to see fewer cuts during that p...

Article Image

Turning the corner for job growth in March?

March appears to have been the best month for job creation in quite a while.

According to ADP, the payroll processing firm, private sector employment rose by 191,000 jobs from February to March. That's considerably better than the revised total of 178,000 reported for February. The initial report for that month was 139,000 jobs.

The March total is “slightly above the twelve-month average,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “Hopefully, this could be a sign there is more growth to come.”

The ADP National Employment Report is produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics and is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, measuring the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

Goods and services

Goods-producing employment rose by 28,000 jobs in March, compared with the upwardly revised pace of 25,000 in February. Most of the gains came from the construction industry which added 20,000 jobs over the month. Manufacturers added 5,000 jobs in March -- the same as February.

Service-providing employment shot up 164,000 jobs in March from the upwardly revised 153,000 the prior month. Professional/ business services contributed the most to growth in service-providing industries, adding 53,000 jobs. Trade/transportation/utilities payrolls grew by 36,000, while the 5,000 new jobs in financial activities marks the strongest pace of growth in the industry since November 2013.

A slowing in small business payroll growth

Payroll growth for businesses with 49 or fewer employees slowed slightly in March, adding 72,000 jobs -- 4,000 fewer than in February and an average of 83,000 during the past 12 months.

In contrast, job growth accelerated over the month for both medium and large firms and was at its strongest since last November.

Employment among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 52,000 and employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 67,000.

Moody’s Analytics Chief Economist Mark Zandi believes the job market is picking up after a dormant winter. “Job gains are consistent with the pace prior to the brutal winter,” he said, with the gains “broad based across industries and business size classes. Even better numbers are likely in coming months as the weather warms.”

March appears to have been the best month for job creation in quite a while. According to ADP, the payroll processing firm, private sector employment rose...

Article Image

A bit of oomph in the economic growth rate

Government numbers crunchers have finished their work computing the rate of growth for the final 3 months of 2013. And while the third estimate is up a bit -- 0.2% -- from the second estimate, it's nothing to write home about.

The Commerce Department has real gross domestic product -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the U.S. -- increasing at an annual rate of 2.6% in the fourth quarter. In the third quarter, it expanded at an 4.1% annual rate.

Ups and downs

The increase in real GDP in the fourth quarter primarily reflects positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, and nonresidential fixed investment. Those were partly offset by declines in federal government spending and residential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, rose.

The drop from the earlier quarter is due to a downturn in private inventory investment, a larger decrease in federal government spending, a downturn in residential fixed investment, and a deceleration in state and local government spending. Those were partly offset by accelerations in PCE and in exports, a deceleration in imports, and an acceleration in nonresidential fixed investment.

Stern Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza notes that while we saw a slowdown from the third quarter, the U.S. economy did grow at a faster pace than previously reported at the end of 2013 as consumer spending rose by the most in three years. The spending rise itself, Piegza adds, reflected “a hearty increase in service spending -- particularly in health care services.”

The full report may be found on the Bureau of Economic Analysis website.

Jobless claims

Meanwhile, first-time applications for state unemployment benefits came in well below analysts expectations.

The government says initial jobless claims were down by 10,000 in the week ending March 22 -- to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 311,000. The consensus of economist surveyed by Briefing.com was for a total of 330,000.

Analysts say numbers like this would normally suggest an acceleration in payroll growth and that monthly payroll gains above 200,000 over the next couple of months would not be surprising.

The 4-week moving average, considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market because it lacks the weekly report's volatility was 317,750 -- down 9,500 from the previous week.

The complete jobless claims report is available on the Labor Department website.

Government numbers crunchers have finished their work computing the rate of growth for the final 3 months of 2013. And while the third estimate is up a bit...

Article Image

A rebound for retail sales

Retail sales bounced back in February after posting declines the two previous months.

Government figures show sales were up 0.3% last month, rebounding from a revised January decline of 0.6%. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were looking for an advance of 0.2%.

Areas of growth included new cars and building materials, both showing gains of 0.3%, and furniture and home furnishings -- up 0.4%. Decliners included electronics and appliance stores, and food and beverage stores, which were down 0.2%.

Lindsey M. Piegza, chief economist and market tech at Sterne Agee, calls the February report a "welcomed reprieve," but notes it's too early to conclude a continued, sizable rebound in spending because of pent up demand during months of winter storms. "Sure consumers have been somewhat constrained -- nobody likes shopping during an ice storm," Piegza added, "but consumers were spending elsewhere particularly on a heightened energy bill with both prices and usage on the rise."

The complete February report is available on the Census Bureau website.

Jobless claims

A surprising drop in initial jobless claims last week is leading some analysts to speculate that labor conditions are improving.

The Labor Department (DOL) reports 315,000 people applied for state unemployment benefits for the first time during the week ending March 8, a drop of 9,000 from the previous week and the lowest level in about 3 months.

DOL says there were no special factors driving the initial claims level to its lowest point since November 2013 -- that it was probably due to normal volatility.

The 4-week moving, which is not as volatile and contsidered more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell 6,250 -- to 330,500.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

Retail sales bounced back in February after posting declines the two previous months. Government figures show sales were up 0.3% last month, rebounding fr...

Article Image

February job creation exceeds expectations

The wicked winter weather has been blamed for a lot of things, but it apparently did not have a negative effect on the employment situation in February.

Government figures show the economy created 175,000 jobs last month, topping the consensus estimate of 163,000 of economists surveyed by Briefing.com. At the sale time, the Labor Department (DOL) revised the job creation totals higher for both December and January.

The change in employment for December was revised from +75,000 to +84,000, while January was revised from +113,000 to +129,000. With these revisions, employment gains in both months were 25,000 higher than previously reported.

Nonetheless, the unemployment rate for February rose 0.1% -- to 6.7%. While there's been little movement in the jobless rate since December, over the year the number of unemployed people and the unemployment rate were down by 1.6 million and 1.0%, respectively.

Who's hiring and firing

Job gains last month occurred in professional and business services (+79,000), wholesale trade (+15,000), food services and drinking places (+21,000), construction (+15,000) and health care (+10,000).

Losses were registered in retail trade (-4,000) and information (-16,000). Employment in other major industries, including mining and logging, manufacturing, transportation and warehousing, financial activities and government, changed little over the month.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (6.4%), adult women (5.9%), teenagers (21.4%), whites (5.8%), blacks (12.0%), Hispanics (8.1%) and Asians (6.0%) showed little

or no change in February.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) increased by 203,000 in February to 3.8 million, and accounted for 37.0% of the unemployed. The number of long-term unemployed was down by 901,000 over the year.

Both the civilian labor force participation rate (63.0%) and the employment-population ratio (58.8%) were unchanged in February. The labor force participation rate was down 0.5% from a year ago, while the employment-population ratio was little changed over the year.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

The wicked winter weather has been blamed for a lot of things, but it apparently did not have a negative effect on the employment situation in February. G...

Article Image

Pace of announced job cuts falls off

February turned out to be a better month than January when it comes to job cuts.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, employers announced plans to cut payrolls by 41,835 last month -- down 7.3% from the 45,107 job cuts employers announced in January.

The February total was also 24% lower than a year ago and -- in fact -- was the lowest February total since 2000. Through the first two months of the new year, employers have announced 86,942 planned job cuts, down 9.2% from January and February of 2013. At this pace, the first quarter could see the fewest announced layoffs since 1995.

Tough times in the financial sector

The financial sector experienced the heaviest job-cut activity last month with the sacking of 9,791 workers. That is about double what was announced in January and the largest monthly toll in the sector since last February.

“While some of the cuts in the financial sector were related to cutbacks in mortgage lending operations, a large portion of the banking workforce reductions in February were due to the ongoing shift away from branch banking toward increased mobile banking,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “This is trend that is gaining momentum and undoubtedly will have a profound impact on banking employment levels in the coming years. The number of bank tellers and traditional banks will continue to shrink as more people manage their bank accounts over their phones, on their laptops, and at ATMs and kiosks.”

"These are the kinds of cuts we don’t see in a recession. These are successful companies taking proactive steps to adjust to new realities."

Telecommunications came in second, with 5,147 cuts, while retail had the third highest job-cut total in February, with 3,848 announced firings, giving it the ranking as the top job-cutting industry for the year, with 15,242 cuts over the first two months. The two-month total is up 70% from a year ago.

Initial jobless claims

A huge decline last week in the filings of first-time applications for state unemployment benefits.

Government figures show initial claims plunged by 26,000 in the week ending March 1 to a seasonally adjusted annual rate of 323,000. That's well below the consensus estimate of analysts surveyed by Briefing.com of 338,000.

The Labor Department (DOL) says the decline coincided with the strong winter storms that ravaged much of the U.S., suggesting that a lot of workers weren't able to file claims. But some analysts think it's more likely the result of DOL's continuing problems with seasonal adjustments.

The 4-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly computation was down 2,000 -- to 336,500.

The government is scheduled to release its February employment report on Friday.

The full report can be found on the DOL website.

February turned out to be a better month than January when it comes to job cuts. According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, emplo...

Article Image

Another “soft month” for job creation, says ADP

February was another fairly tepid month for job creation.

According to the ADP National Employment Report produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, the economy cranked out 139,000 jobs last month after producing a disappointing 113,00 payroll positions in January.

The report, which is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

"February was another soft month for the job market,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “Employment was weak across a number of industries. Bad winter weather, especially in mid-month, weighed on payrolls. Job growth is expected to improve with warmer temperatures.”

Services carry the month

Service-providing industries added 120,000 jobs in February, compared with a downwardly-revised

January figure of 116,000. Professional/business services contributed the most to growth in service-providing industries, adding 33,000 jobs. Expansion in trade/transportation/utilities accelerated slightly after a poor showing in January, gaining 31,000 jobs in February.

Financial activities employment fell for the second straight month after January’s reading was downwardly revised to an 8,000 job loss. These two months have been the weakest for financial services employment since January and February of 2011.

Goods-producing employment rose by 19,000 jobs in February, up 7,000 from January. Nearly all of that was in the construction industry which added 14,000 jobs. Manufacturing eked out a small gain in February -- adding just 1,000 jobs.

All in all, noted ADP President and CEO Carlos Rodriguez, the 139,000 jobs created in February was “well below the average over the last 12 months.”

Lagging payrolls

Payroll growth for businesses with 49 or fewer employees accelerated in February, adding 59,000 jobs. While an improvement from January, growth remains slower than previous months; the smallest gain for small businesses in 2013 was 71,000. Employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 35,000 and employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 44,000.

While this represented an acceleration in job growth for large firms, growth at mid-size firms was slower than it has been since April 2013.

The Labor Department's employment report is scheduled for release at week's end.

February was another fairly tepid month job creation. According to the ADP National Employment Report produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, th...

Article Image

Economic growth winds down

If you're a “glass is half empty-half full” type of person, here's one for you too chew on: The economy grew in the final three months of last year just not as robustly as first reported.

According to the second estimate released by the Bureau of Economic Analysis, real gross domestic product -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the U.S. -- increased at an annual rate of 2.4% in the fourth quarter of 2013. The consensus of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a number that was a bit stronger -- 2.6%.

In its advance estimate, the government put the increase at 3.2%.

Why the change?

The latest GDP estimate is based on more complete source data than were a month ago.

The increase in real GDP in the fourth quarter primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, nonresidential fixed investment, and private inventory investment that were partly offset by negative contributions from federal government spending, residential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The deceleration in growth reflected a slow-down in private inventory investment, a larger decrease in federal government spending, and downturns in residential fixed investment and in state and local government spending. These were partly offset by accelerations in exports, and in nonresidential fixed investment a smaller increase in PCE than first estimated, and a deceleration in imports.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

If you're a “glass is half empty-half full” type of person, here's one for you too chew on: The economy grew in the final three months of last year just n...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims post unexpected surge

The ranks of workers applying for for unemployment benefits for the first time swelled unexpectedly during week ending February 22.

Government figures show initial applications shot up by 14,000 -- to 348,000, surprising economists surveyed by Briefing.com, who were looking for the total to be close to last weeks revised figure of 334,000.

The Department of Labor (DOL) says there was nothing out of the ordinary in the claims data, but analysts note the agency has had a lot of trouble accounting for holiday shortened weeks with their seasonal adjustment factors. The Presidents Day holiday, they says, likely had a negative effect on seasonal adjustments last week.

Given all of that, analysts say they expect to see the claims range settle back into the 330,000-340,00 range over the near term.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was unchanged at 338,250.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

The ranks of workers applying for for unemployment benefits for the first time swelled unexpectedly during week ending February 22. Government figures sh...

Article Image

Winter weather whacks retail sales

Consumers -- it appears -- were reluctant to venture out into the cold in January, sending retail sales skidding 0.4%. It's the second straight drop following the revised decline of 0.1% the month before. Still, sales were up 2.6% from January 2013.

Among the big losers was car sales, which dropped 2.1% last month. Excluding that volatile category, overall retain sales were flat. Other losers included sporting goods -1.4%, clothing -0.9% and personal care items -0.6%.

Among sectors enjoying sales increases were gasoline stations +1.1%, building materials +1.4%, electronics +0.4% and food and beverage +0.2%.

The complete January report is available on the Census Bureau website.

Jobless claims

In a separate report, the government says first-time applications for unemployment benefits rose by 8,000 during the week ended February 8 -- to a seasonally adjusted total of 339,000. That's 4,000 more than the consensus estimate of economists surveyed by Briefing.com.

While the extreme winter weather may have played a role in the volatility seen in the past few weeks, analysts there hasn't been much deviation from the trend of 330,000-340,000, which normally support payroll growth in the 190,000 jobs per month range.

The 4-week moving average came in at 336,750 -- up 3,500 on the week. The moving average is considered a more reliable indicator of the labor market.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

Consumers it appears were reluctant to venture out into the cold in January, sending retail sales skidding 0.4%. It's the second straight drop following ...

Article Image

Unemployment rate inches lower amid weaker-than-expected job creation

It wasn't much of a performance, but it was better that December.

The government reports the economy created 113,000 jobs in January, more than the 75,000 the month before, but well short of the 175,000 forecast by economists surveyed by Briefing.com and the 175,000 reported by ADP.

Even so, the jobless rate dipped 0.1% -- to 6.6%.

Analysts say the last two months of disappointing job creation suggest the labor market is in something of a funk.

Where the jobs are

It was a good month for the construction, which added 48,000 jobs -- more than offsetting a decline of 22,000 in December. Employment in manufacturing rose by 21,000 in January, while wholesale trade added 14,000 jobs, and mining reported 7,000 new hires.

Among the losers were retail trade with a loss of 13,000 jobs and the federal government, where employment decreased by 12,000 with the U.S. Postal Service accounted for most of it (-9,000).

Employment in transportation and warehousing, information, and financial activities showed little or no change over the month.

Who's working and who's not

The unemployment rates for adult men (6.2%), adult women (5.9%), teenagers (20.7%), whites (5.7%), blacks (12.1%) and Hispanics (8.4%) showed little change in January. The jobless rate for Asians was 4.8% -- down by 1.7% over the year.

The complete January employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

It wasn't much of a performance, but it was better that December. The government reports the economy created 113,000 jobs in January, more than the 75,000...

Article Image

Disappointing holiday sales send job cuts surging

U.S.-based employers announced plans to reduce their payrolls by 45,107 in January -- up nearly 50% from the month before.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, which tracks labor developments, says the increase follows the eliminated of 30,623 positions -- the lowest one-month total since 17,241 cuts were announced in June 2000.

Most of the downsizing occurred in retail, where poor earnings led to a wave of job cut announcements from several national chains, including Macy’s, Sam’s Club, JC Penney, Sears, Best Buy and Target. Overall, retailers cut 11,394 job cuts in January -- up 71% from the 6,676 retail cuts tracked in January 2013. It was the heaviest for the sector since last March, when 16,445 positions were eliminated.

Weaker holiday sales blamed

“Holiday sales gains were relatively weak and many retailers achieved the gains by slashing prices on their products, which adversely impacted their year-end earnings,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The post-holiday job-letting in the sector was inevitable.”

Challenger believes this is only the beginning. “Starting in January, retailers started shedding the tens of thousands of temporary seasonal workers hired to help handle the holiday rush,” he pointed out. “The announced job cuts, on the other hand, will impact full-time, permanent workers in the stores and at the corporate offices of these struggling chains.”

J.C. Penney Co., for example, announced that it would be cutting 2,000 workers from its payrolls as it closes 33 stores. Meanwhile, reports indicate that Macy’s will rely on a combination of store closings, job cuts among front-end store personnel, as well as a reduction in some merchandise planning positions and central office roles to reduce its headcount by 2,500 jobs.

Technology cuts

Not every sector announcing job cuts is struggling. Several significant job-cut announcements came from companies in the technology sector. The computer industry ranked second among January job cutters, announcing plans to eliminate 6,456 positions during the month -- up 146% from a year earlier when firms announced 2,626 job cuts.

“Perhaps the most notable cuts in the tech sector came from Intel and EMC Corp..” said Challenger. “In both cases, the cuts were due to shifts in business strategies. In these situations, it is not uncommon for job cuts to occur in one area while hiring occurs in another. In fact, EMC indicated in its announcement that it expects to end 2014 with the same number of employees it had to begin the year.”

The financial sector, which finished 2013 as the top job-cutting sector of the year with 60,962, started 2014 as the third largest. Employers in financial services reported 4,817 planned terminations in January -- down 44% from the 8,578 financial job cuts these firms announced to begin 2013.

Challenger wars that this could be another year of significant downsizing in the banking industry. While the housing market is bouncing back, many banks had ballooned their staffing in mortgage lending area to deal with foreclosures and troubled assets,” he noted. “As the number of foreclosures, refinancings, and troubled mortgages continue to decline, so will the need for these extra workers. The remaining mortgage bankers should be busy with increased home lending, but right now the staffs are larger than demand warrants.”

Initial jobless claims

Separately, fewer workers found themselves in the unemployment line last week.

The government reports 331,000 people filed first-time claims for jobless benefits during the week ending February 1 -- a drop of 20,000 from the week before. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for a total of 335,000 filings.

Analysts say the upward spike to 351,000 the week before was likely due to the extreme cold experience in many areas of the country.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and, thus considered a more reliable indicator of the labor market, rose 250 -- to 334,000.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

U.S.-based employers announced plans to reduce their payrolls by 45,107 in January -- up nearly 50% from the month before. Outplacement consultancy Challe...

Article Image

Economy added 175k jobs in January, says ADP

January was a decent month for job creation, according to the ADP National Employment Report.

The report, which is produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data and measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

During the past month, ADP says, private sector employment rose by 175,000 jobs from December.

"Cold and stormy winter weather continued to weigh on the job numbers, said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “Underlying job growth, abstracting from the weather, remains sturdy. Gains are broad based across industries and company sizes.”

Services and goods

Most of the growth came in the service-providing industries, which added 160,000 jobs. Professional/ business services contributed the most -- 49,000 jobs, but was well below the average gain of the prior two months of 65,000. Trade/transportation/utilities growth slowed to a gain of 30,000 jobs, while financial activities employment was flat following two consecutive months of gains of 6,000 apiece.

Goods-producing employment rose by just 16,000 jobs in January, after adding 50,000 in December. Nearly all of i growth came from the construction industry which added 25,000 jobs over the month, following increases of 30,000 and 32,000 in the prior two months.

Manufacturing lost 12,000 jobs in January after a gain of 16,000 in the prior month. It's the first decline in manufacturing payrolls since July 2013.

Small and medium lead the way

Payroll growth for businesses with 49 or fewer employees decelerated in January, adding 75,000 jobs -- the slowest pace of small business job growth since August 2013. Among medium-sized companies with 50-499, there was an increase of 66,000, while employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees – was up by 34,000. While this represented an acceleration in job growth for mid-size firms, growth at large firms was nearly half of what it was in December.

The Labor Department is scheduled to release it January employmnt report at the end of the week.

January was a decent month for job creation, according to the ADP National Employment Report. The report, which is produced in collaboration with Moody’s ...

Article Image

How NOT to get that job you really want

With the labor market apparently opening up (depending on which month you're looking at) a bit, people who are out of work are putting their resumes in order and preparing for that all important interview.

One important fact to keep in mind is that the first few minutes of the interview may be the most crucial. A new survey from CareerBuilder finds that nearly half (49%) of employers say they know within the first five minutes whether a candidate is a good fit for the position. Another 87% know within the first 15 minutes.

That said, there are a lot of things you should NOT do when talking with a hiring manager.

Most memorable mistakes

When asked about the most outrageous mistakes candidates made during a job interview, employers gave the following real-life examples:

  • Applicant warned the interviewer that she “took too much Valium” and didn’t think her interview was indicative of her personality
  • Applicant acted out a Star Trek role
  • Applicant answered a phone call for an interview with a competitor
  • Applicant arrived in a jogging suit because he was going running after the interview
  • Applicant asked for a hug
  • Applicant attempted to secretly record the interview
  • Applicant brought personal photo albums
  • Applicant called himself his own personal hero
  • Applicant checked Facebook during the interview
  • Applicant crashed her car into the building
  • Applicant popped out his teeth when discussing dental benefits
  • Applicant kept her iPod headphones on during the interview
  • Applicant set fire to the interviewer’s newspaper while reading it when the interviewer said “impress me”
  • Applicant said that he questioned his daughter’s paternity
  • Applicant wanted to know the name and phone number of the receptionist because he really liked her

Common mistakes

The top most detrimental blunders candidates make in interviews are often the most common:

  • Appearing disinterested – 55%
  • Dressing inappropriately – 53%
  • Appearing arrogant – 53%
  • Talking negatively about current or previous employers – 50%
  • Answering a cell phone or texting during the interview – 49%
  • Appearing uninformed about the company or role – 39%
  • Not providing specific examples – 33%
  • Not asking good questions – 32%
  • Providing too much personal information – 20%
  • Asking the hiring manager personal questions – 17%

Proper communication

Communication involves much more than simply words, and forgetting that during an interview could harm your chances. These are the worst body language mistakes candidates make in job interviews:

  • Failure to make eye contact – 70%
  • Failure to smile – 44%
  • Bad posture – 35%
  • Fidgeting too much in one’s seat – 35%
  • Playing with something on the table – 29%
  • Handshake that is too weak – 27%
  • Crossing one’s arms over one’s chest – 24%
  • Playing with one’s hair or touching one’s face – 24%
  • Using too many hand gestures – 10%
  • Handshake that is too strong – 5%

“Employers want to see confidence and genuine interest in the position. The interview is not only an opportunity to showcase your skills, but also to demonstrate that you’re the type of person people will want to work with,” said Rosemary Haefner, Vice President of Human Resources at CareerBuilder. “Going over common interview questions, researching the company, and practicing with a friend or family member can help you feel more prepared, give you a boost in confidence, and help calm your nerves.”

With the labor market apparently opening up (depending on which month you're looking at) a bit, people who are out of work are putting their resumes in ord...

Article Image

Economic growth backs off

The robust economic growth reported for the third quarter was apparently a fluke.

After expanding at an annual rate of 4.1% in the July-September period, the gross domestic product (GDP) increased at an annual rate of 3.2% in the fourth quarter. That brought the performance of GDP

-- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the U.S. -- to an annual rate of 1.9% for all of 2013.

Positive factors

The fourth-quarter increase reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, nonresidential fixed investment, private inventory investment, and state and local government spending. They were partly offset by drops in federal government spending and residential fixed investment. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The deceleration in the fourth quarter reflected a slowdown in private inventory investment, a larger decrease in federal government spending, a downturn in residential fixed investment, and decelerations in state and local government spending and in nonresidential fixed investment that were partly offset by accelerations in exports and in PCE and a deceleration in imports.

The complete GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

A surprising spike in first-time jobless claims last week.

The government reports initial applications for state unemployment benefits jumped by 19,000 in the week ending January 25 -- to seasonally adjusted 348,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were forecasting a drop to 325,000.

While the Department of Labor (DOL) says there were no unusual factors in the claims data, analysts believe extreme cold over the past couple of weeks coupled with the Martin Luther King, Jr., holiday may have contributed to some of the gain. They look for the claim level to fall back to around 330,000 over the next few weeks

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and seen as a more accurate gauge of the labor market, inched up 750 to 333,000.

More information can be found on the DOL website.

The robust economic growth reported for the third quarter was apparently a fluke. After expanding at an annual rate of 4.1% in the July-September period, ...

Article Image

Unemployment dips below 7% in December

The unemployment rate fell below 7% in December, but it's not because of a robust labor market.

Government figures show the decline -- to 6.7% -- was due to fewer people looking for work, thus not being counted in the survey.

The economy created a paltry 74,000 payroll positions last month after two months in which than 200,000 jobs were added. The report follows by just two days a report from ADP that December saw 238,000 jobs cranked out.

Job creation

Employment in retail trade rose by 55,000 in December, including 12,000 each in food and beverage stores clothing and accessories stores, 8,000 in general merchandise stores and 7,000 in motor vehicle and parts dealers. For the year, retail trade added an average of 32,000 jobs per month.

Wholesale trade added 15,000 jobs -- most of it (9,000) in electronic markets and agents and brokers (+9,000). The sector added an average of 8,000 jobs per month in 2013.

Manufacturing employment rose by 9,000 jobs last month, as primary metals added 4,000 positions and petroleum and coal products hired 2,000. people. Electronic instruments, however, lost 4,000 jobs. It was not a particularly good year for manufacturing, which added 77,000 jobs compared with an increase of 154,000 the year before.

The losers

Construction employment fell by 16,000 in December, although the industry added an average of 10,000 jobs per month during the year. Employment in nonresidential specialty trade contractors was down 13,000 last month, possibly reflecting unusually cold weather in parts of the country.

Employment in information fell by 12,000 in December, driven by a decline in the motion picture and sound recording industry (-14,000). Employment in information was essentially unchanged over the year.

In December, the civilian labor force participation rate was 62.8% -- down 0.2% from November. For the year as a whole, the labor force participation rate was down 0.8%.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department  website.

The unemployment rate fell below 7% in December, but it's not because of a robust labor market. Government figures show the decline -- to 6.7% -- was due ...

Article Image

More employees looking for new jobs in 2014

With employment prospects improving over the last few months more people are beginning to think about changing jobs. When the unemployment rate hovered around eight percent, most people with jobs simply considered themselves lucky.

But with growing confidence in their prospects some 21% of fulltime employees plan to change jobs in 2014, according to a Harris Interactive survey commissioned by jobs site CareerBuilder.com. It's the largest percentage in the post-recession era.

However, it isn't just an increase in confidence that is leading to the rise. When the survey drills deeper it finds that a significant drop in satisfaction with their current job is a big reason for seeking greener pastures. The survey found 59% said they were satisfied in their current job, down from 66% in the 2013 survey.

Reasons for dissatisfaction

Those reasons for dissatisfaction might sound familiar to some: 66% have concerns over what they are paid, 65% say they don't feel appreciated. Those are things employment experts say can be addressed to retained valued employees.

"Offering frequent recognition, merit bonuses, training programs and clearly defined career paths are important ways to show workers what they mean to the company," said Rosemary Haefner, vice president of human resources for CareerBuilder. "In general, however, when more workers change jobs it's usually a sign the labor market is warming up. During the recession and in its aftermath fewer people voluntarily left jobs because the chances of finding a new or better one were low compared to a healthier economic cycle."

Don't be a job hopper

Finding a better opportunity is usually a good reason to move on, but another study serves as a cautionary tale; too much moving around can be bad for your career.

A Robert Half survey of Human Resources managers shows HR managers sometimes see frequent job changes as a red flag when considering a job application. What does it take to be viewed as a job hopper? When the HR managers in the survey were asked how many job changes in a 10 year period would put an applicant in the job hopper category, the average response was five.

"The job market has been unpredictable in recent years, and employers understand job candidates may have had short stints in some positions," said Paul McDonald, Robert Half senior executive director. "However, businesses look for people who will be committed to the organization, can contribute to the company, and help it reach its short- and long-term goals. Too much voluntary job hopping can be a red flag."

How to decide

How do you decide whether you should take a new job? Employment experts say it is important to focus on the reason why you are considering a new opportunity. Some good reasons for moving on include:

  • Greater challenge
  • More money
  • Shorter commute
  • More flexible hours
  • Better relationship with management

If one or some of those reasons are among your reasons, these experts suggest making sure any new job you accept addresses the ones that are most important to you.

Meanwhile, the CareerBuilder survey suggests the biggest reason people will look for new jobs in 2014 is job dissatisfaction. Fifty-eight percent of the employees in the survey who said they were dissatisfied in their current positions said they hoped to land a new job in the new year.

With employment prospects improving over the last few months more people are beginning to think about changing jobs. When the unemployment rate hovered aro...

Article Image

Job-cutting pace slows

Employers continued to cut jobs in 2013, but not as many as the year before.

Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports that job cuts for the year were down about 3.0% from 2012. The total of 509,051 planned job cuts in 2013 is the lowest annual total since 434,350 terminations were announced in 1997.

For December, employers announced plans to reduce payrolls by 30,623 -- down 32% from a November total of 45,314 and the lowest level of the year. In fact, it was the lowest job-cut month in more than 13 years. The last time employers announced fewer job cuts was June, 2000, when 17,241 planned cuts were recorded.

“Employers seem less and less inclined to make dramatic staffing decisions in the final month of the year,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “We have had several years, when it was among the largest job-cut months of the year, if not the largest. Over the last five years, however, December job cuts have come in well below the annual average.”

Where the cuts are

Four of the top five job-cutting industries experienced significant increases in downsizing last year. The financial sector led all other industries with 60,962 job cuts, 49% more than the 41,008 in 2012. The second-ranked health care sector announced 52,638 job cuts in 2013 -- up 45% from the 36,212 a year earlier. Job cuts announced within the industrial goods sector nearly doubled from 26,103 in 2012 to 51,864.

The heavy job-cutting industries were affected by several factors in 2013, most of which were unrelated to the health of the economic recovery. “In fact,” explained Challenger, “in the case of the financial sector, the ongoing recovery was, ironically, a contributing factor to increased layoffs, as these institutions shed the thousands of extra workers brought on to handle foreclosures as well as the refinancing of troubled mortgages. As the economy improved, the number of foreclosures and troubled mortgages decline. At the same time, mortgage rates and home prices increased, which lowered demand for mortgage bankers.”

Opportunities ahead

He also points out that job cuts in the health care sector were not driven by lower demand. In fact, he notes, demand for health care is on the rise. “However, cuts in Medicare reimbursements and Medicaid funding forced hospitals and other health care providers to adjust their staffing levels, as that source of income declines.”

Challenger says despite the rise in job cuts, health care workers remain highly sought-after. Occupations in the health care sector that are expected to see strong hiring include physician’s assistants; nurses, particularly those in specialty areas, such as oncology; physical therapists; and medical technicians. There will also be high demand for researchers, engineers, designers, chemists and other high-skill areas in bio-technology, medical equipment manufacturing and pharmaceuticals.

Another area poised for strong growth in 2014 is technology, according to Challenger. While the computer industry saw the fifth highest number of job cuts last year, the pace of downsizing in the sector was actually down 24% from 2012. The industry ranked third in terms of hiring announcements, with firms announcing plans to add more than 26,000 workers.

Weekly jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits dropped by 15,000 during the week ending January 4 to a seasonally adjusted total of 330,000.

While noting that none of the drop was the result of the winter storm activity that began at the end of last week (those will likely be seen over the next week or two), the Labor Department (DOL) stressed that the post-holiday period tends to be volatile as businesses reduce their temporary work staffs. Once the volatility is gone, analysts expect initial claims level to stabilize at roughly its current level of 330,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly tally and is considered a better barometer of the labor market, totaled 349,000 -- a drop of of 9,750 from the previous week.

The complete report is available on the DOL website.

Employers continued to cut jobs in 2013, but not as many as the year before. Outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas reports that job cuts f...

Article Image

The jobs keep coming

Another 238,000 jobs were created by the U.S. economy from November to December, according to the latest ADP National Employment Report.

The report, produced in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, which measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

Goods producing sector

Employment in goods-producing companies rose by 69,000 jobs in last month from an upwardly revised figure of 46,000 in November. Construction led the advance, adding 48,000 workers to payrolls -- the best month since 2006. Manufacturing was also strong, but growth slowed slightly to 19,000 in December.

During the year just ended, goods-producers added 286,000 jobs with nearly 75% coming from construction as the housing recovery accelerated.

Service providers

Service-providing industries added 170,000 jobs in December, dropping slightly from an upwardly revised November figure of 182,000. Professional/ business services contributed the most to growth in service-providing industries, adding 53,000 jobs -- the largest gain in a year. Growth in trade/transportation/utilities slowed slightly, adding 47,000 jobs in December.

Private payrolls increased by nearly 1.9 million jobs in the service-providing industries in 2013. The bulk of this increase was split evenly between transportation/trade/utilities and professional/business services. Finance brought up the rear gaining just 59,000 in the last 12 months.

"The job market ended 2013 on a high note,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics,. “Job growth meaningfully accelerated and is now over 200,000 per month. Job gains are broad-based across industries, most notably in construction and manufacturing. It appears that businesses are growing more confident and increasing their hiring.”

Small business employment takes off

The growth in payrolls for businesses with 49 or fewer employees accelerated in December, adding 108,000 jobs -- the fastest they have grown since the beginning of 2012.

Employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 59,000 and employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 71,000. Both of these figures are relatively unchanged from last month.

The government is scheduled to release the December employment report on Friday, Jan. 10.

Another 238,000 jobs were created by the U.S. economy from November to December, according to the latest ADP National Employment Report. The report, pro...

Article Image

Another drop in jobless claims

First-time applications for unemployment benefits posted a second straight decline last week.

Government figures sow that in the week ending December 28, initial filings totaled 339,000 – a drop of 2,000 from 341,000 the week before. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were projecting a total of 333,000/

Analysts say that for the first time in several weeks, there was no indication of any seasonal adjustment difficulties. Recent reports have been less clear given seasonal adjustment problems surrounding the Thanksgiving and Christmas holidays. The expectation is that the initial claims will level to return to around 330,000 when the holiday period is over.

The 4-week moving average, considered a better gauge of the labor picture because of a lack of volatility, rose 8,500 -- to 357,250.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

Construction spending

Spending on construction projects continues to pick up steam.

In a separate report, the government says overall spending was up 1.0% in November at a seasonally adjusted annual rate of $934.4 billion -- 5.9% higher than a year ago.

For the first 11 months of 2013, construction spending totaled $828.4 billion -- up 5.0% for the same period the year before.

Of the November total, private construction came in at an annual rate of $659.4 billion – 2.2% more than in October. And residential construction was up 1.9% to an annual rate of $345.5 billion.

More details are available on the Census Bureau website

First-time applications for unemployment benefits posted a second straight decline last week. Government figures sow that in the week ending December 28, ...

Article Image

The year ahead: hiring to continue at a cautious pace

If you're looking for a word to describe the attitude of businesses as we enter the new year, “cautious” might be a good choice

According to CareerBuilder's annual forecast, debt issues in Washington may continue to play a part in impeding a more accelerated jobs recovery. Twenty-four percent of companies say they'll add full-time, permanent employees in 2014 -- down 2% from last year, while 23% plan to hire at a slower rate or not at all until the debt ceiling is resolved in the first quarter.

"The general sentiment shared by employers whom CareerBuilder talks to every day is that there will be a better job market in 2014," said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder and co-author of The Talent Equation. "What we saw in our survey was reluctance from some employers to commit to adding jobs until the outcomes of debt negotiations and other issues affecting economic expansion are clearer. As these stories play out and employers find their footing in the New Year, there is greater potential for the average monthly job creation in 2014 to exceed that of 2013."

Here are some of the highlights of the CareerBuilder survey:

Full-time, permanent hiring

While 24% of employers expect to hire full-time, permanent staff, compared with 26% last year, one in ten are still undecided about their recruitment plans. Thirteen percent plan to decrease staff levels -- 4% more than last year, while 54% anticipate no change.

Where they're hiring

Hiring for STEM (science, technology, engineering and math) occupations is expected to take center stage with more than one in four employers (26%) planning to create jobs in these areas over the next 12 months.

Looking at functions across an organization, the top two positions companies plan to hire for in the New Year -- sales and information technology -- are also where employers expect to provide the biggest salary increases.

Hiring managers plan to recruit full-time, permanent employees for:

  • Sales – 30%
  • Information Technology – 29%
  • Customer Service – 25%
  • Production – 24%
  • Administrative – 22%
  • Engineering – 17%
  • Marketing – 17%
  • Business Development – 17%
  • Accounting/Finance – 15%
  • Research/Development – 13%
  • Human Resources – 10%

Temporary and contract hiring

Temporary workers are accounting for a larger share of the employee base within organizations. Forty-two percent of employers plan to hire temporary or contract workers in 2014, up f% from last year. Of these employers, 43% plan to transition some temporary employees into full-time, permanent members of their staff.

Five trends to watch in the new year

  • Part-time hiring on the rise – Seventeen percent of employers expect to recruit part-time workers over the next 12 months, up 3% over last year. While various factors will influence this trend, 12% of all employers said that they will likely hire more part-time workers in 2014 due to the Affordable Care Act.
  • More companies "onshoring" jobs – One of the most popular imports of the New Year just may be previously lost jobs. Twenty-three percent of companies who offshore jobs said they brought some of those jobs back to the U.S. in 2013; 26% plan to do so in 2014.
  • Skills gap widening – Looking at a subset of human resource managers, half (51%) said they currently have positions for which they can't find qualified candidates. Forty-six percent said these positions go unfilled for three months or longer.
  • Companies building the perfect employee instead of waiting for one – In light of the skills gap, nearly half (49%) of employers plan to train people who don't have experience in their industry or field and hire them in 2014, up 10% over last year. Twenty-six percent of employers are sending current employees back to school to get an advanced degree -- and picking up all or part of the cost.
  • Companies looking for recruits in high schools – More companies are connecting with future generations of workers to establish a constant pipeline of job candidates. Twenty-seven percent of hiring managers have promoted careers at their firms to high school students or, in some cases, even younger; 25% plan to do so in 2014.

Small business hiring

Nearly two in five (39%) small businesses with 250 or fewer employees reported that they are still struggling to recover from the last recession. Like their larger counterparts, small businesses are also staying cautious as they assess market potential in the year ahead.

  • 50 or fewer employees – 19% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014, the same as last year; 9% plan to reduce headcount, up 3% from last year.
  • 250 or fewer employees – 22% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014, compared with 24% in 2013; 9% plan to reduce headcount; 7% did so last year.
  • 500 or fewer employees – 23% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014, down 1% from 2013; 10% plan to reduce headcount, up 3% from last year.

Hiring by region

While the West continues to lead the other regions in hiring plans, the Northeast was the only region that saw a year-over-year increase in the number of employers expecting to add full-time, permanent staff. The South reported the biggest year-over-year decline (-5%) in employers adding full-time, permanent headcount, while the Midwest has the largest number of employers expecting to downsize staffs.

  • West – 26% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014, down 2% from 2013; 11% plan to reduce headcount, 2% more than last year.
  • Northeast – 24% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014; 23% did so in 2013. Another 13% plan to reduce headcount, 3% more than a year ago.
  • Midwest – 24% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014, the same as 2013; 15 percent plan to reduce headcount, up 5% from last year.
  • South – 22% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2014, a 5% drop from 2013; 12 percent plan to reduce headcount, a gain of 3% from the year before.

Compensation in 2014

Compensation is becoming more competitive for specialized labor with 26% of employers planning to raise starting salaries for high-skill roles in 2014.

Looking across positions within an organization, 73% of employers plan to increase compensation for existing employees -- on par with last year, while 49% will offer higher starting salaries for new employees -- up 2% from last year. Most increases will be 3% or less.

The national survey was conducted online by Harris Interactive from November 6 to December 2, 2013, and included a representative sample of 2,201 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes.

If you're looking for a word to describe the attitude of businesses as we enter the new year, “cautious” might be a good choice According to CareerBuilder...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims post sharp decline

The number of people filing first-time applications for state unemployment benefits dropped sharply last week, surprising a lot of forecasters.

According to the government, initial applications were down by 42,000 from the previous week -- to a

seasonally adjusted total of 338,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for a decline to 350,000.

The Department of Labor says the seasonal adjustment problems that have produced volatility in the data continued over the holidays period as the Christmas and New Year holidays. Economists say that makes it difficult to analyze the labor market accurately, but that once the holiday period is over, the initial claims level should to return to around 330,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the initial claims sector and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor situation, was 348,000 -- an increase of 4,250 from the previous week.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

The number of people filing first-time applications for state unemployment benefits dropped sharply last week, surprising a lot of forecasters. According ...

Article Image

Economy shifts into high gear

The economy wasn't just chugging along during the summer -- it was hitting on all cylinders.

The government reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the U.S. -- increased at an annual rate of 4.1% in the third quarter.

The “third” estimate of GDP, released by Bureau of Economic Analysis, is based on more complete source data than were available for the "second" estimate of 3.6% issued earlier this month. The updated data showed that the increases in personal consumption expenditures (PCE) and in nonresidential fixed investment were larger than previously estimated.

Major factors

The increase in real GDP in the third quarter primarily reflected positive contributions from private inventory investment, PCE (+2.0%), nonresidential fixed investment (+4.8%), exports, residential fixed investment (+10.3%), and state and local government spending (+1.7). These were partly offset by a decline in federal government spending (-1.5). Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased (+2.4).

The price index for gross domestic purchases, which measures prices paid by U.S. residents, increased 1.8% in the third quarter -- the same as in the second estimate. It was up 0.2% in the second quarter. Excluding food and energy prices, the price index for gross domestic purchases increased 1.5% in the third quarter, compared with an increase of 0.8% in the second.

The complete report is available on the Commerce Department website.

The economy wasn't just chugging along during the summer -- it was hitting on all cylinders. The government reports real gross domestic product (GDP) -- t...

Article Image

Economy: Retail sales up, jobless claims surge

A strong auto sector helped propel retail sales up 0.7% in November, very close to the 0.6% increase economists surveyed by Briefing.com were projecting.

Government figures show auto and parts sales jumped 1.8%, giving the sector its best month since February 2007. Other areas of strength included Building materials and gardening supplies, furniture and home furnishings, and electronics and appliances.

The big loser last month was gas stations, where sales plunged 1.1%. But analysts say that was largely due to lower gasoline prices. Sales declines were also registered by grocery stores and clothing and clothing accessories retailers.

The complete November retail sales report may be found on the Census Bureau website.

Initial jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits shot higher during the week ending December 7, due partly to seasonal adjustment problems.

According to the Labor Department claims rose 68,000 to a seasonally adjusted total of 368,000. Officials have said repeatedly that seasonal adjustment problems have made it hard to get a handle on the labor situation. Until the problems are resolved, there's likely to be a lot of volatility.

Speaking of volatility, the 4-week moving average which is considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market because it's less volatile than the initial claims data, rose by 6,000 to 328,750.

You can find the entire initial claims report on the Labor Department website.

A strong auto sector helped propel retail sales up 0.7% in November, very close to the 0.6% increase economists surveyed by Briefing.com were projecting. ...

Article Image

Unemployment rate falls in November as economy cranks out new jobs

The nation's unemployment rate fell to its lowest level in five years in November as the economy continues to create new payroll positions.

The government reports the jobless rate dropped from 7.3% to 7.0% in November with total nonfarm payroll employment rising by 203,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for unemployment to increase by just 188,000, with the jobless rate to inch down to 7.0%.

Analysts say the labor situation has “improved significantly,” which comes as a surprise since many of them believed the government shutdown was going to derail the employment sector with increased private layoffs and furloughs. Instead, they say, the private sector showed “an unexpected resiliency as firms expanded rather than retrenched during the shutdown.”

Gains and losses

Employment in transportation and warehousing rose by 31,000 in last month; while health care added 28,000 positions. Manufacturing, meanwhile, added 27,000 jobs, as professional and business services, retail trade and leisure and hospitality all expanding.

Federal government employment, on the other hand, continued to decline -- losing 7,000 jobs in November. Over the past 12 months, federal government employment has decreased by 92,000.

Employment in other major industries, including mining and logging, wholesale trade, information, and financial activities, showed little or no change in November.

Who's out of work

The unemployment rates for adult men (6.7%), adult women (6.2%), teenagers (20.8%), whites (6.2%), blacks (12.5%), Hispanics (8.7%) and Asians (5.3) showed little change in November.

The civilian labor force rose by 455,000 last month, after declining by 720,000 in October. The labor force participation rate was little-changed little (63.0%) in November, with total employment -- as measured by the household survey -- increasing by 818,000 over the month, following a decline of 735,000 in the prior month. The increase partly reflected the return to work of furloughed federal government employees.

The complete November employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

The nation's unemployment rate fell to it's lowest level in five years in November as the economy continues to create new payroll positions. The governmen...

Article Image

Latest numbers point to a strengthening economy

The U.S economy, as measured by real gross domestic product (GDP), was doing a lot better in the third quarter of the year than we thought.

The "second" estimate released by the Commerce Department shows GDP -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the U.S. -- increased at an annual rate of 3.6% in the July-September period. The first reading put the growth rate at 2.8%. The economy grew at an annual rate of 2.5% in the second quarter.

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available for the "advance" estimate issued last month. Specifically, the increase in private inventory investment was larger than previously estimated.

Consumers lend a hand

The increase reflects positive contributions from private inventory investment, personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, nonresidential fixed investment, residential fixed investment, and state and local government spending that were partly offset by a decline in federal government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The acceleration is the result of stronger private inventory investment, a deceleration in imports, and a pick-up in state and local government spending that were partly offset by decelerations in exports, in PCE, and in nonresidential fixed investment.

The complete GDP report is available on the Bureau of Economic Analysis website.

The U.S economy, as measured by real gross domestic product (GDP), was doing a lot better in the third quarter of the year than we thought. The "second" e...

Article Image

Holding the line on job cuts

Job cuts were virtually unchanged in November, but that doesn't mean there were no pink slips.

According to the latest report on monthly job cuts released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, U.S.-based employers announced plans to reduce their payrolls by 45,314 workers -- a decline of just 0.9% from the 45,730 planned job cuts announced in October.

Last month's job-cut total was 21% lower than the same month a year ago, when planned layoffs totaled 57,081, and marks the second consecutive month that job cuts came in below the year-ago figure. The October total was down 4.2% from October 2012.

Down for the year

So far in 2013, employers have announced 478,428 job cuts -- 2.5% fewer than the 490,806 cuts announced through eleven months of 2012. If they announce more than 44,934 planned layoffs in December, the 12-month total will surpass last year's of 523,362.

There is a strong possibility that 2013 job cuts will exceed last year’s total, considering that job cuts -- while averaging 43,493 per month year-to-date -- have averaged 45,449 over the last four months. However, December has experienced relatively low job-cut totals since the end of the recession, averaging 37,860 since 2009.

Retail hardest hit

The retail industry saw the heaviest job cutting in November, with 9,998 announced terminations. While the spike in retail cuts heading into the holiday sales season might be cause for alarm, the majority of the planned cuts were related to the closure of remaining Blockbuster video rental stores, as well as the sell-off and closure of a grocery store chain in Chicago.

Safeway Inc. plans to close all of its Dominick’s grocery stores in the Chicago, shedding 5,633 workers from its payroll. “However, there is a good chance that many of these workers will be re-hired by the several grocery-store operators that have agreed to purchase and take over many of the Dominick’s locations,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The key to successfully retaining their positions is to fully embrace the new owner’s way of doing business. There can be no, ‘This-is-the-way-we’ve-always-done-it’ mentality'.”

Impact of federal budget cuts

Meanwhile, the potential for job cuts at the nation’s aerospace and defense firms has been on the rise since federal budget cuts and sequestration measures were enacted to rein in budget deficits. In November, the sector announced 4,174 reductions, the third largest sector-total for the month. The majority were the result of job cuts planned by Lockheed Martin, where plant closures are expected to result in 4,000 job losses. The cuts were attributed directly to federal spending cutbacks. It was the largest job cut of the year attributed to federal spending cuts or sequestration.

To date, aerospace and defense firms have announced 33,850 job cuts and are on pace to turn in the heaviest 12-month total since 2009, when they reached 52,271. The year-to-date total for the sector ranks fifth among all industries for the year.

The financial sector has seen the largest number of job cuts through November, with employers announcing 59,189 reductions so far this year -- including 1,598 in November. The year-to-date total has nearly doubled (99.6%) from a year ago, when these employers announced 29,653 job cuts from January through November.

“Many of the recent cuts have been concentrated in the mortgage lending business, as banks shed many of the extra workers added to handle the flood of foreclosures and loan refinancing in the wake of the recession,” noted Challenger. “Recent increases in lending rates and home prices are also lowering demand for new mortgages, thus further reducing the need for additional workers.”

Initial claims

In related employment news, first-time applications for jobless benefits were down by 23,000 in the week ended November 30, to a seasonally adjusted 298,000. That brought the initial claims level to its lowest point since early September when the Labor Day holiday and computer glitches from California biased the data.

Analysts at Briefing.com say the current initial claims level also was biased by poor seasonal adjustments data from the Thanksgiving holiday and that, in all likelihood, this latest decline was not the result of an improvement in labor market conditions.

In fact, the Labor Department said adjustment problems have produced unreliable data for each of the past three weeks. Once the biases are removed, the Briefing analysts say, the initial claims level is expected to return to its previous trend of around 330,000 claims per week.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market because it lacks the volatility of the weekly number, was down 10,750 -- to 322,250.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

Job cuts were virtually unchanged in November, but that doesn't mean there were no pink slips. According to the latest report on monthly job cuts released...

Article Image

A rebound in job creation

Two days in advance of the official word from the government, ADP is reporting a substantial increase in new jobs for the month of November.

The firm's National Employment Report says private sector employment rose by 215,000 jobs from October to November, following October's creation of 184,000 positions.

"According to ADP National Employment Report findings, the U.S. private sector added 215,000 jobs during November making it the strongest month for job growth in 2013,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “It’s an encouraging sign as we head toward the new year."

The report, which is compiled in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data. It measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

Booming services sector

Once again, service-providing industries led the way, adding 176,000 jobs in November -- up 20,000 from in October and the largest gain in the service sector in a year. Among the service industries trade/transportation/utilities added the most jobs with 45,000 over the month. Professional/business services employment rose by 38,000, while financial activities added 5,000 jobs.

Factories crank it up

Goods-producing employment rose by 40,000 jobs in November, 11,000 more than in October. Construction and manufacturing payrolls added 18,000 jobs each, with the gain for manufacturing the largest since early 2012.

"The job market remained surprisingly resilient to the government shutdown and brinkmanship over the treasury debt limit,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “Employers across all industries and company sizes looked through the political battle in Washington. If anything, job growth appears to be picking up.”

Businesses with 49 or fewer employees added 102,000 jobs in November, while employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 48,000 and employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 65,000.

Two days in advance of the official word from the government, ADP is reporting a substantial increase in new jobs for the month of November. The firm's Na...

Article Image

Job creation soars in October

A shock for the analysts who were forecasting anemic job growth for the month of October.

The government reports the economy cranked out 204,000 nonfarm payroll positions last month -- more than twice as many as economists surveyed by Briefing.com had projected. At the same time, the September total was revised higher -- to 163,000 from 148,000, while August payrolls were revised up by 45,000 -- to 238,000.

Despite the big October jump, the civilian labor force was down by 720,000 and the labor force participation rate fell by 0.4% to 62.8%. The unemployment rate inched up 0.1% to 7.3%.

While headline job creation surpassed even the most optimistic forecast, Sterne Agee Chief Economist Lindsey M. Piegza says,"against a backdrop of declining participation and a reversal in the downward trend in the unemployment rate, it is hard to draw the same conclusion of net improvement, but rather a further juxtaposition between headline strength and detail weakness." If anything, Piegza says the report, "further muddies the water for future Fed policy."

Gains and losses

Job gains occurred last month in leisure and hospitality (53,000), retail trade (44,000), professional and technical services (21,000), manufacturing (19,000), and health care (15,000). Federal government employment continued to trend down.

There was little or no change in mining and logging, construction, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, information, and financial activities.

Who's working and who's not

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (7.0%), adult women (6.4%), teenagers (22.2%),whites (6.3%), blacks (13.1%), Hispanics (9.1%) and Asians(5.2% showed little change.

The number of long-term unemployed (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) totaled 4.1 million in October. These individuals accounted for 36.1% of the unemployed. The number of long-term unemployed has declined by 954,000 over the year.

The full October jobs report is available at the Labor Department website.

Income and Spending

U.S. workers enjoyed more income during September and managed to hang on to some of it.

Figures from the Bureau of Economic Analysis show personal income rose 0.5%, or $67.4 billion, in September, while personal consumption expenditures (PCE) were up $24.7 billion, or 0.2%.

Incomes

A breakdown of the income category shows private wages and salaries increased $18.8 billion in September. Goods producing industries' payrolls increased $4.4 billion, manufacturing payrolls increased were up $1.3 billion, and service-producing industries' payrolls jumped $14.3 billion.

Government wages and salaries increased $8.8 billion in September, compared with an increase of $2.3 billion in August, when wages were reduced by $7.3 billion due to furloughs that affected several federal government agencies.

Spending

Personal outlays -- PCE, personal interest payments, and personal current transfer payments -- increased $32.6 billion in September, compared with an increase of $47.7 billion in August. PCE accounted for most of that with a surge of $24.7 billion.

The fact that incomes outstripped spending helped bust the savings rate a bit during September. Personal saving -- disposable personal income less personal outlays -- was $619.9 billion, pushing the personal savings rate up 0.2% from August -- to 4.9 percent.

The September income and spending report is available on the Commerce Department website.

A shock for the analysts who were forecasting anemic job growth for the month of October. The government reports the economy cranked out 204,000 nonfarm p...

Article Image

A pickup in economic growth

Is the economy finally gaining some momentum? The latest government figures show an increase in real gross domestic product (GDP -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States -- might lead you to think so.

After expanding at an annual rate of 2.5% in the second quarter, GDP increased at an annual rate of 2.8% in the July-September quarter. Bear in mind that the third-quarter advance estimate is based on incomplete data and will likely be revised in a report to be issued in early December.

Consumers step it up

The data show the third-quarter increase was due largely to an increase in consumer spending, private inventory investment, exports, residential fixed investment, nonresidential fixed investment, and state and local government spending. Those factors were partly partly offset by a drop in federal government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

Research and Policy Director Josh Bivens, the research and policy director at the Economic Policy Institute, says even with the uptick,GDP growth was too slow to bring down unemployment and restore the U.S. labor market to its full potential. "What today’s report confirms," he said, "is that the U.S. economy was weak going into the fiscal showdowns this fall -- and these showdowns almost surely just weakened it further." We'll know for sure, he added, when the 4th quarter GDP numbers are released in January.

The full GDP report is available on the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

Separately, the Labor Department (DOL) reports first-time applications for state unemployment benefits fell by 9,000 for the week ending November 2 to 336,000. Economist surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for a total of 335,000.

After two months of biases from computer glitches and the government shutdown, officials say there were no unusual factors that might have skewed the numbers this time out, providing what's termed “a clean reading” of the labor situation.

Nonetheless, analysts point out that the claims level is almost exactly where it was prior to the data problems.

The 4-week moving average, which strips out the volatility of the weekly numbers and is considered a better gauge of the labor situation, fell 9,250 for the week -- to 348,250.

The complete report can be found on the DOL website.  

Is the economy finally gaining some momentum? The latest government figures show an increase in real gross domestic product (GDP -- the output of goods and...

Article Image

Job cuts tick higher in October

More pink slips in the nation's workplaces last month.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, the nation’s employers announced plans to cut 45,730 jobs from their payrolls in October -- up 13.5% from 40,289 job cuts recorded in September, but down 4.2% from the same month a year ago, when 47,724 planned cuts were announced. It's the first time in five months that the job-cut total was lower than the comparable period a year ago.

So far this year, employers have announced 433,114 job cuts -- virtually unchanged (down 0.14%) from the 433,725 job cuts announced through ten months of 2012. At the current pace, annual job cuts are positioned to come in slightly below the 2012 year-end total of 523,362, the lowest 12-month figure since 1997.

Where the cuts came

The pharmaceutical industry saw the heaviest job cutting in October, with 10,585 terminations announced. That's the largest one-month job-cut total for this sector since July 2011. In both October and July 2011, the majority of the announced job cuts came from pharmaceutical giant Merck, which, like many other pharmaceutical companies, has had to adjust research focus and workforce levels toward drugs with the highest potential to win regulatory approval and achieve successful sales levels.

Coming in second during October was the financial sector, which announced 8,717 job cuts -- the highest monthly total for that sector since February (21,724). For the year, the financial sector has seen the heaviest downsizing activity, by a wide margin. Since January 1, there have been 57,591 job cuts announced, nearly 10,000 more than the second-ranked health care sector, where announced reductions total 47,902 so far this year.

“The banking sector is cutting workforce levels as a direct result of an improving economy,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Many banks, including Bank of America, which announced 4,200 job cuts in October, are slashing positions in their mortgage department as the number of troubled mortgages and foreclosures dwindles. Furthermore, improvements in the economy are also pushing interest rates back up, which is curbing demand for refinancing.”

The health care sector continues to experience heavy job cutting in the face of shrinking Medicare reimbursements under Obamacare as well as federal spending cutbacks imposed by sequestration. “Nearly half of the 6,817 health care job cuts announced in October were attributed to ‘cost cutting’ or directly to health reform,” said Challenger.

More to come?

Challenger expects the increased cuts we have seen recently are just the beginning. “If there is one thing, both political parties agree on,” he said, “it is the need to somehow slow the sky-rocketing cost of health care. While they disagree on how to achieve that goal, the fact is that, regardless of what path is taken, lowering health care costs is likely to force health care providers to reduce their headcounts.”

The same can be said for the spending cuts throughout the federal government, according to Challenger, with the need to cut spending and reduce the deficit ultimately leading to increased job cutting both inside and outside the government. “Not only will government agencies need to trim payrolls, but the hundreds of private-sector companies that sell products and services to the government will also be forced to reduce their workforce levels as the revenue stream from this customer slows,” he said.

Challenger also believes government policies -- or the lack thereof -- are also inhibiting hiring. “While the recent federal shutdown is unlikely to result in job cuts, the fact that we had a shutdown and the very temporary solution to that shutdown is directly impacting consumer and employer confidence. The resulting uncertainty, in turn, is causing many employers to hold off on any significant, long-term hiring plans,” he concluded.  

More pink slips in the nation's workplaces last month. According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, the nation’s employers announce...

Article Image

ADP: Job creation weakens in October

It'll be a little over a week before the government's October jobs report comes out, but ADP is giving us a preview of what we're likely to see.

In its National Employment Report, the firm says private sector employment increased by 130,000 jobs from September to October.

The report, which is compiled in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data It measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis.

ADP put September’s job gain at 166,000, but revised that down to 145,000.

Well below average

The addition of just 130,000 in October is “well below the average of the last twelve months,” said Carlos Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "Small business growth was down from the previous month, while payrolls among large enterprises showed an increase."

The way Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics, sees it, a “Any further weakening would signal rising unemployment. The weaker job growth is evident across most industries and company sizes.”

Who's hiring

Service-providing industries added the bulk of the new jobs in October -- 107,000 jobs in October, down from 130,000 in September. Within that category, trade/transportation/utilities added the most jobs with 40,000. Professional/business services employment rose by 20,000, while financial activities shed 5,000 jobs.

Goods-producing employment rose by a mere 24,000 jobs in October, up from 16,000 in September. Construction payrolls added 14,000 jobs, while manufacturing payrolls increased by 5,000.

Businesses with 49 or fewer employees added 37,000 jobs in October, while employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 13,000 and employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 81,000.

Initial claims

In what's being called the first clean reading for the labor market since August, the government reports initial claims for unemployment benefits fell by 10,000 in the week ending October 26 to a total of 340,000. That's slightly above the Briefing.com expectation of 335,000.

Glitches from computer systems in California along with layoffs resulting from the government shutdown have biased the claims data. Those problems have now cleared. The bad news is without those biases, the data show the job-cut level has modestly increased over the past couple of months. Analysts say an initial claims reading of 340,000 is enough to keep the unemployment rate steady, but not enough to drive steady payroll gains above 200,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number, rose by 8,000 to 356,250.

The full initial claims report can be found on the Labor Department website.

It'll be a little over a week before the government's October jobs report comes out, but ADP is giving us a preview of what we're likely to see. In its Na...

Article Image

Another drop in weekly jobless claims

First-time applications for state jobless benefits dropped in the week ending October 19 for the second week running.

According to government figures, initial claims totaled 350,000 -- down 12,000 from 362,000 the previous week. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for a total of 341,000.

Problems related to glitches from a computer upgrade in California continue to plague the initial claims data and artificially boost the so-called “headline” levels.

The Department of Labor (DOL) says there's no way to separate the claims from California that were biasing the data from those in the private sector that lost their jobs as a result of the government shutdown. About 40,000 federal government workers filed for unemployment benefits as a result of the shutdown.

Analysts say they expect that the initial claims level will return toward 300,000 when the problems are rectified.

The 4-week moving average, considered a more accurate gauge because it's not as volatile as the weekly number, was 348,250 -- a jump of 10,750 from the previous week.

The full report is available on the DOL website.

First-time applications for state jobless benefits dropped in the week ending October 19 for the second week running. According to government figures, ini...

Article Image

Better late than never -- government releases September employment numbers

New jobs found their way into the economy in September, but the total fell short of forecasts and the number of positions created the month before.

Releasing a report that was delayed by the shutdown, the government said nonfarm payroll employment rose by 148,000 in September, led by increases in construction, wholesale trade, and transportation and warehousing. Analysts surveyed by Briefing.com had called for 183,000 new jobs and ADP's expectation was for 166,000 jobs. In August, the economy created 193,000 jobs

The unemployment rate, meanwhile, edged down -- 0.1% to 7.2%, but has dropped by 0.4% since June. This time, though, the decline was due to more workers finding jobs as opposed to the statistical aberrations that occurred in the past when the unemployment rate declined from a drop in the labor force. The number of people still without work was little changed at 11.3 million, although joblessness has decreased by 522,000 since June.

Who's not working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (7.1%), adult women (6.2%), teenagers (21.4%), whites (6.3%), blacks (12.9%), Hispanics (9.0%) and Asians (5.3%) were little changed from.

In September, the number of long-term unemployed -- those out of work for 27 weeks or more -- was little changed at 4.1 million. They account for 36.9% of the unemployed. The number of long-term unemployed has declined by 725,000 over the past year.

Areas of employment growth

Employment in construction rose by 20,000 in September, after showing little change over the prior 6 months. There were 16,000 new jobs in wholesale trade in September and 23,000 in transportation and warehousing..

Expansion in professional and business services continued with the addition of 32,000 positions while employment in temporary help services rose by 20,000. Within retail trade, there were 5,000 jobs gained in building material and garden supply stores and 4,000 in automobile dealerships.

In the financial activities industry, employment in credit intermediation and related activities dropped by 8,000, while employment in food services and drinking places was down by 7,000.

Health care added 7,000 jobs in September and has added an average of 19,000 jobs per month so far this year well short of 2012's average monthly increase of 27,000.

The full September employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

New jobs found their way into the economy in September, but the total fell short of forecasts and the number of positions created the month before. Releas...

Article Image

Holiday hiring is underway now; don't wait til November to start looking

Looking for a full-time, permanent job? A temporary Christmas season position may be the way to get there.

According to CareerBuilder's annual survey, retailers will be taking on additional staff this holiday season, with 39% of retail hiring managers reporting that they plan to hire seasonal workers this year -- 3% more than last year and up 10% from 2011.

In addition, employers in information technology (18%), leisure and hospitality (16%) and financial services (16%) also plan to hire seasonal staff. Half (51%) of employers hiring seasonal staff will pay $10 or more per hour.

Seasonal to permanent

"Seasonal employment is expected to be somewhat better than last year, and can lead to more than just extra income for workers," said Brent Rasmussen, president of CareerBuilder North America. "Nearly half (49%) of U.S. employers who are hiring seasonal workers plan to transition some into full-time, permanent staff. This is up ten percentage points over last year and indicative of a growing trend where employers are test-driving candidates before committing to a long-term hire.

"Seasonal work is a good way for job seekers to network, showcase their abilities and secure a permanent position in a variety of industries," Rasmussen said.

Hot hiring areas

While people most often associate seasonal work with retail stores, there is also a wide range of opportunities in corporate settings as companies wrap up the year. Popular positions companies will be recruiting for this holiday season include:

  • Customer service – 33%
  • Shipping/delivery – 18%
  • Inventory management – 17%
  • Administrative/clerical – 15%
  • Sales (non-retail) – 12%
  • Marketing – 9%
  • Accounting/finance – 6%

Track record counts

Companies tend to hire people they know. The vast majority of employers (67%) who hire seasonal staff said they typically re-hire some of the same people for holiday positions every year.

The survey also shows that companies target certain workforce segments more often to fill seasonal roles. Nearly half of employers said they tend to recruit a higher proportion of college students for holiday jobs while 17 percent hire more retirees.

  • College students – 45%
  • Experienced workers who are not retired – 34%
  • High school students – 23%
  • Retirees – 17%

What to do

Here's a list of DOs and DON'Ts for landing a holiday gig and turning it into a permanent one:

  • DO apply early. While some employers will hire seasonal employees in November (27%) and December (10%), the majority of employers stop accepting applications by the end of October.
  • DO provide good customer service. Fifty-nine percent of employers said offering help instead of waiting to be asked for it is a great way to differentiate yourself.
  • DO go above and beyond. If you want the employer to consider you for a permanent job, two in five hiring managers recommended asking for more projects (46%) and offering up ideas (44%).
  • DO let the employer know your intentions. More than half (53%) of employers said that you should let the hiring manager know up front that you are interested in a permanent role with the company. It will set you apart from other candidates.
  • DON'T come in unprepared. One-third (33%) of employers tend to dismiss candidates who know nothing about their company or products. Make sure to check out the company's Web site and recent news announcements.
  • DON'T focus on the discount. Thirty-nine percent of employers are turned off by candidates who seem more interested in the discount than the job opportunity. Wait for the employer to bring up the discount if one is available.
  • DON'T show up in a competing brand. One of the biggest pet peeves for 18% of hiring managers is a candidate who comes to the interview wearing clothes or other merchandise from a competitor's store.

The national survey was conducted online by Harris Interactive from August 13 to September 6, 2013, and included a representative sample of 2,099 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes.

Looking for a full-time, permanent job? A temporary Christmas season position may be the way to get there. According to CareerBuilder's annual survey, ret...

Article Image

First-time jobless claims fall

The number of workers filing first-time applications for unemployment benefits fell in the week ending October 12, but not by as much as some forecasters had expected.

Government figures show initial claims were down by 15,000 from the previous week to 358,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were looking for a total of 330,000.

The initial claims level elevated for a second week in a row thanks to computer problems in California.

Glitches following a conversion to a new computer system there caused an enormous backlog unemployment benefit applications in the beginning of September. The state is continuing to process those applications, which is inflating the initial claims level. The higher-than-normal claims levels are expected to fall soon and the level returning toward 300,000.

Claims filed by nonfederal workers disrupted by the government shutdown were unchanged from last week, while close to 70,000 federal workers applied for unemployment insurance as a result of the government furloughs. Those workers were not included in the initial claims data.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and thus considered more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 11,750 -- to 336,500.

The complete report is available on the Department of Labor website.

The number of workers filing first-time applications for unemployment benefits fell in the week ending October 12, but not by as much as some forecasters h...

Article Image

Middle-wage jobs: What they are and where they are

What happened to all those so-called “middle-wage jobs?”

According to the Federal Reserve, the share of middle-skill or middle-wage jobs in the U.S. workforce dropped from 25% in 1985 to just above 15% today. But, while such positions have been on the decline, a new study from CareerBuilder and Economic Modeling Specialists Intl. (EMSI) shows that there are various fields and states where these positions are actually thriving.

“Middle-wage positions sustained heavier hits during the recession than other wage groups,” said CareerBuilder CEO Matt Ferguson. “This is further indication of a hollowing effect economists have warned about, where middle-wage jobs are thinning out -- creating a greater concentration of either high-wage or low-wage positions. While this trend has become more pronounced in the last decade -- and has broader implications for the U.S. economy -- there are still areas of manufacturing, healthcare, energy and other fields where employment for middle-wage workers is stable and growing at a healthy pace.”

CareerBuilder and EMSI define middle-wage jobs as those that pay between $13.84 and $21.13 per hour. Data on top occupations and locations for middle-wage jobs was pulled from EMSI’s extensive labor market database of over 90 national and state employment resources.

On the rise

One quarter (25%) of all new jobs added in the U.S. since 2010 fall in the middle-wage range, trailing the share of both high-wage jobs (29%) and low-wage jobs (46%). While automation, off-shoring and other factors are driving the declining share of middle-wage jobs, a variety of occupations in this segment have performed well post-recession. Most of these occupations typically require on-the-job training, work experience, or short-term certificates and degrees that community colleges specialize in.

  • Customer service representatives -- added 132,690 jobs since 2010, up 6%; median hourly earnings:$14.91
  • Heavy/tractor-trailer truck drivers -- added 118,541 jobs since 2010, up 7%; median hourly earnings:$18.41
  • Bookkeeping, accounting and auditing clerks -- added 77,162 jobs since 2010, up 4%; median hourly earnings: $17.02
  • Construction laborers -- added 69,148 jobs since 2010, up 6%; median hourly earnings: $14.60
  • Machinists -- added 49,906 jobs since 2010, up 14%; median hourly earnings: $19.01
  • Welders, cutters, solderers and brazers -- added 38,153 jobs since 2010, up 11%; median hourly earnings: $17.58
  • Automotive service technicians and mechanics -- added 36,229 jobs since 2010, up 5%; median hourly earnings: $16.47
  • Inspectors, testers, sorters, samplers and weighers -- added 34,424 jobs since 2010, up 8%; median hourly earnings: $16.81
  • Medical assistants -- added 29,949 jobs since 2010, up 5%; median hourly earnings: $14.35
  • Computer-controlled machine tool operators -- added 21,307 jobs since 2010, up 17%; median hourly earnings: $17.14
  • Oil, gas and mining service unit operators -- added 16,690 jobs since 2010, up 38%; median hourly earnings: $20.16

Where they are

Wyoming leads the nation in the percentage of middle-wage jobs added in a state post-recession. Forty-five percent of new jobs that were created in Wyoming since 2010 have been middle-wage, well ahead of other high-performing states: Iowa (37%), North Dakota (36%), and Michigan (35%).

Texas (25%) and California (23%) have created the largest total number of new middle-wage jobs in the nation, but they’re in the middle of the pack in terms of the share of all new jobs.

At the bottom, Rhode Island is the only state that’s lost middle-wage jobs over the last few years. Meanwhile, Mississippi (10%) and New York (13%) have the lowest share of new middle-wage jobs among states that have seen job increases.

What happened to all those so-called “middle-wage jobs?” According to the Federal Reserve, the share of middle-skill or middle-wage jobs in the U.S. workf...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims shoot higher

California finally got its computer system back on track, resulting in a big jump in the number of first-time claims for unemployment benefits.

U.S. government figures show initial applications soared by 66,000 during the week ending October 5 to a seasonally-adjusted total of 374,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for an initial claims level of 318,000.

The huge increase was largely due to California paring the big backlogs in applications caused by computer glitches in early September. The impediment to the normal processing of initial claims resulted in a temporary drop in initial claims. Those claims were finally filed properly this week, producing a large upward spike in claims.

Shutdown effect

The federal workers sitting home  as a result of the government shutdown have not been included in the initial claims tally, although some jobs done by non-federal workers that were tied to the government shutdown were lost. That accounted for about 23% of the increase in claims.

Analysts at Briefing say the majority of the impact of the federal government shutdown will begin next week. Included in the upcoming number will be workers furloughed by government contractors and the analysts say we could see the initial claims level jump to 450,000 or more as these workers apply for unemployment benefits.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a better gauge of the labor market because it is l;ess volatil, rose by 20,000 to 325,000.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

California finally got its computer system back on track, resulting in a big jump in the number of first-time claims for unemployment benefits. Government...

Article Image

Shutdown delays release of September jobless report

The government's monthly employment report, which is usually released on the first Friday of the month is Missing In Action -- or more appropriately -- Inaction today.

In a press release, the Labor Department says, "Due to the lapse in funding, the Employment Situation release which provides data on employment during the month of September, compiled by the U.S. Department of Labor’s Bureau of Labor Statistics, will not be issued as scheduled."

The release goes on to say that "An alternative release date has not been scheduled."

The monthly employment report includes the jobless rate (from the household survey) and payroll employment (from the business establishment survey).

The Labor Department's (DOL) monthly employment report, which is usually released on the first Friday of the month is Missing In Action. In a press releas...

Article Image

Job forecast: Steady as she goes

If you like the way the labor market looked at the end of 2012, you should be fairly happy with the way this year will wrap up.

According to a survey done for CareerBuilder, one in four employers (25%) plan to add full-time, permanent positions in the fourth quarter, relatively unchanged from a year ago (26%). Meanwhile, industries that are expected to outpace the national average for companies hiring include Information Technology (36%), Financial Services (32%) and Manufacturing (30%). Hiring among large healthcare organizations is expected to mirror the national average.

"Consistent hiring has been the theme throughout this jobs recovery," said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder. "Economic concerns are still looming. Some headlines in the news need to play themselves out before employers fully mobilize to create a more active job market. Companies will continue to produce an even stream of new jobs in the fourth quarter as they assess their positioning and prospects for the coming year."

Review and forecast

Twenty-eight percent of employers added full-time, permanent positions in the third quarter -- down 4 % from a year earlier and indicative of a market that, while stable, still wrestles with uncertainty. Eleven percent cut positions, compared with 12%, while 60% made no change to staff levels and 1% were unsure.

Looking ahead, 25% of employers plan to hire full-time, permanent employees, similar to the 26% of companies who planned to hire during the same period in 2012. Nine percent expect to downsize -- the same as last year. Another 61% anticipate no change and 5% undecided.

Thirty-two percent of employers say they plan to hire temporary or contract workers in the fourth quarter, relatively unchanged from 33 percent last year, while 22% report they will transition some temporary or contract staff into permanent employees before the end of the year.

Size and region

Although small businesses continue to trail large organizations in the percentage of employers hiring, recruitment among companies of all sizes will remain relatively steady over the next three months.

  • 50 or fewer employees -- 15% plan to add full-time, permanent staff compared with 16% last year; 8% expect to cut positions versus 7% last year;
  • 250 or fewer employees -- 18% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in the fourth quarter compared versus 20% last year; 9% will likely reduce their staffs, while 8% did so last year
  • 500 or fewer employees -- 20% expect to hire full-time, permanent employees as opposed to 21% the year before; 9% expect to cut back compared with 8% last year
  • More than 500 employees -- 32% say they'll be hiring during the last three months of the year, 2% less than last year; 11% expect to reduce their workforce compared with 9% last year

The West remains the most optimistic in terms of hiring plans, much as it has in previous surveys. The South saw the largest year-over-year decrease (four percentage points) in the number of employers expecting to recruit new talent, but is still slightly ahead of the Northeast and Midwest.

West -- 29% plan to add full-time, permanent staff in the fourth quarter compared with 31% last year; 9% expect to trim their staffs, while 7% did so the year before

  • South -- 24% think they'll be hiring versus 28% a year ago; 9% look for workforce cuts as opposed to 8% in the fourth quarter of 2012
  • Northeast -- 23% expect to add full-time, permanent staff close to the 24% who did so last year; those reducing headcount remained at 10%
  • Midwest -- 23% say they are cent planning to hire full-time, permanent workers as the year draws to a close, the same as last year; 11% expect cutbacks compared with 10% last year

The national survey was conducted online by Harris Interactive from Aug. 13 to Sept. 6, 2013, and included a representative sample of 2,099 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes.

If you like the way the labor market looked at the end of 2012, you should be fairly happy with the way this year will wrap up. According to a survey done...

Article Image

Job cuts retreat from 6-month high

More people found themselves out of work in September as employers announced plans to reduce their payrolls by 40,289. That's the lowest level of cuts in three months and a drop of 20% from August, when terminations hit a six-month high of 50,462.

At the same time, though, outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas notes the September total was 19% above the 33,816 planned job cuts announced the same month last year, marking the fourth consecutive month that saw heavier job cutting than a year ago.

A rough quarter

During the third quarter, job cuts were up 25% from a year ago, with 128,452 planned announced versus the 102,910 over the same stretch last year. In addition, the third-quarter total was 13% higher than the second quarter, when 113,891 job cuts were announced.

Despite the third-quarter surge, the overall pace of job cutting this year is virtually unchanged from a year ago. To date, employers have announced 387,384 job cuts -- up just 0.4% from the 386,001 announced from January through September in 2012.

Another health care hit

For the third time in the last five months, the health care sector was the leading announcer of job cuts, totaling 8,128. That is the highest monthly job-cut total for this sector since December 2004, when 9,588 job cuts were announced.

The sector has now announced 41,085 job cuts this year, which is 13.4% more than the 36,212 health care job cuts announced in all of 2012.

More people found themselves out of work in September as employers announced plans to reduce their payrolls by 40,289. That's the lowest level of cuts in ...

Article Image

ADP: Economy adds 166,000 jobs in September

Because of the government shutdown, we may or may not get the official word on how many jobs the economy cranked out in September. But, according to the ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 166,000 last month.

At the same time, though, the report -- which is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data -- revised August’s job gain down from 176,000 to 159,000.

What grew and what didn't

Goods-producing employment rose by 19,000 jobs, a slight increase over its August growth rate. Construction payrolls added 16,000 jobs, while manufacturing payrolls increased by 1,000.

Service-providing industries added 147,000 jobs -- down 5,000 in August. Among the service industries,, trade/transportation/utilities added the most jobs with 54,000 over the month. Professional/business services employment rose by 27,000, while financial activities lost 4,000 jobs.

"During the month of September, the U.S. private sector added a total of 166,000 jobs,” said Carlos A. Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "As in previous months, most of the job gains occurred in the service-providing sector."

Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics which collaborates with ADP in the report, thinks the job market has softened in recent months. “Fiscal austerity has begun to take a toll on job creation,” he said. “The run-up in interest rates may also be doing some damage to jobs in the financial services industry. While job growth has slowed, there remains a general resilience in the market. Job creation continues to be consistent with a slowly declining unemployment rate.”

Of the total, 74,000 jobs were created by businesses with 49 or fewer employees. Employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 28,000 and there was an increase of 64,000 at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees.

Jobless claims

Separately, one of the parts of the government that is still functioning reports initial claims for unemployment benefits rose by 1,000 in the week ending September 28 to a seasonally adjusted total of 308,000. The total for the previous week had been revised upward by 2,000.

Analysts at Briefing.com say this level of claims normally would suggest a strong gain in nonfarm payrolls. But they add that over the last couple of months, the strengthening in the claims level had no effect on payroll growth. Employers appear to be content with their workforce, they point out, so that while there's been a drop in layoffs, there's been no corresponding spike in hiring.

The 4-week moving average, which eliminates the volatility in the weekly number and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was down 3,750 to 305,000.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

Because of the government shutdown, we may or may not get the official word on how many jobs the economy cranked out in September. But, according to the AD...

Article Image

Online labor demand rises in September

If you go online to look, you'll find the jobs are out there -- and in growing numbers..

The Conference Board reports online advertised vacancies were up 209,700 in September to 5,184,600 -- the first rise of over 200,000 since December 2012. That puts the September Supply/Demand rate at 2.3 unemployed for each vacancy with a total of 6.3 million more unemployed workers than the number of advertised vacancies.

“The 210,000 gain for September is the first optimistic sign this year that employers are seeking additional workers,” said June Shelp, vice president of  The Conference Board. It brings the gain for the third quarter to 68,000/month and follows a gain of 27,000/month in the second quarter and a first quarter loss of 26,000/month.

Gains and losses

The increase resulted from a mixture of gains that outnumbered the losses. The largest September gain was for food service workers, up 45,000, or 20% -- a welcome increase since there are still four unemployed in this occupation for every available opening. The number of ads for management positions also rose by 24,700 in part due to greater demand for food service managers. Demand for transportation workers rose by 20,800 as employers advertised for truck drivers.

Occupations with declines in September included legal workers (-6,200) as demand for lawyers and legal support decreased. Office occupations also declined (-5,400) with less employer demand for secretaries and information clerks.

By area

Online labor demand increased in 45 states. Three states (New Jersey, Alaska and Idaho) declined, and Vermont and Rhode Island remained unchanged. Forty-three states are above last September’s levels

The largest increase in online labor demand occurred in the South, which gained 65,300 in September, led by the increase of 14,800 in Texas, to its series high. Georgia gained 8,500, North Carolina rose 5,400, Virginia gained 5,200, Florida increased 4,700, and Maryland gained 3,300. Among the smaller States, Tennessee rose 3,800, South Carolina increased 2,000, Arkansas rose 1,900, and Louisiana rose 1,800 (Table 3); all four of these less populated states reached their series highs.

Online labor demand in the West rose 50,200 in September with California gaining 27,100. Arizona rose 4,500, Washington gained 4,000, and Colorado increased 3,500 to its series high. Among the smaller Western States, Utah rose 1,500 to its high followed by Nevada (1,100) and Oregon (1,000).

The Midwest was up 48,200 in September, with Illinois posting the largest increase (7,500) followed by Minnesota (5,900), Michigan (4,800), Missouri (3,600), Ohio (3,400) to its series high, and Wisconsin (800). Among the smaller Midwest states, Indiana rose 3,300 to its series high, Kansas rose 3,100 to its high, West Virginia increased 2,000, and North Dakota rose 1,500.

The Northeast was up 28,000 in September with Pennsylvania posting a gain of 7,900. Massachusetts rose 7,300 to its series high, and New York rose 400. New Jersey dropped 600. Among the smaller states in the region, labor demand in both New Hampshire and Maine rose 1,100 with Connecticut up 800. Labor demand in Rhode Island was unchanged.

The Supply/Demand rates for the States are for August 2013, the latest month for which state unemployment data are available. The number of advertised vacancies exceeded the number of unemployed only in North and South Dakota, where the Supply/Demand rates were 0.57 and 0.98 respectively. The State with the highest Supply/Demand rate was Mississippi (4.28), where there were over four unemployed workers for each online advertised vacancy (Table 4). Please note that the Supply/Demand rate only provides a measure of relative tightness of the individual State labor markets and does not suggest that the occupations of the unemployed directly align with the occupations of the advertised vacancies.    

If you go online to look, you'll find the jobs are out there -- and in growing numbers.. The Conference Board reports online advertised vacancies were up ...

Article Image

Third look, same number for the nation's economy

Government numbers-crunchers have come up with the same number as they did a month ago for their final look at the growth rate for the economy during the second quarter: 2.5%

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available for the second estimate issued last month. Thus, the general picture of economic growth remains largely the same.

In the first quarter, real Gross Domestic Product (GDP) increased 1.1 percent.

Growth factors

The increase in real GDP, the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States, during the second quarter primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, nonresidential fixed investment, private inventory investment, and residential fixed investment. Those gains were partly offset by a decline in federal government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

Analysts at Briefing.com say the economy is still facing substantial headwinds that were not resolved in the better second quarter GDP data – and that expectations for future growth remain soft.

The full GDP report is available at the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

In a separate report, the Labor Department (DOL) reports first-time claims for unemployment benefits fell by 5,000 in the week ending September 21 -- to a seasonally adjusted total of 305,000. At the same time the previous week's total was revised upward by 1,000 to 310,000.

Technical problems are still causing biases in the initial claims number. Computer glitches in California and Nevada kept many people from filing for unemployment benefits, creating a backlog of filings, which resulted in a temporarily lower initial claims level.

DOL says it expects the backlog to be processed over the next week or two before the claims level returns to normal.

The 4-week moving average, which strips out the weekly volatility, fell by 7,000 to 308,000.

The full jobless claims report may be found on the DOL website.

Government numbers-crunchers have come up with the same number as they did a month ago for their final look at the growth rate for the economy during the s...

Article Image

Outlook for retail hiring this holiday season: cloudy at best

Retail holiday hiring hit a 12-year high in 2012, but a leading employment consultant says we shouldn't expect a repeat this year.

The outlook from outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas says shaky consumer confidence and increased efficiencies among retailers may prevent seasonal employment gains from reaching such lofty heights in 2013.

Challenger's annual holiday hiring forecast estimates that seasonal job gains will not see a significant decline from last year’s robust numbers, but will -- at best -- match the level of hiring we saw in October, November, and December 2012. With many retailers already starting holiday-themed ads and breaking out Christmas decorations in stores, those hoping to get in on the seasonal hiring push should get on the stick.

Looking for strength

Last year, retail employment increased by a non-seasonally-adjusted 751,800 between October 1 and December 31-- the heaviest holiday hiring binge since 2000, when retailers added 788,200 to their payrolls during the final three months of the year. That worked out to a gain of 11% from 2011, when 679,300 extra seasonal workers were hired.

Last year marked the fourth consecutive increase in holiday hiring since 2008, at the height of the Great Recession, when retailers added just 324,900 workers -- the fewest since 1982 when retail employment grew by only 259,500 during the holiday season.

There are several factors that could keep holiday hiring from reaching last year’s level. “While, the economy and job market are improving, it has now been four years since the recession officially ended and millions of Americans are still unemployed or underemployed,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “As a result, consumers remain uneasy, which is evidenced by wide monthly mood swings in confidence surveys.”

The early prognosis on September sentiment from Thomson Reuters/University of Michigan found that sentiment slipped to its lowest level since April. The drop comes just over one month after hitting a six-year high. Such mood swings are not instilling a lot of optimism among those charged with reading the retail sales tea leaves.

Additionally, The Conference Board reported this week that its Consumer Confidence Index fell in September, largely on concerns about jobs and earnings.

The latest forecast from retail research firm ShopperTrak predicts that sales at U.S. stores will climb only 2.4% in November and December, compared with increases of 3% in 2012, 4% in 2011 and 3.8% in 2010. Meanwhile, store visits are expected to fall 1.4% during those months.

Online vs. brick and mortar

“Price conscious consumers are doing more and more of their holiday shopping online, where they often find the best deals and can typically enjoy free delivery and no sales tax,” said Challenger. “The ongoing shift to Internet shopping could see some seasonal hiring in this area, but the numbers will never match the employment gains seen in traditional brick-and-mortar establishments, primarily because there simply are not has many. For every Amazon, there are dozens of national retail chains with the potential to hire thousands.”

Last year, Amazon announced plans to hire 50,000 seasonal workers to meet increased holiday activity. While that figure is impressive, it is virtually the only online retailer that has that level of hiring capacity. Meanwhile, just a handful of traditional brick-and-mortar retailers added more than 400,000 holiday workers in 2012. Based on news reports from last September and October, Target added 88,000; Macy’s, 80,000; Kohl’s 52,700; Walmart, 50,000; and Toys R Us, 45,000, just to highlight a few.

“Whether it is related to increase online shopping or the shakiness in consumer confidence, the expectation that there will be fewer people in the stores could prompt some retailers to reduce the number of extra people they will need on the sales floor,” Challenger noted. “However, low expectations are not the only factor that could contribute to flat hiring. The fact is that retailers are getting smarter about staffing. The era of Big Data has armed everyone with the information they need to more accurately predict the ebbs and flows in sales activity and adjust hiring accordingly.”

Time to act

Challenger says it's never too early for holiday job seekers to begin their searches. “The bulk of the seasonal hiring decisions will be made in October,” he points out, adding that job-seekers shouldn't give up if their first attempts at finding a job are unsuccessful. “There is constant churn in the retail industry. It has some of the highest turnover rates of any industry.

“Additionally, do not limit yourself to ‘on-the-floor’ sales positions. The big box stores, in particular, also need extra workers in their shipping facilities and overnight stocking positions. Opportunities also exist outside of retail, in areas like catering and with shipping companies, restaurants, movie theaters, caterers, etc.”

Start your job search by contacting friends already working in establishments that could need holiday workers, Challenger advises. “You should also target establishments of which you are a frequent customer. If there are certain retail outlets where you would prefer to work, start going there when business is slow and try to make a connection with a manager or assistant manager. The key is separating oneself from the pile of applicants the store will see between now and Halloween.”

Retail holiday hiring hit a 12-year high in 2012, but a leading employment consultant says we shouldn't expect a repeat this year. The outlook from outpla...

Article Image

It's not just knowledge and skills that get you the job

Pretty much everyone agrees that strong skills and experience are essential to getting a job. But, those only the only factors that enter into the decision-making process when the hiring is actually done.

A new study from CareerBuilder.com finds that a sense of humor, an eye for fashion, or even knowledge of current affairs and pop culture could also play some part in influencing who gets the job and who doesn't.

Where the rubber meets the road

The nationwide study, conducted online by Harris Interactive in the May-June 2013 period included 2,076 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries. Employers were asked, if they had two equally qualified candidates, which factors would make them more likely to consider one candidate over another. Their responses included:

  • The candidate with the better sense of humor - 27%
  • The candidate who is involved in his or her community - 26%
  • The candidate who is better dressed - 22%
  • The candidate with whom I have more in common - 21%
  • The candidate who is more physically fit - 13%
  • The candidate who is more on top of current affairs and pop culture - 8%
  • The candidate who is more involved in social media - 7%
  • The candidate who is knowledgeable about sports - 4%

“When you’re looking for a job, the key is selling your personal brand. Employers are not only looking for people who are professionally qualified for the position, but also someone who is going to fit in at the office,” said Rosemary Haefner, vice president of human resources at CareerBuilder. “Once you get the job, however, the process doesn’t simply stop. Employers will continuously assess personality, performance and behavior when considering prospects for promotions. You want to treat your current job like an extended interview for the next job you want in the company.”

Movin' on up

One third (33%) of employers said they are more likely to promote an employee who has been vocal about asking for a promotion in the past. However, there are also several behaviors other than sub-par or average performance that employers identified as red flags, keeping employees from promotions, including:

  • Someone who says, “that’s not my job” - 71%
  • Someone who is often late - 69%
  • Someone who has lied at work - 68%
  • Someone who takes credit for other people’s work - 64%
  • Someone who often leaves work early - 55%
  • Someone who takes liberties with expenses charged back to the company - 55%
  • Someone who gossips - 46%
  • Someone who doesn’t dress professionally - 35%
  • Someone who swears - 30%
  • Someone who doesn’t say anything in meetings - 22%
  • Someone who cried at work - 9%
  • Someone who has dated a co-worker - 8%

The survey also found that promotions aren’t necessarily accompanied by higher compensation. Nearly two-thirds of employers (63%) said that a promotion at their firms doesn’t always include a pay raise.

Pretty much everyone agrees that strong skills and experience are essential to getting a job. But, those only the only factors that enter into the decision...

Article Image

Computer problems continue to affect jobless claims report

The government reports first time claims for state jobless benefits shot up by 15,000 in the week ending September 14 to a seasonally adjusted initial total of 309,000. But analysts say it's hard to gauge how accurate that number really is.

According to economists at Briefing.com, computer glitches in California and Nevada prevented many claimants from filing for benefits. Those problems created a backlog of filings, which resulted in a temporarily lower initial claims level. The Department of Labor says it expects the backlog to be processed over the next week or two before the claims level returns to normal.

When the mess is cleaned up, Briefing says it expect the initial claims level to settle back to its previous 330,000 trend.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile than the weekly number and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, totaled 314,750 -- down 7,000 from the previous week.

The full jobless claims report may be found on the Labor Department website.

The government reports first time claims for state jobless benefits shot up by 15,000 in the week ending September 14 to a seasonally adjusted initial tota...

Article Image

Initial jobless claims number plunges -- but don't get excited

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits plunged by 31,000 during the week ending September 7 to 292,000. That's the lowest point for claims since March 2006.

However, the Labor Department (DOL) says two states upgraded their computer systems, resulting in the unexpected drop and that it does not believe the drop in claims this week signals a change in labor market conditions. Conditions remain better than where they were a few months ago but nowhere near as strong as a sub-300,000 reading would suggest. It's unknown how long the computer errors will remain in the system and DOL says it could affect the data for the next few weeks.

The 4-week moving average, which is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market because it strips out the weekly volatility, was down 7,500 to 321,250.

The full jobless claims report is available on the DOL website.

First-time applications for state jobless benefits plunged by 31,000 during the week ending September 7 to 292,000. That's the lowest point for claims sinc...

Article Image

More hiring expected as the year winds down

Looking for work? Your best shot at finding it may come later this year.

According to ManpowerGroup, a workforce consulting concern, 18% of the more than 18,000 employers expect an increase in staff levels in their fourth quarter hiring plans, while 8% expect a decrease in payrolls. That indicates elevated confidence for the three months of 2013. Employers seasonally adjusted Net Employment Outlook of 13% is the strongest fourth quarter outlook since 19% in the final quarter of 2007.

"We've seen consistent, yet measured, momentum in employers' hiring plans in a steadily improving market," said Jonas Prising, ManpowerGroup president. "Employers have reached a level of confidence in navigating unstable conditions, and the strength of the fourth quarter survey data suggests a stronger close to 2013."

Signs of confidence

This quarter's research shows the outlook remains stable quarter-over-quarter and is slightly elevated compared to last year at this time. Intent to hire also continues to rise with 18% of employers indicating an increase in staff levels for the final three months of the year. This is the highest percentage of employers projecting an increase in hiring in the fourth quarter since before 2009 when the number consistently remained above 20%.

Growth is also reflected among several key industry sectors. At +22%, the outlook for wholesale & retail trade reflects a moderate increase in hiring year-over-year and is the strongest outlook for this sector since it reached +26% in the last quarter of 2007. Construction employers also indicate continued progress when compared year-over-year, as the Net Employment Outlook increases slightly from +1% in the fourth quarter of 2012 to +5% this year.

"Employers plan to hire during the fourth quarter, particularly in the wholesale & retail trade sector, and that's good news for job seekers looking for employment during the busy holiday season," said Prising. "Employers bring on new staff when they start seeing increased demand for their products and services, and this intention to hire may signal optimism among U.S. employers."

Where they're hiring

Among the 50 states, employers in North Carolina, South Carolina and Texas indicate the strongest Net Employment Outlook -- all at +15%. Employers in all 100 Metropolitan Statistical Areas (MSAs) surveyed report positive hiring plans, with the strongest Outlook in Houston, reaching +28%.

For this year's fourth quarter, employers have a positive outlook in all 13 industry sectors included in the survey:

  • wholesale & retail trade (+22%)
  • leisure & hospitality (+17%)
  • professional & business services (+13%)
  • transportation & utilities (+11%)
  • information (+11%)
  • financial activities (+10%)
  • mining (+9%)
  • education & health services (+9%)
  • durable goods manufacturing (+8%)
  • nondurable goods manufacturing (+7%)
  • construction (+5%)
  • government (+4%) and
  • other services (+2%).

When the industry sector data are compared quarter-over-quarter, employers in the wholesale & retail trade and education & health services sectors anticipate a slight hiring increase, while employers in the information sector expect the hiring pace to remain stable.

The hiring pace is expected to moderately decrease in seven industry sectors: durable goods manufacturing, nondurable goods manufacturing, transportation & utilities, financial activities, professional & business services, other services and government. A considerable decline in hiring is anticipated in the mining, construction and leisure & hospitality sectors.

A positive Net Employment Outlook is reported in all four U.S. regions. Quarter-over-quarter, plans to add employees are slightly stronger among employers in the Northeast, and remain essentially the same among employers in the Midwest, South and West.

Compared to one year ago at this time, employers in the Northeast and West project a slight increase in hiring for Quarter 4 2013, and employers in the Midwest and South expect a stable hiring environment.

Looking for work? Your best shot at finding it may come later this year. According to ManpowerGroup, 18% of the more than 18,000 employers expect an incre...

Article Image

August job creation falls short of forecasts

The nation's economy cranked out 169,000 jobs in August, falling short of the 177,000 forecast by analysts surveyed by Briefing.com. As it released the figures from last month, the Labor Department revised its July total sharply lower, from an initially reported 162,000 new jobs to just 104,000.

At the same time, the unemployment rate inched down 0.1% -- to 7.3%. A year ago, it stood at 8.1%. However, analysts say the August drop was not due to strengthening trends in the labor sector. Instead, it was the result of the labor force declining by 312,000 people in August. The number of people employed actually fell by 115,000.

The gains

Retail trade led the advance, adding 44,000 jobs in August for a total of 393,000 new jobs over the past 12 months. Job growth also occurred in clothing stores (+14,000), food and beverage stores (+12,000), general merchandise stores (+9,000), and electronics and appliance stores (+4,000).

Who's working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult men (7.1%), adult women (6.3%), teenagers (22.7%), whites (6.4%), blacks (13.0%), Hispanics (9.3%) and Asians (5.1%) were little-changed in August.

The number of people out of work for 27 weeks or more (long-term unemployed) showed little change at 4.3 million. They make up 37.9% percent of the jobless population. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has declined by 733,000.

The full August employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

The nation's economy cranked out 169,000 jobs in August, falling short of the 177,000 forecast by analysts surveyed by Briefing.com. As it released the fig...

Article Image

Job cuts rise sharply in August

Pink slips were flying in August as employers announced plans to cut payrolls by 50,462. That's an increase of 33.8% from the 37,701 planned job cuts announced a month earlier.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, Inc, the August level was also 57%t higher than a year ago, when employers said they would reduce payrolls by 32,239. It's the third straight month in which job cuts outpaced the comparable period from 2012.

The largest job-cut month so far this year is February, when announced terminations reached 55,356. Employers have now announced 347,095 job cuts so far this year, virtually matching the 352,185 announced from January through August 2012.

Where they cut

August workforce reductions were dominated by the industrial goods sector, where manufacturers announced 22,162 job cuts. That's the largest job-cut total for this sector since January 2009, when 32,083 planned reductions were announced. It's also the largest one-month job-cut total for a single industry category this year and nearly surpasses the 26,103 job cuts announced by industrial goods manufacturers in all of 2012.

“Heavy job cuts in the industrial goods sector are never a good thing, as they can be indicative of widening cracks in the economy’s foundation,”said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “However, the August surge in industrial goods job cuts was driven largely by falling global demand for mining equipment. While that definitely has an impact on the economy, it is not as worrisome as an overall slowdown in construction or manufacturing.”

Well below the more than 22,000 job cuts announced in the industrial goods sector, the second-ranked computer sector announced 4,663 job cuts in August -- a surge of 194% from 1,587 jobs cut in July. To date, the computer sector has announced 26,180 job cuts, down 30% from 37,670 recorded through eight months of 2012.

The financial sector remains the top job-cutting industry year-to-date, with 41,942 reductions as of August. That eight-month total is 56% higher than the 26,887 financial sector job cuts announced by this point a year ago.

Jobless claims

Looking at more immediate figures, first-time applications for state jobless benefits fell by 9,000 in the week ending August 31 to a seasonally adjusted total of 323,000. The government says no seasonal factors from the Labor Day holiday affected the data.

The 4-week moving average, which smooths out thew weekly volatility and is considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 328,500 -- down 3,000 from the previous week. It's the first time the moving average has dipped below 330,000 since October 2007, a clear indication, analysts say, that the labor market is improving.

The complete report is available on the Labor Department website.

Pink slips were flying in August as employers announced plans in August to cut payrolls by 50,462. That's an increase of 33.8% from the 37,701 planned job ...

Article Image

The economy steps it up

Things seem to be going a lot better for the economy than recent reports would indicate.

In its second look at second-quarter gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States -- the Bureau of Economic Analysis says growth was at an annual rate of 2.5%, not the 1.7% estimated a month ago.

In the first quarter, real GDP increased at an anemic rate of 1.1%.

More info

This latest estimate is based on more complete source data than were available last month. With this second estimate for the second quarter, the increase in exports was larger than previously estimated, and the increase in imports was smaller than previously estimated.

The increase in real GDP in the second quarter primarily reflected positive contributions from personal consumption expenditures (PCE), exports, private inventory investment, nonresidential fixed investment, and residential fixed investment that were partly offset by a drop in federal government spending. Imports, which are a subtraction in the calculation of GDP, increased.

The complete GDP report can be found at the Commerce Department website.

Jobless claims

Separately, the government reports first-time applications for jobless benefits fell by 6,000 in the week ending August 24 --to a seasonally adjusted 331,000.

Analysts at Briefing.com say that level suggests a solid improvement in labor conditions and that monthly nonfarm payroll growth should be in the neighborhood of 200,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and seen as a better gauge of the labor market, rose by 750 -- to 331,250.

The full report may be found on the Labor Department website.

Things seem to be going a lot better for the economy than recent reports would indicate. In it's second look at second-quarter gross domestic product (GDP...

Article Image

Unemployment rate dips as economy adds more jobs

The nation's economy added jobs in July, but not as many as had been projected.

Government figures show total nonfarm payroll employment increased by 162,000 in July, with the jobless rate edging down to 7.4%. The number of jobs created was well short of the 195,000 forecast by economists surveyed by Briefing.com and the 200,000 reported earlier this week by ADP.

The creation of jobs was particularly strong in the retail trade, food services and drinking places, financial activities, and wholesale trade sectors.

Employment in manufacturing, health care, mining and logging, construction, transportation and warehousing and government, showed little change in July.

Who's working

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rates for adult women (6.5%) and blacks (12.6%) declined in July. There was little or no change in the rates for adult men (7.0%), teenagers (23.7%, whites (6.6%), and Hispanics (9.4%) showed little or no change. The jobless rate for Asians was 5.7% -- little changed from a year earlier.

The full July employment report is available on the Labor Department website.

Personal income and sending

Separately, the government reports personal income rose 0.3%, or $45.4 billion, in June, while consumer spending was up 0.5%, 0r $49.5 billion.

Personal saving was lower in June, falling to $546.6 billion from $568.3 billion in May. The personal saving rate -- personal saving as a percentage of disposable personal income -- was 4.4 percent in June -- down 0.2% from May.

More information on June's personal income and spending can be found on the Bureau of Economic Analysis website.

The nation's economy added jobs in July, but not as many as had been projected. Government figures show total nonfarm payroll employment increased by 162,...

Article Image

A dip in planned job cuts for July

Fewer pink slips were handed out last month.

According to the tally by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, employers announced plans to reduce payrolls by 37,701 workers, a drop of 4.2% from the 39,372 planned layoffs in June. Still last month’s total was 2.3%t higher than a year ago, when 36,855 planned job cuts were recorded.

So far this year, 296,633 job cuts have been announced -- 7.3% fewer than the 319,946 job cuts announced in the first seven months of 2012. At the current pace of downsizing, which is averaging 42,376 job cuts per month, 2013 will come in below the 2012 year-end total of 523,362, which was the lowest annual total since 1997 (434,350).

The July terminations were somewhat offset by employers plans to hire 9,728 new workers in the coming weeks and months. These include at least 5,000 new positions created by online retail giant Amazon.com to meet increasing demand.

Health care leads the cuts

Workforce reductions last month were led by the health care sector, which announced 6,843 planned job cuts -- the highest number of cuts for the sector since 9,558 jobs disappeared were recorded in November 2009. Health care organizations have now cut 29,794 jobs this year, 59% more than the 18,770 planned cuts announced by this point in 2012.

“Cuts in Medicare reimbursements brought about by sequestration and health care reform are hurting hospitals’ bottom line,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Some states are also cutting Medicaid funding, which adds to the financial challenges.

Challenger also points out that hospitals are reporting fewer patients as high-deductible insurance policies discourage would-be patients from seeking health services. “As a result of these factors,” he says, “health care providers, which had been one of the country’s best job generators in recent years, are being forced to reduce their headcounts.”

Defense industry faces challenges

Meanwhile, aerospace and defense saw the second largest job-cut total in July, as firms in this sector announced plans to reduce payrolls by 4,889. That brings year-to-date job cuts for the sector to 22,750, fourth among all industries and a 20% increase from the 19,026 job cuts announced by these employers in all of 2012

The July figure for aerospace and defense is the highest monthly total since July 2011, when these firms announced 6,704 job cuts. “If there is any silver lining, it is that less than 1,000 of last month’s cuts were attributed to sequestration,” Challenger said. “Yet, this industry is always at high risk for restructuring due to the fact that it relies on a steady flow of government contracts. If there is ever any ebb in that flow, companies are forced to adjust their workforce levels. Between sequestration, general federal spending cuts, the conclusion of two wars and shifting strategies in the use of our military, there are many challenges facing this industry”  

Fewer pink slips were handed out last month. According to the tally by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, employers announced plans to...

Article Image

First-time jobless claims drop sharply

The unemployment line was a lot shorter last week.

Figures released by the government show there were 326,000 first time applications for state jobless benefits during the week ending July 27 -- a drop of 19,000 from the previous. That's the lowest number of claims filed since January 2008, and comes in well below the 345,000 forecast by economists surveyed by Briefing.com.

The Labor Department says “seasonal adjustment” problems from the auto industry are responsible for recent volatility in the initial claims numbers. Automakers have historically shut down their plants this time of year for new model year retooling.

However, in the past few years, increasing demand and low inventories have kept that from happening, artificially deflating the jobless claims numbers. Analysts believe this latest report is a statistical anomaly and not an improvement in labor market conditions.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 341,250 -- a decrease of 4,500 from the previous week.

The full report  is available on the Labor Department website

July jobs forecast

Separately, in advance of Friday's release of the government's July employment figures, the ADP National Employment Report is projecting an increase of 200,000 private-sector jobs from June to July.

According to the forecast goods-producing industries added 22,000 jobs, construction payrolls rose by 22,000 in July, while manufacturing payrolls fell 5,000.

Service-providing industries added 177,000 jobs in July -- the largest increase since last November. Gains were broad-based across industries, with professional/business services adding 49,000 jobs, Trade/transportation/utilities services contributing 45,000 jobs and financial activities showing a modest gain of 4,000 jobs, after a surge of 10,000 jobs in June.

The forecast from economists surveyed by Briefing.com is for the addition of 175,000 jobs and a dip of 0.1% in the unemployment rate -- to 7.5%.

The unemployment line was a lot shorter last week. Figures released by the government show there were 326,000 first time applications during the week endi...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims down sharply

First-time claims for state unemployment benefits posted a big decline in the week ending July 13.

Government figures show there were 334,000 initial applications -- a drop 24,000 from the previous week's 358,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com had been expecting 348,000 filings.

Analysts say the big drop is likely due to seasonal adjustment problems related to auto plant shutdowns for retooling that are not occurring in their usual fashion this year.

The 4-week moving average, which is not as volatile as the weekly numbers and is considered a better gauge of the labor market, fell by 5,259 from last week to 346,000.

The complete report is available on the Department of Labor website.

First-time claims for state unemployment benefits posted a big decline in the week ending July 13. Government figures show there were 334,000 initial appl...

Article Image

An unexpected jump in jobless claims

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits shot higher last week, but it may be some sort of statistical anomaly.

Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show initial claims rose 16,000 in the week ending July 6 -- to 360,000. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com has projected claims would come in at 345,000 -- little-changed from the previous week.

Analysts say what are called “seasonal adjustment biases” from the July 4 holiday may have played a role in the increase. If that's the case the initial claims level should fall back below 350,000 next week.

Overall, they say, labor market conditions have not materially changed.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate measure of the labor market, totaled 351,750, an increase of 6,000 from the previous week

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

First-time applications for state unemployment benefits shot higher last week, but it may be some sort of statistical anomaly. Figures released by the Bur...

Article Image

American teens are on the job

Teen hiring may have gotten off to its strongest start in seven years in 2013, but heavy employment gains in May appear to have caused employers to pull back slightly in June.  Still, with 994,000 16- to 19-year-olds finding seasonal positions so far this summer, John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, says teen hiring could outpace 2012.

A Challenger analysis of just-released government employment data found that employers added 215,000 teenagers to their payrolls in May -- the largest number of teens hired in May since 2006, when employment among 16- to 19-year-olds expanded by 230,000 in the first month of the summer hiring season.

Strong numbers

The latest non-seasonally adjusted data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics revealed that another 779,000 teens found employment in June compared with employment growth of 858,000 in  June 2012.  Overall, the 994,000 teens finding jobs so far this summer is down 2.1% from the 1,015,000 teen job winners in May and June of last year.

“While teen hiring is down slightly from a year ago, these remain some of the strongest summer employment figures we have seen since the recession began in 2008,” said Challenger. “In 2010, employers added just 960,000 16- to 19-year-olds over the entire summer hiring period from May through July.  Hiring has already surpassed that level this year and, if history is any indication, teen employment is likely to grow by another 300,000 to 400,000 in July.”

Increasing competition

Challenger points out that one of the biggest obstacles teenagers face in today’s job market is the fact that there is more competition from older job seekers, such as recent college graduates as well as retirees.  

“Another trend that may keep teen summer employment in the years to come is the decline of the American mall, which has long been a traditional employer of teenaged summer job seekers,” he noted. “As more and more Americans flock to the internet for their shopping needs, traditional brick and mortar stores are seeing traffic decline along with the need for extra summer employees.”

The retail factor

According to data from the National Retail Federation (NRF), retail sales were up 4.2% in 2012.  However, retail research firm ShopperTrack found that enclosed mall traffic was down 1.1% last year.  In its annual forecast, the NRF predicts 2013 retail sales (excluding auto, gas and restaurant) will increase by 3.4%.  Meanwhile, online sales are expected to grow between 9.0% and 12.0%.

“Despite fewer opportunities in traditional retail settings, there are more non-traditional settings where teens can find employment.  Over the past few years, nearly 150 trampoline centers have opened across the country.  Traditional pools are being supplemented with water slide parks.  Traditional bowling alleys are being replaced by massive bowling centers that also feature arcades, laser tag and other activities.  We are seeing more movie theaters offer full-service dining.  All of these new entertainment venues require more workers, making them the ideal target for teen job seekers,” noted Challenger.

Teen hiring may have gotten off to its strongest start in seven years in 2013, but heavy employment gains in May appear to have caused employers to pull ba...

Article Image

Job creation in June exceeds expectations

The nation's economy cranked out a surprising 195,000 jobs in June, topping the forecast of 166,000 projected by a survey of economists surveyed by Briefing.com.

Figures released by the Bureau of Labor Statistics show employment gains in leisure and hospitality, professional and business services, retail trade, health care and financial activities. Employment in most other major industries, including mining and logging, construction, manufacturing, and transportation and warehousing, showed little change.

The unemployment rate held steady at 7.6%, showing little change since February, with the number of people out of work at 11.8 million.

Who's working

The unemployment rate for adult women edged up in June to 6.8% , while the rates for adult men (7.0%), teenagers (24.0%, whites (6.6%, blacks (13.7%), and Hispanics (9.1%) showed little or no change. The Asian jobless rate was 5.0% -- down 1.3% from a year ago.

Federal government employment was down by 5,000 jobs in June and has declined by 65,000 over the past 12 months.

The number of jobs created in April was revised upward by 50,000 – to 199,000, and the change for May was revised from the addition of 175,000 jobs 195,000. That puts employment gains in April and May combined 70,000 higher than previously reported.

The complete June employment report is available at the Labor Department  website.

The nation's economy cranked out a surprising 195,000 jobs in June, topping the forecast of 166,000 projected by a survey of economists surveyed by Briefi...

Article Image

Job cuts rise slightly in June

Employers were planning to let more people go in June than they did the month before.

According to figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, workforce reduction announcements totaled 39,372 -- up 8.2% from May's 36,398. And, while job cuts were up last month, the pace of downsizing through the six months of the year is down about 9% from a year ago.

“The economy is picking up speed with housing and manufacturing staging comebacks,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “Threats to job security still exist, however, in the form of federal spending cutbacks stemming from sequestration as well as potential fallout from implementation of health care reform.”

Led by increased job cuts in the computer and education sectors, June was 4.8% higher than the same month a year ago, when 37,551 planned job cuts were announced. For the three months ending June 30, announced layoffs totaled 113,891, down 21.5% from the first quarter and 18.6% lower than the same period in 2012.

For the first six months of the year, employers announced 258,932 job cuts -- 8.5% fewer than the 283,091 job cuts announced by the same point last year. The six-month total is the second lowest since 2000, when employers announced 223,421 cuts from January through June. The lowest six-month tally since 2000 was 2011, when job cuts totaled 245,806.

Where they cut

Four of the five industries with the heaviest terminations so far this year have seen job cuts increase by an average of 60%. Of the top five job-cutting sectors, financial service has experienced the heaviest downsizing and the largest year-over-year gain. Job cuts in this sector are up 82% to 36,762, including 1,671 in June. The second-ranked retail sector has announced 32,900 cuts this year -- up 38% from 2012. Meanwhile, job cuts in the health care sector are up 62% to 22,951.

“So far, most of the job cuts related to health care reform have come from health care providers adjusting to lower Medicare reimbursements and state Medicaid cutbacks. As 2014 approaches, we could see more cuts related to health care reform as smaller employers, who are mandated to provide coverage if they have 50 or more full-time workers, cut the number of workers and/or hours to remain under the 50-worker threshold,” said Challenger.

Job cuts surged in the computer sector surged, with employers announcing 10,133 terminations, bringing the year-to-date total for the sector to a fourth-ranked 19,930. The education sector also saw its heaviest job-cutting of the year in June, with 5,629 planned firings.

Sequestration effect

To date, Challenger has tracked 10,253 job cuts related to sequestration and other federal spending cuts. The largest portion of the sequestration cuts have come from the aerospace and defense sector, which announced 4,366 reductions in force between January and June. Government employers have cut another 1,976 jobs related to sequestration. Health care reform has been cited as the cause for 618 job cuts since the beginning of the year, all of which have occurred in the health care sector.

“Even if we see an increase in job cuts related to sequestration and health care reform, it is unlikely that the overall pace of downsizing will see a significant surge in the second half of the year,” said Challenger. “In fact, health care reform may be just as likely to contribute to hiring as it is to job cuts. One Iowa based call center recently announced plans to expand its staff by 120 workers after winning the contract to provide customer support services for the federal Affordable Care Act.”

Right now, job cuts are on track to the have the second-lowest annual total since 2000. “We are heading into the third quarter, which is typically the slowest period for downsizing,” Challenger explained. “Last year, we tracked fewer than 103,000 job cuts in the summer quarter, which was, in fact, the lowest quarterly total since 81,568 job cuts were recorded in the second quarter of 2000. Unless, there is a major shock to the economy in the second half of 2013, we could see layoff activity decline continue to decline toward pre-2000 levels.”

Weekly claims

Separately, the government is reporting first-time applications for state unemployment benefits totaled 343,000 in the week ended June 29, down 5,000 from the revised total of 3,48,000 the week before. The previous week's claims had been initially reported as 346,000.

The four-week moving average, which is not as volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 345,500 -- down 750 from the previous week.

The full report is available on the Labor Department's website.

Looking ahead

In advance of Friday's government release of the June employment report, ADP says private sector employment increased by 188,000 jobs from May to June. May’s job gains were revised downward to 134,000 from 135,000.

The June increase, said Carlos A. Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. “was driven by gains across all sizes of businesses, and with small companies showing the largest overall monthly increase. Most notably, the goods-producing sector added 27,000 jobs in June, a marked improvement over the decline the previous month."

Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics, which collaborates on the report with ADP, says the job market continues to “gracefully navigate through the strongly blowing fiscal headwinds. Health Care Reform does not appear to be significantly hampering job growth, at least not so far. Job gains are broad based across industries and businesses of all sizes."

As far as Friday's government report is concerned, economists surveyed by Briefing.com project the economy created 166,000 jobs, with the unemployment rate holding at 7.6%.

Employers were planning to let more people go in June than they did the month before. According to figures released by outplacement consultancy Challenger...

Article Image

Uh-oh. Economy is weaker than we were led to believe

Things aren't perking along so well after all.

Turns out real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and property located in the United States -- expanded at a 1.8% an annual rate in the first three months of the year.

The government's release of its "third" estimate of economic growth is a downward revision from last month's “second “ estimate of a 2.4% growth rate. The difference is accounted for by a slower rate of consumer spending than first reported and a decline in imports and exports.

As disappointing as the downward revision might be, the rate of growth is considerably better than the 0.4% posted in the fourth quarter of 2012. The “third” estimate came as a surprise to economists surveyed by Briefing.com, who had expected the rate to hold at 2.4%.

The full report is available on the Bureau of Economic Analysis website  .

Things aren't perking along so well after all. Turns out real gross domestic product (GDP) -- the output of goods and services produced by labor and prope...

Article Image

May retail sales post best gain in three months

Retail sales posted their best advance in three months during May, rising 0.6% from the previous month, and are 4.3% above the same period a year ago. Sales were up just 0.1% in April and fell 0.5% in March. The consensus of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for a rise of 0.3%.

Figures released by the government show the May increase was fueled by a 1.8% surge in auto sales. Excluding that volatile category, sales were up just 0.3%. Gasoline slipped 0.2%, the result of lower prices, while restaurants and bars posted a decline of 0.4%.

The full report is available at the U.S. Census Bureau website.

Jobless claims

The nation's labor market was showing a little starch last week as first-time claims for state unemployment benefits dropped by 12,000 from the previous week -- to 334,000. The number was considerably lower than the 350,000 projected by economists surveyed by Briefing.

The 4-week moving average, considered a better gauge of the labor picture because of its lack of volatility, was 345,250 -- down 7,250 from the week before.

You can find more information on the Labor Department website.

Retail sales posted their best advance in three months during May, rising 0.6% from the previous month, and are 4.3% above the same period a year ago. Sal...

Article Image

Economy adds jobs in May, outstrips expectations

A pleasant surprise in the May employment report as the economy added 175,000 jobs. The biggest increases in nonfarm payrolls came in professional and business services, food services and drinking places, and retail trade. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com were calling for the addition of 159,000 positions.

At the same time, the government reports the unemployment rate ticked up slightly to 7.6%, with 11.8 million out of work.

Who's not working

The jobless rates for adult men (7.2%), adult women (6.5%), teenagers (24.5%), whites (6.7%), blacks (13.5%) and Hispanics (9.1%) showed little or no change in May. The unemployment rate for Asians was 4.3%, little changed from a year earlier.

While the civilian labor force rose by 420,000 -- to 155.7 million in May -- the labor force participation rate was little changed at 63.4%. Over the year, the labor force participation rate has declined by 0.4 percentage point.

Where the jobs are

Professional and business services added 57,000 jobs last month, including 26,000 in temporary help services, 6,000 in computer systems design and related services and 5,000 in architectural and engineering services. Employment in the sector has grown by 589,000 over the past year.

In the leisure and hospitality category, employment in food services and drinking places increased by 38,000 in May and 337,000 over the past year.

Retail trade added 28,000 positions in May and has added an average of 20,000 jobs per month over the prior 12 months. The big jump in May came in general merchandise stores with 10,000 new jobs.

Health care hired 11,000 people in May. Gains in home health care services (7,000) and outpatient care centers (4,000) more than offset a loss of 6,000 in hospitals. During the past year, job growth in health care averaged 24,000 per month.

Losses and little change

Federal government employment declined by 14,000 in May. Over the past three months, it has decreased by 45,000.

Employment in other major industries, including mining and logging, construction, manufacturing, wholesale trade, transportation and warehousing, and financial activities, showed little or no change over the month.

The full report can is available on the Labor Department website.  

A pleasant surprise in the May employment report as the economy added 175,000 jobs. The biggest increases in nonfarm payrolls came professional and busine...

Article Image

Job cutting tapers off in May

Employers cut more jobs during May, but the pace of reductions is down considerably.

According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, U.S.-based employers announced plans to trim payrolls by 36,398 during the month. That's down 4.5% from the 38,121 cuts in April and the third straight decline. The May total also was 41% lower a year ago, when employers slashed payrolls by 61,887.

So far in 2013, employers have announced 219,560 planned job cuts -- down 11% from the 245,540 planned cuts announced in the first five months of last year. It is not unusual to see job cuts decline during the summer months, according to Challenger records. In fact, May is historically the slowest job-cut month of the year, averaging 57,688 since 1993. The next lowest is June, averaging 59,887 since 1993. The overall average monthly total across all months since 1993 is 70,288.

Health care takes a hit

The heaviest job-cutting last month was in the health care sector, where 4,886 jobs disappeared -- slightly more than the 4,268 cuts in April, but more than double the 2,353 announced in May 2012. Overall, terminations in health care are up 71% in 2013 -- to 20,867.

Only two other sectors have seen bigger gains: media, where job cuts have increased 249% from 1,829 in the first five months of 2012 to 6,388 as of May; and the financial sector, which has seen job cuts increase by 103% to 35,091 this year.

The 35,091 job cuts announced by financial firms this year make this the sector with the highest number of firings to date. Retail ranks a close second, with 32,683 job cuts this year, including 1,386 last month.

Good news for the labor market

“Despite the increases in some sectors, the overall pace of downsizing has slowed from 2012 levels,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “That is particularly good news in light of the fact that 2012 saw the fewest annual job cuts since 1997. Job cuts have been on the decline since reaching 55,356 in February and we are heading into the summer, which is the time of year when all business activity, including layoff activity, tends to slow.”

Challenger points out that the threat of massive job cuts related to federal spending cuts has failed to materialize. “There were fewer than 1,500 job cuts directly attributed to federal cutbacks and sequestration,” he said, adding “Of course, we are not out of the woods when it comes to government downsizing, but an improving economy is helping to bring in more tax revenue and lower the deficit. This may delay and/or minimize the impact of cutbacks on workforce levels.”

Hiring offsets

Even in areas with increased job cutting, such as health care, simultaneous hiring is offsetting the impact on the economy. In health care, for example, the nearly 21,000 planned job cuts tracked this year are far outweighed by job gains.

According to the latest Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) job report, the sector experienced a net gain of 19,000 jobs in April, marking a monthly average of 24,000 jobs per month over the past year. Meanwhile, a recent tally of online help-wanted ads by job search website Granted.com turned up more than 521,000 health care jobs on the site.

In retail, where job cuts are up 56 percent this year to 32,683, more than 550,000 were hired in March and there were still 424,000 openings at the end of the month, according to the BLS job openings and labor turnover survey.

“Home sales and prices are starting to see much better improvements each month,” said Challenger. “If these gains continue, it is going to drive up consumer confidence and spending through the summer, which should help the economy withstand the typical summer slowdown. We expect layoffs to remain muted through the third quarter. Hopefully, the housing recovery will be strong enough to finally kick hiring into high gear.”  

Employers cut more jobs during May, but the pace of reductions is down considerably. According to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, U...

Article Image

New job creation falls short of expectations

Private sector businesses created 135,000 jobs from April to May, a disappointing number following a downward revision in the April jobs total

Figures released by the ADP National Employment Report were well shy of the 157,000 new jobs economists surveyed by Briefing.com were expecting. At the same time, the payroll processing company revised April’s job gains were downward to 113,000 from 119,000.

The sectors

ADP says the goods-producing sector lost 3,000 jobs last month, although construction payrolls rose by 5,000 on top of an increase of 8,000 jobs in April. The manufacturing industry recorded a total loss of 6,000 jobs in May.

Service-providing industries added 138,000 jobs in May -- 25,000 more than in April. Still, the gains in posted in May are below the average monthly gain of 156,000 during the first quarter. Among the service industries, professional/business services added 42,000 jobs -- more than twice as many as in April. Trade/transportation/utilities recorded a gain of 31,000 jobs, while financial activities added 7,000 jobs.

"U.S. private sector employment increased by 135,000 jobs during the month of May 2013, a slight increase over the previous month of April," said Carlos A. Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "The majority of new jobs in May came from the service-providing sector, which added a total of 138,000 jobs, while the goods-producing sector recorded a loss of 3,000 jobs. Notably, a gain of 5,000 jobs in the construction industry during May was offset by a decline of 6,000 lost jobs in the manufacturing industry."

Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody's Analytics points out that the job market continues to expand, but growth has slowed since the beginning of the year. “The slowdown is evident across all industries and all but the largest companies,” he said. “Manufacturers are reducing payrolls. The softer job market this spring is largely due to significant fiscal drag from tax increases and government spending cuts."

The biggest gains in May came from the smallest businesses. Those with 49 or fewer employees added 58,000 jobs. Employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 39,000, while employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- also increased by 39,000.

Looking ahead

Many economists consider the ADP report a preview of the government employment report, which is due out Friday. The expectation from analysts surveyed by Briefing.com is for as many as 175,000 payroll positions, with the unemployment rate holding at 7.5%. In April, the economy cranked out 165,000 new jobs.

Private sector businesses created 135,000 jobs from April to May, a disappointing number following a downward revision in the April jobs total Figures rel...

Article Image

Applications for jobless claims post sharp decline

More evidence today that the labor market is strengthening.

The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports 340,000 people filed first-time claims for state unemployment benefits during the week ending May 18 -- down 23,000 from the previous week. The consensus of economists surveyed by Briefing.com was for initial applications to fall to 348,000.

Analysts say the previous week's increase seems to have been the result of normal week-to-week movements of a highly volatile data series. That jump, which brought the initial claims level to its highest point since February was not a change in trends. In fact, they say, employment conditions have show little -- if any -- change.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the jobs picture was down 500 from the previous week to 339,500.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

More evidence today that the labor market is strengthening. The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports 340,000 people filed first-time claims for state unempl...

Article Image

Surprising strength in the job market

There were fewer people in line during the week ended May 4 to file for first-time state unemployment benefits.

According to government figures, there were 323,000 initial -- down 4,000 from the revised figure of 327,000 from the previous week and the lowest level since January 2008. Economists surveyed by Briefing.com had expected as many as 340,000 new applications. The initial figure report for the week of April 27 was 324,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered by economists to be a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 336,750 -- a decrease of 6,250 from the previous week's revised average of 343,000.

The full report can be found on the Labor Department website.

There were fewer people in line during the week ended May 4 to file for first-time state unemployment benefits. According to government figures, there wer...

Article Image

A surge in employment during April

After rising a paltry 88,000 in March, employment shot higher in April with the economy adding 165,000 jobs. The forecast from Briefing.com was for creation of 135,000 jobs, while the market expectation was for 155,000 new payroll positions. Earlier this week, payroll concern ADP reported only 119,000 jobs were added.

At the same time, the jobless rate slipped 0.1% -- to 7.5%, surprising forecasters who expected it to hold steady or even tick higher. Still, the number of people unemployed was little changed over the month at 11.7 million. However, unemployment has declined by 673,000 since January.

Figures released by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics show most of the payroll position increase came in in professional and business services, food services and drinking places, retail trade and health care.

Who's jobless

The unemployment rate for adult women (6.7%) declined in April, while the rates for adult men (7.1%), teenagers (24.1%), whites (6.7%), blacks (13.2%) and Hispanics (9.0%) showed little or no change. Asians registered a jobless rate of 5.1%.

April showed some improvement in long-term unemployment (those jobless for 27 weeks or more) with a decline of 258,000 to 4.4 million. The long-term unemployment rate declined by 2.2 percentage points to 37.4 percent. Over the past 12 months, the number of long-term unemployed has decreased by

687,000, and their share has declined by 3.1 percentage points.

Time and money

The average workweek in April was down 0.2 hour to 34.4 hours. The manufacturing workweek decreased by 0.1 hour to 40.7 hours, and overtime declined by 0.1 hour to 3.3 hours.

Average hourly earnings, meanwhile, rose by 4 cents -- to $23.87. Over the year, average hourly earnings are up 45 cents, or 1.9%. April's average hourly earnings for private-sector production and nonsupervisory employees edged up 2 cents -- to $20.06.

The complete report is available at the Labor Department website.

After rising a paltry 88,000 in March, employment shot higher in April with the economy adding 165,000 jobs. The forecast from Briefing.com was for creatio...

Article Image

Challenger: Job cuts hit four-month low

First the bad news: U.S. employers announced plans to trim payrolls by 38,121 in April, according to outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, Inc.

The good news is that April was the lowest job-cut month since last December, when there were 32,556 cuts, and 23 percent lower than March, when 49,255 pink slips went out. So far this year, the pace of downsizing is roughly equal to a year ago -- 0.27 percent lower than the 183,653 planned terminations announced in the first four months of 2012.

Consumer cutbacks

“The economic slowdown that began late in the third quarter and is expected to turn into another summer slump has yet to result in increased or widespread downsizing,” said John A. Challenger, chief executive officer of Challenger, Gray & Christmas. “The biggest concern is that consumers, who had been holding up the economy for so many months, are starting to scale back their spending as wages continue to stagnate.”

Consumer spending was up 0.2 percent in March, due primarily to increased heating costs during the unseasonably cold month, according to the Commerce Department. However, spending in other categories, such as household goods, retail and restaurants declined.

Retail saw the highest number of job cuts with 5,897 -- down significantly from the 16,445 announced in March. But through the first four months of 2013, retail job cuts are up 64 percent from a year ago. These employers have cut 31,297 jobs, compared with 19,056 at the same point in 2012.

“American’s wages are not quite keeping pace with increased expenses. As a result, we are not going to see a big increase in consumer spending,” said Challenger. “It is just as unlikely that we will see a significant drop-off in spending. What is most likely is that consumers will simply shift their spending around.”

Other cutbacks

While retail was the top job-cutting sector of the month, heavy downsizing occurred in sectors that are not influenced by consumer spending. Health care, industrial goods, transportation, and aerospace and defense represented the remaining top-five job-cut sectors in April, accounting for 13,766 job cuts or 36 percent of the monthly total.

Challenger says most private-sector firms have not been directly affected by sequestration yet, due to the fact that government contracts are typically assigned well in advance and may be months or years away from completion. “However,” he notes, “as we can see by early job cutting activity, companies are already taking steps to address the impact of future spending cuts.”

Initial claims

A day ahead of the release of April's employment figures, the government reports there were 324,000 first-time applications for state jobless benefits in the week ending April 27. That's a drop of 18,000 from from the previous week's 342,000.

The 4-week moving, which is less volatile than the weekly report and considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was down 16,000 from the week before -- to 342,250.

The full report is available at the Labor Department website.

First the bad news: U.S. employers announced plans to trim payrolls by 38,121 in April, according outplacement consultancy Challenger, Gray & Christmas, In...

Article Image

A possible spring-summer slowdown in job creation

A somewhat disappointing April jobs number from ADP, which uses actual payroll data to measure the change in total nonfarm private employment each month.

According to the April ADP National Employment Report, private sector employment increased by 119,000 jobs from. This after just 131,000 job gains in March -- a figure that was revised lower from an initial report of 158,000.

The report measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis. The March report, which put job gains at 158,000, was revised downward to 131,000.

“Job growth appears to be slowing in response to very significant fiscal headwinds, said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics, which collaborates on the report with ADP. “Tax increases and government spending cuts are beginning to hit the job market. Job growth has slowed across all industries and most significantly among companies that employ between 20 and 499 workers.”

Job categories

Employment by companies that produce goods rose by just 6,000 jobs in April -- the slowest pace of growth in seven months. Though it accounted for most of the weakness in goods production job growth in March, construction growth picked up in April, adding 15,000 jobs.

Manufacturers, meanwhile, lost 10,000 jobs in April -- the first decline in three months and the largest since September 2012.

In the services sector, 113,000 jobs were created -- the weakest pace of growth in seven months. Among the service industries, trade/transportation/utilities had the largest gain with 29,000 jobs, followed by professional/business services with 20,000 jobs and financial activities, which added 7,000 jobs.

Looking ahead

The ADP report comes just two days ahead of the Labor Department's release of the April employment figures.

Economists surveyed by Briefing.com are forecasting creation of 135,000 jobs, while the market expectation is for 166,000. The market looks for the unemployment rate to remain at 7.6%, while Briefing sees an uptick to 7.7%

A somewhat disappointing April jobs number from ADP, which uses actual payroll data to measure the change in total nonfarm private employment each month. ...

Article Image

Huge drop in weekly jobless claims

The number of people filling first-time applications for jobless benefits was down sharply last week.

Figures released by the Labor Department show there were 339,00 initial applications -- on a seasonally basis -- down 16,000 from the previous week's figure of 355,000. Economists at Briefing.com were expecting the application rate to hold steady.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, fell 4,500 during the week ended April 20 -- to 357,500.

The full report is available on the Labor Department website.

Economic growth

The markets will be keeping an eye out for Friday morning's release of the government's first estimate of economic growth during the January-March quarter of 2013.

Briefing.com is projecting that the Gross Domestic Product expanded at an annual rate of 2.9% after registering a sluggish growth rate of 0.4% in the final three months of 2012. GDP is the the broadest measure of economic activity, reflecting the growth rate of total economic output.

The number of people filling first-time applications for jobless benefits was down sharply last week. Figures released by the Labor Department show there ...

Article Image

Survey: job prospects brightening for recent college graduates

The college class of 2013 may find a better world out there when it comes to job-hunting.

A new study from CareerBuilder.com and CareerRookie.com finds 53% of U.S. employers plan to hire recent college graduates in 2013 -- about the same (54%) as in 2012, but significantly that the 46% in 2011 and 44% in 2010.

Industries that generally demand more high-skill workers -- primarily information technology -- are more likely to recruit recent college graduates. Sixty-five percent of IT hiring managers and human resources professionals said they plan to hire recent graduates, followed by financial services employers (63%) and health care employers (56%). IT and financial services are also the most likely to recruit workers for hard-to-fill jobs (37%) prior to graduation.

“New college graduates are facing a better employment situation this year, but the number of employers planning to recruit them are still trailing pre-recession estimates by more than 20 percentage points,” said Brent Rasmussen, president of CareerBuilder North America. “The market remains highly competitive. Those graduating with niche or technical skill sets will be in a better position to find more opportunities in higher-paying jobs.”

The money

Twenty-seven percent of those who plan to hire recent college graduates say they expect to offer higher starting salaries than they did last year. Nearly half report that starting salaries will range between $30,000 and $49,999. But offers will also be offered at the low and high ends of the pay scale:

  • Less than $30,000 -- 25%
  • $30,000 to less than $40,000 -- 29%
  • $40,000 to less than $50,000 -- 20%
  • $50,000 and higher -- 25%

Job types

Recent college grads are likely to be recruited to fill two types of jobs: front-line customer and client facing roles such as customer service and sales, and roles that require specific technical knowledge or hard skills, such as IT, finance or health care.

  • IT -- 26% (employers recruiting for jobs in this role)
  • Customer service -- 19%
  • Finance/accounting -- 16%
  • Sales -- 16%
  • Business development -- 15%
  • Health care – 12%

Educational prestige

A majority of hiring managers and human resource professionals say the name of the school won't make a difference. Still, a notable percentage concede they may be influenced by it. Twenty-five percent of hiring managers said they are more likely to hire a recent grad who went to a more prestigious school. Similarly, 20% said they are more likely to hire someone who is a fellow alumna or alumnus.

Job hunting tips

If you are a recent grad about to enter the labor market, here are a few things to keep in mind:

  • Highlight relevant “non-work” experience. The majority of employers agree that internships are the most common form of relevant experience (70%), and many also consider volunteer work (46%), involvement in school organizations (36%), relevant class work such as research projects or term papers (31%) and fraternity or sorority leadership (21%) as relevant experience. If positioned to match requirements on the job listing, such information can make a difference.
  • Do your homework on the company. The most common reasons employers pass on recent college graduates have to do with candidates’ lack of preparedness or disinterest in the company, such as: candidate didn’t know anything about the company (20%); candidate seemed bored (19%); candidate didn’t ask questions (19%).
  • Network early and often. More than one quarter (27%) of employers recruit candidates for hard-to-fill jobs before graduation. Expected graduates can get a leg up on their peers by attending campus career fairs, preparing resumes early, following company career pages on social media or joining a College Talent Network (custom recruitment sites for college students or recent graduates seeking employment at a specific organization).

The nationwide survey -- conducted online by Harris Interactive from February 11 to March 6, 2013 -- included more than 2,000 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes.

The college class of 2013 may find a better world out there when it comes to job-hunting. A new study from CareerBuilder.com and CareerRookie.com finds 53...

Article Image

Latest economic numbers suggest the recovery remains sluggish

Two steps forward, one step back. That's the pattern we're seeing in The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI). The forecasting gauge dipped 0.1% in March after rising 0.5% in both February and January. Both the market and economists at Briefing.com had been looking for a flat reading

“The leading indicator still points to a continuing but slow growth environment,” said Ataman Ozyildirim, economist at The Conference Board. “Weakness in consumer expectations and housing permits was offset by the positive interest rate spread and other financial components. Meanwhile, the coincident economic index, a measure of current conditions, is down since December due to a large decline in personal income.”

Conference Board economist Ken Goldstein believes the economy has clearly lost some steam. “In addition to headwinds from government spending cuts,” he said, “the private sector economy may struggle to maintain its momentum. The biggest challenge remains weak demand, due to nervous consumer sentiment and slow income growth.”

The full LEI report can be seen at The Conference Board's website.

Jobless claims

From the Labor Department comes word that first-time claims for state unemployment benefits rose 4,000 in the week ending April 13 to 352,000. At the same time, the previous week's total was revised upward by 2,000 -- to 348,000.

The four-week moving average, which is less volatile and thus considered a more accurate barometer of the labor market, was up 2,750 to 361,250.

More on the labor picture can be found on the Labor Department website.

Two steps forward, one step back. That's the pattern we're seeing in The Conference Board's Leading Economic Index (LEI). The forecasting gauge dipped 0.1%...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims fall

A surprising drop in the number of people applying for first-time state unemployment benefits last week.

The Labor Department reports there were 346,000 initial claims on a seasonally-adjusted basis in the week ending April 6 -- down 42,000 from the previous week's figure of 388,000, which was revised upward by 3,000.

Economists at Briefing.com were calling for a total of 355,000, while the market expectation was 365,000.

Welcome news

Mark Hamrick, the Washington bureau chief at Bankrate.com, calls the news that new claims for unemployment insurance dropped sharply, "welcome, particularly after the worrisome monthly jobs report released last week by the Labor Department." Hamrick says the claims report helps allay fears that the job market is slowing abruptly, but adds, "we need to see more information."

While it's encouraging that layoffs are not accelerating, Hamrick says, "it would be more welcome for jobseekers and others if we see a signal that hiring is picking up more briskly."  

The 4-week moving average, which many economists consider a more accurate gauge of the labor market, rose 3,000 -- to 358,000. At the same time, the previous week's average was revised slightly higher -- to 355,000.

The full report is available at the Labor Department website. 

A surprising drop in the number of people applying for first-time state unemployment benefits last week. The Labor Department reports there were 346,000 ...

Article Image

Unemployment rate dips as economy adds jobs

The nation's economy added a tepid 88,000 jobs in March, falling well below the expectations of economists. At the same time, the jobless rate inched lower.

Figures released by the Labor Department show job creation plunged from the 268,000 non-farm positions added the month before and missed by a huge margin the forecast of 185,000 new jobs from Briefing.com.

While the jobless rate slipped to 7.7% from the February reading of 7.8%, the government reports the civilian labor force declined by 496,000.

The full unemployment report for March can be seen at the Bureeau of Labor Statistics website. 

The nation's economy added a tepid 88,000 jobs in March, falling well below the expectations of economists. At the same time, the jobless rate inched lower...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims on the rise

The unemployment line got a little longer last week.

The Labor Department reports 385,000 people applied for first-time unemployment benefits during the week ending March 30 -- up 28,000 from the week before when there were 357,000 initial applicants.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a better gauge of the labor market, rose 11,250 from the previous week -- to 354,250.

The full report is available here.

The unemployment line got a little longer last week. The Labor Department reports 385,000 people applied for first-time unemployment benefits during the w...

Article Image

Unemployment drops in February as job creation rises

The economy cranked out a surprising 236,000 nonfarm payroll jobs in February, pushing the unemployment rate down to 7.7%.

While the unemployment rate edged down 0.2% last month, it has shown little real movement since September 2012. The decline in the rate is largely due to the fact that 130,00 people dropped out of the labor market -- in other words -- quit looking for work. The number of people unemployed is put at 12.0 million.

Figures released by the Labor Department show the major employment gains came in professional and business services, construction, and health care. In the prior three months, employment had risen by an average of 195,000 per month.

Both the payroll and unemployment numbers were unexpected. Briefing.com was calling for creation of 170,000 jobs with the unemployment rate holding steady at 7.9%. Payroll processing firm ADP was a bit more optimistic in jobs creation calling for payroll positions to increase by 198,000.

Employment gains

Professional and business services added 73,000 jobs in February after showing little change (+16,000) in January. Employment in administrative and support services, which includes employment services and services to buildings, rose by 44,000. Accounting and bookkeeping services added 11,000 jobs, and growth continued in computer systems design and in management and technical consulting services.

Employment in construction increased by 48,000. Since September, construction employment has risen by 151,000. In February, job growth occurred in specialty trade contractors, with this gain about equally split between residential (+17,000) and nonresidential specialty trade contractors (+15,000). Nonresidential building construction also added jobs (+6,000).

The health care industry continued to add jobs in February (+32,000). Within health care, there was a job gain of 14,000 in ambulatory health care services, which includes doctors' offices and outpatient care centers. Employment also increased over the month in nursing and residential care facilities (+9,000) and hospitals (+9,000).

Demographics

Among the major worker groups, the unemployment rate for whites (6.8%) declined in February while the rates for adult men (7.1%), adult women (7.0%), teenagers (25.1%), blacks (13.8%), and Hispanics (9.6%) showed little or no change. The jobless rate for Asians was 6.1 percent -- little changed from a year earlier.

The economy cranked out a surprising 236,000 nonfarm payroll jobs in February, pushing the unemployment rate down to 7.7%. While the unemployment rate e...

Article Image

Weekly jobless claims fall in advance of February employment report

A day ahead of the eagerly anticipated February employment data, the Labor Department reports initial applications for state unemployment benefits fell by 7,000 last week -- to a seasonally adjusted 340,000. Economists at Briefing.com were calling for a total of 355,000 .

At the same time, the government revised its number for the holiday-shortened week ending February 23 higher by 3,000 -- to 347,000.

The 4-week moving average, which is less volatile and considered a more accurate gauge of the labor market, was 348,750, a decrease of 7,000 from the previous week's revised average of 355,750. The previous week had initially been reported as 355,000.

Looking ahead

The government is scheduled to report Friday morning on the employment picture for February. Briefing.com expects that nonfarm payrolls increased by 170,000 last month with the unemployment rate holding steady at 7.9%. The economy created 157,000 jobs in January

Earlier this week, payroll processing firm ADP projected creation of 198,000 jobs during February.  

A day ahead of the eagerly anticipated February employment data, the Labor Department reports initial applications for state unemployment benefits fell by...

Article Image

Are the jobs finally showing up?

If ADP's forecast is on the money, the economy cranked out nearly 200,000 new jobs last month.

The payroll processing firm, in collaboration with Moody’s Analytics, estimates private sector employment increased by 198,000 jobs from January to February.

The company's National Employment Report, which is derived from ADP’s actual payroll data, measures the change in total nonfarm private employment each month on a seasonally-adjusted basis. The January report, which predicted job gains of 192,000, was revised higher by 23,000 -- to 215,000 jobs.

"In February 2013, the U.S. private sector added a total of 198,000 new jobs, with most of this job growth occurring in the services sector," noted Carlos A. Rodriguez, president and chief executive officer of ADP. "This growth can be attributed to comparable contributions across all three company size segments."

Nuts and bolts

Small businesses -- those with 49 or fewer employees -- added 77,000 jobs in February. Employment levels among medium-sized companies with 50-499 employees rose by 65,000, while employment at large companies -- those with 500 or more employees -- increased by 57,000.

By sector, companies providing services created an estimated 164,000 jobs. Trade/transportation/utilities services showed the largest gain with 45,000 jobs added over the month. Business/professional services added 35,000 jobs and financial activities added 7,000 jobs.

Goods-producing employment rose by 34,000 jobs in February, driven largely by a gain in construction jobs of 21,000. Meanwhile, manufacturers added 9,000 jobs.

“The job market remains sturdy in the face of significant fiscal headwinds,” said Mark Zandi, chief economist of Moody’s Analytics. “Businesses are adding to payrolls more strongly at the start of 2013 with gains across all industries and business sizes. Tax increases and government spending cuts don’t appear to be affecting the job market.”

If ADP's forecast is on the money, the economy cranked out nearly 200,000 new jobs last month. The payroll processing firm, in collaboration with Moody’s ...

Article Image

Reasons To Be Optimistic About The Job Market

Friday's June employment report will tell the tale about the prospects of getting a job – or keeping the one you have – but the advance indicators look promising.

The ADP National Employment Report shows private employers stepped up their hiring last month. At the same time, the government reported today that weekly claims for unemployment benefits fell last week. In fact, it was the biggest drop in two months.

The folks at CareerBuilder say they aren't surprised. While the jobs recovery continues to lag previous recessions, the outlook for the back half of 2012 shows continued improvement over 2011, the jobs site says.

According to its forecast, 44 percent of private sector employers reported they are planning to hire full-time, permanent staff from July 1 through December 31, 2012, an increase of nine percentage points over the same period last year.

In last year's forecast, that percentage was just 35 percent.

Slow but stable

"The rate of job creation has been slower than what we would have expected at this point in the recovery, but the market is stable," said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder.

Here's another reason for optimism, Ferguson says. Two years ago, the hiring activity in the U.S. was driven primarily by large employers recruiting in metropolitan areas for a handful of industries or job functions.

Today, there are more job listings in all industries, market sizes and company sizes.

Outlook improving

“The outlook for the remainder of the year is better than 2011, but it will follow the same pattern of steady progress rather than a surge in job growth,” Ferguson said. “Employers will remain careful as they assess barriers and opportunities for growth in the economy and their own businesses.”

If you're looking for a job, your chances may be better at a large company than a smaller one. The survey shows businesses with 50 or fewer employees continue to be more cautious than other segments and reported little change in recruitment plans from last year.

Still, 21 percent of these businesses plan to hire full-time, permanent employees, up from 20 percent in 2011.

Friday's June employment report will tell the tale about the prospects of getting a job – or keeping the one you have – but the advance indicat...

Article Image

Survey: Job Market May Not Improve Much In 2012

If you plan to look for a new job in 2012, better plan on a longer-than-expected search. The job market should improve some, but not a lot, according to CareerBuilder.com's annual job forecast.

According to the report, nearly one-in-four hiring managers plan to hire full-time, permanent employees in 2012, similar to 2011. Employment trends among small businesses, which account for the majority of job creation in the U.S., are expected to show some improvement over last year.

The nationwide survey, which was conducted by Harris Interactive from November 9 to December 5, 2011, included more than 3,000 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes. Though the forecast is not all that encouraging, CareerBuilder says the situation could turn out to exceed expectations.

“Historically, our surveys have shown that employers are more conservative in their predictions than actual hiring,” said Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder. “Barring any major economic upsets, we expect 2012 to bring a better hiring picture than 2011, especially in the second half of the year. Many companies have been operating lean and have already pushed productivity limits. We’re likely to see gradual improvements in hiring across categories as companies respond to increased market demands.”

Full-time, Permanent Hiring

Twenty-three percent of employers surveyed plan to hire full-time, permanent employees in 2012, relatively unchanged from 24 percent for 2011 and up from 20 percent for 2010. Seven percent expect to decrease headcount, the same as for 2011 and an improvement from nine percent for 2010. Fifty-nine percent anticipate no change in their staff levels while 11 percent are unsure.

Small Business Hiring

Small businesses are reporting more confidence in both hiring and retaining headcount in 2012. Plans to downsize dropped two percentage points across small business segments while plans to hire increased two percentage points among companies with 50 or fewer employees.

  • 50 or fewer employees – 16 percent plan to add full-time, permanent staff in 2012, up from 14 percent for 2011; those reducing headcount fell from 5 percent for 2011 to 3 percent for 2012
  • 250 or fewer employees – 20 percent plan to add full-time, permanent staff, up from 19 percent for 2011; those reducing headcount fell from 6 percent for 2011 to 4 percent for 2012
  • 500 or fewer employees – 21 percent plan to add full-time, permanent staff, on par with 2011; those reducing headcount fell from 6 percent for 2011 to 4 percent for 2012

Despite a stubbornly high jobless rate, some companies insist that they have job vacancies because they are unable to find qualified applicants to fill them. That's prompted some job seekers to return to school for an advanced degree, a step they believe will make them more marketable.

The New York Times reports that the increased number of workers dropping out of the labor force are women. It says for the first time, there are more young women in school than in the labor force.

A job site issues its employment forecast for 2012...

Where the Jobs Are Most Likely To Be In 2011

If you're one of the millions of Americans looking for work, here's a bit of good news. According to a survey by CareerBuilder.com, your prospect for finding work could be improving.

But it will depend on the field you're in as well as where you are in the country.

Hiring blitz?

According to CareerBuilder's annual job forecast, more employers plan to add full-time, permanent headcount in 2011 compared with 2010, with a continued emphasis on hiring in technology and revenue-producing fields.

The survey was conducted by Harris Interactive from November 15 to December 2 and included more than 2,400 hiring managers and human resource professionals across industries and company sizes.

Matt Ferguson, CEO of CareerBuilder says more than half of employers reported they are in a better financial position today than they were one year ago and that 2011 will usher in a healthier employment picture as business leaders grow more confident in the economy.

He added that although the survey indicates more jobs will be added in 2011 than 2010, job creation will remain gradual.

Hiring plans

The survey found 24 percent of employers plan to hire full-time, permanent employees in 2011, up from 20 percent in 2010 and 14 percent in 2009. Meanwhile, seven percent plan to decrease headcount -- a slight improvement from the nine percent in 2010 and 16 percent in 2009. Another 58 percent anticipate no change in their staff levels while 11 percent are unsure.

As for part-time hiring, 13 percent expect to hire part-time employees in the next 12 months, up from 11 percent in 2010 and nine percent in 2009. Some five percent plan to decrease part-time help, an improvement from eight percent in 2010 and 14 percent in 2009. Approximately 71 percent anticipate no change in their staff levels while 12 percent are unsure.

Businesses will be relying on interim solutions to help shoulder growing workloads. One-third of hiring managers (34 percent) reported they will hire contract or temporary workers to supplement leaner staffs in 2011, up from 30 percent last year and 28 percent in 2009.

Of those hiring, nearly one-in-four (24 percent) expect to add more than last year. Some 39 percent plan to transition some contract or temporary staff into full-time, permanent employees.

Hiring areas

Among employers who plan to increase their full-time, permanent headcount in 2011, Sales is the most popular functional area they will be hiring for as they focus on expanding their customer base and market penetration.

The top ten functional areas for recruitment include:

  • Sales - 27 percent
  • Information Technology - 26 percent
  • Customer Service - 25 percent
  • Engineering - 21 percent
  • Technology - 19 percent
  • Administrative - 17 percent
  • Business Development - 17 percent
  • Marketing - 17  percent
  • Research/Development - 15 percent
  • Accounting/Finance - 14 percent Hiring

By region

Similar to last year's forecast, more employers in the West plan to recruit new employees in 2011 than other regions. About 26 percent of hiring managers in the West reported they plan to add full-time, permanent headcount followed by 24 percent in the Northeast and 23 percent in the Midwest and South.

Plans to downsize staffs are trending below the last two years with eight percent of employers in the South expecting to decrease headcount followed by seven percent in the Northeast, Midwest and West.

Company size

While small businesses have been slower to recover, hiring is gradually improving among companies of all sizes. About 30 percent of employers with more than 250 employees plan to increase full-time, permanent headcount in 2011, followed by 27 percent of employers with 51 to 250 employees, and 14 percent of employers with 50 or less employees.

Compensation

As for compensation, 41 percent of employers are concerned that their best talent will leave their organizations once the economy improves, as heftier workloads and longer hours take their toll on worker morale. Therefore, 67 percent said they will increase compensation for their existing staff in 2011, compared with 57 percent in 2010. While most employers estimate the average raise will be three percent or less, one-in-ten (10 percent) expect the average increase will be five percent or more.

If you’re looking for work, a new survey shows the top ten fields in which companies will be hiring in 2011...

College Grads Could See Improved Job Market in 2011

Timing is everything. College grads entering the job market in 1999 often found a multitude of offers from businesses flush with cash and rapidly growing. Needless to say, that's not so much the case these days.

But there may be hope for the current crop of college seniors. The Michigan State University's 2010-11 Recruiting Trends report projects a slightly better job market next year. Many large corporations are expected to end hiring freezes and small, fast-growth companies continue helping reshape the economy, researchers say.

Overall hiring is expected to increase three percent, with bachelor's-level and MBA-level hiring both surging 10 percent, said Phil Gardner, director of MSU's Collegiate Employment Research Institute, which conducted the survey of some 4,600 employers.

Geographically, the Great Lakes region, which took the brunt of the recession, will see a robust 13 percent increase in bachelor's-level hiring, which is tops in the nation, Gardner predicts. The region consists of Illinois, Indiana, Michigan, Ohio and Wisconsin.

But the good news should be taken with a word of caution, Gardner adds. An up-tick in job growth is simply the first step out of a very deep hole, and hardly represents a return to the heady economic days of the late 1990s and early 2000s.

"The national economy is certainly not returning to its previous high production base,” Gardner said. "And even though the economy has shown early signs of sustained recovery, the overall job market has remained relatively anemic.”

Who's doing the hiring?

From an industry perspective, hiring will be driven by a core group of employers in manufacturing, professional services, large commercial banking and the federal government, the annual survey found.

Gardner said smaller banks that didn't receive federal bailout money will continue closing their doors and slashing positions. And unlike the projected growth in federal government hiring, state governments and colleges and universities could see a drastic reduction in hiring, he said.

While mid-size companies, with 500 to 3,999 employees, will continue shedding positions, Gardner said large companies plan to hire 114 bachelor-level employers per company next year.

That's good news for graduates - but only if they are prepared and start working toward a position early in their college careers, said Kelley Bishop, MSU's career services director. That means making inroads with a potential employer while still in school.

Typically, Bishop said, large corporations now hire about 50 percent to 75 percent of new employees from their own intern pool.

Among the fast-growth companies (nine to 100 employees), hiring is expected to increase 19 percent, the survey said.

The new economy

"These fast-growth companies in many ways represent the new economy - that bold employer that can adjust quickly, that sees a niche and runs with it,” Bishop said. "This is an important group for our students getting jobs.”

Other details of the report:

  • Hiring is expected to decline for those with associate, master and professional degrees, with professional-degree hiring seeing the biggest drop at 13 percent. The professional category includes law, medical and veterinary degrees.
  • Ph.D.-level hiring, on the other hand, is expected to increase 5 percent.
  • Hiring of engineering majors appears sluggish, with the exception of computer science and information technology students. Demand should be very strong for IT workers.
  • The Northeast, Southeast and Pacific Northwest could see a much weaker expansion of jobs than the Midwest.
  • For the past two years, starting salaries have remained stagnant for college graduates.

"Remember the words 'signing bonus?'” Gardner asked. "Don't expect to hear them again anytime soon.”

Some 36 percent of all companies said they'd consider any major for a position - an all-time high.

"Most employers are out there are looking for the best candidate they can find, regardless of major,” Gardner said.

It has been extremely tough for new college graduates to find jobs lately, but a new survey offers a bit of hope....